diff options
author | marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net> | 2011-09-12 11:27:51 +0200 |
---|---|---|
committer | marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net> | 2011-09-12 11:27:51 +0200 |
commit | dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0 (patch) | |
tree | bdf833cc6a4fc9035411779e10dd9e8478201885 /xorg-server/dix | |
parent | 0b40f5f4b54453a77f4b09c431f8efc6875da61f (diff) | |
download | vcxsrv-dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0.tar.gz vcxsrv-dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0.tar.bz2 vcxsrv-dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0.zip |
Synchronised line endinge with release branch
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server/dix')
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am | 144 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/colormap.c | 5550 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/cursor.c | 1024 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/devices.c | 5260 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c | 7916 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c | 4224 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c | 1526 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/events.c | 12122 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/extension.c | 720 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/getevents.c | 2794 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c | 1172 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/main.c | 816 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c | 2554 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/region.c | 2850 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/resource.c | 1928 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/window.c | 7772 |
16 files changed, 29186 insertions, 29186 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am index 9fca2ca87..f5af619e3 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am +++ b/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am @@ -1,72 +1,72 @@ -noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libdix.la libmain.la
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include
-AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS)
-
-libmain_la_SOURCES = \
- main.c
-
-libdix_la_SOURCES = \
- atom.c \
- colormap.c \
- cursor.c \
- devices.c \
- dispatch.c \
- dispatch.h \
- dixfonts.c \
- dixutils.c \
- enterleave.c \
- enterleave.h \
- events.c \
- eventconvert.c \
- extension.c \
- ffs.c \
- gc.c \
- getevents.c \
- globals.c \
- glyphcurs.c \
- grabs.c \
- initatoms.c \
- inpututils.c \
- pixmap.c \
- privates.c \
- property.c \
- ptrveloc.c \
- region.c \
- registry.c \
- resource.c \
- selection.c \
- swaprep.c \
- swapreq.c \
- tables.c \
- window.c
-
-EXTRA_DIST = buildatoms BuiltInAtoms Xserver.d Xserver-dtrace.h.in
-
-# Install list of protocol names
-miscconfigdir = $(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH)
-dist_miscconfig_DATA = protocol.txt
-
-if XSERVER_DTRACE
-# Generate dtrace header file for C sources to include
-BUILT_SOURCES = Xserver-dtrace.h
-
-Xserver-dtrace.h: $(srcdir)/Xserver.d
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -C -h -o $@ -s $(srcdir)/Xserver.d \
- || cp Xserver-dtrace.h.in $@
-
-endif
-
-if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS
-# Generate dtrace object code for probes in libdix
-dtrace-dix.o: $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -G -C -o $@ -s $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
-
-noinst_PROGRAMS = dix.O
-
-dix_O_SOURCES =
-dix.O: dtrace-dix.o $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
- $(AM_V_GEN)ld -r -o $@ $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
-endif
-
-CLEANFILES = Xserver-dtrace.h
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libdix.la libmain.la + +AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include +AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) + +libmain_la_SOURCES = \ + main.c + +libdix_la_SOURCES = \ + atom.c \ + colormap.c \ + cursor.c \ + devices.c \ + dispatch.c \ + dispatch.h \ + dixfonts.c \ + dixutils.c \ + enterleave.c \ + enterleave.h \ + events.c \ + eventconvert.c \ + extension.c \ + ffs.c \ + gc.c \ + getevents.c \ + globals.c \ + glyphcurs.c \ + grabs.c \ + initatoms.c \ + inpututils.c \ + pixmap.c \ + privates.c \ + property.c \ + ptrveloc.c \ + region.c \ + registry.c \ + resource.c \ + selection.c \ + swaprep.c \ + swapreq.c \ + tables.c \ + window.c + +EXTRA_DIST = buildatoms BuiltInAtoms Xserver.d Xserver-dtrace.h.in + +# Install list of protocol names +miscconfigdir = $(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH) +dist_miscconfig_DATA = protocol.txt + +if XSERVER_DTRACE +# Generate dtrace header file for C sources to include +BUILT_SOURCES = Xserver-dtrace.h + +Xserver-dtrace.h: $(srcdir)/Xserver.d + $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -C -h -o $@ -s $(srcdir)/Xserver.d \ + || cp Xserver-dtrace.h.in $@ + +endif + +if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS +# Generate dtrace object code for probes in libdix +dtrace-dix.o: $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS) + $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -G -C -o $@ -s $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o) + +noinst_PROGRAMS = dix.O + +dix_O_SOURCES = +dix.O: dtrace-dix.o $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS) + $(AM_V_GEN)ld -r -o $@ $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o) +endif + +CLEANFILES = Xserver-dtrace.h diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c index b871b604e..7dba69d11 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c @@ -1,2775 +1,2775 @@ -/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <strings.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "dix.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors
-#endif
-
-static Pixel FindBestPixel(
- EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
- int /*size*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/,
- int /*channel*/
-);
-
-static int AllComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static int RedComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static int GreenComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static int BlueComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static void FreePixels(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*client*/
-);
-
-static void CopyFree(
- int /*channel*/,
- int /*client*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/
-);
-
-static void FreeCell(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- Pixel /*i*/,
- int /*channel*/
-);
-
-static void UpdateColors(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/
-);
-
-static int AllocDirect(
- int /*client*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*c*/,
- int /*r*/,
- int /*g*/,
- int /*b*/,
- Bool /*contig*/,
- Pixel * /*pixels*/,
- Pixel * /*prmask*/,
- Pixel * /*pgmask*/,
- Pixel * /*pbmask*/
-);
-
-static int AllocPseudo(
- int /*client*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*c*/,
- int /*r*/,
- Bool /*contig*/,
- Pixel * /*pixels*/,
- Pixel * /*pmask*/,
- Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/
-);
-
-static Bool AllocCP(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
- int /*count*/,
- int /*planes*/,
- Bool /*contig*/,
- Pixel * /*pixels*/,
- Pixel * /*pMask*/
-);
-
-static Bool AllocShared(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- Pixel * /*ppix*/,
- int /*c*/,
- int /*r*/,
- int /*g*/,
- int /*b*/,
- Pixel /*rmask*/,
- Pixel /*gmask*/,
- Pixel /*bmask*/,
- Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/
-);
-
-static int FreeCo(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*client*/,
- int /*color*/,
- int /*npixIn*/,
- Pixel * /*ppixIn*/,
- Pixel /*mask*/
-);
-
-static int TellNoMap(
- WindowPtr /*pwin*/,
- Colormap * /*pmid*/
-);
-
-static void FindColorInRootCmap (
- ColormapPtr /* pmap */,
- EntryPtr /* pentFirst */,
- int /* size */,
- xrgb* /* prgb */,
- Pixel* /* pPixel */,
- int /* channel */,
- ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */
-);
-
-#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1)
-#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1)
-#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1)
-#if COMPOSITE
-#define ALPHAMASK(vis) ((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \
- (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask))
-#else
-#define ALPHAMASK(vis) 0
-#endif
-
-#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis))
-
-/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) --
- * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation.
- *
- * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this
- * while loop
- *
- * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of
- * bits in mask. What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that
- * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous. This macro will be
- * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then
- * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be
- * called from within a while loop.)
- * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for
- * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set
- *
- * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this:
- * 00010 (see this isn't so hard),
- * then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so
- * we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) =
- * 01000 for our next value.
- * then we add 0010 to get
- * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3)
- */
-#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) \
- if((bits) == (mask)) \
- break; \
- (bits) += (base); \
- while((bits) & ~(mask)) \
- (bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask));
-/* ID of server as client */
-#define SERVER_ID 0
-
-typedef struct _colorResource
-{
- Colormap mid;
- int client;
-} colorResource;
-
-/* Invariants:
- * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty
- * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed
- * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only
- * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map
- */
-
-
-/**
- * Create and initialize the color map
- *
- * \param mid resource to use for this colormap
- * \param alloc 1 iff all entries are allocated writable
- */
-int
-CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual,
- ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client)
-{
- int class, size;
- unsigned long sizebytes;
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- EntryPtr pent;
- int i;
- Pixel *ppix, **pptr;
-
- class = pVisual->class;
- if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID))
- return BadMatch;
-
- size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- sizebytes *= 3;
- sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec);
- if (mid == pScreen->defColormap) {
- pmap = malloc(sizebytes);
- if (!pmap)
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP)) {
- free (pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- } else {
- pmap = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizebytes, sizebytes,
- offsetof(ColormapRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
- if (!pmap)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-#if defined(_XSERVER64)
- pmap->pad0 = 0;
- pmap->pad1 = 0;
-#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
- pmap->pad2 = 0;
-#endif
-#endif
- pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec));
- sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry);
- pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes);
- pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
- pmap->mid = mid;
- pmap->flags = 0; /* start out with all flags clear */
- if(mid == pScreen->defColormap)
- pmap->flags |= IsDefault;
- pmap->pScreen = pScreen;
- pmap->pVisual = pVisual;
- pmap->class = class;
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- size = NUMRED(pVisual);
- pmap->freeRed = size;
- memset((char *) pmap->red, 0, (int)sizebytes);
- memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
- for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; )
- *pptr = (Pixel *)NULL;
- if (alloc == AllocAll)
- {
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- pmap->flags |= AllAllocated;
- for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--)
- pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- pmap->freeRed = 0;
- ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- free(pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
- ppix[i] = i;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size;
- }
-
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
- pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes);
- pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
- pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
- pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes);
- pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
-
- memset((char *) pmap->green, 0, (int)sizebytes);
- memset((char *) pmap->blue, 0, (int)sizebytes);
-
- memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen,
- (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
- MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
- memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue,
- (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
- MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
- memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
- memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
-
- /* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */
- if (alloc == AllocAll)
- {
- size = pmap->freeGreen;
- for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--)
- pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- pmap->freeGreen = 0;
- ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
- free(pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
- for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
- ppix[i] = i;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size;
-
- size = pmap->freeBlue;
- for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--)
- pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- pmap->freeBlue = 0;
- ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]);
- free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
- free(pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
- for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
- ppix[i] = i;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size;
- }
- }
- pmap->flags |= BeingCreated;
-
- if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /*
- * Security creation/labeling check
- */
- i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP,
- pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (i != Success) {
- FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE);
- return i;
- }
-
- /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way,
- * this is it. In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the
- * time to fill in the colormap's values */
- if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap))
- {
- FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated;
- *ppcmap = pmap;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid)
-{
- int i;
- EntryPtr pent;
- ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr)value;
-
- if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID)
- {
- (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap);
- WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid);
- }
-
- /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially
- * to free any storage it allocated */
- (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap);
-
- if(pmap->clientPixelsRed)
- {
- for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
- free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]);
- }
-
- if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale))
- {
- for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1];
- pent >= pmap->red;
- pent--)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.red);
- if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.green);
- if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.blue);
- }
- }
- }
- if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
- {
- free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]);
- free(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]);
- }
- }
-
- if (pmap->flags & IsDefault) {
- dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
- free(pmap);
- } else
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pmap, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */
-static int
-TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid)
-{
- xEvent xE;
-
- if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
- {
- /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = None;
- xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE;
- xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
- if (pwin->optional) {
- pwin->optional->colormap = None;
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin);
- }
- }
-
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */
-int
-TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
-{
- Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
- xEvent xE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
-#endif
- if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
- {
- /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
- xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
- xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
- DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
- }
-
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/* Tell window that pmid got installed */
-int
-TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
-{
- Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
- xEvent xE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
-#endif
- if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid)
- {
- /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
- xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
- xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled;
- DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
- }
-
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-
-int
-CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL;
- int result, alloc, size;
- Colormap midSrc;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- pScreen = pSrc->pScreen;
- pVisual = pSrc->pVisual;
- midSrc = pSrc->mid;
- alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ?
- AllocAll : AllocNone;
- size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */
- result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client);
- if(result != Success)
- return result;
- if(alloc == AllocAll)
- {
- memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry));
- if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry));
- memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry));
- }
- pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated;
- FreePixels(pSrc, client);
- UpdateColors(pmap);
- return Success;
- }
-
- CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
- if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
- CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
- }
- if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
- UpdateColors(pmap);
- /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */
-static void
-CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst)
-{
- int z, npix;
- EntryPtr pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst;
- EntryPtr pentSrc, pentDst;
- Pixel *ppix;
- int nalloc;
-
- switch(channel)
- {
- default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
- case REDMAP:
- ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
- npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
- pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red;
- pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
- npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
- pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green;
- pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client];
- npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client];
- pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue;
- pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue;
- break;
- }
- nalloc = 0;
- if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass)
- {
- for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++)
- {
- /* Copy entries */
- pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix;
- pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix;
- if (pentDst->refcnt > 0)
- {
- pentDst->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- *pentDst = *pentSrc;
- nalloc++;
- if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0)
- pentDst->refcnt = 1;
- else
- pentSrc->fShared = FALSE;
- }
- FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel);
- }
- }
-
- /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */
- switch(channel)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc;
- (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] =
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
- (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc;
- (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] =
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
- (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc;
- pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client];
- pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client];
- pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Free the ith entry in a color map. Must handle freeing of
- * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */
-static void
-FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- int *pCount;
-
-
- switch (channel)
- {
- default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i];
- pCount = &pmap->freeRed;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i];
- pCount = &pmap->freeGreen;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i];
- pCount = &pmap->freeBlue;
- break;
- }
- /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just
- * decrement the count */
- if (pent->refcnt > 1)
- pent->refcnt--;
- else
- {
- /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented
- * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */
- if (pent->fShared)
- {
- if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.red);
- if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.green);
- if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.blue);
- pent->fShared = FALSE;
- }
- pent->refcnt = 0;
- *pCount += 1;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap)
-{
- xColorItem *defs;
- xColorItem *pdef;
- EntryPtr pent;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- int i, n, size;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- defs = malloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem));
- if (!defs)
- return;
- n = 0;
- pdef = defs;
- if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
- {
- if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt &&
- !pmap->green[i].refcnt &&
- !pmap->blue[i].refcnt)
- continue;
- pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) |
- ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
- ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue);
- pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
- pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
- pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
- pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
- pdef++;
- n++;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++)
- {
- if (!pent->refcnt)
- continue;
- pdef->pixel = i;
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
- pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
- pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
- pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
- pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
- }
- pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
- pdef++;
- n++;
- }
- }
- if (n)
- (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs);
- free(defs);
-}
-
-/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps)
- * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix
- */
-int
-AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap,
- unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue,
- Pixel *pPix, int client)
-{
- Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
- int entries;
- xrgb rgb;
- int class;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- int npix;
- Pixel *ppix;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual);
- rgb.red = *pred;
- rgb.green = *pgreen;
- rgb.blue = *pblue;
- class = pmap->class;
- entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change
- * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be
- * able to initialize static colormaps
- */
- if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
- class |= DynamicClass;
-
- /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing
- * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the
- * requested one and return that.
- */
- switch (class) {
- case StaticColor:
- case StaticGray:
- /* Look up all three components in the same pmap */
- *pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
- *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
- *pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green;
- *pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixR;
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
- break;
-
- case TrueColor:
- /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
- pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
- pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
- pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
- *pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
- (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
- (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) |
- ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
-
- *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
- *pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green;
- *pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixR;
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixG;
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixB;
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++;
- break;
-
- case GrayScale:
- case PseudoColor:
- if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
- pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
- {
- ColormapPtr prootmap;
- dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
- RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
-
- if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
- pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp);
- }
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP,
- client, AllComp) != Success)
- return BadAlloc;
- break;
-
- case DirectColor:
- if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
- pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
- {
- ColormapPtr prootmap;
- dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
- RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
-
- if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
- {
- pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
- &pixR, REDMAP, RedComp);
- pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb,
- &pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp);
- pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb,
- &pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp);
- *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB;
- }
- }
-
- pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
- client, RedComp) != Success)
- return BadAlloc;
- pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
- GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success)
- {
- (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
- client, BlueComp) != Success)
- {
- (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0);
- (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
-
- break;
- }
-
- /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the
- * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
- * should be freed when the client dies */
- if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) &&
- (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) &&
- !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
- {
- colorResource *pcr;
-
- pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
- if (!pcr)
- {
- (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
- pcr->client = client;
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by
- * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning
- * the closest matching pixel. This is used by the mi
- * software sprite code to recolor cursors. A nice side-effect
- * is that this routine will never return failure.
- */
-
-void
-FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item)
-{
- Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
- Pixel temp;
- int entries;
- xrgb rgb;
- int class;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- rgb.red = item->red;
- rgb.green = item->green;
- rgb.blue = item->blue;
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual);
- class = pmap->class;
- entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- switch (class) {
- case GrayScale:
- case PseudoColor:
- temp = 0;
- item->pixel = 0;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP,
- -1, AllComp) == Success) {
- item->pixel = temp;
- break;
- }
- /* fall through ... */
- case StaticColor:
- case StaticGray:
- item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
- break;
-
- case DirectColor:
- /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
- pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
- -1, RedComp) != Success)
- pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP)
- << pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
- GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success)
- pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb,
- GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
- -1, BlueComp) != Success)
- pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP)
- << pVisual->offsetBlue;
- item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB;
- break;
-
- case TrueColor:
- /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
- pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
- pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
- pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
- item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
- (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
- (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */
-void
-FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel)
-{
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
-
- switch (pmap->class) {
- case GrayScale:
- case PseudoColor:
- if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0;
- break;
- case DirectColor:
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0;
- if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0;
- if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-typedef unsigned short BigNumUpper;
-typedef unsigned long BigNumLower;
-
-#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS 24
-#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS 16
-#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
-#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS)
-#define UPPERPART(i) ((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
-#define LOWERPART(i) ((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1))
-
-typedef struct _bignum {
- BigNumUpper upper;
- BigNumLower lower;
-} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr;
-
-#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\
- ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower))
-
-#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r) (((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \
- ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u)))
-
-#define MaxBigNum(r) (((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \
- ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1))
-
-static void
-BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r)
-{
- BigNumLower lower, carry = 0;
-
- lower = x->lower + y->lower;
- if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) {
- lower -= BIGNUMLOWER;
- carry = 1;
- }
- r->lower = lower;
- r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry;
-}
-
-static Pixel
-FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- Pixel pixel, final;
- long dr, dg, db;
- unsigned long sq;
- BigNumRec minval, sum, temp;
-
- final = 0;
- MaxBigNum(&minval);
- /* look for the minimal difference */
- for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++)
- {
- dr = dg = db = 0;
- switch(channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
- db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
- case REDMAP:
- dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
- break;
- }
- sq = dr * dr;
- UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum);
- sq = dg * dg;
- UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
- BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
- sq = db * db;
- UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
- BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
- if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum))
- {
- final = pixel;
- minval = sum;
- }
- }
- return final;
-}
-
-static void
-FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size,
- xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel,
- ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- Pixel pixel;
- int count;
-
- if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
- pixel = 0;
- for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++)
- {
- if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb))
- {
- switch (channel)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- break;
- default: /* PSEUDOMAP */
- break;
- }
- *pPixel = pixel;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb
- * if it can't it allocates one.
- * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel,
- * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0
- */
-int
-FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb,
- Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client,
- ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- Bool foundFree;
- Pixel pixel, Free = 0;
- int npix, count, *nump = NULL;
- Pixel **pixp = NULL, *ppix;
- xColorItem def;
-
- foundFree = FALSE;
-
- if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
- pixel = 0;
- /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */
- for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; )
- {
- if (pent->refcnt > 0)
- {
- if ((*comp) (pent, prgb))
- {
- if (client >= 0)
- pent->refcnt++;
- *pPixel = pixel;
- switch(channel)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- break;
- }
- goto gotit;
- }
- }
- else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0)
- {
- Free = pixel;
- foundFree = TRUE;
- /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for
- * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number
- * of entries we use. So don't look any further. */
- if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
- break;
- }
- pixel++;
- if(pixel >= size)
- {
- pent = pentFirst;
- pixel = 0;
- }
- else
- pent++;
- }
-
- /* If we got here, we didn't find a match. If we also didn't find
- * a free entry, we're out of luck. Otherwise, we'll usurp a free
- * entry and fill it in */
- if (!foundFree)
- return BadAlloc;
- pent = pentFirst + Free;
- pent->fShared = FALSE;
- pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary;
-
- switch (channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
- pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
- pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.red = prgb->red;
- def.green = prgb->green;
- def.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue);
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeRed--;
- def.pixel = Free;
- break;
-
- case REDMAP:
- pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
- def.red = prgb->red;
- def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
- def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
- def.flags = DoRed;
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeRed--;
- def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- break;
-
- case GREENMAP:
- pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
- def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
- def.green = prgb->green;
- def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
- def.flags = DoGreen;
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeGreen--;
- def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- break;
-
- case BLUEMAP:
- pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
- def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
- def.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.flags = DoBlue;
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeBlue--;
- def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- break;
- }
- (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def);
- pixel = Free;
- *pPixel = def.pixel;
-
-gotit:
- if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1)
- return Success;
- /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */
- switch (channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- nump = pmap->numPixelsRed;
- pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed;
- break;
-
- case GREENMAP:
- nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen;
- pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen;
- break;
-
- case BLUEMAP:
- nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue;
- pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue;
- break;
- }
- npix = nump[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- pent->refcnt--;
- if (!pent->fShared)
- switch (channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- pmap->freeRed++;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pmap->freeGreen++;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pmap->freeBlue++;
- break;
- }
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- ppix[npix] = pixel;
- pixp[client] = ppix;
- nump[client]++;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an
- * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */
-static int
-AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) &&
- (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) &&
- (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) )
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Read the color value of a cell */
-
-int
-QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList, ClientPtr client)
-{
- Pixel *ppix, pixel;
- xrgb *prgb;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- EntryPtr pent;
- Pixel i;
- int errVal = Success;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- int numred, numgreen, numblue;
- Pixel rgbbad;
-
- numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
- numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
- numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
- for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
- {
- pixel = *ppix;
- if (pixel & rgbbad) {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- i = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (i >= numred)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
- i = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (i >= numgreen)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
- i = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (i >= numblue)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
- {
- pixel = *ppix;
- if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- }
- else
- {
- pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel];
- if (pent->fShared)
- {
- prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
- prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
- prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
- }
- else
- {
- prgb->red = pent->co.local.red;
- prgb->green = pent->co.local.green;
- prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return errVal;
-}
-
-static void
-FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client)
-{
- Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart;
- int n;
- int class;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- {
- n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; )
- {
- FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP);
- ppix++;
- }
- }
-
- free(ppixStart);
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0;
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;)
- FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP);
- free(ppixStart);
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0;
-
- ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; )
- FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP);
- free(ppixStart);
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Frees all of a client's colors and cells.
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- * \unused fakeid
- */
-int
-FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid)
-{
- pointer pmap;
- colorResource *pcr = value;
- int rc;
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient,
- DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client);
- free(pcr);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes,
- Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks)
-{
- Pixel rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b;
- int n, class;
- int ok;
- int oldcount;
- colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if (!(class & DynamicClass))
- return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
- oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
- oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
- {
- pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
- if (!pcr)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
- {
- ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes,
- contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask);
- if(ok == Success)
- {
- for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b)
- {
- while(!(rmask & r))
- r += r;
- while(!(gmask & g))
- g += g;
- while(!(bmask & b))
- b += b;
- *masks++ = r | g | b;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask,
- &ppixFirst);
- if(ok == Success)
- {
- for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r)
- {
- while(!(rmask & r))
- r += r;
- *masks++ = r;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
- * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
- * should be freed when the client dies */
- if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
- {
- pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
- pcr->client = client;
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
- ok = BadAlloc;
- } else free(pcr);
-
- return ok;
-}
-
-
-int
-AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors,
- int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels,
- Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
-{
- int ok;
- Pixel mask, *ppixFirst;
- Pixel shift;
- int i;
- int class;
- int oldcount;
- colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if (!(class & DynamicClass))
- return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
- oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- if (class == DirectColor)
- oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
- {
- pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
- if (!pcr)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (class == DirectColor)
- {
- ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels,
- prmask, pgmask, pbmask);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Allocate the proper pixels */
- /* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all
- * r + g + b bits to be contiguous. Should only force contiguity
- * per mask
- */
- ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels,
- &mask, &ppixFirst);
-
- if(ok == Success)
- {
- /* now split that mask into three */
- *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0;
- shift = 1;
- for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
- {
- while (!(mask & shift))
- shift += shift;
- *prmask |= shift;
- }
- for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
- {
- while (!(mask & shift))
- shift += shift;
- *pgmask |= shift;
- }
- for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
- {
- while (!(mask & shift))
- shift += shift;
- *pbmask |= shift;
- }
-
- /* set up the shared color cells */
- if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b,
- *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst))
- {
- (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask);
- ok = BadAlloc;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
- * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
- * should be freed when the client dies */
- if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
- {
- pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
- pcr->client = client;
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
- ok = BadAlloc;
- } else free(pcr);
-
- return ok;
-}
-
-static int
-AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig,
- Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
-{
- Pixel *ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue;
- Pixel *ppix, *pDst, *p;
- int npix, npixR, npixG, npixB;
- Bool okR, okG, okB;
- Pixel *rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0;
-
- npixR = c << r;
- npixG = c << g;
- npixB = c << b;
- if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) ||
- (npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) ||
- (npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) ||
- (npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* start out with empty pixels */
- for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++)
- *p = 0;
-
- ppixRed = malloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel));
- ppixGreen = malloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel));
- ppixBlue = malloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue)
- {
- free(ppixBlue);
- free(ppixGreen);
- free(ppixRed);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask);
- okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask);
- okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask);
-
- if (okR && okG && okB)
- {
- rpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) *
- sizeof(Pixel));
- if (rpix)
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix;
- gpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) *
- sizeof(Pixel));
- if (gpix)
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix;
- bpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) *
- sizeof(Pixel));
- if (bpix)
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix;
- }
-
- if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix)
- {
- if (okR)
- for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
- pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
- if (okG)
- for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
- pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
- if (okB)
- for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
- pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
- free(ppixBlue);
- free(ppixGreen);
- free(ppixRed);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
-
- ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixRed + c)
- *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR;
- pmap->freeRed -= npixR;
-
- ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
- for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixGreen + c)
- *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG;
- pmap->freeGreen -= npixG;
-
- ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixBlue + c)
- *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB;
- pmap->freeBlue -= npixB;
-
-
- for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++)
- *pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual);
-
- free(ppixBlue);
- free(ppixGreen);
- free(ppixRed);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig,
- Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst)
-{
- Pixel *ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp;
- int npix;
- Bool ok;
-
- npix = c << r;
- if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c))
- return BadAlloc;
- if(!(ppixTemp = malloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel))))
- return BadAlloc;
- ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask);
-
- if (ok)
- {
-
- /* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list,
- * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */
- ppix = (Pixel *)realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
- pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0;
- free(ppixTemp);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- *pppixFirst = ppix;
- pDst = pixels;
- for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixTemp + c)
- *pDst++ = *p;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix;
- pmap->freeRed -= npix;
- }
- free(ppixTemp);
- return ok ? Success : BadAlloc;
-}
-
-/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If
- * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits. Returns
- * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those
- * pixels are the unique pixels. *pMask has the mask to Or with the
- * unique pixels to get the rest of them.
- *
- * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated
- * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE
- * (see AllocShared for why we care)
- */
-static Bool
-AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes,
- Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask)
-{
- EntryPtr ent;
- Pixel pixel, base, entries, maxp, save;
- int dplanes, found;
- Pixel *ppix;
- Pixel mask;
- Pixel finalmask;
-
- dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
-
- /* Easy case. Allocate pixels only */
- if (planes == 0)
- {
- /* allocate writable entries */
- ppix = pixels;
- ent = pentFirst;
- pixel = 0;
- while (--count >= 0)
- {
- /* Just find count unallocated cells */
- while (ent->refcnt)
- {
- ent++;
- pixel++;
- }
- ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- *ppix++ = pixel;
- ent->fShared = FALSE;
- }
- *pMask = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (planes > dplanes)
- {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */
-
- /* make room for new pixels */
- ent = pentFirst;
-
- /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */
- for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1);
- --dplanes >= 0;
- mask += mask, base += base)
- {
- ppix = pixels;
- found = 0;
- pixel = 0;
- entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
- while (pixel < entries)
- {
- save = pixel;
- maxp = pixel + mask + base;
- /* check if all are free */
- while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0)
- pixel += base;
- if (pixel == maxp)
- {
- /* this one works */
- *ppix++ = save;
- found++;
- if (found == count)
- {
- /* found enough, allocate them all */
- while (--count >= 0)
- {
- pixel = pixels[count];
- maxp = pixel + mask;
- while (1)
- {
- ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE;
- if (pixel == maxp)
- break;
- pixel += base;
- *ppix++ = pixel;
- }
- }
- *pMask = mask;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- pixel = save + 1;
- if (pixel & mask)
- pixel += mask;
- }
- }
-
- dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
- if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */
-
- /*
- we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes
- bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to
- check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all.
- (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then
- the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then
- a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is
- (3 << (planes-1)) -1
- The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then
- a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is
- smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is:
- (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1)
- If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have
- to use:
- ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1))
-
- << Thank you, Loretta>>>
-
- */
-
- finalmask =
- (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) +
- (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1));
- for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++)
- {
- /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */
- pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333;
- pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333);
- if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes)
- continue;
- ppix = pixels;
- found = 0;
- entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
- base = lowbit (mask);
- for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++)
- {
- if (pixel & mask)
- continue;
- maxp = 0;
- /* check if all are free */
- while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0)
- {
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
- }
- if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0))
- continue;
- /* this one works */
- *ppix++ = pixel;
- found++;
- if (found < count)
- continue;
- /* found enough, allocate them all */
- while (--count >= 0)
- {
- pixel = (pixels)[count];
- maxp = 0;
- while (1)
- {
- ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE;
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
- *ppix++ = pixel + maxp;
- }
- }
-
- *pMask = mask;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param ppixFirst First of the client's new pixels
- */
-static Bool
-AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b,
- Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst)
-{
- Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
- int npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared;
- Pixel basemask, base, bits, common;
- SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList;
-
- npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b);
- npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b);
- psharedList = malloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *));
- if (!psharedList)
- return FALSE;
- ppshared = psharedList;
- for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; )
- {
- if (!(ppshared[z] = malloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR))))
- {
- for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++)
- free(ppshared[z]);
- free(psharedList);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++)
- {
- basemask = ~(gmask | bmask);
- common = *pptr & basemask;
- if (rmask)
- {
- bits = 0;
- base = lowbit (rmask);
- while(1)
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
- }
- }
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
- }
- }
- }
- basemask = ~(rmask | bmask);
- common = *pptr & basemask;
- if (gmask)
- {
- bits = 0;
- base = lowbit (gmask);
- while(1)
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
- }
- }
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
- }
- }
- }
- basemask = ~(rmask | gmask);
- common = *pptr & basemask;
- if (bmask)
- {
- bits = 0;
- base = lowbit (bmask);
- while(1)
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
- }
- }
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- free(psharedList);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/** FreeColors
- * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers)
- */
-int
-FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask)
-{
- int rval, result, class;
- Pixel rmask;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated)
- return BadAccess;
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels,
- mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask);
- /* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more
- * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */
- rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels,
- mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask);
- if(rval != Success)
- result = rval;
- rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels,
- mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask);
- if(rval != Success)
- result = rval;
- }
- else
- {
- rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1);
- result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask);
- }
- if ((mask != rmask) && count)
- {
- clients[client]->errorValue = *pixels | mask;
- result = BadValue;
- }
- /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits
- * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap.
- * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to
- *
- * \param pmap which colormap head
- * \param color which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO
- * \param npixIn number of pixels passed in
- * \param ppixIn number of base pixels
- * \param mask mask client gave us
- */
-static int
-FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask)
-{
- Pixel *ppixClient, pixTest;
- int npixClient, npixNew, npix;
- Pixel bits, base, cmask, rgbbad;
- Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
- int n, zapped;
- int errVal = Success;
- int offset, numents;
-
- if (npixIn == 0)
- return errVal;
- bits = 0;
- zapped = 0;
- base = lowbit (mask);
-
- switch(color)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask;
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask;
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask;
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- break;
- default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- cmask = ~((Pixel)0);
- rgbbad = 0;
- offset = 0;
- numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- break;
- }
-
-
- /* zap all pixels which match */
- while (1)
- {
- /* go through pixel list */
- for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++)
- {
- pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset;
- if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad))
- {
- clients[client]->errorValue = *pptr | bits;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* find match in client list */
- for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient;
- --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest;
- cptr++) ;
-
- if (npix >= 0)
- {
- if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
- {
- FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color);
- }
- *cptr = ~((Pixel)0);
- zapped++;
- }
- else
- errVal = BadAccess;
- }
- /* generate next bits value */
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base);
- }
-
- /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */
- if (zapped)
- {
- npixNew = npixClient - zapped;
- if (npixNew)
- {
- /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in
- * place and then realloc to a smaller size */
- pptr = cptr = ppixClient;
-
- /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the
- * rest of the old ones */
- for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++)
- {
- if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0))
- {
- *pptr++ = *cptr;
- npix++;
- }
- }
- pptr = (Pixel *)realloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (pptr)
- ppixClient = pptr;
- npixClient = npixNew;
- }
- else
- {
- npixClient = 0;
- free(ppixClient);
- ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL;
- }
- switch(color)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient;
- break;
- }
- }
- return errVal;
-}
-
-
-
-/* Redefine color values */
-int
-StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs, ClientPtr client)
-{
- Pixel pix;
- xColorItem *pdef;
- EntryPtr pent, pentT, pentLast;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- SHAREDCOLOR *pred, *pgreen, *pblue;
- int n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef;
- int class, errVal = Success;
- int ok;
-
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
- {
- return BadAccess;
- }
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
-
- idef = 0;
- if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- int numred, numgreen, numblue;
- Pixel rgbbad;
-
- numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
- numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
- numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
- for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
- {
- ok = TRUE;
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
- (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
-
- if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
- continue;
- }
- pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (pix >= numred)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pdef->flags & DoRed)
- {
- pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red;
- }
-
- pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (pix >= numgreen)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen)
- {
- pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green;
- }
-
- pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (pix >= numblue)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue)
- {
- pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue;
- }
- /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
- * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
- * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
- */
- if(ok)
- {
- if(idef != n)
- defs[idef] = defs[n];
- idef++;
- } else
- client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
- {
-
- ok = TRUE;
- if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
- {
- client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
- * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
- * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
- */
- if(ok)
- {
- if(idef != n)
- defs[idef] = defs[n];
- idef++;
- }
- else
- continue;
-
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
- (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
-
- pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel];
-
- if(pdef->flags & DoRed)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red;
- if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1)
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pent->co.local.red = pdef->red;
- }
- else
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
- else
- pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
- }
- if(pdef->flags & DoGreen)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green;
- if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1)
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pent->co.local.green = pdef->green;
- }
- else
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
- else
- pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
- }
- if(pdef->flags & DoBlue)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue;
- if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1)
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
- }
- else
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
- else
- pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
- }
-
- if(!ok)
- {
- /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who
- * shares this value */
- pred = pent->co.shco.red;
- pgreen = pent->co.shco.green;
- pblue = pent->co.shco.blue;
- ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed;
- ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen;
- ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue;
- pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++)
- {
- if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent))
- {
- xColorItem defChg;
-
- /* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb
- * to read their own hardware colormaps. Sick, but
- * true. So we're going to be really nice and load
- * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the
- * fields. We will only set the flags for those
- * fields that actually change. Smart devices can
- * arrange to change only those fields. Dumb devices
- * can rest assured that we have provided for them,
- * and can change all three fields */
-
- defChg.flags = 0;
- if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred)
- {
- defChg.flags |= DoRed;
- }
- if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen)
- {
- defChg.flags |= DoGreen;
- }
- if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue)
- {
- defChg.flags |= DoBlue;
- }
- if(defChg.flags != 0)
- {
- defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red;
- defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color;
- defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color;
- defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color;
- (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg);
- }
- }
- }
-
- }
- }
- }
- /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not
- * count, the count of proposed entries */
- if (idef != 0)
- ( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs);
- return errVal;
-}
-
-int
-IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- Colormap *pmaps;
- int imap, nummaps, found;
-
- pmaps = malloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap));
- if(!pmaps)
- return FALSE;
- nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
- (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps);
- found = FALSE;
- for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++)
- {
- if(pmaps[imap] == map)
- {
- found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- free(pmaps);
- return found;
-}
-
-struct colormap_lookup_data {
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- VisualPtr visuals;
-};
-
-static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id,
- pointer cdata)
-{
- struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata;
- VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen;
- ColormapPtr cmap = value;
- int j;
-
- if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen)
- return;
-
- j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals;
- cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j];
-}
-
-/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking
- ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */
-Bool
-ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count,
- DepthPtr depth)
-{
- struct colormap_lookup_data cdata;
- int numVisuals;
- VisualPtr visuals;
- XID *vids, vid;
- int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i;
-
- first_new_vid = depth->numVids;
- first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals;
-
- vids = realloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID));
- if (!vids)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */
- depth->vids = vids;
-
- numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count;
- visuals = realloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
- if (!visuals) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- cdata.visuals = visuals;
- cdata.pScreen = pScreen;
- FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata);
-
- pScreen->visuals = visuals;
-
- for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) {
- vid = FakeClientID(0);
- pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid;
- vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid;
- }
-
- depth->numVids += new_visual_count;
- pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/*********************************************************** + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <strings.h> +#include "misc.h" +#include "dix.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "colormapst.h" +#include "os.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include "windowstr.h" +#include "privates.h" +#include "xace.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors +#endif + +static Pixel FindBestPixel( + EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/, + int /*size*/, + xrgb * /*prgb*/, + int /*channel*/ +); + +static int AllComp( + EntryPtr /*pent*/, + xrgb * /*prgb*/ +); + +static int RedComp( + EntryPtr /*pent*/, + xrgb * /*prgb*/ +); + +static int GreenComp( + EntryPtr /*pent*/, + xrgb * /*prgb*/ +); + +static int BlueComp( + EntryPtr /*pent*/, + xrgb * /*prgb*/ +); + +static void FreePixels( + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + int /*client*/ +); + +static void CopyFree( + int /*channel*/, + int /*client*/, + ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/, + ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/ +); + +static void FreeCell( + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + Pixel /*i*/, + int /*channel*/ +); + +static void UpdateColors( + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/ +); + +static int AllocDirect( + int /*client*/, + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + int /*c*/, + int /*r*/, + int /*g*/, + int /*b*/, + Bool /*contig*/, + Pixel * /*pixels*/, + Pixel * /*prmask*/, + Pixel * /*pgmask*/, + Pixel * /*pbmask*/ +); + +static int AllocPseudo( + int /*client*/, + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + int /*c*/, + int /*r*/, + Bool /*contig*/, + Pixel * /*pixels*/, + Pixel * /*pmask*/, + Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/ +); + +static Bool AllocCP( + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/, + int /*count*/, + int /*planes*/, + Bool /*contig*/, + Pixel * /*pixels*/, + Pixel * /*pMask*/ +); + +static Bool AllocShared( + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + Pixel * /*ppix*/, + int /*c*/, + int /*r*/, + int /*g*/, + int /*b*/, + Pixel /*rmask*/, + Pixel /*gmask*/, + Pixel /*bmask*/, + Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/ +); + +static int FreeCo( + ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, + int /*client*/, + int /*color*/, + int /*npixIn*/, + Pixel * /*ppixIn*/, + Pixel /*mask*/ +); + +static int TellNoMap( + WindowPtr /*pwin*/, + Colormap * /*pmid*/ +); + +static void FindColorInRootCmap ( + ColormapPtr /* pmap */, + EntryPtr /* pentFirst */, + int /* size */, + xrgb* /* prgb */, + Pixel* /* pPixel */, + int /* channel */, + ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */ +); + +#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1) +#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1) +#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1) +#if COMPOSITE +#define ALPHAMASK(vis) ((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \ + (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask)) +#else +#define ALPHAMASK(vis) 0 +#endif + +#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis)) + +/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) -- + * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation. + * + * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this + * while loop + * + * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of + * bits in mask. What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that + * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous. This macro will be + * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then + * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be + * called from within a while loop.) + * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for + * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set + * + * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this: + * 00010 (see this isn't so hard), + * then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so + * we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) = + * 01000 for our next value. + * then we add 0010 to get + * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3) + */ +#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) \ + if((bits) == (mask)) \ + break; \ + (bits) += (base); \ + while((bits) & ~(mask)) \ + (bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask)); +/* ID of server as client */ +#define SERVER_ID 0 + +typedef struct _colorResource +{ + Colormap mid; + int client; +} colorResource; + +/* Invariants: + * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty + * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed + * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only + * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map + */ + + +/** + * Create and initialize the color map + * + * \param mid resource to use for this colormap + * \param alloc 1 iff all entries are allocated writable + */ +int +CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, + ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client) +{ + int class, size; + unsigned long sizebytes; + ColormapPtr pmap; + EntryPtr pent; + int i; + Pixel *ppix, **pptr; + + class = pVisual->class; + if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID)) + return BadMatch; + + size = pVisual->ColormapEntries; + sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); + if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + sizebytes *= 3; + sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec); + if (mid == pScreen->defColormap) { + pmap = malloc(sizebytes); + if (!pmap) + return BadAlloc; + if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP)) { + free (pmap); + return BadAlloc; + } + } else { + pmap = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizebytes, sizebytes, + offsetof(ColormapRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_COLORMAP); + if (!pmap) + return BadAlloc; + } +#if defined(_XSERVER64) + pmap->pad0 = 0; + pmap->pad1 = 0; +#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN) + pmap->pad2 = 0; +#endif +#endif + pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec)); + sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry); + pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes); + pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *))); + pmap->mid = mid; + pmap->flags = 0; /* start out with all flags clear */ + if(mid == pScreen->defColormap) + pmap->flags |= IsDefault; + pmap->pScreen = pScreen; + pmap->pVisual = pVisual; + pmap->class = class; + if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + size = NUMRED(pVisual); + pmap->freeRed = size; + memset((char *) pmap->red, 0, (int)sizebytes); + memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); + for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; ) + *pptr = (Pixel *)NULL; + if (alloc == AllocAll) + { + if (class & DynamicClass) + pmap->flags |= AllAllocated; + for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--) + pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; + pmap->freeRed = 0; + ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + { + free(pmap); + return BadAlloc; + } + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; + for(i = 0; i < size; i++) + ppix[i] = i; + pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size; + } + + if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual); + pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int))); + pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes); + pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *))); + pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual); + pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int))); + pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes); + pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue + + (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *))); + + memset((char *) pmap->green, 0, (int)sizebytes); + memset((char *) pmap->blue, 0, (int)sizebytes); + + memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen, + (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed, + MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)); + memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue, + (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed, + MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)); + memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); + memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); + + /* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */ + if (alloc == AllocAll) + { + size = pmap->freeGreen; + for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--) + pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; + pmap->freeGreen = 0; + ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + { + free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]); + free(pmap); + return BadAlloc; + } + pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix; + for(i = 0; i < size; i++) + ppix[i] = i; + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size; + + size = pmap->freeBlue; + for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--) + pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; + pmap->freeBlue = 0; + ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + { + free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]); + free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]); + free(pmap); + return BadAlloc; + } + pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix; + for(i = 0; i < size; i++) + ppix[i] = i; + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size; + } + } + pmap->flags |= BeingCreated; + + if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap)) + return BadAlloc; + + /* + * Security creation/labeling check + */ + i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP, + pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); + if (i != Success) { + FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE); + return i; + } + + /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way, + * this is it. In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the + * time to fill in the colormap's values */ + if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap)) + { + FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE); + return BadAlloc; + } + pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated; + *ppcmap = pmap; + return Success; +} + +/** + * + * \param value must conform to DeleteType + */ +int +FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid) +{ + int i; + EntryPtr pent; + ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr)value; + + if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID) + { + (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap); + WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid); + } + + /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially + * to free any storage it allocated */ + (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap); + + if(pmap->clientPixelsRed) + { + for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++) + free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]); + } + + if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale)) + { + for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1]; + pent >= pmap->red; + pent--) + { + if(pent->fShared) + { + if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0) + free(pent->co.shco.red); + if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0) + free(pent->co.shco.green); + if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0) + free(pent->co.shco.blue); + } + } + } + if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++) + { + free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]); + free(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]); + } + } + + if (pmap->flags & IsDefault) { + dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP); + free(pmap); + } else + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pmap, PRIVATE_COLORMAP); + return Success; +} + +/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */ +static int +TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid) +{ + xEvent xE; + + if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid) + { + /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */ + xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; + xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id; + xE.u.colormap.colormap = None; + xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE; + xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) +#endif + DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL); + if (pwin->optional) { + pwin->optional->colormap = None; + CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin); + } + } + + return WT_WALKCHILDREN; +} + +/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */ +int +TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value) +{ + Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value; + xEvent xE; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) + return WT_STOPWALKING; +#endif + if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid) + { + /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */ + xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; + xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id; + xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid; + xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE; + xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled; + DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL); + } + + return WT_WALKCHILDREN; +} + +/* Tell window that pmid got installed */ +int +TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value) +{ + Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value; + xEvent xE; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) + return WT_STOPWALKING; +#endif + if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid) + { + /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */ + xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; + xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id; + xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid; + xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE; + xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled; + DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL); + } + + return WT_WALKCHILDREN; +} + + +int +CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client) +{ + ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL; + int result, alloc, size; + Colormap midSrc; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + VisualPtr pVisual; + + pScreen = pSrc->pScreen; + pVisual = pSrc->pVisual; + midSrc = pSrc->mid; + alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ? + AllocAll : AllocNone; + size = pVisual->ColormapEntries; + + /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */ + result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client); + if(result != Success) + return result; + if(alloc == AllocAll) + { + memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry)); + if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry)); + memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry)); + } + pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated; + FreePixels(pSrc, client); + UpdateColors(pmap); + return Success; + } + + CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap); + if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap); + CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap); + } + if (pmap->class & DynamicClass) + UpdateColors(pmap); + /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */ + return Success; +} + +/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */ +static void +CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst) +{ + int z, npix; + EntryPtr pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst; + EntryPtr pentSrc, pentDst; + Pixel *ppix; + int nalloc; + + switch(channel) + { + default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */ + case REDMAP: + ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client]; + npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client]; + pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red; + pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red; + break; + case GREENMAP: + ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client]; + npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client]; + pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green; + pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client]; + npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client]; + pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue; + pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue; + break; + } + nalloc = 0; + if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass) + { + for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++) + { + /* Copy entries */ + pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix; + pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix; + if (pentDst->refcnt > 0) + { + pentDst->refcnt++; + } + else + { + *pentDst = *pentSrc; + nalloc++; + if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0) + pentDst->refcnt = 1; + else + pentSrc->fShared = FALSE; + } + FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel); + } + } + + /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */ + switch(channel) + { + case REDMAP: + pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc; + (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] = + (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client]; + (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; + (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client]; + (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0; + break; + case GREENMAP: + pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc; + (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = + (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client]; + (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; + (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client]; + (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc; + pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client]; + pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; + pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client]; + pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0; + break; + } +} + +/* Free the ith entry in a color map. Must handle freeing of + * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */ +static void +FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel) +{ + EntryPtr pent; + int *pCount; + + + switch (channel) + { + default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */ + case PSEUDOMAP: + case REDMAP: + pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i]; + pCount = &pmap->freeRed; + break; + case GREENMAP: + pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i]; + pCount = &pmap->freeGreen; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i]; + pCount = &pmap->freeBlue; + break; + } + /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just + * decrement the count */ + if (pent->refcnt > 1) + pent->refcnt--; + else + { + /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented + * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */ + if (pent->fShared) + { + if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0) + free(pent->co.shco.red); + if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0) + free(pent->co.shco.green); + if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0) + free(pent->co.shco.blue); + pent->fShared = FALSE; + } + pent->refcnt = 0; + *pCount += 1; + } +} + +static void +UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap) +{ + xColorItem *defs; + xColorItem *pdef; + EntryPtr pent; + VisualPtr pVisual; + int i, n, size; + + pVisual = pmap->pVisual; + size = pVisual->ColormapEntries; + defs = malloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem)); + if (!defs) + return; + n = 0; + pdef = defs; + if (pmap->class == DirectColor) + { + for (i = 0; i < size; i++) + { + if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt && + !pmap->green[i].refcnt && + !pmap->blue[i].refcnt) + continue; + pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) | + ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) | + ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue); + pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red; + pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green; + pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue; + pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue; + pdef++; + n++; + } + } + else + { + for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++) + { + if (!pent->refcnt) + continue; + pdef->pixel = i; + if(pent->fShared) + { + pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color; + pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color; + pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color; + } + else + { + pdef->red = pent->co.local.red; + pdef->green = pent->co.local.green; + pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue; + } + pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue; + pdef++; + n++; + } + } + if (n) + (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs); + free(defs); +} + +/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps) + * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix + */ +int +AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, + unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue, + Pixel *pPix, int client) +{ + Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB; + int entries; + xrgb rgb; + int class; + VisualPtr pVisual; + int npix; + Pixel *ppix; + + pVisual = pmap->pVisual; + (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual); + rgb.red = *pred; + rgb.green = *pgreen; + rgb.blue = *pblue; + class = pmap->class; + entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries; + + /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change + * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be + * able to initialize static colormaps + */ + if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated) + class |= DynamicClass; + + /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing + * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the + * requested one and return that. + */ + switch (class) { + case StaticColor: + case StaticGray: + /* Look up all three components in the same pmap */ + *pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP); + *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red; + *pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green; + *pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue; + npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], + (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + return BadAlloc; + ppix[npix] = pixR; + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; + pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++; + break; + + case TrueColor: + /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */ + pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP); + pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP); + pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP); + *pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) | + (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) | + (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) | + ALPHAMASK(pVisual); + + *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red; + *pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green; + *pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue; + npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], + (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + return BadAlloc; + ppix[npix] = pixR; + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; + npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; + ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client], + (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + return BadAlloc; + ppix[npix] = pixG; + pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix; + npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; + ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client], + (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + return BadAlloc; + ppix[npix] = pixB; + pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix; + pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++; + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++; + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++; + break; + + case GrayScale: + case PseudoColor: + if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap && + pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual) + { + ColormapPtr prootmap; + dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap, + RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess); + + if (pmap->class == prootmap->class) + FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, + pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp); + } + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP, + client, AllComp) != Success) + return BadAlloc; + break; + + case DirectColor: + if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap && + pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual) + { + ColormapPtr prootmap; + dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap, + RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess); + + if (pmap->class == prootmap->class) + { + pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; + FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, + &pixR, REDMAP, RedComp); + pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; + FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb, + &pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp); + pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; + FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb, + &pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp); + *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB; + } + } + + pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP, + client, RedComp) != Success) + return BadAlloc; + pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG, + GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success) + { + (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0); + return BadAlloc; + } + pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP, + client, BlueComp) != Success) + { + (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0); + (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0); + return BadAlloc; + } + *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual); + + break; + } + + /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the + * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which + * should be freed when the client dies */ + if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) && + (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) && + !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)) + { + colorResource *pcr; + + pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource)); + if (!pcr) + { + (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0); + return BadAlloc; + } + pcr->mid = pmap->mid; + pcr->client = client; + if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr)) + return BadAlloc; + } + return Success; +} + +/* + * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by + * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning + * the closest matching pixel. This is used by the mi + * software sprite code to recolor cursors. A nice side-effect + * is that this routine will never return failure. + */ + +void +FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item) +{ + Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB; + Pixel temp; + int entries; + xrgb rgb; + int class; + VisualPtr pVisual; + + pVisual = pmap->pVisual; + rgb.red = item->red; + rgb.green = item->green; + rgb.blue = item->blue; + (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual); + class = pmap->class; + entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries; + + switch (class) { + case GrayScale: + case PseudoColor: + temp = 0; + item->pixel = 0; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP, + -1, AllComp) == Success) { + item->pixel = temp; + break; + } + /* fall through ... */ + case StaticColor: + case StaticGray: + item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP); + break; + + case DirectColor: + /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */ + pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; + pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; + pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP, + -1, RedComp) != Success) + pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP) + << pVisual->offsetRed; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG, + GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success) + pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, + GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen; + if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP, + -1, BlueComp) != Success) + pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP) + << pVisual->offsetBlue; + item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB; + break; + + case TrueColor: + /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */ + pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP); + pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP); + pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP); + item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) | + (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) | + (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue); + break; + } +} + +/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */ +void +FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel) +{ + VisualPtr pVisual; + Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB; + + switch (pmap->class) { + case GrayScale: + case PseudoColor: + if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary) + pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0; + break; + case DirectColor: + pVisual = pmap->pVisual; + pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; + pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; + pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; + if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary) + pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0; + if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary) + pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0; + if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary) + pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0; + break; + } +} + +typedef unsigned short BigNumUpper; +typedef unsigned long BigNumLower; + +#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS 24 +#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS 16 +#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS) +#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS) +#define UPPERPART(i) ((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS) +#define LOWERPART(i) ((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1)) + +typedef struct _bignum { + BigNumUpper upper; + BigNumLower lower; +} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr; + +#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\ + ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower)) + +#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r) (((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \ + ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u))) + +#define MaxBigNum(r) (((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \ + ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1)) + +static void +BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r) +{ + BigNumLower lower, carry = 0; + + lower = x->lower + y->lower; + if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) { + lower -= BIGNUMLOWER; + carry = 1; + } + r->lower = lower; + r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry; +} + +static Pixel +FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel) +{ + EntryPtr pent; + Pixel pixel, final; + long dr, dg, db; + unsigned long sq; + BigNumRec minval, sum, temp; + + final = 0; + MaxBigNum(&minval); + /* look for the minimal difference */ + for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++) + { + dr = dg = db = 0; + switch(channel) + { + case PSEUDOMAP: + dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green; + db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue; + case REDMAP: + dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red; + break; + case GREENMAP: + dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue; + break; + } + sq = dr * dr; + UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum); + sq = dg * dg; + UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp); + BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum); + sq = db * db; + UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp); + BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum); + if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum)) + { + final = pixel; + minval = sum; + } + } + return final; +} + +static void +FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, + xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel, + ColorCompareProcPtr comp) +{ + EntryPtr pent; + Pixel pixel; + int count; + + if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size) + pixel = 0; + for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++) + { + if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb)) + { + switch (channel) + { + case REDMAP: + pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; + break; + case GREENMAP: + pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; + break; + default: /* PSEUDOMAP */ + break; + } + *pPixel = pixel; + } + } +} + +/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb + * if it can't it allocates one. + * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel, + * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0 + */ +int +FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, + Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client, + ColorCompareProcPtr comp) +{ + EntryPtr pent; + Bool foundFree; + Pixel pixel, Free = 0; + int npix, count, *nump = NULL; + Pixel **pixp = NULL, *ppix; + xColorItem def; + + foundFree = FALSE; + + if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size) + pixel = 0; + /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */ + for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; ) + { + if (pent->refcnt > 0) + { + if ((*comp) (pent, prgb)) + { + if (client >= 0) + pent->refcnt++; + *pPixel = pixel; + switch(channel) + { + case REDMAP: + *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; + case PSEUDOMAP: + break; + case GREENMAP: + *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; + break; + } + goto gotit; + } + } + else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0) + { + Free = pixel; + foundFree = TRUE; + /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for + * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number + * of entries we use. So don't look any further. */ + if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated) + break; + } + pixel++; + if(pixel >= size) + { + pent = pentFirst; + pixel = 0; + } + else + pent++; + } + + /* If we got here, we didn't find a match. If we also didn't find + * a free entry, we're out of luck. Otherwise, we'll usurp a free + * entry and fill it in */ + if (!foundFree) + return BadAlloc; + pent = pentFirst + Free; + pent->fShared = FALSE; + pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary; + + switch (channel) + { + case PSEUDOMAP: + pent->co.local.red = prgb->red; + pent->co.local.green = prgb->green; + pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue; + def.red = prgb->red; + def.green = prgb->green; + def.blue = prgb->blue; + def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue); + if (client >= 0) + pmap->freeRed--; + def.pixel = Free; + break; + + case REDMAP: + pent->co.local.red = prgb->red; + def.red = prgb->red; + def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green; + def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue; + def.flags = DoRed; + if (client >= 0) + pmap->freeRed--; + def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; + break; + + case GREENMAP: + pent->co.local.green = prgb->green; + def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red; + def.green = prgb->green; + def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue; + def.flags = DoGreen; + if (client >= 0) + pmap->freeGreen--; + def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; + break; + + case BLUEMAP: + pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue; + def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red; + def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green; + def.blue = prgb->blue; + def.flags = DoBlue; + if (client >= 0) + pmap->freeBlue--; + def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; + break; + } + (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def); + pixel = Free; + *pPixel = def.pixel; + +gotit: + if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1) + return Success; + /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */ + switch (channel) + { + case PSEUDOMAP: + case REDMAP: + nump = pmap->numPixelsRed; + pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed; + break; + + case GREENMAP: + nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen; + pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen; + break; + + case BLUEMAP: + nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue; + pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue; + break; + } + npix = nump[client]; + ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + { + pent->refcnt--; + if (!pent->fShared) + switch (channel) + { + case PSEUDOMAP: + case REDMAP: + pmap->freeRed++; + break; + case GREENMAP: + pmap->freeGreen++; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + pmap->freeBlue++; + break; + } + return BadAlloc; + } + ppix[npix] = pixel; + pixp[client] = ppix; + nump[client]++; + + return Success; +} + +/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an + * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */ +static int +AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) +{ + if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) && + (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) && + (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) ) + return 1; + return 0; +} + +static int +RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) +{ + if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) + return 1; + return 0; +} + +static int +GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) +{ + if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) + return 1; + return 0; +} + +static int +BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) +{ + if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) + return 1; + return 0; +} + + +/* Read the color value of a cell */ + +int +QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList, ClientPtr client) +{ + Pixel *ppix, pixel; + xrgb *prgb; + VisualPtr pVisual; + EntryPtr pent; + Pixel i; + int errVal = Success; + + pVisual = pmap->pVisual; + if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + int numred, numgreen, numblue; + Pixel rgbbad; + + numred = NUMRED(pVisual); + numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual); + numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual); + rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual); + for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++) + { + pixel = *ppix; + if (pixel & rgbbad) { + client->errorValue = pixel; + errVal = BadValue; + continue; + } + i = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; + if (i >= numred) + { + client->errorValue = pixel; + errVal = BadValue; + continue; + } + prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red; + i = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; + if (i >= numgreen) + { + client->errorValue = pixel; + errVal = BadValue; + continue; + } + prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green; + i = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; + if (i >= numblue) + { + client->errorValue = pixel; + errVal = BadValue; + continue; + } + prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue; + } + } + else + { + for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++) + { + pixel = *ppix; + if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries) + { + client->errorValue = pixel; + errVal = BadValue; + } + else + { + pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel]; + if (pent->fShared) + { + prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color; + prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color; + prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color; + } + else + { + prgb->red = pent->co.local.red; + prgb->green = pent->co.local.green; + prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue; + } + } + } + } + return errVal; +} + +static void +FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client) +{ + Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart; + int n; + int class; + + class = pmap->class; + ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]; + if (class & DynamicClass) + { + n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; ) + { + FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP); + ppix++; + } + } + + free(ppixStart); + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; + pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0; + if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]; + if (class & DynamicClass) + for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;) + FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP); + free(ppixStart); + pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0; + + ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client]; + if (class & DynamicClass) + for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; ) + FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP); + free(ppixStart); + pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0; + } +} + +/** + * Frees all of a client's colors and cells. + * + * \param value must conform to DeleteType + * \unused fakeid + */ +int +FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid) +{ + pointer pmap; + colorResource *pcr = value; + int rc; + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient, + DixRemoveAccess); + if (rc == Success) + FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client); + free(pcr); + return Success; +} + +int +AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes, + Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks) +{ + Pixel rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b; + int n, class; + int ok; + int oldcount; + colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL; + + class = pmap->class; + if (!(class & DynamicClass)) + return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */ + oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + if (pmap->class == DirectColor) + oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; + if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client)) + { + pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource)); + if (!pcr) + return BadAlloc; + } + + if (pmap->class == DirectColor) + { + ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes, + contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask); + if(ok == Success) + { + for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b) + { + while(!(rmask & r)) + r += r; + while(!(gmask & g)) + g += g; + while(!(bmask & b)) + b += b; + *masks++ = r | g | b; + } + } + } + else + { + ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask, + &ppixFirst); + if(ok == Success) + { + for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r) + { + while(!(rmask & r)) + r += r; + *masks++ = r; + } + } + } + + /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the + * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which + * should be freed when the client dies */ + if ((ok == Success) && pcr) + { + pcr->mid = pmap->mid; + pcr->client = client; + if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr)) + ok = BadAlloc; + } else free(pcr); + + return ok; +} + + +int +AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, + int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, + Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask) +{ + int ok; + Pixel mask, *ppixFirst; + Pixel shift; + int i; + int class; + int oldcount; + colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL; + + class = pmap->class; + if (!(class & DynamicClass)) + return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */ + oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + if (class == DirectColor) + oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; + if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client)) + { + pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource)); + if (!pcr) + return BadAlloc; + } + + if (class == DirectColor) + { + ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels, + prmask, pgmask, pbmask); + } + else + { + /* Allocate the proper pixels */ + /* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all + * r + g + b bits to be contiguous. Should only force contiguity + * per mask + */ + ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels, + &mask, &ppixFirst); + + if(ok == Success) + { + /* now split that mask into three */ + *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0; + shift = 1; + for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift) + { + while (!(mask & shift)) + shift += shift; + *prmask |= shift; + } + for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift) + { + while (!(mask & shift)) + shift += shift; + *pgmask |= shift; + } + for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift) + { + while (!(mask & shift)) + shift += shift; + *pbmask |= shift; + } + + /* set up the shared color cells */ + if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b, + *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst)) + { + (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask); + ok = BadAlloc; + } + } + } + + /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the + * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which + * should be freed when the client dies */ + if ((ok == Success) && pcr) + { + pcr->mid = pmap->mid; + pcr->client = client; + if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr)) + ok = BadAlloc; + } else free(pcr); + + return ok; +} + +static int +AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, + Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask) +{ + Pixel *ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue; + Pixel *ppix, *pDst, *p; + int npix, npixR, npixG, npixB; + Bool okR, okG, okB; + Pixel *rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0; + + npixR = c << r; + npixG = c << g; + npixB = c << b; + if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) || + (npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) || + (npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) || + (npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c)) + return BadAlloc; + + /* start out with empty pixels */ + for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++) + *p = 0; + + ppixRed = malloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel)); + ppixGreen = malloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel)); + ppixBlue = malloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue) + { + free(ppixBlue); + free(ppixGreen); + free(ppixRed); + return BadAlloc; + } + + okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask); + okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask); + okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask); + + if (okR && okG && okB) + { + rpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], + (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) * + sizeof(Pixel)); + if (rpix) + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix; + gpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client], + (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) * + sizeof(Pixel)); + if (gpix) + pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix; + bpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client], + (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) * + sizeof(Pixel)); + if (bpix) + pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix; + } + + if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix) + { + if (okR) + for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++) + pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0; + if (okG) + for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++) + pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0; + if (okB) + for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++) + pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0; + free(ppixBlue); + free(ppixGreen); + free(ppixRed); + return BadAlloc; + } + + *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; + *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; + *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; + + ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++) + { + *ppix++ = *p; + if(p < ppixRed + c) + *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; + } + pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR; + pmap->freeRed -= npixR; + + ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; + for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++) + { + *ppix++ = *p; + if(p < ppixGreen + c) + *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; + } + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG; + pmap->freeGreen -= npixG; + + ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; + for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++) + { + *ppix++ = *p; + if(p < ppixBlue + c) + *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; + } + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB; + pmap->freeBlue -= npixB; + + + for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++) + *pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual); + + free(ppixBlue); + free(ppixGreen); + free(ppixRed); + + return Success; +} + +static int +AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig, + Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst) +{ + Pixel *ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp; + int npix; + Bool ok; + + npix = c << r; + if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c)) + return BadAlloc; + if(!(ppixTemp = malloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel)))) + return BadAlloc; + ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask); + + if (ok) + { + + /* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list, + * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */ + ppix = (Pixel *)realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], + (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (!ppix) + { + for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++) + pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0; + free(ppixTemp); + return BadAlloc; + } + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; + ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + *pppixFirst = ppix; + pDst = pixels; + for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++) + { + *ppix++ = *p; + if(p < ppixTemp + c) + *pDst++ = *p; + } + pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix; + pmap->freeRed -= npix; + } + free(ppixTemp); + return ok ? Success : BadAlloc; +} + +/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If + * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits. Returns + * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those + * pixels are the unique pixels. *pMask has the mask to Or with the + * unique pixels to get the rest of them. + * + * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated + * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE + * (see AllocShared for why we care) + */ +static Bool +AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes, + Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask) +{ + EntryPtr ent; + Pixel pixel, base, entries, maxp, save; + int dplanes, found; + Pixel *ppix; + Pixel mask; + Pixel finalmask; + + dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes; + + /* Easy case. Allocate pixels only */ + if (planes == 0) + { + /* allocate writable entries */ + ppix = pixels; + ent = pentFirst; + pixel = 0; + while (--count >= 0) + { + /* Just find count unallocated cells */ + while (ent->refcnt) + { + ent++; + pixel++; + } + ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; + *ppix++ = pixel; + ent->fShared = FALSE; + } + *pMask = 0; + return TRUE; + } + else if (planes > dplanes) + { + return FALSE; + } + + /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */ + + /* make room for new pixels */ + ent = pentFirst; + + /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */ + for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1); + --dplanes >= 0; + mask += mask, base += base) + { + ppix = pixels; + found = 0; + pixel = 0; + entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask; + while (pixel < entries) + { + save = pixel; + maxp = pixel + mask + base; + /* check if all are free */ + while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0) + pixel += base; + if (pixel == maxp) + { + /* this one works */ + *ppix++ = save; + found++; + if (found == count) + { + /* found enough, allocate them all */ + while (--count >= 0) + { + pixel = pixels[count]; + maxp = pixel + mask; + while (1) + { + ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate; + ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE; + if (pixel == maxp) + break; + pixel += base; + *ppix++ = pixel; + } + } + *pMask = mask; + return TRUE; + } + } + pixel = save + 1; + if (pixel & mask) + pixel += mask; + } + } + + dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes; + if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3) + return FALSE; + + /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */ + + /* + we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes + bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to + check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all. + (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then + the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then + a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is + (3 << (planes-1)) -1 + The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then + a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is + smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is: + (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1) + If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have + to use: + ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1)) + + << Thank you, Loretta>>> + + */ + + finalmask = + (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) + + (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1)); + for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++) + { + /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */ + pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333; + pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333); + if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes) + continue; + ppix = pixels; + found = 0; + entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask; + base = lowbit (mask); + for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++) + { + if (pixel & mask) + continue; + maxp = 0; + /* check if all are free */ + while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0) + { + GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base); + } + if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0)) + continue; + /* this one works */ + *ppix++ = pixel; + found++; + if (found < count) + continue; + /* found enough, allocate them all */ + while (--count >= 0) + { + pixel = (pixels)[count]; + maxp = 0; + while (1) + { + ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate; + ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE; + GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base); + *ppix++ = pixel + maxp; + } + } + + *pMask = mask; + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +/** + * + * \param ppixFirst First of the client's new pixels + */ +static Bool +AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b, + Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst) +{ + Pixel *pptr, *cptr; + int npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared; + Pixel basemask, base, bits, common; + SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList; + + npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b); + npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b); + psharedList = malloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *)); + if (!psharedList) + return FALSE; + ppshared = psharedList; + for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; ) + { + if (!(ppshared[z] = malloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR)))) + { + for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++) + free(ppshared[z]); + free(psharedList); + return FALSE; + } + } + for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++) + { + basemask = ~(gmask | bmask); + common = *pptr & basemask; + if (rmask) + { + bits = 0; + base = lowbit (rmask); + while(1) + { + pshared = *ppshared++; + pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); + for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) + { + if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits)) + { + pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE; + pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared; + } + } + GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base); + } + } + else + { + pshared = *ppshared++; + pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); + for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) + { + if ((*cptr & basemask) == common) + { + pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE; + pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared; + } + } + } + basemask = ~(rmask | bmask); + common = *pptr & basemask; + if (gmask) + { + bits = 0; + base = lowbit (gmask); + while(1) + { + pshared = *ppshared++; + pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b); + for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) + { + if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits)) + { + pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared; + } + } + GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base); + } + } + else + { + pshared = *ppshared++; + pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); + for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) + { + if ((*cptr & basemask) == common) + { + pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared; + } + } + } + basemask = ~(rmask | gmask); + common = *pptr & basemask; + if (bmask) + { + bits = 0; + base = lowbit (bmask); + while(1) + { + pshared = *ppshared++; + pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g); + for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) + { + if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits)) + { + pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared; + } + } + GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base); + } + } + else + { + pshared = *ppshared++; + pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); + for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) + { + if ((*cptr & basemask) == common) + { + pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared; + } + } + } + } + free(psharedList); + return TRUE; +} + + +/** FreeColors + * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers) + */ +int +FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask) +{ + int rval, result, class; + Pixel rmask; + + class = pmap->class; + if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated) + return BadAccess; + if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); + result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels, + mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask); + /* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more + * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */ + rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels, + mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask); + if(rval != Success) + result = rval; + rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels, + mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask); + if(rval != Success) + result = rval; + } + else + { + rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1); + result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask); + } + if ((mask != rmask) && count) + { + clients[client]->errorValue = *pixels | mask; + result = BadValue; + } + /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */ + return result; +} + +/** + * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits + * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap. + * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to + * + * \param pmap which colormap head + * \param color which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO + * \param npixIn number of pixels passed in + * \param ppixIn number of base pixels + * \param mask mask client gave us + */ +static int +FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask) +{ + Pixel *ppixClient, pixTest; + int npixClient, npixNew, npix; + Pixel bits, base, cmask, rgbbad; + Pixel *pptr, *cptr; + int n, zapped; + int errVal = Success; + int offset, numents; + + if (npixIn == 0) + return errVal; + bits = 0; + zapped = 0; + base = lowbit (mask); + + switch(color) + { + case REDMAP: + cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask; + rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); + offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; + numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1; + ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]; + npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + break; + case GREENMAP: + cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask; + rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); + offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; + numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1; + ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]; + npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask; + rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); + offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; + numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1; + ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client]; + npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; + break; + default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */ + case PSEUDOMAP: + cmask = ~((Pixel)0); + rgbbad = 0; + offset = 0; + numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries; + ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]; + npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; + break; + } + + + /* zap all pixels which match */ + while (1) + { + /* go through pixel list */ + for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++) + { + pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset; + if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad)) + { + clients[client]->errorValue = *pptr | bits; + errVal = BadValue; + continue; + } + + /* find match in client list */ + for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient; + --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest; + cptr++) ; + + if (npix >= 0) + { + if (pmap->class & DynamicClass) + { + FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color); + } + *cptr = ~((Pixel)0); + zapped++; + } + else + errVal = BadAccess; + } + /* generate next bits value */ + GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base); + } + + /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */ + if (zapped) + { + npixNew = npixClient - zapped; + if (npixNew) + { + /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in + * place and then realloc to a smaller size */ + pptr = cptr = ppixClient; + + /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the + * rest of the old ones */ + for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++) + { + if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0)) + { + *pptr++ = *cptr; + npix++; + } + } + pptr = (Pixel *)realloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel)); + if (pptr) + ppixClient = pptr; + npixClient = npixNew; + } + else + { + npixClient = 0; + free(ppixClient); + ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL; + } + switch(color) + { + case PSEUDOMAP: + case REDMAP: + pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient; + pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient; + break; + case GREENMAP: + pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient; + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient; + break; + case BLUEMAP: + pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient; + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient; + break; + } + } + return errVal; +} + + + +/* Redefine color values */ +int +StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs, ClientPtr client) +{ + Pixel pix; + xColorItem *pdef; + EntryPtr pent, pentT, pentLast; + VisualPtr pVisual; + SHAREDCOLOR *pred, *pgreen, *pblue; + int n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef; + int class, errVal = Success; + int ok; + + + class = pmap->class; + if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)) + { + return BadAccess; + } + pVisual = pmap->pVisual; + + idef = 0; + if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) + { + int numred, numgreen, numblue; + Pixel rgbbad; + + numred = NUMRED(pVisual); + numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual); + numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual); + rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual); + for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++) + { + ok = TRUE; + (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) + (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual); + + if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad) + { + errVal = BadValue; + client->errorValue = pdef->pixel; + continue; + } + pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; + if (pix >= numred) + { + errVal = BadValue; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate) + { + errVal = BadAccess; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pdef->flags & DoRed) + { + pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red; + } + else + { + pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red; + } + + pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; + if (pix >= numgreen) + { + errVal = BadValue; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate) + { + errVal = BadAccess; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen) + { + pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green; + } + else + { + pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green; + } + + pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; + if (pix >= numblue) + { + errVal = BadValue; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate) + { + errVal = BadAccess; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue) + { + pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue; + } + else + { + pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue; + } + /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list + * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've + * skipped one, we have to copy all the others. + */ + if(ok) + { + if(idef != n) + defs[idef] = defs[n]; + idef++; + } else + client->errorValue = pdef->pixel; + } + } + else + { + for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++) + { + + ok = TRUE; + if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries) + { + client->errorValue = pdef->pixel; + errVal = BadValue; + ok = FALSE; + } + else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate) + { + errVal = BadAccess; + ok = FALSE; + } + + /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list + * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've + * skipped one, we have to copy all the others. + */ + if(ok) + { + if(idef != n) + defs[idef] = defs[n]; + idef++; + } + else + continue; + + (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) + (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual); + + pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel]; + + if(pdef->flags & DoRed) + { + if(pent->fShared) + { + pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red; + if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1) + ok = FALSE; + } + else + pent->co.local.red = pdef->red; + } + else + { + if(pent->fShared) + pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color; + else + pdef->red = pent->co.local.red; + } + if(pdef->flags & DoGreen) + { + if(pent->fShared) + { + pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green; + if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1) + ok = FALSE; + } + else + pent->co.local.green = pdef->green; + } + else + { + if(pent->fShared) + pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color; + else + pdef->green = pent->co.local.green; + } + if(pdef->flags & DoBlue) + { + if(pent->fShared) + { + pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue; + if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1) + ok = FALSE; + } + else + pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue; + } + else + { + if(pent->fShared) + pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color; + else + pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue; + } + + if(!ok) + { + /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who + * shares this value */ + pred = pent->co.shco.red; + pgreen = pent->co.shco.green; + pblue = pent->co.shco.blue; + ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed; + ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen; + ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue; + pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries; + + for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++) + { + if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent)) + { + xColorItem defChg; + + /* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb + * to read their own hardware colormaps. Sick, but + * true. So we're going to be really nice and load + * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the + * fields. We will only set the flags for those + * fields that actually change. Smart devices can + * arrange to change only those fields. Dumb devices + * can rest assured that we have provided for them, + * and can change all three fields */ + + defChg.flags = 0; + if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred) + { + defChg.flags |= DoRed; + } + if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen) + { + defChg.flags |= DoGreen; + } + if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue) + { + defChg.flags |= DoBlue; + } + if(defChg.flags != 0) + { + defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red; + defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color; + defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color; + defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color; + (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg); + } + } + } + + } + } + } + /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not + * count, the count of proposed entries */ + if (idef != 0) + ( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs); + return errVal; +} + +int +IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin) +{ + Colormap *pmaps; + int imap, nummaps, found; + + pmaps = malloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap)); + if(!pmaps) + return FALSE; + nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps) + (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps); + found = FALSE; + for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++) + { + if(pmaps[imap] == map) + { + found = TRUE; + break; + } + } + free(pmaps); + return found; +} + +struct colormap_lookup_data { + ScreenPtr pScreen; + VisualPtr visuals; +}; + +static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id, + pointer cdata) +{ + struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata; + VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals; + ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen; + ColormapPtr cmap = value; + int j; + + if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen) + return; + + j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals; + cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j]; +} + +/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking + ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */ +Bool +ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count, + DepthPtr depth) +{ + struct colormap_lookup_data cdata; + int numVisuals; + VisualPtr visuals; + XID *vids, vid; + int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i; + + first_new_vid = depth->numVids; + first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals; + + vids = realloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID)); + if (!vids) + return FALSE; + + /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */ + depth->vids = vids; + + numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count; + visuals = realloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec)); + if (!visuals) { + return FALSE; + } + + cdata.visuals = visuals; + cdata.pScreen = pScreen; + FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata); + + pScreen->visuals = visuals; + + for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) { + vid = FakeClientID(0); + pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid; + vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid; + } + + depth->numVids += new_visual_count; + pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count; + + return TRUE; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c index 4d5d51619..c191c1e88 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c @@ -1,512 +1,512 @@ -/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-typedef struct _GlyphShare {
- FontPtr font;
- unsigned short sourceChar;
- unsigned short maskChar;
- CursorBitsPtr bits;
- struct _GlyphShare *next;
-} GlyphShare, *GlyphSharePtr;
-
-static GlyphSharePtr sharedGlyphs = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec cursorScreenDevPriv[MAXSCREENS];
-
-#ifdef XFIXES
-static CARD32 cursorSerial;
-#endif
-
-static void
-FreeCursorBits(CursorBitsPtr bits)
-{
- if (--bits->refcnt > 0)
- return;
- free(bits->source);
- free(bits->mask);
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- free(bits->argb);
-#endif
- dixFiniPrivates(bits, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
- if (bits->refcnt == 0)
- {
- GlyphSharePtr *prev, this;
-
- for (prev = &sharedGlyphs;
- (this = *prev) && (this->bits != bits);
- prev = &this->next)
- ;
- if (this)
- {
- *prev = this->next;
- CloseFont(this->font, (Font)0);
- free(this);
- }
- free(bits);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * To be called indirectly by DeleteResource; must use exactly two args.
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-FreeCursor(pointer value, XID cid)
-{
- int nscr;
- CursorPtr pCurs = (CursorPtr)value;
-
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; /* unused anyway */
-
- if ( --pCurs->refcnt != 0)
- return Success;
-
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- (void)( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
- }
- FreeCursorBits(pCurs->bits);
- dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- free( pCurs);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * We check for empty cursors so that we won't have to display them
- */
-static void
-CheckForEmptyMask(CursorBitsPtr bits)
-{
- unsigned char *msk = bits->mask;
- int n = BitmapBytePad(bits->width) * bits->height;
-
- bits->emptyMask = FALSE;
- while(n--)
- if(*(msk++) != 0) return;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- if (bits->argb)
- {
- CARD32 *argb = bits->argb;
- int n = bits->width * bits->height;
- while (n--)
- if (*argb++ & 0xff000000) return;
- }
-#endif
- bits->emptyMask = TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * realize the cursor for every screen. Do not change the refcnt, this will be
- * changed when ChangeToCursor actually changes the sprite.
- *
- * @return Success if all cursors realize on all screens, BadAlloc if realize
- * failed for a device on a given screen.
- */
-static int
-RealizeCursorAllScreens(CursorPtr pCurs)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- int nscr;
-
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- if (!( *pscr->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs))
- {
- /* Realize failed for device pDev on screen pscr.
- * We have to assume that for all devices before, realize
- * worked. We need to rollback all devices so far on the
- * current screen and then all devices on previous
- * screens.
- */
- DeviceIntPtr pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; /*dev iterator*/
- while(pDevIt && pDevIt != pDev)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
- ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
- pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
- }
- while (--nscr >= 0)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- /* now unrealize all devices on previous screens */
- pDevIt = inputInfo.devices;
- while (pDevIt)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
- ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
- pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
- }
- ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
- }
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * does nothing about the resource table, just creates the data structure.
- * does not copy the src and mask bits
- *
- * \param psrcbits server-defined padding
- * \param pmaskbits server-defined padding
- * \param argb no padding
- */
-int
-AllocARGBCursor(unsigned char *psrcbits, unsigned char *pmaskbits,
- CARD32 *argb, CursorMetricPtr cm,
- unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue,
- unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
- CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
-{
- CursorBitsPtr bits;
- CursorPtr pCurs;
- int rc;
-
- *ppCurs = NULL;
- pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
- if (!pCurs)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
- dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS)
- bits->source = psrcbits;
- bits->mask = pmaskbits;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- bits->argb = argb;
-#endif
- bits->width = cm->width;
- bits->height = cm->height;
- bits->xhot = cm->xhot;
- bits->yhot = cm->yhot;
- pCurs->refcnt = 1;
- bits->refcnt = -1;
- CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
- pCurs->bits = bits;
-#ifdef XFIXES
- pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
- pCurs->name = None;
-#endif
-
- pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
- pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
- pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
-
- pCurs->backRed = backRed;
- pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
- pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
-
- pCurs->id = cid;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check */
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
- pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- *ppCurs = pCurs;
- return Success;
-
-error:
- FreeCursorBits(bits);
- dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- free(pCurs);
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar,
- unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue,
- unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
- CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
-{
- FontPtr sourcefont, maskfont;
- unsigned char *srcbits;
- unsigned char *mskbits;
- CursorMetricRec cm;
- int rc;
- CursorBitsPtr bits;
- CursorPtr pCurs;
- GlyphSharePtr pShare;
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sourcefont, source, RT_FONT, client,
- DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = source;
- return rc;
- }
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client,
- DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success && mask != None)
- {
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return rc;
- }
- if (sourcefont != maskfont)
- pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
- else
- {
- for (pShare = sharedGlyphs;
- pShare &&
- ((pShare->font != sourcefont) ||
- (pShare->sourceChar != sourceChar) ||
- (pShare->maskChar != maskChar));
- pShare = pShare->next)
- ;
- }
- if (pShare)
- {
- pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
- if (!pCurs)
- return BadAlloc;
- dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- bits = pShare->bits;
- bits->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm))
- {
- client->errorValue = sourceChar;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!maskfont)
- {
- long n;
- unsigned char *mskptr;
-
- n = BitmapBytePad(cm.width)*(long)cm.height;
- mskptr = mskbits = malloc(n);
- if (!mskptr)
- return BadAlloc;
- while (--n >= 0)
- *mskptr++ = ~0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm))
- {
- client->errorValue = maskChar;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm, &mskbits)))
- return rc;
- }
- if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm, &srcbits)))
- {
- free(mskbits);
- return rc;
- }
- if (sourcefont != maskfont)
- {
- pCurs =
- (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
- if (pCurs)
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
- else
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
- if (pCurs)
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)calloc(CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
- else
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
- }
- if (!bits)
- {
- free(pCurs);
- free(mskbits);
- free(srcbits);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
- bits->source = srcbits;
- bits->mask = mskbits;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- bits->argb = 0;
-#endif
- bits->width = cm.width;
- bits->height = cm.height;
- bits->xhot = cm.xhot;
- bits->yhot = cm.yhot;
- if (sourcefont != maskfont)
- bits->refcnt = -1;
- else
- {
- bits->refcnt = 1;
- pShare = malloc(sizeof(GlyphShare));
- if (!pShare)
- {
- FreeCursorBits(bits);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pShare->font = sourcefont;
- sourcefont->refcnt++;
- pShare->sourceChar = sourceChar;
- pShare->maskChar = maskChar;
- pShare->bits = bits;
- pShare->next = sharedGlyphs;
- sharedGlyphs = pShare;
- }
- }
-
- CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
- pCurs->bits = bits;
- pCurs->refcnt = 1;
-#ifdef XFIXES
- pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
- pCurs->name = None;
-#endif
-
- pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
- pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
- pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
-
- pCurs->backRed = backRed;
- pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
- pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
-
- pCurs->id = cid;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check */
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
- pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- *ppCurs = pCurs;
- return Success;
-
-error:
- FreeCursorBits(bits);
- dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- free(pCurs);
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/** CreateRootCursor
- *
- * look up the name of a font
- * open the font
- * add the font to the resource table
- * make a cursor from the glyphs
- * add the cursor to the resource table
- *************************************************************/
-
-CursorPtr
-CreateRootCursor(char *unused1, unsigned int unused2)
-{
- CursorPtr curs;
- FontPtr cursorfont;
- int err;
- XID fontID;
-
- fontID = FakeClientID(0);
- err = OpenFont(serverClient, fontID, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
- (unsigned)strlen(defaultCursorFont), defaultCursorFont);
- if (err != Success)
- return NullCursor;
-
- err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursorfont, fontID, RT_FONT,
- serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (err != Success)
- return NullCursor;
- if (AllocGlyphCursor(fontID, 0, fontID, 1, 0, 0, 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- &curs, serverClient, (XID)0) != Success)
- return NullCursor;
-
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(0), RT_CURSOR, (pointer)curs))
- return NullCursor;
-
- return curs;
-}
+/*********************************************************** + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +******************************************************************/ + + + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/Xmd.h> +#include "servermd.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "dixfontstr.h" +#include "opaque.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "xace.h" + +typedef struct _GlyphShare { + FontPtr font; + unsigned short sourceChar; + unsigned short maskChar; + CursorBitsPtr bits; + struct _GlyphShare *next; +} GlyphShare, *GlyphSharePtr; + +static GlyphSharePtr sharedGlyphs = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL; + +DevPrivateKeyRec cursorScreenDevPriv[MAXSCREENS]; + +#ifdef XFIXES +static CARD32 cursorSerial; +#endif + +static void +FreeCursorBits(CursorBitsPtr bits) +{ + if (--bits->refcnt > 0) + return; + free(bits->source); + free(bits->mask); +#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR + free(bits->argb); +#endif + dixFiniPrivates(bits, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS); + if (bits->refcnt == 0) + { + GlyphSharePtr *prev, this; + + for (prev = &sharedGlyphs; + (this = *prev) && (this->bits != bits); + prev = &this->next) + ; + if (this) + { + *prev = this->next; + CloseFont(this->font, (Font)0); + free(this); + } + free(bits); + } +} + +/** + * To be called indirectly by DeleteResource; must use exactly two args. + * + * \param value must conform to DeleteType + */ +int +FreeCursor(pointer value, XID cid) +{ + int nscr; + CursorPtr pCurs = (CursorPtr)value; + + ScreenPtr pscr; + DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; /* unused anyway */ + + if ( --pCurs->refcnt != 0) + return Success; + + for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) + { + pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; + (void)( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs); + } + FreeCursorBits(pCurs->bits); + dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR); + free( pCurs); + return Success; +} + + +/* + * We check for empty cursors so that we won't have to display them + */ +static void +CheckForEmptyMask(CursorBitsPtr bits) +{ + unsigned char *msk = bits->mask; + int n = BitmapBytePad(bits->width) * bits->height; + + bits->emptyMask = FALSE; + while(n--) + if(*(msk++) != 0) return; +#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR + if (bits->argb) + { + CARD32 *argb = bits->argb; + int n = bits->width * bits->height; + while (n--) + if (*argb++ & 0xff000000) return; + } +#endif + bits->emptyMask = TRUE; +} + +/** + * realize the cursor for every screen. Do not change the refcnt, this will be + * changed when ChangeToCursor actually changes the sprite. + * + * @return Success if all cursors realize on all screens, BadAlloc if realize + * failed for a device on a given screen. + */ +static int +RealizeCursorAllScreens(CursorPtr pCurs) +{ + DeviceIntPtr pDev; + ScreenPtr pscr; + int nscr; + + for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) + { + pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; + for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) + { + if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) + { + if (!( *pscr->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs)) + { + /* Realize failed for device pDev on screen pscr. + * We have to assume that for all devices before, realize + * worked. We need to rollback all devices so far on the + * current screen and then all devices on previous + * screens. + */ + DeviceIntPtr pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; /*dev iterator*/ + while(pDevIt && pDevIt != pDev) + { + if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt)) + ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs); + pDevIt = pDevIt->next; + } + while (--nscr >= 0) + { + pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; + /* now unrealize all devices on previous screens */ + pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; + while (pDevIt) + { + if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt)) + ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs); + pDevIt = pDevIt->next; + } + ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs); + } + return BadAlloc; + } + } + } + } + + return Success; +} + + +/** + * does nothing about the resource table, just creates the data structure. + * does not copy the src and mask bits + * + * \param psrcbits server-defined padding + * \param pmaskbits server-defined padding + * \param argb no padding + */ +int +AllocARGBCursor(unsigned char *psrcbits, unsigned char *pmaskbits, + CARD32 *argb, CursorMetricPtr cm, + unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue, + unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue, + CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid) +{ + CursorBitsPtr bits; + CursorPtr pCurs; + int rc; + + *ppCurs = NULL; + pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1); + if (!pCurs) + return BadAlloc; + + bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE); + dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR); + dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS) + bits->source = psrcbits; + bits->mask = pmaskbits; +#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR + bits->argb = argb; +#endif + bits->width = cm->width; + bits->height = cm->height; + bits->xhot = cm->xhot; + bits->yhot = cm->yhot; + pCurs->refcnt = 1; + bits->refcnt = -1; + CheckForEmptyMask(bits); + pCurs->bits = bits; +#ifdef XFIXES + pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial; + pCurs->name = None; +#endif + + pCurs->foreRed = foreRed; + pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen; + pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue; + + pCurs->backRed = backRed; + pCurs->backGreen = backGreen; + pCurs->backBlue = backBlue; + + pCurs->id = cid; + + /* security creation/labeling check */ + rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR, + pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); + if (rc != Success) + goto error; + + rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs); + if (rc != Success) + goto error; + + *ppCurs = pCurs; + return Success; + +error: + FreeCursorBits(bits); + dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR); + free(pCurs); + + return rc; +} + +int +AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar, + unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue, + unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue, + CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid) +{ + FontPtr sourcefont, maskfont; + unsigned char *srcbits; + unsigned char *mskbits; + CursorMetricRec cm; + int rc; + CursorBitsPtr bits; + CursorPtr pCurs; + GlyphSharePtr pShare; + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sourcefont, source, RT_FONT, client, + DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + client->errorValue = source; + return rc; + } + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client, + DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success && mask != None) + { + client->errorValue = mask; + return rc; + } + if (sourcefont != maskfont) + pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL; + else + { + for (pShare = sharedGlyphs; + pShare && + ((pShare->font != sourcefont) || + (pShare->sourceChar != sourceChar) || + (pShare->maskChar != maskChar)); + pShare = pShare->next) + ; + } + if (pShare) + { + pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1); + if (!pCurs) + return BadAlloc; + dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR); + bits = pShare->bits; + bits->refcnt++; + } + else + { + if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm)) + { + client->errorValue = sourceChar; + return BadValue; + } + if (!maskfont) + { + long n; + unsigned char *mskptr; + + n = BitmapBytePad(cm.width)*(long)cm.height; + mskptr = mskbits = malloc(n); + if (!mskptr) + return BadAlloc; + while (--n >= 0) + *mskptr++ = ~0; + } + else + { + if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm)) + { + client->errorValue = maskChar; + return BadValue; + } + if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm, &mskbits))) + return rc; + } + if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm, &srcbits))) + { + free(mskbits); + return rc; + } + if (sourcefont != maskfont) + { + pCurs = + (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1); + if (pCurs) + bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE); + else + bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL; + } + else + { + pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1); + if (pCurs) + bits = (CursorBitsPtr)calloc(CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1); + else + bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL; + } + if (!bits) + { + free(pCurs); + free(mskbits); + free(srcbits); + return BadAlloc; + } + dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR); + dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS); + bits->source = srcbits; + bits->mask = mskbits; +#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR + bits->argb = 0; +#endif + bits->width = cm.width; + bits->height = cm.height; + bits->xhot = cm.xhot; + bits->yhot = cm.yhot; + if (sourcefont != maskfont) + bits->refcnt = -1; + else + { + bits->refcnt = 1; + pShare = malloc(sizeof(GlyphShare)); + if (!pShare) + { + FreeCursorBits(bits); + return BadAlloc; + } + pShare->font = sourcefont; + sourcefont->refcnt++; + pShare->sourceChar = sourceChar; + pShare->maskChar = maskChar; + pShare->bits = bits; + pShare->next = sharedGlyphs; + sharedGlyphs = pShare; + } + } + + CheckForEmptyMask(bits); + pCurs->bits = bits; + pCurs->refcnt = 1; +#ifdef XFIXES + pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial; + pCurs->name = None; +#endif + + pCurs->foreRed = foreRed; + pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen; + pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue; + + pCurs->backRed = backRed; + pCurs->backGreen = backGreen; + pCurs->backBlue = backBlue; + + pCurs->id = cid; + + /* security creation/labeling check */ + rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR, + pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); + if (rc != Success) + goto error; + + rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs); + if (rc != Success) + goto error; + + *ppCurs = pCurs; + return Success; + +error: + FreeCursorBits(bits); + dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR); + free(pCurs); + + return rc; +} + +/** CreateRootCursor + * + * look up the name of a font + * open the font + * add the font to the resource table + * make a cursor from the glyphs + * add the cursor to the resource table + *************************************************************/ + +CursorPtr +CreateRootCursor(char *unused1, unsigned int unused2) +{ + CursorPtr curs; + FontPtr cursorfont; + int err; + XID fontID; + + fontID = FakeClientID(0); + err = OpenFont(serverClient, fontID, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync, + (unsigned)strlen(defaultCursorFont), defaultCursorFont); + if (err != Success) + return NullCursor; + + err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursorfont, fontID, RT_FONT, + serverClient, DixReadAccess); + if (err != Success) + return NullCursor; + if (AllocGlyphCursor(fontID, 0, fontID, 1, 0, 0, 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + &curs, serverClient, (XID)0) != Success) + return NullCursor; + + if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(0), RT_CURSOR, (pointer)curs)) + return NullCursor; + + return curs; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c index 803f28a15..a6c1d507a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c @@ -1,2630 +1,2630 @@ -/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "ptrveloc.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */
-#include "xiproperty.h"
-#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */
-#include "xserver-properties.h"
-#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define isfinite(val) _finite(val)
-#endif
-
-/** @file
- * This file handles input device-related stuff.
- */
-
-static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);
-
-static void
-DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)
-{
- struct pixman_f_transform scale;
- double sx, sy;
- int x, y;
-
- /**
- * calculate combined transformation matrix:
- *
- * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale
- *
- * So we can later transform points using M * p
- *
- * Where:
- * Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range
- * Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform
- * InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range
- */
- sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
- sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
-
- /* invscale */
- pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);
- scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
- scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
-
- /* transform */
- for (y=0; y<3; y++)
- for (x=0; x<3; x++)
- dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;
-
- pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);
-
- /* scale */
- pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);
- scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;
- scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;
-
- pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);
-}
-
-/**
- * DIX property handler.
- */
-static int
-DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
- BOOL checkonly)
-{
- if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))
- {
- if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)
- return BadValue;
-
- /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */
- if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&
- !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))
- return BadAccess;
-
- if (!checkonly)
- {
- if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)
- DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
- } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))
- {
- float *f = (float*)prop->data;
- int i;
-
- if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||
- prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))
- return BadValue;
-
- for (i=0; i<9; i++)
- if (!isfinite(f[i]))
- return BadValue;
-
- if (!checkonly)
- DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the
- * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.
- * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this
- * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an
- * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.
- */
-static int
-PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)
-{
- if (!ptr)
- return BadDevice;
-
- /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */
- if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);
- kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
- kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
- }
-
- kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;
- kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;
- ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.
- */
-static DeviceIntPtr
-NextFreePointerDevice(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- if (IsMaster(dev) &&
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&
- !dev->spriteInfo->paired)
- return dev;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added
- * to the server's off_devices list.
- *
- * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).
- * @return The newly created device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */
- DeviceIntPtr devtmp;
- int devid;
- char devind[MAXDEVICES];
- BOOL enabled;
- float transform[9];
-
- /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */
- memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);
- for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
- devind[devtmp->id]++;
- for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
- devind[devtmp->id]++;
- for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)
- ;
-
- if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)
- return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- dev = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
- sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
- offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);
- if (!dev)
- return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- dev->id = devid;
- dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;
- dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;
- dev->startup = autoStart;
-
- /* device grab defaults */
- dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;
- dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
- dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
-
- XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
-
- dev->coreEvents = TRUE;
-
- /* sprite defaults */
- dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {
- free(dev);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- inputInfo.numDevices++;
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- *prev = dev;
- dev->next = NULL;
-
- enabled = FALSE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);
-
- /* unity matrix */
- memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));
- transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
- XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
- FALSE);
-
- XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);
-
- return dev;
-}
-
-void
-SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)
-{
- DeviceIntRec dummyDev;
- devicePresenceNotify ev;
-
- memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));
- ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;
- ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- ev.devchange = type;
- ev.deviceid = deviceid;
- dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;
- SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,
- (xEvent*)&ev, 1);
-}
-
-/**
- * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.
- * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device
- * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are
- * notified about the device being enabled.
- *
- * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard
- * device.
- *
- * @param The device to be enabled.
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr *prev;
- int ret;
- DeviceIntPtr other;
- BOOL enabled;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;
- *prev && (*prev != dev);
- prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
-
- if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */
- if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);
- /* mode doesn't matter */
- EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);
- }
- else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "
- "This is a bug.\n");
- return FALSE;
- } else
- PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);
- } else
- {
- if (dev->coreEvents)
- other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :
- inputInfo.keyboard;
- else
- other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */
- AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);
- }
- }
-
- if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||
- ((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {
- ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);
- return FALSE;
- }
- dev->enabled = TRUE;
- *prev = dev->next;
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- *prev = dev;
- dev->next = NULL;
-
- enabled = TRUE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- TRUE);
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices
- * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are
- * notified about the device being disabled.
- *
- * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices
- * otherwise things turn bad.
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;
- BOOL enabled;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;
- *prev && (*prev != dev);
- prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- if (*prev != dev)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* float attached devices */
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)
- {
- AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);
- flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)
- other->lastSlave = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "
- "This is a bug. \n");
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);
- dev->enabled = FALSE;
-
- /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's
- * last.slave */
- OsBlockSignals();
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->last.slave == dev)
- other->last.slave = NULL;
- }
- OsReleaseSignals();
-
- LeaveWindow(dev);
- SetFocusOut(dev);
-
- *prev = dev->next;
- dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;
- inputInfo.off_devices = dev;
-
- enabled = FALSE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- TRUE);
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the
- * new device.
- *
- * Must be called before EnableDevice.
- * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return Success or an error code on failure.
- */
-int
-ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- int ret = Success;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
-
- if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);
- dev->inited = (ret == Success);
- if (!dev->inited)
- return ret;
-
- /* Initialize memory for sprites. */
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))
- ret = BadAlloc;
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
- flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Ring the bell.
- * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.
- */
-static void
-CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
-{
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
-
- DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
-}
-
-static void
-CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.
- */
-int
-CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
-{
-
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,
- CoreKeyboardCtl))
- {
- ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "
- "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");
- return BadValue;
- }
- return Success;
-
- case DEVICE_ON:
- case DEVICE_OFF:
- return Success;
-
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- return Success;
- }
-
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-/**
- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.
- */
-int
-CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
-{
-#define NBUTTONS 10
-#define NAXES 2
- BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];
- int i = 0;
- Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};
- Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};
-
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)
- map[i] = i;
-
- btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);
- btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);
- btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);
- btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);
- btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);
- btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);
- btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);
- /* don't know about the rest */
-
- axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);
- axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);
-
- if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,
- (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,
- GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))
- {
- ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",
- pDev->name);
- return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */
- }
- pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];
- pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];
- break;
-
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return Success;
-
-#undef NBUTTONS
-#undef NAXES
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).
- * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is
- * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.
- *
- * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there
- * is no physical device connected.
- */
-void
-InitCoreDevices(void)
-{
- if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",
- &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,
- CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,
- TRUE) != Success)
- FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");
-
- if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||
- ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)
- FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");
- if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||
- !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))
- FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");
-
- InitXTestDevices();
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.
- *
- * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.
- * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.
- *
- * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.
- * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has
- * completed.
- *
- * @return Success or error code on failure.
- */
-int
-InitAndStartDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, next;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);
- if (!dev->inited)
- ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
-
- /* enable real devices */
- for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)
- {
- DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);
- next = dev->next;
- if (dev->inited && dev->startup)
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.
- */
-static void
-FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)
-{
- if (!(*class))
- return;
-
- switch(type)
- {
- case KeyClass:
- {
- KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;
- if ((*k)->xkbInfo)
- {
- XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);
- (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;
- }
- free((*k));
- break;
- }
- case ButtonClass:
- {
- ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;
- free((*b)->xkb_acts);
- free((*b));
- break;
- }
- case ValuatorClass:
- {
- ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;
-
- free((*v)->motion);
- free((*v));
- break;
- }
- case FocusClass:
- {
- FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;
- free((*f)->trace);
- free((*f));
- break;
- }
- case ProximityClass:
- {
- ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;
- free((*p));
- break;
- }
- }
- *class = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)
-{
- if (!(*class))
- return;
-
- switch(type)
- {
- case KbdFeedbackClass:
- {
- KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;
- KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;
- for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {
- knext = k->next;
- if (k->xkb_sli)
- XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);
- free(k);
- }
- break;
- }
- case PtrFeedbackClass:
- {
- PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;
- PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;
-
- for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {
- pnext = p->next;
- free(p);
- }
- break;
- }
- case IntegerFeedbackClass:
- {
- IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;
- IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;
-
- for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {
- inext = i->next;
- free(i);
- }
- break;
- }
- case StringFeedbackClass:
- {
- StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;
- StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;
-
- for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {
- snext = s->next;
- free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);
- free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
- free(s);
- }
- break;
- }
- case BellFeedbackClass:
- {
- BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;
- BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;
-
- for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {
- bnext = b->next;
- free(b);
- }
- break;
- }
- case LedFeedbackClass:
- {
- LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;
- LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;
-
- for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {
- lnext = l->next;
- if (l->xkb_sli)
- XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);
- free(l);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- *class = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)
-{
- if (!classes)
- return;
-
- FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);
- FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);
- FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);
- FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);
- FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);
-
- FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);
- FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Close down a device and free all resources.
- * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever
- * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just
- * be disabled, DisableDevice().
- * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.
- */
-static void
-CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- ClassesPtr classes;
- int j;
-
- if (!dev)
- return;
-
- XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);
-
- if (dev->inited)
- (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);
-
- /* free sprite memory */
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
-
- /* free acceleration info */
- if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-
- while (dev->xkb_interest)
- XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);
-
- free(dev->name);
-
- classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;
- FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- classes = dev->unused_classes;
- FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
- free(classes);
- }
-
- if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {
- if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)
- FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
- }
-
- /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */
- for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
- {
- if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)
- {
- clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;
- clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);
- }
- }
-
- free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);
- free(dev->config_info); /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */
- dev->config_info = NULL;
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);
-}
-
-/**
- * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.
- */
-static
-void
-CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)
-{
- /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */
- Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int i;
-
- if (listHead == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
- freedIds[i] = FALSE;
-
- dev = *listHead;
- while (dev != NULL)
- {
- freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;
- DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
-
- dev = *listHead;
- while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])
- dev = dev->next;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.
- * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!
- */
-void
-CloseDownDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources
- * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call
- * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master
- * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.
- */
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- dev->master = NULL;
- /* Initialise the sprite and paired members of all devices
- to avoid crashes in CloseDevice later */
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite=NULL;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired=NULL;
- }
-
- CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);
- CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);
-
- CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);
- CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);
-
- inputInfo.devices = NULL;
- inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;
- inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;
- inputInfo.pointer = NULL;
- XkbDeleteRulesDflts();
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any
- * resources are freed or any device is deleted.
- */
-void
-UndisplayDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all
- * resources.
- * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about
- * the removal of the device.
- *
- * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can
- * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If
- * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,
- * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- */
-int
-RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;
- int ret = BadMatch;
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- int deviceid;
- int initialized;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);
-
- if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- initialized = dev->inited;
- deviceid = dev->id;
-
- if (initialized)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(dev))
- screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
-
- DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);
- flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
- }
-
- prev = NULL;
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
- next = tmp->next;
- if (tmp == dev) {
-
- if (prev==NULL)
- inputInfo.devices = next;
- else
- prev->next = next;
-
- flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
- CloseDevice(tmp);
- ret = Success;
- }
- }
-
- prev = NULL;
- for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
- next = tmp->next;
- if (tmp == dev) {
- flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
- CloseDevice(tmp);
-
- if (prev == NULL)
- inputInfo.off_devices = next;
- else
- prev->next = next;
-
- ret = Success;
- }
- }
-
- if (ret == Success && initialized) {
- inputInfo.numDevices--;
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);
- if (sendevent)
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-int
-NumMotionEvents(void)
-{
- /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.
- * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */
- return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int rc;
- *pDev = NULL;
-
- for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
- if (dev->id == id)
- goto found;
- }
- for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
- if (dev->id == id)
- goto found;
- }
- return BadDevice;
-
-found:
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
- if (rc == Success)
- *pDev = dev;
- return rc;
-}
-
-void
-QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)
-{
- if (inputInfo.keyboard) {
- *minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- *maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-}
-
-/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or
- * notify clients. */
-Bool
-SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)
-{
- int i, j;
- KeySym *tmp;
- int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;
-
- /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */
- if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {
- for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {
-#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))
-#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))
- for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)
- dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];
- for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)
- dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;
-#undef SI
-#undef DI
- }
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {
- i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
- (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
- tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
- if (!tmp)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (dst->map) {
- for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)
- memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],
- dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
- free(dst->map);
- }
- dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
- dst->map = tmp;
- }
- else if (!dst->map) {
- i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
- (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
- tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
- if (!tmp)
- return FALSE;
-
- dst->map = tmp;
- dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
- }
-
- memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,
- (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *
- dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,
- CARD8 *map)
-{
- ButtonClassPtr butc;
- int i;
-
- butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));
- if (!butc)
- return FALSE;
- butc->numButtons = numButtons;
- butc->sourceid = dev->id;
- for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)
- butc->map[i] = map[i];
- for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- butc->map[i] = i;
- memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));
- dev->button = butc;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate a valuator class and set up the pointers for the axis values
- * appropriately.
- *
- * @param src If non-NULL, the memory is reallocated from src. If NULL, the
- * memory is calloc'd.
- * @parma numAxes Number of axes to allocate.
- * @return The allocated valuator struct.
- */
-ValuatorClassPtr
-AllocValuatorClass(ValuatorClassPtr src, int numAxes)
-{
- ValuatorClassPtr v;
- /* force alignment with double */
- union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;
- int size;
-
- size = sizeof(union align_u) + numAxes * (sizeof(double) + sizeof(AxisInfo));
- align = (union align_u *) realloc(src, size);
-
- if (!align)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!src)
- memset(align, 0, size);
-
- v = &align->valc;
- v->numAxes = numAxes;
- v->axisVal = (double*)(align + 1);
- v->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(v->axisVal + numAxes);
-
- return v;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,
- int numMotionEvents, int mode)
-{
- int i;
- ValuatorClassPtr valc;
-
- if (!dev)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)
- {
- LogMessage(X_WARNING,
- "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",
- dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);
- numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;
- }
-
- valc = AllocValuatorClass(NULL, numAxes);
- if (!valc)
- return FALSE;
-
- valc->sourceid = dev->id;
- valc->motion = NULL;
- valc->first_motion = 0;
- valc->last_motion = 0;
-
- valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;
- valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
-
- if (mode & OutOfProximity)
- InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);
-
- dev->valuator = valc;
-
- AllocateMotionHistory(dev);
-
- for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,
- 0, 0, 0, mode);
- valc->axisVal[i]=0;
- }
-
- dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */
- IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))
- InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);
- else
- InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* global list of acceleration schemes */
-ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {
- {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
- {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,
- InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},
- {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},
- {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */
-};
-
-/**
- * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not
- * change anything if unsuccessful.
- */
-Bool
-InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- int scheme)
-{
- int x, i = -1;
- ValuatorClassPtr val;
-
- val = dev->valuator;
-
- if (!val)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)
- return FALSE;
-
- for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {
- if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){
- i = x;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (-1 == i)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
- val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-
- if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {
- if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,
- &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else {
- val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- FocusClassPtr focc;
-
- focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));
- if (!focc)
- return FALSE;
- focc->win = PointerRootWin;
- focc->revert = None;
- focc->time = currentTime;
- focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;
- focc->traceSize = 0;
- focc->traceGood = 0;
- focc->sourceid = dev->id;
- dev->focus = focc;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->ptrfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {
- DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};
-
-static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {
- DEFAULT_BELL,
- DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,
- DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,
- 0};
-
-static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {
- DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,
- DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,
- DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,
- DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,
- 0};
-
-Bool
-InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (
- DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,
- int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)
-{
- int i;
- StringFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;
- feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;
- feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;
- feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);
- feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);
- if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)
- {
- free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);
- free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
- free(feedc);
- return FALSE;
- }
- for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)
- *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;
- for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)
- *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->stringfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,
- BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- BellFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->BellProc = bellProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->bell = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- LedFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;
- feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;
- dev->leds = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->intfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,
- PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,
- int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;
-
- return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&
- InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,
- numMotionEvents, Relative) &&
- InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and
- * high (inclusive) only.
- *
- * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
- if (buff[i]) /* only check non-zero elements */
- {
- if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))
- {
- *errval = buff[i];
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xSetModifierMappingReply rep;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);
-
- if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))
- return BadLength;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->numKeyPerModifier);
- if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)
- return BadValue;
- if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&
- rc != MappingBusy)
- return rc;
-
- rep.success = rc;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetModifierMappingReply rep;
- int max_keys_per_mod = 0;
- KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,
- &max_keys_per_mod);
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
- rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);
-
- free(modkeymap);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
- unsigned len;
- KeySymsRec keysyms;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));
- if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))
- return BadLength;
-
- pDev = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||
- (stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
-
- }
- if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >
- pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;
- keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
- keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
- stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
-
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)
- continue;
- if (!tmp->key)
- continue;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- continue;
-
- XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
- stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- BYTE *map;
- int ret;
- int i, j;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- xSetPointerMappingReply rep;
- REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);
-
- if (client->req_len !=
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))
- return BadLength;
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.success = MappingSuccess;
- map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];
-
- /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons. This check
- * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */
- /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.
- * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping
- * and SetPointerMapping
- */
- if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check
- * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {
- for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {
- if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {
- client->errorValue = map[i];
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);
- if (ret == MappingBusy)
- rep.success = ret;
- else if (ret == -1)
- return BadValue;
- else if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- XkbDescPtr xkb;
- KeySymsPtr syms;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||
- (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->count;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);
- if (!syms)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;
- /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */
- rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
- syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
- &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -
- syms->minKeyCode)]);
- free(syms->map);
- free(syms);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetPointerMappingReply rep;
- /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as
- * the ClientPointer could change. */
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;
- rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
- if (butc)
- WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)
-{
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- if (on)
- ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
- else
- ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
-}
-
-int
-Ones(unsigned long mask) /* HACKMEM 169 */
-{
- unsigned long y;
-
- y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
- y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
- return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);
-}
-
-static int
-DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,
- BITS32 vmask)
-{
-#define DO_ALL (-1)
- KeybdCtrl ctrl;
- int t;
- int led = DO_ALL;
- int key = DO_ALL;
- BITS32 index2;
- int mask = vmask, i;
- XkbEventCauseRec cause;
-
- ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- while (vmask) {
- index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);
- vmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2) {
- case KBKeyClickPercent:
- t = *vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
- }
- else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.click = t;
- break;
- case KBBellPercent:
- t = (INT8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
- }
- else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell = t;
- break;
- case KBBellPitch:
- t = (INT16)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
- }
- else if (t < 0) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell_pitch = t;
- break;
- case KBBellDuration:
- t = (INT16)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1)
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
- else if (t < 0) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell_duration = t;
- break;
- case KBLed:
- led = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (led < 1 || led > 32) {
- client->errorValue = led;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!(mask & KBLedMode))
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case KBLedMode:
- t = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == LedModeOff) {
- if (led == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.leds = 0x0;
- else
- ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
- }
- else if (t == LedModeOn) {
- if (led == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.leds = ~0L;
- else
- ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);
- XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),
- ctrl.leds, &cause);
- ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;
-
- break;
- case KBKey:
- key = (KeyCode)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||
- (KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {
- client->errorValue = key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case KBAutoRepeatMode:
- i = (key >> 3);
- mask = (1 << (key & 7));
- t = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (key != DO_ALL)
- XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);
- if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;
- }
- else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;
- }
- else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =
- (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |
- (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
-
- /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */
- /* value are linked */
- XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);
-
- return Success;
-
-#undef DO_ALL
-}
-
-/**
- * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.
- */
-int
-ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
-{
- XID *vlist;
- BITS32 vmask;
- int ret = Success, error = Success;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;
- REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
-
- vmask = stuff->mask;
- vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];
-
- if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))
- return BadLength;
-
- keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
- if ((pDev == keyboard ||
- (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
- && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
- if ((pDev == keyboard ||
- (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
- && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
- ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);
- if (ret != Success)
- error = ret;
- }
- }
-
- return error;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc, i;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 5;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;
- rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;
- rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;
- rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
- rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
- rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
- rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcBell(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;
- int newpercent;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xBellReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);
-
- if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
- if (stuff->percent < 0)
- newpercent = base + newpercent;
- else
- newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == keybd ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&
- dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,
- &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);
- PtrCtrl ctrl; /* might get BadValue part way through */
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);
-
- ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;
- if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->doAccel) {
- if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {
- ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
- }
- else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;
- }
-
- if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {
- ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
- }
- else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;
- }
- }
- if (stuff->doThresh) {
- if (stuff->threshold == -1) {
- ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
- }
- else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;
- }
- }
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == mouse ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
- dev->ptrfeed) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == mouse ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
- dev->ptrfeed) {
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;
- xGetPointerControlReply rep;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;
- rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;
- rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&
- ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||
- (grab->ownerEvents &&
- (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
- PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||
- (!grab &&
- (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
- PointerMotionHintMask)))
- dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;
- xGetMotionEventsReply rep;
- int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;
- unsigned long nEvents;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
- TimeStamp start, stop;
- REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
- MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- nEvents = 0;
- start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
- stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- {
- if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
- stop = currentTime;
- count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,
- stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
- TRUE);
- xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin);
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&
- (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))
- {
- coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;
- coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;
- coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;
- nEvents++;
- }
- }
- rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));
- rep.nEvents = nEvents;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);
- if (nEvents)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),
- (char *)coords);
- }
- free(coords);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryKeymapReply rep;
- int rc, i;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 2;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
- return rc;
-
- for (i = 0; i<32; i++)
- rep.map[i] = down[i];
-
- if (rc == BadAccess)
- memset(rep.map, 0, 32);
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of
- * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the
- * slave device with the highest number of buttons.
- */
-static void
-RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, master;
- int maxbuttons = 0;
-
- if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))
- return;
-
- master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);
- if (!master)
- return;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (IsMaster(dev) ||
- GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||
- !dev->button)
- continue;
-
- maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);
- }
-
- if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)
- {
- int i;
- DeviceChangedEvent event;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
-
- master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;
-
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = master->id;
- event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;
- event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;
- memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *
- sizeof(Atom));
-
- if (master->valuator)
- {
- event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;
- for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)
- {
- event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
- event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
- event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
- event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;
- event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;
- }
- }
-
- if (master->key)
- {
- event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-
- XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this
- * device.
- */
-void
-ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- InternalEvent* eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
- ButtonClassPtr b = dev->button;
- KeyClassPtr k = dev->key;
- int i, j, nevents;
-
- if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */
- return;
-
- /* Release all buttons */
- for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))
- {
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);
- for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
- }
- }
-
- /* Release all keys */
- for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))
- {
- nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i, NULL);
- for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
- }
- }
-
- FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());
-}
-
-/**
- * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.
- * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes
- * from some internal automatic pairing.
- *
- * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.
- *
- * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave
- * to another slave.
- */
-int
-AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)
-{
- ScreenPtr screen;
- DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;
- if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */
- return BadDevice;
-
- /* set from floating to floating? */
- if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)
- return Success;
-
- /* free the existing sprite. */
- if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
- {
- screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
- }
-
- oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
- dev->master = master;
-
- /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,
- * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,
- * so we reset spriteOwner.
- * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't
- * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.
- */
- if (!master)
- {
- WindowPtr currentRoot;
-
- if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
- else /* new device auto-set to floating */
- currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;
-
- /* we need to init a fake sprite */
- screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;
- screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
- InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;
- } else
- {
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(master);
- }
-
- /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original
- * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,
- * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.
- * So let's not worry about that.
- */
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.
- * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a
- * slave device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
-
- return dev->spriteInfo->paired;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a
- * keyboard event.
- * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the
- * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.
- * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.
- *
- * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED
- * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this
- * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.
- * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- master = dev;
- else
- master = dev->master;
-
- if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)
- {
- if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)
- {
- if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)
- master = GetPairedDevice(master);
- } else
- {
- if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)
- master = GetPairedDevice(master);
- }
- }
-
- return master;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).
- * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and
- * EnableDevice() manually.
- * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on
- * the value for master.
- */
-int
-AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,
- DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
- DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
- DeviceProc ptr_proc,
- DeviceProc keybd_proc,
- Bool master)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pointer;
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
- *ptr = *keybd = NULL;
-
- pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);
- if (!pointer)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {
- pointer->name = NULL;
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);
- pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;
- pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;
- pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;
- pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
-
- pointer->lastSlave = NULL;
- pointer->last.slave = NULL;
- pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;
-
- keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);
- if (!keyboard)
- {
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {
- keyboard->name = NULL;
- RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
- keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
- keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
- keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;
- keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;
- keyboard->last.slave = NULL;
- keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;
-
- /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */
- pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
- keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
-
- *ptr = pointer;
- *keybd = keyboard;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.
- */
-int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)
-{
- return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then
- * set the mode for all axes.
- */
-void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)
-{
- if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)
- dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;
- else {
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)
- dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;
- }
-}
+/************************************************************ + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +********************************************************/ + + + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include "misc.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include <X11/Xatom.h> +#include "windowstr.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "ptrveloc.h" +#include "site.h" +#include "xkbsrv.h" +#include "privates.h" +#include "xace.h" +#include "mi.h" + +#include "dispatch.h" +#include "swaprep.h" +#include "dixevents.h" +#include "mipointer.h" +#include "eventstr.h" + +#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <pixman.h> +#include "exglobals.h" +#include "exevents.h" +#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */ +#include "xiproperty.h" +#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */ +#include "xserver-properties.h" +#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */ + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define isfinite(val) _finite(val) +#endif + +/** @file + * This file handles input device-related stuff. + */ + +static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave); + +static void +DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform) +{ + struct pixman_f_transform scale; + double sx, sy; + int x, y; + + /** + * calculate combined transformation matrix: + * + * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale + * + * So we can later transform points using M * p + * + * Where: + * Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range + * Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform + * InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range + */ + sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value; + sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value; + + /* invscale */ + pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy); + scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value; + scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value; + + /* transform */ + for (y=0; y<3; y++) + for (x=0; x<3; x++) + dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++; + + pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform); + + /* scale */ + pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy); + scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx; + scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy; + + pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale); +} + +/** + * DIX property handler. + */ +static int +DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop, + BOOL checkonly) +{ + if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED)) + { + if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1) + return BadValue; + + /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */ + if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) && + !(*(CARD8*)prop->data)) + return BadAccess; + + if (!checkonly) + { + if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled) + EnableDevice(dev, TRUE); + else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled) + DisableDevice(dev, TRUE); + } + } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM)) + { + float *f = (float*)prop->data; + int i; + + if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 || + prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT)) + return BadValue; + + for (i=0; i<9; i++) + if (!isfinite(f[i])) + return BadValue; + + if (!checkonly) + DeviceSetTransform(dev, f); + } + + return Success; +} + +/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the + * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices. + * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this + * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an + * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this. + */ +static int +PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd) +{ + if (!ptr) + return BadDevice; + + /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */ + if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd)) + return BadDevice; + + if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired) + return BadDevice; + + if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) + { + free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite); + kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL; + kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE; + } + + kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite; + kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr; + ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd; + return Success; +} + + +/** + * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device. + */ +static DeviceIntPtr +NextFreePointerDevice(void) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev; + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + if (IsMaster(dev) && + dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner && + !dev->spriteInfo->paired) + return dev; + return NULL; +} + +/** + * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added + * to the server's off_devices list. + * + * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off). + * @return The newly created device. + */ +DeviceIntPtr +AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */ + DeviceIntPtr devtmp; + int devid; + char devind[MAXDEVICES]; + BOOL enabled; + float transform[9]; + + /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */ + memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES); + for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next) + devind[devtmp->id]++; + for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next) + devind[devtmp->id]++; + for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++) + ; + + if (devid >= MAXDEVICES) + return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + dev = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec), + sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec), + offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE); + if (!dev) + return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + dev->id = devid; + dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent; + dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent; + dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent; + dev->deviceProc = deviceProc; + dev->startup = autoStart; + + /* device grab defaults */ + dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime; + dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab; + dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab; + + XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent); + + dev->coreEvents = TRUE; + + /* sprite defaults */ + dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1]; + + /* security creation/labeling check + */ + if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) { + free(dev); + return NULL; + } + + inputInfo.numDevices++; + + for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next) + ; + *prev = dev; + dev->next = NULL; + + enabled = FALSE; + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), + XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled, + FALSE); + XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE); + + /* unity matrix */ + memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform)); + transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f; + + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM), + XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32, + PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE); + XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM), + FALSE); + + XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL); + + return dev; +} + +void +SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type) +{ + DeviceIntRec dummyDev; + devicePresenceNotify ev; + + memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec)); + ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify; + ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds; + ev.devchange = type; + ev.deviceid = deviceid; + dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices; + SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask, + (xEvent*)&ev, 1); +} + +/** + * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list. + * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device + * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are + * notified about the device being enabled. + * + * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard + * device. + * + * @param The device to be enabled. + * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent. + * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise. + */ +Bool +EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent) +{ + DeviceIntPtr *prev; + int ret; + DeviceIntPtr other; + BOOL enabled; + int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0}; + + for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; + *prev && (*prev != dev); + prev = &(*prev)->next) + ; + + if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite) + { + if (IsMaster(dev)) + { + /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */ + if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) + { + InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root); + /* mode doesn't matter */ + EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor); + } + else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL) + { + ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. " + "This is a bug.\n"); + return FALSE; + } else + PairDevices(NULL, other, dev); + } else + { + if (dev->coreEvents) + other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer : + inputInfo.keyboard; + else + other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */ + AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other); + } + } + + if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited || + ((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) { + ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id); + return FALSE; + } + dev->enabled = TRUE; + *prev = dev->next; + + for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next) + ; + *prev = dev; + dev->next = NULL; + + enabled = TRUE; + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), + XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled, + TRUE); + + SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled); + if (sendevent) + { + flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled; + XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags); + } + + RecalculateMasterButtons(dev); + + return TRUE; +} + +/** + * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices + * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are + * notified about the device being disabled. + * + * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices + * otherwise things turn bad. + * + * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent. + * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise. + */ +Bool +DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent) +{ + DeviceIntPtr *prev, other; + BOOL enabled; + int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0}; + + for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; + *prev && (*prev != dev); + prev = &(*prev)->next) + ; + if (*prev != dev) + return FALSE; + + /* float attached devices */ + if (IsMaster(dev)) + { + for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next) + { + if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) + { + AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL); + flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached; + } + } + } + else + { + for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next) + { + if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev) + other->lastSlave = NULL; + } + } + + if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) + { + for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next) + { + if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev) + { + ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. " + "This is a bug. \n"); + return FALSE; + } + } + } + + (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF); + dev->enabled = FALSE; + + /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's + * last.slave */ + OsBlockSignals(); + for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next) + { + if (other->last.slave == dev) + other->last.slave = NULL; + } + OsReleaseSignals(); + + LeaveWindow(dev); + SetFocusOut(dev); + + *prev = dev->next; + dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices; + inputInfo.off_devices = dev; + + enabled = FALSE; + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), + XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled, + TRUE); + + SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled); + if (sendevent) + { + flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled; + XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags); + } + + RecalculateMasterButtons(dev); + + return TRUE; +} + +/** + * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the + * new device. + * + * Must be called before EnableDevice. + * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled! + * + * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent. + * @return Success or an error code on failure. + */ +int +ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent) +{ + int ret = Success; + ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0]; + + if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc) + return BadImplementation; + + ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT); + dev->inited = (ret == Success); + if (!dev->inited) + return ret; + + /* Initialize memory for sprites. */ + if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) + if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen)) + ret = BadAlloc; + + SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded); + if (sendevent) + { + int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0}; + flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded; + XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags); + } + return ret; +} + +/** + * Ring the bell. + * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX. + */ +static void +CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something) +{ + KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg; + + DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration); +} + +static void +CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl) +{ + return; +} + +/** + * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard. + */ +int +CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what) +{ + + switch (what) { + case DEVICE_INIT: + if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell, + CoreKeyboardCtl)) + { + ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing " + "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n"); + return BadValue; + } + return Success; + + case DEVICE_ON: + case DEVICE_OFF: + return Success; + + case DEVICE_CLOSE: + return Success; + } + + return BadMatch; +} + +/** + * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer. + */ +int +CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what) +{ +#define NBUTTONS 10 +#define NAXES 2 + BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1]; + int i = 0; + Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0}; + Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0}; + + switch (what) { + case DEVICE_INIT: + for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++) + map[i] = i; + + btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT); + btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE); + btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT); + btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP); + btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN); + btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT); + btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT); + /* don't know about the rest */ + + axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X); + axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y); + + if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels, + (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA, + GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels)) + { + ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n", + pDev->name); + return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */ + } + pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2; + pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0]; + pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2; + pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1]; + break; + + case DEVICE_CLOSE: + break; + + default: + break; + } + + return Success; + +#undef NBUTTONS +#undef NAXES +} + +/** + * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c). + * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is + * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics. + * + * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there + * is no physical device connected. + */ +void +InitCoreDevices(void) +{ + if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core", + &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard, + CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc, + TRUE) != Success) + FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices"); + + if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success || + ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success) + FatalError("Failed to activate core devices."); + if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) || + !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE)) + FatalError("Failed to enable core devices."); + + InitXTestDevices(); +} + +/** + * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices. + * + * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present. + * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first. + * + * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized. + * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has + * completed. + * + * @return Success or error code on failure. + */ +int +InitAndStartDevices(void) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev, next; + + for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) { + DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id); + if (!dev->inited) + ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE); + } + + /* enable real devices */ + for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next) + { + DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id); + next = dev->next; + if (dev->inited && dev->startup) + EnableDevice(dev, TRUE); + } + + return Success; +} + +/** + * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL. + */ +static void +FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class) +{ + if (!(*class)) + return; + + switch(type) + { + case KeyClass: + { + KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class; + if ((*k)->xkbInfo) + { + XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo); + (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL; + } + free((*k)); + break; + } + case ButtonClass: + { + ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class; + free((*b)->xkb_acts); + free((*b)); + break; + } + case ValuatorClass: + { + ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class; + + free((*v)->motion); + free((*v)); + break; + } + case FocusClass: + { + FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class; + free((*f)->trace); + free((*f)); + break; + } + case ProximityClass: + { + ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class; + free((*p)); + break; + } + } + *class = NULL; +} + +static void +FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class) +{ + if (!(*class)) + return; + + switch(type) + { + case KbdFeedbackClass: + { + KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class; + KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext; + for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) { + knext = k->next; + if (k->xkb_sli) + XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli); + free(k); + } + break; + } + case PtrFeedbackClass: + { + PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class; + PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext; + + for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) { + pnext = p->next; + free(p); + } + break; + } + case IntegerFeedbackClass: + { + IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class; + IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext; + + for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) { + inext = i->next; + free(i); + } + break; + } + case StringFeedbackClass: + { + StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class; + StringFeedbackPtr s, snext; + + for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) { + snext = s->next; + free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported); + free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed); + free(s); + } + break; + } + case BellFeedbackClass: + { + BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class; + BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext; + + for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) { + bnext = b->next; + free(b); + } + break; + } + case LedFeedbackClass: + { + LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class; + LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext; + + for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) { + lnext = l->next; + if (l->xkb_sli) + XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli); + free(l); + } + break; + } + } + *class = NULL; +} + +static void +FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes) +{ + if (!classes) + return; + + FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key); + FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator); + FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button); + FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus); + FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity); + + FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed); + FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed); + FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed); + FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed); + FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell); + FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds); + +} + +/** + * Close down a device and free all resources. + * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever + * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just + * be disabled, DisableDevice(). + * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead. + */ +static void +CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0]; + ClassesPtr classes; + int j; + + if (!dev) + return; + + XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev); + + if (dev->inited) + (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE); + + /* free sprite memory */ + if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) + screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen); + + /* free acceleration info */ + if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) + dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev); + + while (dev->xkb_interest) + XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource); + + free(dev->name); + + classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key; + FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes); + + if (IsMaster(dev)) + { + classes = dev->unused_classes; + FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes); + free(classes); + } + + if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) { + if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current) + FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None); + free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace); + free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite); + } + + /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */ + for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++) + { + if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev) + { + clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL; + clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]); + } + } + + free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event); + free(dev->config_info); /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */ + dev->config_info = NULL; + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE); +} + +/** + * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources. + */ +static +void +CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead) +{ + /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */ + Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES]; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + int i; + + if (listHead == NULL) + return; + + for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++) + freedIds[i] = FALSE; + + dev = *listHead; + while (dev != NULL) + { + freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE; + DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev); + + dev = *listHead; + while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id]) + dev = dev->next; + } +} + +/** + * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc. + * Only useful if you're shutting down the server! + */ +void +CloseDownDevices(void) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev; + + /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources + * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call + * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master + * to NULL and pretend nothing happened. + */ + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) + dev->master = NULL; + /* Initialise the sprite and paired members of all devices + to avoid crashes in CloseDevice later */ + dev->spriteInfo->sprite=NULL; + dev->spriteInfo->paired=NULL; + } + + CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices); + CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices); + + CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer); + CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard); + + inputInfo.devices = NULL; + inputInfo.off_devices = NULL; + inputInfo.keyboard = NULL; + inputInfo.pointer = NULL; + XkbDeleteRulesDflts(); +} + +/** + * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any + * resources are freed or any device is deleted. + */ +void +UndisplayDevices(void) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev; + ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0]; + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor); +} + +/** + * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all + * resources. + * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about + * the removal of the device. + * + * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can + * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If + * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event, + * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either. + * + * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent. + */ +int +RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent) +{ + DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next; + int ret = BadMatch; + ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0]; + int deviceid; + int initialized; + int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0}; + + DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id); + + if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer) + return BadImplementation; + + initialized = dev->inited; + deviceid = dev->id; + + if (initialized) + { + if (DevHasCursor(dev)) + screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor); + + DisableDevice(dev, sendevent); + flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled; + } + + prev = NULL; + for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) { + next = tmp->next; + if (tmp == dev) { + + if (prev==NULL) + inputInfo.devices = next; + else + prev->next = next; + + flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved; + CloseDevice(tmp); + ret = Success; + } + } + + prev = NULL; + for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) { + next = tmp->next; + if (tmp == dev) { + flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved; + CloseDevice(tmp); + + if (prev == NULL) + inputInfo.off_devices = next; + else + prev->next = next; + + ret = Success; + } + } + + if (ret == Success && initialized) { + inputInfo.numDevices--; + SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved); + if (sendevent) + XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags); + } + + return ret; +} + +int +NumMotionEvents(void) +{ + /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply. + * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */ + return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents; +} + +int +dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev; + int rc; + *pDev = NULL; + + for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) { + if (dev->id == id) + goto found; + } + for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) { + if (dev->id == id) + goto found; + } + return BadDevice; + +found: + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode); + if (rc == Success) + *pDev = dev; + return rc; +} + +void +QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode) +{ + if (inputInfo.keyboard) { + *minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code; + *maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code; + } +} + +/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or + * notify clients. */ +Bool +SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src) +{ + int i, j; + KeySym *tmp; + int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode; + + /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */ + if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) { + for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) { +#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c)) +#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c)) + for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++) + dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)]; + for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++) + dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol; +#undef SI +#undef DI + } + return TRUE; + } + else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) { + i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth * + (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1); + tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i); + if (!tmp) + return FALSE; + + if (dst->map) { + for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++) + memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth], + dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym)); + free(dst->map); + } + dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth; + dst->map = tmp; + } + else if (!dst->map) { + i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth * + (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1); + tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i); + if (!tmp) + return FALSE; + + dst->map = tmp; + dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth; + } + + memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map, + (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) * + dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym)); + + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels, + CARD8 *map) +{ + ButtonClassPtr butc; + int i; + + butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec)); + if (!butc) + return FALSE; + butc->numButtons = numButtons; + butc->sourceid = dev->id; + for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++) + butc->map[i] = map[i]; + for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) + butc->map[i] = i; + memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom)); + dev->button = butc; + return TRUE; +} + +/** + * Allocate a valuator class and set up the pointers for the axis values + * appropriately. + * + * @param src If non-NULL, the memory is reallocated from src. If NULL, the + * memory is calloc'd. + * @parma numAxes Number of axes to allocate. + * @return The allocated valuator struct. + */ +ValuatorClassPtr +AllocValuatorClass(ValuatorClassPtr src, int numAxes) +{ + ValuatorClassPtr v; + /* force alignment with double */ + union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align; + int size; + + size = sizeof(union align_u) + numAxes * (sizeof(double) + sizeof(AxisInfo)); + align = (union align_u *) realloc(src, size); + + if (!align) + return NULL; + + if (!src) + memset(align, 0, size); + + v = &align->valc; + v->numAxes = numAxes; + v->axisVal = (double*)(align + 1); + v->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(v->axisVal + numAxes); + + return v; +} + +Bool +InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels, + int numMotionEvents, int mode) +{ + int i; + ValuatorClassPtr valc; + + if (!dev) + return FALSE; + + if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS) + { + LogMessage(X_WARNING, + "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n", + dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS); + numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS; + } + + valc = AllocValuatorClass(NULL, numAxes); + if (!valc) + return FALSE; + + valc->sourceid = dev->id; + valc->motion = NULL; + valc->first_motion = 0; + valc->last_motion = 0; + + valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents; + valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + + if (mode & OutOfProximity) + InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev); + + dev->valuator = valc; + + AllocateMotionHistory(dev); + + for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) { + InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS, + 0, 0, 0, mode); + valc->axisVal[i]=0; + } + + dev->last.numValuators = numAxes; + + if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */ + IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL)) + InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp); + else + InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault); + return TRUE; +} + +/* global list of acceleration schemes */ +ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = { + {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL}, + {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL, + InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup}, + {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL}, + {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */ +}; + +/** + * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not + * change anything if unsuccessful. + */ +Bool +InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev, + int scheme) +{ + int x, i = -1; + ValuatorClassPtr val; + + val = dev->valuator; + + if (!val) + return FALSE; + + if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp) + return FALSE; + + for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) { + if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){ + i = x; + break; + } + } + + if (-1 == i) + return FALSE; + + if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) + val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev); + + if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) { + if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev, + &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) { + return FALSE; + } + } else { + val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i]; + } + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + FocusClassPtr focc; + + focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec)); + if (!focc) + return FALSE; + focc->win = PointerRootWin; + focc->revert = None; + focc->time = currentTime; + focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL; + focc->traceSize = 0; + focc->traceGood = 0; + focc->sourceid = dev->id; + dev->focus = focc; + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc) +{ + PtrFeedbackPtr feedc; + + feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec)); + if (!feedc) + return FALSE; + feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc; + feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl; + feedc->ctrl.id = 0; + if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) ) + feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1; + dev->ptrfeed = feedc; + (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl); + return TRUE; +} + + +static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = { + DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0}; + +static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = { + DEFAULT_BELL, + DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH, + DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION, + 0}; + +static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = { + DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION, + DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE, + DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE, + DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED, + 0}; + +Bool +InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct ( + DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc, + int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols) +{ + int i; + StringFeedbackPtr feedc; + + feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec)); + if (!feedc) + return FALSE; + feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc; + feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported; + feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0; + feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols; + feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported); + feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols); + if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed) + { + free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported); + free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed); + free(feedc); + return FALSE; + } + for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++) + *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++; + for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++) + *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0; + feedc->ctrl.id = 0; + if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) ) + feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1; + dev->stringfeed = feedc; + (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl); + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc, + BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc) +{ + BellFeedbackPtr feedc; + + feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec)); + if (!feedc) + return FALSE; + feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc; + feedc->BellProc = bellProc; + feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl; + feedc->ctrl.id = 0; + if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) ) + feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1; + dev->bell = feedc; + (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl); + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc) +{ + LedFeedbackPtr feedc; + + feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec)); + if (!feedc) + return FALSE; + feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc; + feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl; + feedc->ctrl.id = 0; + if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) ) + feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1; + feedc->xkb_sli= NULL; + dev->leds = feedc; + (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl); + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc) +{ + IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc; + + feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec)); + if (!feedc) + return FALSE; + feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc; + feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl; + feedc->ctrl.id = 0; + if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) ) + feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1; + dev->intfeed = feedc; + (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl); + return TRUE; +} + +Bool +InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels, + PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents, + int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device; + + return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) && + InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels, + numMotionEvents, Relative) && + InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc)); +} + +/* + * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and + * high (inclusive) only. + * + * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise. + */ +Bool +BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + if (buff[i]) /* only check non-zero elements */ + { + if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i])) + { + *errval = buff[i]; + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +int +ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client) +{ + xSetModifierMappingReply rep; + int rc; + REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq); + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq); + + if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) + + bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq)))) + return BadLength; + + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 0; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + + rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1], + stuff->numKeyPerModifier); + if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1) + return BadValue; + if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed && + rc != MappingBusy) + return rc; + + rep.success = rc; + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGetModifierMappingReply rep; + int max_keys_per_mod = 0; + KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL; + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap, + &max_keys_per_mod); + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply)); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */ + rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1; + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep); + (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap); + + free(modkeymap); + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq); + unsigned len; + KeySymsRec keysyms; + DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp; + int rc; + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq); + + len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq)); + if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode)) + return BadLength; + + pDev = PickKeyboard(client); + + if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) || + (stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) { + client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode; + return BadValue; + + } + if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) > + pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) || + (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) { + client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode; + return BadValue; + } + + keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode; + keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1; + keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode; + keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1]; + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode, + stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client); + + for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) { + if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev) + continue; + if (!tmp->key) + continue; + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + continue; + + XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode, + stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client); + } + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client) +{ + BYTE *map; + int ret; + int i, j; + DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client); + xSetPointerMappingReply rep; + REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq); + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq); + + if (client->req_len != + bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts)) + return BadLength; + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 0; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.success = MappingSuccess; + map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1]; + + /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons. This check + * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */ + /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons. + * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping + * and SetPointerMapping + */ + if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) { + client->errorValue = stuff->nElts; + return BadValue; + } + + /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check + * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */ + for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) { + for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) { + if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) { + client->errorValue = map[i]; + return BadValue; + } + } + } + + ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client); + if (ret == MappingBusy) + rep.success = ret; + else if (ret == -1) + return BadValue; + else if (ret != Success) + return ret; + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep; + DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client); + XkbDescPtr xkb; + KeySymsPtr syms; + int rc; + REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq); + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc; + + if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) || + (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) { + client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) { + client->errorValue = stuff->count; + return BadValue; + } + + syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd); + if (!syms) + return BadAlloc; + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply)); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth; + /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */ + rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep); + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, + syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym), + &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode - + syms->minKeyCode)]); + free(syms->map); + free(syms); + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGetPointerMappingReply rep; + /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as + * the ClientPointer could change. */ + DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client); + ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button; + int rc; + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0; + rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep); + if (butc) + WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]); + return Success; +} + +void +NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on) +{ + KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl; + if (on) + ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1)); + else + ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1)); +} + +int +Ones(unsigned long mask) /* HACKMEM 169 */ +{ + unsigned long y; + + y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333; + y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333); + return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077); +} + +static int +DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist, + BITS32 vmask) +{ +#define DO_ALL (-1) + KeybdCtrl ctrl; + int t; + int led = DO_ALL; + int key = DO_ALL; + BITS32 index2; + int mask = vmask, i; + XkbEventCauseRec cause; + + ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl; + while (vmask) { + index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask); + vmask &= ~index2; + switch (index2) { + case KBKeyClickPercent: + t = *vlist; + vlist++; + if (t == -1) { + t = defaultKeyboardControl.click; + } + else if (t < 0 || t > 100) { + client->errorValue = t; + return BadValue; + } + ctrl.click = t; + break; + case KBBellPercent: + t = (INT8)*vlist; + vlist++; + if (t == -1) { + t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell; + } + else if (t < 0 || t > 100) { + client->errorValue = t; + return BadValue; + } + ctrl.bell = t; + break; + case KBBellPitch: + t = (INT16)*vlist; + vlist++; + if (t == -1) { + t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch; + } + else if (t < 0) { + client->errorValue = t; + return BadValue; + } + ctrl.bell_pitch = t; + break; + case KBBellDuration: + t = (INT16)*vlist; + vlist++; + if (t == -1) + t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration; + else if (t < 0) { + client->errorValue = t; + return BadValue; + } + ctrl.bell_duration = t; + break; + case KBLed: + led = (CARD8)*vlist; + vlist++; + if (led < 1 || led > 32) { + client->errorValue = led; + return BadValue; + } + if (!(mask & KBLedMode)) + return BadMatch; + break; + case KBLedMode: + t = (CARD8)*vlist; + vlist++; + if (t == LedModeOff) { + if (led == DO_ALL) + ctrl.leds = 0x0; + else + ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1)); + } + else if (t == LedModeOn) { + if (led == DO_ALL) + ctrl.leds = ~0L; + else + ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1)); + } + else { + client->errorValue = t; + return BadValue; + } + + XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client); + XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))), + ctrl.leds, &cause); + ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds; + + break; + case KBKey: + key = (KeyCode)*vlist; + vlist++; + if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code || + (KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) { + client->errorValue = key; + return BadValue; + } + if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode)) + return BadMatch; + break; + case KBAutoRepeatMode: + i = (key >> 3); + mask = (1 << (key & 7)); + t = (CARD8)*vlist; + vlist++; + if (key != DO_ALL) + XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key); + if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) { + if (key == DO_ALL) + ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE; + else + ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask; + } + else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) { + if (key == DO_ALL) + ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE; + else + ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask; + } + else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) { + if (key == DO_ALL) + ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat; + else + ctrl.autoRepeats[i] = + (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) | + (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask); + } + else { + client->errorValue = t; + return BadValue; + } + break; + default: + client->errorValue = mask; + return BadValue; + } + } + keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl; + + /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */ + /* value are linked */ + XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat); + + return Success; + +#undef DO_ALL +} + +/** + * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs. + */ +int +ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client) +{ + XID *vlist; + BITS32 vmask; + int ret = Success, error = Success; + DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard; + REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq); + + vmask = stuff->mask; + vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1]; + + if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask)) + return BadLength; + + keyboard = PickKeyboard(client); + + for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) { + if ((pDev == keyboard || + (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard)) + && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) { + ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess); + if (ret != Success) + return ret; + } + } + + for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) { + if ((pDev == keyboard || + (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard)) + && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) { + ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask); + if (ret != Success) + error = ret; + } + } + + return error; +} + +int +ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client) +{ + int rc, i; + DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client); + KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl; + xGetKeyboardControlReply rep; + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 5; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat; + rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click; + rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell; + rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch; + rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration; + rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds; + for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) + rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i]; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcBell(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client); + int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell; + int newpercent; + int rc; + REQUEST(xBellReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq); + + if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) { + client->errorValue = stuff->percent; + return BadValue; + } + + newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100; + if (stuff->percent < 0) + newpercent = base + newpercent; + else + newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent; + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) { + if ((dev == keybd || + (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) && + dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) { + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent, + &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client); + } + } + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client); + PtrCtrl ctrl; /* might get BadValue part way through */ + int rc; + REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq); + + ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl; + if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) { + client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel; + return BadValue; + } + if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) { + client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->doAccel) { + if (stuff->accelNum == -1) { + ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num; + } + else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) { + client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum; + return BadValue; + } + else { + ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum; + } + + if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) { + ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den; + } + else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) { + client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum; + return BadValue; + } + else { + ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum; + } + } + if (stuff->doThresh) { + if (stuff->threshold == -1) { + ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold; + } + else if (stuff->threshold < 0) { + client->errorValue = stuff->threshold; + return BadValue; + } + else { + ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold; + } + } + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) { + if ((dev == mouse || + (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) && + dev->ptrfeed) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + } + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) { + if ((dev == mouse || + (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) && + dev->ptrfeed) { + dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl; + } + } + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client); + PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl; + xGetPointerControlReply rep; + int rc; + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 0; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold; + rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num; + rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +void +MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client) +{ + GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab; + + if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) && + ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) || + (grab->ownerEvents && + (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) & + PointerMotionHintMask)))) || + (!grab && + (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) & + PointerMotionHintMask))) + dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; +} + +int +ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL; + xGetMotionEventsReply rep; + int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc; + unsigned long nEvents; + DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client); + TimeStamp start, stop; + REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq); + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) + MaybeStopHint(mouse, client); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + nEvents = 0; + start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start); + stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop); + if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) && + (CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) && + mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents) + { + if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER) + stop = currentTime; + count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds, + stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen, + TRUE); + xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin); + xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width + + wBorderWidth (pWin); + ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin); + ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height + + wBorderWidth (pWin); + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) && + (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax)) + { + coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time; + coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x; + coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y; + nEvents++; + } + } + rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord)); + rep.nEvents = nEvents; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep); + if (nEvents) + { + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord), + (char *)coords); + } + free(coords); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryKeymapReply rep; + int rc, i; + DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client); + CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.length = 2; + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess) + return rc; + + for (i = 0; i<32; i++) + rep.map[i] = down[i]; + + if (rc == BadAccess) + memset(rep.map, 0, 32); + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep); + + return Success; +} + + +/** + * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of + * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the + * slave device with the highest number of buttons. + */ +static void +RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev, master; + int maxbuttons = 0; + + if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave)) + return; + + master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER); + if (!master) + return; + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (IsMaster(dev) || + GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master || + !dev->button) + continue; + + maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons); + } + + if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons) + { + int i; + DeviceChangedEvent event; + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event)); + + master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons; + + event.header = ET_Internal; + event.type = ET_DeviceChanged; + event.time = GetTimeInMillis(); + event.deviceid = master->id; + event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE; + event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons; + memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons * + sizeof(Atom)); + + if (master->valuator) + { + event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes; + for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++) + { + event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value; + event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value; + event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution; + event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode; + event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label; + } + } + + if (master->key) + { + event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code; + event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code; + } + + XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event); + } +} + +/** + * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this + * device. + */ +void +ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + InternalEvent* eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum()); + ButtonClassPtr b = dev->button; + KeyClassPtr k = dev->key; + int i, j, nevents; + + if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */ + return; + + /* Release all buttons */ + for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++) + { + if (BitIsOn(b->down, i)) + { + nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL); + for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++) + mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL); + } + } + + /* Release all keys */ + for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) + { + if (BitIsOn(k->down, i)) + { + nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i, NULL); + for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++) + mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL); + } + } + + FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum()); +} + +/** + * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'. + * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes + * from some internal automatic pairing. + * + * Master may be NULL to set the device floating. + * + * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave + * to another slave. + */ +int +AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master) +{ + ScreenPtr screen; + DeviceIntPtr oldmaster; + if (!dev || IsMaster(dev)) + return BadDevice; + + if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */ + return BadDevice; + + /* set from floating to floating? */ + if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled) + return Success; + + /* free the existing sprite. */ + if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev) + { + screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev); + screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen); + free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite); + } + + oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED); + dev->master = master; + + /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it, + * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor, + * so we reset spriteOwner. + * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't + * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one. + */ + if (!master) + { + WindowPtr currentRoot; + + if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite) + currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev); + else /* new device auto-set to floating */ + currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root; + + /* we need to init a fake sprite */ + screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen; + screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen); + dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL; + InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot); + dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE; + dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev; + } else + { + dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite; + dev->spriteInfo->paired = master; + dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE; + + RecalculateMasterButtons(master); + } + + /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original + * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices, + * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed. + * So let's not worry about that. + */ + + return Success; +} + +/** + * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL. + * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a + * slave device. + */ +DeviceIntPtr +GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) + dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED); + + return dev->spriteInfo->paired; +} + + +/** + * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a + * keyboard event. + * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the + * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device. + * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned. + * + * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED + * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this + * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type. + * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device. + */ +DeviceIntPtr +GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which) +{ + DeviceIntPtr master; + + if (IsMaster(dev)) + master = dev; + else + master = dev->master; + + if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED) + { + if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD) + { + if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD) + master = GetPairedDevice(master); + } else + { + if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER) + master = GetPairedDevice(master); + } + } + + return master; +} + +/** + * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device). + * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and + * EnableDevice() manually. + * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on + * the value for master. + */ +int +AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name, + DeviceIntPtr* ptr, + DeviceIntPtr* keybd, + DeviceProc ptr_proc, + DeviceProc keybd_proc, + Bool master) +{ + DeviceIntPtr pointer; + DeviceIntPtr keyboard; + *ptr = *keybd = NULL; + + pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE); + if (!pointer) + return BadAlloc; + + if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) { + pointer->name = NULL; + RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE); + return BadAlloc; + } + + pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent; + pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent; + XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent); + pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab; + pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab; + pointer->coreEvents = TRUE; + pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE; + + pointer->lastSlave = NULL; + pointer->last.slave = NULL; + pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE; + + keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE); + if (!keyboard) + { + RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE); + return BadAlloc; + } + + if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) { + keyboard->name = NULL; + RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE); + RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE); + return BadAlloc; + } + + keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent; + keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent; + XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent); + keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab; + keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab; + keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE; + keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE; + + keyboard->lastSlave = NULL; + keyboard->last.slave = NULL; + keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE; + + /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */ + pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec)); + keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec)); + + *ptr = pointer; + *keybd = keyboard; + + return Success; +} + +/** + * Return Relative or Absolute for the device. + */ +int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis) +{ + return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode); +} + +/** + * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then + * set the mode for all axes. + */ +void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode) +{ + if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES) + dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode; + else { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++) + dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode; + } +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c index 14775c35c..b2820ebf1 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c @@ -1,3958 +1,3958 @@ -/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
- * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#include <version-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CreateWindow
-#undef CreateWindow
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-int ProcInitialConnection();
-#endif
-
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "selection.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "swapreq.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "client.h"
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
-#include "registry.h"
-#include <sys/types.h>
-typedef const char *string;
-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
-#endif
-
-#define mskcnt ((MAXCLIENTS + 31) / 32)
-#define BITMASK(i) (1U << ((i) & 31))
-#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)
-#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]
-#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)
-#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)
-#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))
-
-xConnSetupPrefix connSetupPrefix;
-
-PaddingInfo PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[33];
-
-static ClientPtr grabClient;
-#define GrabNone 0
-#define GrabActive 1
-#define GrabKickout 2
-static int grabState = GrabNone;
-static long grabWaiters[mskcnt];
-CallbackListPtr ServerGrabCallback = NULL;
-HWEventQueuePtr checkForInput[2];
-int connBlockScreenStart;
-
-static void KillAllClients(void);
-
-static int nextFreeClientID; /* always MIN free client ID */
-
-static int nClients; /* number of authorized clients */
-
-CallbackListPtr ClientStateCallback;
-
-/* dispatchException & isItTimeToYield must be declared volatile since they
- * are modified by signal handlers - otherwise optimizer may assume it doesn't
- * need to actually check value in memory when used and may miss changes from
- * signal handlers.
- */
-volatile char dispatchException = 0;
-volatile char isItTimeToYield;
-
-#define SAME_SCREENS(a, b) (\
- (a.pScreen == b.pScreen))
-
-void
-SetInputCheck(HWEventQueuePtr c0, HWEventQueuePtr c1)
-{
- checkForInput[0] = c0;
- checkForInput[1] = c1;
-}
-
-void
-UpdateCurrentTime(void)
-{
- TimeStamp systime;
-
- /* To avoid time running backwards, we must call GetTimeInMillis before
- * calling ProcessInputEvents.
- */
- systime.months = currentTime.months;
- systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
- if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
- systime.months++;
- if (*checkForInput[0] != *checkForInput[1])
- ProcessInputEvents();
- if (CompareTimeStamps(systime, currentTime) == LATER)
- currentTime = systime;
-}
-
-/* Like UpdateCurrentTime, but can't call ProcessInputEvents */
-void
-UpdateCurrentTimeIf(void)
-{
- TimeStamp systime;
-
- systime.months = currentTime.months;
- systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
- if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
- systime.months++;
- if (*checkForInput[0] == *checkForInput[1])
- currentTime = systime;
-}
-
-
-#undef SMART_DEBUG
-
-#define SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL 20 /* ms */
-#define SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE 200 /* ms */
-
-Bool SmartScheduleDisable = FALSE;
-long SmartScheduleSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
-long SmartScheduleInterval = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
-long SmartScheduleMaxSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE;
-long SmartScheduleTime;
-int SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
-static ClientPtr SmartLastClient;
-static int SmartLastIndex[SMART_MAX_PRIORITY-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY+1];
-
-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
-long SmartLastPrint;
-#endif
-
-void Dispatch(void);
-
-static int
-SmartScheduleClient (int *clientReady, int nready)
-{
- ClientPtr pClient;
- int i;
- int client;
- int bestPrio, best = 0;
- int bestRobin, robin;
- long now = SmartScheduleTime;
- long idle;
-
- bestPrio = -0x7fffffff;
- bestRobin = 0;
- idle = 2 * SmartScheduleSlice;
- for (i = 0; i < nready; i++)
- {
- client = clientReady[i];
- pClient = clients[client];
- /* Praise clients which are idle */
- if ((now - pClient->smart_check_tick) >= idle)
- {
- if (pClient->smart_priority < 0)
- pClient->smart_priority++;
- }
- pClient->smart_check_tick = now;
-
- /* check priority to select best client */
- robin = (pClient->index - SmartLastIndex[pClient->smart_priority-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY]) & 0xff;
- if (pClient->smart_priority > bestPrio ||
- (pClient->smart_priority == bestPrio && robin > bestRobin))
- {
- bestPrio = pClient->smart_priority;
- bestRobin = robin;
- best = client;
- }
-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
- if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
- fprintf (stderr, " %2d: %3d", client, pClient->smart_priority);
-#endif
- }
-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
- if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, " use %2d\n", best);
- SmartLastPrint = now;
- }
-#endif
- pClient = clients[best];
- SmartLastIndex[bestPrio-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY] = pClient->index;
- /*
- * Set current client pointer
- */
- if (SmartLastClient != pClient)
- {
- pClient->smart_start_tick = now;
- SmartLastClient = pClient;
- }
- /*
- * Adjust slice
- */
- if (nready == 1 && SmartScheduleLatencyLimited == 0)
- {
- /*
- * If it's been a long time since another client
- * has run, bump the slice up to get maximal
- * performance from a single client
- */
- if ((now - pClient->smart_start_tick) > 1000 &&
- SmartScheduleSlice < SmartScheduleMaxSlice)
- {
- SmartScheduleSlice += SmartScheduleInterval;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
- }
- return best;
-}
-
-void
-EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
-{
- ++SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
- SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
-}
-
-void
-DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
-{
- --SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
-
- /* protect against bugs */
- if (SmartScheduleLatencyLimited < 0)
- SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
-}
-
-#define MAJOROP ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType
-
-void
-Dispatch(void)
-{
- int *clientReady; /* array of request ready clients */
- int result;
- ClientPtr client;
- int nready;
- HWEventQueuePtr* icheck = checkForInput;
- long start_tick;
-
- nextFreeClientID = 1;
- nClients = 0;
-
- clientReady = malloc(sizeof(int) * MaxClients);
- if (!clientReady)
- return;
-
- SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
- while (!dispatchException)
- {
- if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
- {
- ProcessInputEvents();
- FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
- }
-
- nready = WaitForSomething(clientReady);
-
- if (nready && !SmartScheduleDisable)
- {
- clientReady[0] = SmartScheduleClient (clientReady, nready);
- nready = 1;
- }
- /*****************
- * Handle events in round robin fashion, doing input between
- * each round
- *****************/
-
- while (!dispatchException && (--nready >= 0))
- {
- client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
- if (! client)
- {
- /* KillClient can cause this to happen */
- continue;
- }
- /* GrabServer activation can cause this to be true */
- if (grabState == GrabKickout)
- {
- grabState = GrabActive;
- break;
- }
- isItTimeToYield = FALSE;
-
- start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- while (!isItTimeToYield)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- CARD8 StartMajorOp;
-#endif
- if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
- ProcessInputEvents();
-
- FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
- if (!SmartScheduleDisable &&
- (SmartScheduleTime - start_tick) >= SmartScheduleSlice)
- {
- /* Penalize clients which consume ticks */
- if (client->smart_priority > SMART_MIN_PRIORITY)
- client->smart_priority--;
- break;
- }
- /* now, finally, deal with client requests */
-
- result = ReadRequestFromClient(client);
- if (result <= 0)
- {
- if (result < 0)
- CloseDownClient(client);
- break;
- }
-
- client->sequence++;
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- StartMajorOp=MAJOROP;
- XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp,
- ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length,
- client->index, client->requestBuffer);
-#endif
- if (result > (maxBigRequestSize << 2))
- result = BadLength;
- else {
- result = XaceHookDispatch(client, MAJOROP);
- if (result == Success)
- result = (* client->requestVector[MAJOROP])(client);
- XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result);
- }
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- if (result!=Success)
- {
- char Message[255];
- sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue);
- XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
- client->sequence, client->index, result);
- }
- else
- {
- if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP)
- {
- char Message[255];
- sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP));
- XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
- client->sequence, client->index, result);
- }
- else
- {
- XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP,
- client->sequence, client->index, result);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (client->noClientException != Success)
- {
- CloseDownClient(client);
- break;
- }
- else if (result != Success)
- {
- SendErrorToClient(client, MAJOROP,
- MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client),
- client->errorValue, result);
- break;
- }
- }
- FlushAllOutput();
- client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
- if (client)
- client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- }
- dispatchException &= ~DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;
- }
-#if defined(DDXBEFORERESET)
- ddxBeforeReset ();
-#endif
- KillAllClients();
- free(clientReady);
- dispatchException &= ~DE_RESET;
- SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
-}
-
-#undef MAJOROP
-
-static int VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE;
-static char *VendorString = VENDOR_NAME;
-
-static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};
-
-void
-SetVendorRelease(int release)
-{
- VendorRelease = release;
-}
-
-void
-SetVendorString(char *string)
-{
- VendorString = string;
-}
-
-Bool
-CreateConnectionBlock(void)
-{
- xConnSetup setup;
- xWindowRoot root;
- xDepth depth;
- xVisualType visual;
- xPixmapFormat format;
- unsigned long vid;
- int i, j, k,
- lenofblock,
- sizesofar = 0;
- char *pBuf;
-
-
- memset(&setup, 0, sizeof(xConnSetup));
- /* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with
- connection */
-
- setup.release = VendorRelease;
- /*
- * per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h
- */
- setup.imageByteOrder = screenInfo.imageByteOrder;
-
- setup.bitmapScanlineUnit = screenInfo.bitmapScanlineUnit;
- setup.bitmapScanlinePad = screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad;
-
- setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder;
- setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents();
- setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens;
- setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString);
- setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats;
- setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE;
- QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode);
-
- lenofblock = sizeof(xConnSetup) +
- pad_to_int32(setup.nbytesVendor) +
- (setup.numFormats * sizeof(xPixmapFormat)) +
- (setup.numRoots * sizeof(xWindowRoot));
- ConnectionInfo = malloc(lenofblock);
- if (!ConnectionInfo)
- return FALSE;
-
- memmove(ConnectionInfo, (char *)&setup, sizeof(xConnSetup));
- sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup);
- pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup);
-
- memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);
- sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor;
- pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor;
- i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3];
- sizesofar += i;
- while (--i >= 0)
- *pBuf++ = 0;
-
- memset(&format, 0, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
- for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; i++)
- {
- format.depth = screenInfo.formats[i].depth;
- format.bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[i].bitsPerPixel;
- format.scanLinePad = screenInfo.formats[i].scanlinePad;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&format, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
- pBuf += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
- sizesofar += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
- }
-
- connBlockScreenStart = sizesofar;
- memset(&depth, 0, sizeof(xDepth));
- memset(&visual, 0, sizeof(xVisualType));
- for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- DepthPtr pDepth;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- root.windowId = pScreen->root->drawable.id;
- root.defaultColormap = pScreen->defColormap;
- root.whitePixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- root.blackPixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- root.currentInputMask = 0; /* filled in when sent */
- root.pixWidth = pScreen->width;
- root.pixHeight = pScreen->height;
- root.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
- root.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
- root.minInstalledMaps = pScreen->minInstalledCmaps;
- root.maxInstalledMaps = pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps;
- root.rootVisualID = pScreen->rootVisual;
- root.backingStore = pScreen->backingStoreSupport;
- root.saveUnders = FALSE;
- root.rootDepth = pScreen->rootDepth;
- root.nDepths = pScreen->numDepths;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&root, sizeof(xWindowRoot));
- sizesofar += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
- pBuf += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
-
- pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths;
- for(j = 0; j < pScreen->numDepths; j++, pDepth++)
- {
- lenofblock += sizeof(xDepth) +
- (pDepth->numVids * sizeof(xVisualType));
- pBuf = (char *)realloc(ConnectionInfo, lenofblock);
- if (!pBuf)
- {
- free(ConnectionInfo);
- return FALSE;
- }
- ConnectionInfo = pBuf;
- pBuf += sizesofar;
- depth.depth = pDepth->depth;
- depth.nVisuals = pDepth->numVids;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&depth, sizeof(xDepth));
- pBuf += sizeof(xDepth);
- sizesofar += sizeof(xDepth);
- for(k = 0; k < pDepth->numVids; k++)
- {
- vid = pDepth->vids[k];
- for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- pVisual->vid != vid;
- pVisual++)
- ;
- visual.visualID = vid;
- visual.class = pVisual->class;
- visual.bitsPerRGB = pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue;
- visual.colormapEntries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- visual.redMask = pVisual->redMask;
- visual.greenMask = pVisual->greenMask;
- visual.blueMask = pVisual->blueMask;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&visual, sizeof(xVisualType));
- pBuf += sizeof(xVisualType);
- sizesofar += sizeof(xVisualType);
- }
- }
- }
- connSetupPrefix.success = xTrue;
- connSetupPrefix.length = lenofblock/4;
- connSetupPrefix.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
- connSetupPrefix.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcBadRequest(ClientPtr client)
-{
- return BadRequest;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
- REQUEST(xCreateWindowReq);
- int len, rc;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateWindowReq);
-
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->wid, client);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateWindowReq));
- if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)
- return BadLength;
- if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
- pWin = CreateWindow(stuff->wid, pParent, stuff->x,
- stuff->y, stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->borderWidth, stuff->class,
- stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1],
- (int)stuff->depth,
- client, stuff->visual, &rc);
- if (pWin)
- {
- Mask mask = pWin->eventMask;
-
- pWin->eventMask = 0; /* subterfuge in case AddResource fails */
- if (!AddResource(stuff->wid, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
- pWin->eventMask = mask;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
- int len, rc;
- Mask access_mode = 0;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
- access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & CWEventMask) ? DixReceiveAccess : 0;
- access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & ~CWEventMask) ? DixSetAttrAccess : 0;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, access_mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeWindowAttributesReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
- return BadLength;
- return ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin,
- stuff->valueMask,
- (XID *) &stuff[1],
- client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- xGetWindowAttributesReply wa;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- memset(&wa, 0, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply));
- GetWindowAttributes(pWin, client, &wa);
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply), &wa);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (pWin->parent) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pWin->parent->drawable.id, client,
- DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- DestroySubwindows(pWin, client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xChangeSaveSetReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeSaveSetReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (client->clientAsMask == (CLIENT_BITS(pWin->drawable.id)))
- return BadMatch;
- if ((stuff->mode == SetModeInsert) || (stuff->mode == SetModeDelete))
- return AlterSaveSetForClient(client, pWin, stuff->mode, FALSE, TRUE);
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
-}
-
-int
-ProcReparentWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, pParent;
- REQUEST(xReparentWindowReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReparentWindowReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pParent->drawable))
- return BadMatch;
- if ((pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) &&
- (pParent->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth))
- return BadMatch;
- if ((pWin->drawable.class != InputOnly) &&
- (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
- return BadMatch;
- return ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
- (short)stuff->x, (short)stuff->y, client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcMapWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixShowAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- MapWindow(pWin, client);
- /* update cache to say it is mapped */
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- MapSubwindows(pWin, client);
- /* update cache to say it is mapped */
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixHideAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
- /* update cache to say it is mapped */
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xConfigureWindowReq);
- int len, rc;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xConfigureWindowReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
- DixManageAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xConfigureWindowReq));
- if (Ones((Mask)stuff->mask) != len)
- return BadLength;
- return ConfigureWindow(pWin, (Mask)stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xCirculateWindowReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCirculateWindowReq);
- if ((stuff->direction != RaiseLowest) &&
- (stuff->direction != LowerHighest))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->direction;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- CirculateWindow(pWin, (int)stuff->direction, client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-GetGeometry(ClientPtr client, xGetGeometryReply *rep)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->id, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep->type = X_Reply;
- rep->length = 0;
- rep->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep->root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;
- rep->depth = pDraw->depth;
- rep->width = pDraw->width;
- rep->height = pDraw->height;
-
- if (WindowDrawable(pDraw->type))
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- rep->x = pWin->origin.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- rep->y = pWin->origin.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- rep->borderWidth = pWin->borderWidth;
- }
- else /* DRAWABLE_PIXMAP */
- {
- rep->x = rep->y = rep->borderWidth = 0;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcGetGeometry(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetGeometryReply rep;
- int status;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply));
- if ((status = GetGeometry(client, &rep)) != Success)
- return status;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-/* Do not return the clipboard window in ProcQueryTree, cause this may cause
- the clipboard client being closed when connecting through xdmcp.
-*/
-extern Window g_iClipboardWindow;
-
-#endif
-
-int
-ProcQueryTree(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryTreeReply reply;
- int rc, numChildren = 0;
- WindowPtr pChild, pWin, pHead;
- Window *childIDs = (Window *)NULL;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (pWin->parent)
- reply.parent = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
- else
- reply.parent = (Window)None;
- pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
- for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
-#ifdef WIN32
- if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
-#endif
- numChildren++;
- if (numChildren)
- {
- int curChild = 0;
-
- childIDs = malloc(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
- if (!childIDs)
- return BadAlloc;
- for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
-#ifdef WIN32
- if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
-#endif
- childIDs[curChild++] = pChild->drawable.id;
- }
-
- reply.nChildren = numChildren;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply), &reply);
- if (numChildren)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, numChildren * sizeof(Window), childIDs);
- free(childIDs);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcInternAtom(ClientPtr client)
-{
- Atom atom;
- char *tchar;
- REQUEST(xInternAtomReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xInternAtomReq, stuff->nbytes);
- if ((stuff->onlyIfExists != xTrue) && (stuff->onlyIfExists != xFalse))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->onlyIfExists;
- return BadValue;
- }
- tchar = (char *) &stuff[1];
- atom = MakeAtom(tchar, stuff->nbytes, !stuff->onlyIfExists);
- if (atom != BAD_RESOURCE)
- {
- xInternAtomReply reply;
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xInternAtomReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.atom = atom;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xInternAtomReply), &reply);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetAtomName(ClientPtr client)
-{
- const char *str;
- xGetAtomNameReply reply;
- int len;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- if ( (str = NameForAtom(stuff->id)) )
- {
- len = strlen(str);
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.nameLength = len;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply), &reply);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, len, str);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return BadAtom;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcGrabServer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- if (grabState != GrabNone && client != grabClient)
- {
- ResetCurrentRequest(client);
- client->sequence--;
- BITSET(grabWaiters, client->index);
- IgnoreClient(client);
- return Success;
- }
- rc = OnlyListenToOneClient(client);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- grabState = GrabKickout;
- grabClient = client;
-
- if (ServerGrabCallback)
- {
- ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
- grabinfo.client = client;
- grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_GRABBED;
- CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-UngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
-
- grabState = GrabNone;
- ListenToAllClients();
- for (i = mskcnt; --i >= 0 && !grabWaiters[i]; )
- ;
- if (i >= 0)
- {
- i <<= 5;
- while (!GETBIT(grabWaiters, i))
- i++;
- BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, i);
- AttendClient(clients[i]);
- }
-
- if (ServerGrabCallback)
- {
- ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
- grabinfo.client = client;
- grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_UNGRABBED;
- CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcUngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- UngrabServer(client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcTranslateCoords(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xTranslateCoordsReq);
-
- WindowPtr pWin, pDst;
- xTranslateCoordsReply rep;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xTranslateCoordsReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->srcWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pDst, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pDst->drawable))
- {
- rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
- rep.child = None;
- rep.dstX = rep.dstY = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- INT16 x, y;
- rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
- rep.child = None;
- /* computing absolute coordinates -- adjust to destination later */
- x = pWin->drawable.x + stuff->srcX;
- y = pWin->drawable.y + stuff->srcY;
- pWin = pDst->firstChild;
- while (pWin)
- {
- BoxRec box;
- if ((pWin->mapped) &&
- (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin))
- /* When a window is shaped, a further check
- * is made to see if the point is inside
- * borderSize
- */
- && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
-
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
- )
- {
- rep.child = pWin->drawable.id;
- pWin = (WindowPtr) NULL;
- }
- else
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- /* adjust to destination coordinates */
- rep.dstX = x - pDst->drawable.x;
- rep.dstY = y - pDst->drawable.y;
- }
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcOpenFont(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- REQUEST(xOpenFontReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xOpenFontReq, stuff->nbytes);
- client->errorValue = stuff->fid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);
- err = OpenFont(client, stuff->fid, (Mask) 0,
- stuff->nbytes, (char *)&stuff[1]);
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client)
-{
- FontPtr pFont;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, stuff->id, RT_FONT,
- client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryFont(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryFontReply *reply;
- FontPtr pFont;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- {
- xCharInfo *pmax = FONTINKMAX(pFont);
- xCharInfo *pmin = FONTINKMIN(pFont);
- int nprotoxcistructs;
- int rlength;
-
- nprotoxcistructs = (
- pmax->rightSideBearing == pmin->rightSideBearing &&
- pmax->leftSideBearing == pmin->leftSideBearing &&
- pmax->descent == pmin->descent &&
- pmax->ascent == pmin->ascent &&
- pmax->characterWidth == pmin->characterWidth) ?
- 0 : N2dChars(pFont);
-
- rlength = sizeof(xQueryFontReply) +
- FONTINFONPROPS(FONTCHARSET(pFont)) * sizeof(xFontProp) +
- nprotoxcistructs * sizeof(xCharInfo);
- reply = calloc(1, rlength);
- if(!reply)
- {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- reply->type = X_Reply;
- reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));
- reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- QueryFont( pFont, reply, nprotoxcistructs);
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, rlength, reply);
- free(reply);
- return Success;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryTextExtents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryTextExtentsReply reply;
- FontPtr pFont;
- ExtentInfoRec info;
- unsigned long length;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->fid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- length = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReq));
- length = length << 1;
- if (stuff->oddLength)
- {
- if (length == 0)
- return BadLength;
- length--;
- }
- if (!QueryTextExtents(pFont, length, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], &info))
- return BadAlloc;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.drawDirection = info.drawDirection;
- reply.fontAscent = info.fontAscent;
- reply.fontDescent = info.fontDescent;
- reply.overallAscent = info.overallAscent;
- reply.overallDescent = info.overallDescent;
- reply.overallWidth = info.overallWidth;
- reply.overallLeft = info.overallLeft;
- reply.overallRight = info.overallRight;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReply), &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListFonts(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xListFontsReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsReq, stuff->nbytes);
-
- return ListFonts(client, (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
- stuff->maxNames);
-}
-
-int
-ProcListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xListFontsWithInfoReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsWithInfoReq, stuff->nbytes);
-
- return StartListFontsWithInfo(client, stuff->nbytes,
- (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->maxNames);
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-dixDestroyPixmap(pointer value, XID pid)
-{
- PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr)value;
- return (*pPixmap->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreatePixmap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- PixmapPtr pMap;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xCreatePixmapReq);
- DepthPtr pDepth;
- int i, rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreatePixmapReq);
- client->errorValue = stuff->pid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->width > 32767 || stuff->height > 32767)
- {
- /* It is allowed to try and allocate a pixmap which is larger than
- * 32767 in either dimension. However, all of the framebuffer code
- * is buggy and does not reliably draw to such big pixmaps, basically
- * because the Region data structure operates with signed shorts
- * for the rectangles in it.
- *
- * Furthermore, several places in the X server computes the
- * size in bytes of the pixmap and tries to store it in an
- * integer. This integer can overflow and cause the allocated size
- * to be much smaller.
- *
- * So, such big pixmaps are rejected here with a BadAlloc
- */
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- if (stuff->depth != 1)
- {
- pDepth = pDraw->pScreen->allowedDepths;
- for (i=0; i<pDraw->pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++)
- if (pDepth->depth == stuff->depth)
- goto CreatePmap;
- client->errorValue = stuff->depth;
- return BadValue;
- }
-CreatePmap:
- pMap = (PixmapPtr)(*pDraw->pScreen->CreatePixmap)
- (pDraw->pScreen, stuff->width,
- stuff->height, stuff->depth, 0);
- if (pMap)
- {
- pMap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
- pMap->drawable.id = stuff->pid;
- /* security creation/labeling check */
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP,
- pMap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
- return rc;
- }
- if (AddResource(stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, (pointer)pMap))
- return Success;
- (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
- }
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- PixmapPtr pMap;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pMap, stuff->id, RT_PIXMAP, client,
- DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int error, rc;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- unsigned len;
- REQUEST(xCreateGCReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateGCReq);
- client->errorValue = stuff->gc;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gc, client);
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateGCReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
- return BadLength;
- pGC = (GC *)CreateGC(pDraw, stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], &error,
- stuff->gc, client);
- if (error != Success)
- return error;
- if (!AddResource(stuff->gc, RT_GC, (pointer)pGC))
- return BadAlloc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- int result;
- unsigned len;
- REQUEST(xChangeGCReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeGCReq);
-
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeGCReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
- return BadLength;
-
- return ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, stuff->mask, (CARD32 *) &stuff[1]);
-}
-
-int
-ProcCopyGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *dstGC;
- GC *pGC;
- int result;
- REQUEST(xCopyGCReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyGCReq);
-
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->srcGC, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- result = dixLookupGC(&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- if ((dstGC->pScreen != pGC->pScreen) || (dstGC->depth != pGC->depth))
- return BadMatch;
- if (stuff->mask & ~GCAllBits)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- return CopyGC(pGC, dstGC, stuff->mask);
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetDashes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- int result;
- REQUEST(xSetDashesReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSetDashesReq, stuff->nDashes);
- if (stuff->nDashes == 0)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- /* If there's an error, either there's no sensible errorValue,
- * or there was a dash segment of 0. */
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return SetDashes(pGC, stuff->dashOffset, stuff->nDashes,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int nr, result;
- GC *pGC;
- REQUEST(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
- if ((stuff->ordering != Unsorted) && (stuff->ordering != YSorted) &&
- (stuff->ordering != YXSorted) && (stuff->ordering != YXBanded))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->ordering;
- return BadValue;
- }
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
- if (nr & 4)
- return BadLength;
- nr >>= 3;
- return SetClipRects(pGC, stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin,
- nr, (xRectangle *)&stuff[1], (int)stuff->ordering);
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreeGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcClearToBackground(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xClearAreaReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xClearAreaReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->window;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- if ((stuff->exposures != xTrue) && (stuff->exposures != xFalse))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->exposures;
- return BadValue;
- }
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ClearToBackground)(pWin, stuff->x, stuff->y,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- (Bool)stuff->exposures);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCopyArea(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDst;
- DrawablePtr pSrc;
- GC *pGC;
- REQUEST(xCopyAreaReq);
- RegionPtr pRgn;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyAreaReq);
-
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pDst, DixWriteAccess);
- if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
- {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pSrc, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if ((pDst->pScreen != pSrc->pScreen) || (pDst->depth != pSrc->depth))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- else
- pSrc = pDst;
-
- pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyArea)(pSrc, pDst, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY);
- if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
- {
- (*pDst->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
- (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyArea, 0);
- if (pRgn)
- RegionDestroy(pRgn);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCopyPlane(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DrawablePtr psrcDraw, pdstDraw;
- GC *pGC;
- REQUEST(xCopyPlaneReq);
- RegionPtr pRgn;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyPlaneReq);
-
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pdstDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
- {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&psrcDraw, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (pdstDraw->pScreen != psrcDraw->pScreen)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- else
- psrcDraw = pdstDraw;
-
- /* Check to see if stuff->bitPlane has exactly ONE good bit set */
- if(stuff->bitPlane == 0 || (stuff->bitPlane & (stuff->bitPlane - 1)) ||
- (stuff->bitPlane > (1L << (psrcDraw->depth - 1))))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->bitPlane;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyPlane)(psrcDraw, pdstDraw, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, stuff->bitPlane);
- if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
- {
- (*pdstDraw->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
- (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyPlane, 0);
- if (pRgn)
- RegionDestroy(pRgn);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyPoint(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int npoint;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyPointReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyPointReq);
- if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
- (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq));
- if (npoint)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyPoint)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
- (xPoint *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyLine(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int npoint;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyLineReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyLineReq);
- if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
- (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq));
- if (npoint > 1)
- (*pGC->ops->Polylines)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
- (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolySegment(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int nsegs;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolySegmentReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolySegmentReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- nsegs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolySegmentReq);
- if (nsegs & 4)
- return BadLength;
- nsegs >>= 3;
- if (nsegs)
- (*pGC->ops->PolySegment)(pDraw, pGC, nsegs, (xSegment *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyRectangle (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int nrects;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyRectangleReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyRectangleReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- nrects = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyRectangleReq);
- if (nrects & 4)
- return BadLength;
- nrects >>= 3;
- if (nrects)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyRectangle)(pDraw, pGC,
- nrects, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyArc(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int narcs;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyArcReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyArcReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyArcReq);
- if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
- return BadLength;
- narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
- if (narcs)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyArc)(pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcFillPoly(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int things;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xFillPolyReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFillPolyReq);
- if ((stuff->shape != Complex) && (stuff->shape != Nonconvex) &&
- (stuff->shape != Convex))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->shape;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
- (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- things = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFillPolyReq));
- if (things)
- (*pGC->ops->FillPolygon) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->shape,
- stuff->coordMode, things,
- (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int things;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
- if (things & 4)
- return BadLength;
- things >>= 3;
-
- if (things)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyFillRect) (pDraw, pGC, things,
- (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int narcs;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyFillArcReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillArcReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillArcReq);
- if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
- return BadLength;
- narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
- if (narcs)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyFillArc) (pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
-
-int
-ServerOrder (void)
-{
- int whichbyte = 1;
-
- if (*((char *) &whichbyte))
- return LSBFirst;
- return MSBFirst;
-}
-
-#define ClientOrder(client) ((client)->swapped ? !ServerOrder() : ServerOrder())
-
-void
-ReformatImage (char *base, int nbytes, int bpp, int order)
-{
- switch (bpp) {
- case 1: /* yuck */
- if (BITMAP_BIT_ORDER != order)
- BitOrderInvert ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
-#if IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != BITMAP_BIT_ORDER && BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT != 8
- ReformatImage (base, nbytes, BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT, order);
-#endif
- break;
- case 4:
- break; /* yuck */
- case 8:
- break;
- case 16:
- if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
- TwoByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
- break;
- case 32:
- if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
- FourByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
- break;
- }
-}
-#else
-#define ReformatImage(b,n,bpp,o)
-#endif
-
-/* 64-bit server notes: the protocol restricts padding of images to
- * 8-, 16-, or 32-bits. We would like to have 64-bits for the server
- * to use internally. Removes need for internal alignment checking.
- * All of the PutImage functions could be changed individually, but
- * as currently written, they call other routines which require things
- * to be 64-bit padded on scanlines, so we changed things here.
- * If an image would be padded differently for 64- versus 32-, then
- * copy each scanline to a 64-bit padded scanline.
- * Also, we need to make sure that the image is aligned on a 64-bit
- * boundary, even if the scanlines are padded to our satisfaction.
- */
-int
-ProcPutImage(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- long length; /* length of scanline server padded */
- long lengthProto; /* length of scanline protocol padded */
- char *tmpImage;
- REQUEST(xPutImageReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPutImageReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- if (stuff->format == XYBitmap)
- {
- if ((stuff->depth != 1) ||
- (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
- return BadMatch;
- length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
- }
- else if (stuff->format == XYPixmap)
- {
- if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) ||
- (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
- return BadMatch;
- length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
- length *= stuff->depth;
- }
- else if (stuff->format == ZPixmap)
- {
- if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || (stuff->leftPad != 0))
- return BadMatch;
- length = PixmapBytePad(stuff->width, stuff->depth);
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->format;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- tmpImage = (char *)&stuff[1];
- lengthProto = length;
-
- if ((bytes_to_int32(lengthProto * stuff->height) +
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xPutImageReq))) != client->req_len)
- return BadLength;
-
- ReformatImage (tmpImage, lengthProto * stuff->height,
- stuff->format == ZPixmap ? BitsPerPixel (stuff->depth) : 1,
- ClientOrder(client));
-
- (*pGC->ops->PutImage) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->depth, stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->leftPad, stuff->format, tmpImage);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-DoGetImage(ClientPtr client, int format, Drawable drawable,
- int x, int y, int width, int height,
- Mask planemask, xGetImageReply **im_return)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDraw, pBoundingDraw;
- int nlines, linesPerBuf, rc;
- int linesDone;
- /* coordinates relative to the bounding drawable */
- int relx, rely;
- long widthBytesLine, length;
- Mask plane = 0;
- char *pBuf;
- xGetImageReply xgi;
- RegionPtr pVisibleRegion = NULL;
-
- if ((format != XYPixmap) && (format != ZPixmap))
- {
- client->errorValue = format;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawable, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- memset(&xgi, 0, sizeof(xGetImageReply));
-
- relx = x;
- rely = y;
-
- if(pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-
- /* "If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable ... or a
- * BadMatch error results" */
- if (!pWin->viewable)
- return BadMatch;
-
- relx += pDraw->x;
- rely += pDraw->y;
-
- if (pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) {
- PixmapPtr pPix = (*pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) (pWin);
-
- pBoundingDraw = &pPix->drawable;
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- relx -= pPix->screen_x;
- rely -= pPix->screen_y;
-#endif
- }
- else
- {
- pBoundingDraw = (DrawablePtr)pDraw->pScreen->root;
- }
-
- xgi.visual = wVisual (pWin);
- }
- else
- {
- pBoundingDraw = pDraw;
- xgi.visual = None;
- }
-
- /* "If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly
- * contained within the pixmap, or a BadMatch error results. If the
- * drawable is a window [...] it must be the case that if there were no
- * inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window
- * would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the
- * outside edges of the window, or a BadMatch error results."
- *
- * We relax the window case slightly to mean that the rectangle must exist
- * within the bounds of the window's backing pixmap. In particular, this
- * means that a GetImage request may succeed or fail with BadMatch depending
- * on whether any of its ancestor windows are redirected. */
- if(relx < 0 || relx + width > (int)pBoundingDraw->width ||
- rely < 0 || rely + height > (int)pBoundingDraw->height)
- return BadMatch;
-
- xgi.type = X_Reply;
- xgi.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- xgi.depth = pDraw->depth;
- if(format == ZPixmap)
- {
- widthBytesLine = PixmapBytePad(width, pDraw->depth);
- length = widthBytesLine * height;
-
- }
- else
- {
- widthBytesLine = BitmapBytePad(width);
- plane = ((Mask)1) << (pDraw->depth - 1);
- /* only planes asked for */
- length = widthBytesLine * height *
- Ones(planemask & (plane | (plane - 1)));
-
- }
-
- xgi.length = length;
-
- if (im_return) {
- pBuf = calloc(1, sz_xGetImageReply + length);
- if (!pBuf)
- return BadAlloc;
- if (widthBytesLine == 0)
- linesPerBuf = 0;
- else
- linesPerBuf = height;
- *im_return = (xGetImageReply *)pBuf;
- *(xGetImageReply *)pBuf = xgi;
- pBuf += sz_xGetImageReply;
- } else {
- xgi.length = bytes_to_int32(xgi.length);
- if (widthBytesLine == 0 || height == 0)
- linesPerBuf = 0;
- else if (widthBytesLine >= IMAGE_BUFSIZE)
- linesPerBuf = 1;
- else
- {
- linesPerBuf = IMAGE_BUFSIZE / widthBytesLine;
- if (linesPerBuf > height)
- linesPerBuf = height;
- }
- length = linesPerBuf * widthBytesLine;
- if (linesPerBuf < height)
- {
- /* we have to make sure intermediate buffers don't need padding */
- while ((linesPerBuf > 1) &&
- (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1)))
- {
- linesPerBuf--;
- length -= widthBytesLine;
- }
- while (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1))
- {
- linesPerBuf++;
- length += widthBytesLine;
- }
- }
- if(!(pBuf = calloc(1, length)))
- return BadAlloc;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xGetImageReply), &xgi);
- }
-
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- pVisibleRegion = NotClippedByChildren((WindowPtr)pDraw);
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- {
- RegionTranslate(pVisibleRegion, -pDraw->x, -pDraw->y);
- }
- }
-
- if (linesPerBuf == 0)
- {
- /* nothing to do */
- }
- else if (format == ZPixmap)
- {
- linesDone = 0;
- while (height - linesDone > 0)
- {
- nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
- (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
- x,
- y + linesDone,
- width,
- nlines,
- format,
- planemask,
- (pointer) pBuf);
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, widthBytesLine,
- pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width,
- nlines, format, pBuf);
-
- /* Note that this is NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
- as we do NOT byte swap */
- if (!im_return)
- {
- ReformatImage (pBuf, (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- BitsPerPixel (pDraw->depth),
- ClientOrder(client));
-
-/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
- (void)WriteToClient(client,
- (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- pBuf);
- }
- linesDone += nlines;
- }
- }
- else /* XYPixmap */
- {
- for (; plane; plane >>= 1)
- {
- if (planemask & plane)
- {
- linesDone = 0;
- while (height - linesDone > 0)
- {
- nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
- (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
- x,
- y + linesDone,
- width,
- nlines,
- format,
- plane,
- (pointer)pBuf);
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion,
- widthBytesLine,
- pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width,
- nlines, format, pBuf);
-
- /* Note: NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
- as we do NOT byte swap */
- if (im_return) {
- pBuf += nlines * widthBytesLine;
- } else {
- ReformatImage (pBuf,
- (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- 1,
- ClientOrder (client));
-
-/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
- (void)WriteToClient(client,
- (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- pBuf);
- }
- linesDone += nlines;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- RegionDestroy(pVisibleRegion);
- if (!im_return)
- free(pBuf);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetImage(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xGetImageReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetImageReq);
-
- return DoGetImage(client, stuff->format, stuff->drawable,
- stuff->x, stuff->y,
- (int)stuff->width, (int)stuff->height,
- stuff->planeMask, (xGetImageReply **)NULL);
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyText(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- REQUEST(xPolyTextReq);
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- GC *pGC;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyTextReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
-
- err = PolyText(client,
- pDraw,
- pGC,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- ((unsigned char *) stuff) + (client->req_len << 2),
- stuff->x,
- stuff->y,
- stuff->reqType,
- stuff->drawable);
-
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-ProcImageText8(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- GC *pGC;
-
- REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
-
- err = ImageText(client,
- pDraw,
- pGC,
- stuff->nChars,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->x,
- stuff->y,
- stuff->reqType,
- stuff->drawable);
-
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-ProcImageText16(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- GC *pGC;
-
- REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars << 1);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
-
- err = ImageText(client,
- pDraw,
- pGC,
- stuff->nChars,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->x,
- stuff->y,
- stuff->reqType,
- stuff->drawable);
-
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcCreateColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- Colormap mid;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- REQUEST(xCreateColormapReq);
- int i, result;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateColormapReq);
-
- if ((stuff->alloc != AllocNone) && (stuff->alloc != AllocAll))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->alloc;
- return BadValue;
- }
- mid = stuff->mid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
- result = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- for (i = 0, pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- i < pScreen->numVisuals;
- i++, pVisual++)
- {
- if (pVisual->vid != stuff->visual)
- continue;
- return CreateColormap(mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap,
- (int)stuff->alloc, client->index);
- }
- client->errorValue = stuff->visual;
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* Freeing a default colormap is a no-op */
- if (!(pmap->flags & IsDefault))
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client)
-{
- Colormap mid;
- ColormapPtr pSrcMap;
- REQUEST(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
- mid = stuff->mid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pSrcMap, stuff->srcCmap, RT_COLORMAP,
- client, DixReadAccess|DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index);
- client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap;
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixInstallAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto out;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- if (rc == BadValue)
- rc = BadColor;
- goto out;
- }
-
- (*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp);
- return Success;
-
-out:
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixUninstallAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto out;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- if (rc == BadValue)
- rc = BadColor;
- goto out;
- }
-
- if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap)
- (*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp);
- return Success;
-
-out:
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListInstalledColormaps(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xListInstalledColormapsReply *preply;
- int nummaps, rc;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- preply = malloc(sizeof(xListInstalledColormapsReply) +
- pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps *
- sizeof(Colormap));
- if(!preply)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- preply->type = X_Reply;
- preply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
- (pWin->drawable.pScreen, (Colormap *)&preply[1]);
- preply->nColormaps = nummaps;
- preply->length = nummaps;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xListInstalledColormapsReply), preply);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nummaps * sizeof(Colormap), &preply[1]);
- free(preply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- int rc;
- xAllocColorReply acr;
- REQUEST(xAllocColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- acr.type = X_Reply;
- acr.length = 0;
- acr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- acr.red = stuff->red;
- acr.green = stuff->green;
- acr.blue = stuff->blue;
- acr.pixel = 0;
- if( (rc = AllocColor(pmap, &acr.red, &acr.green, &acr.blue,
- &acr.pixel, client->index)) )
- return rc;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pmap->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorReply), &acr);
- return Success;
-
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xAllocNamedColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xAllocNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xAllocNamedColorReply ancr;
-
- ancr.type = X_Reply;
- ancr.length = 0;
- ancr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
- &ancr.exactRed, &ancr.exactGreen, &ancr.exactBlue))
- {
- ancr.screenRed = ancr.exactRed;
- ancr.screenGreen = ancr.exactGreen;
- ancr.screenBlue = ancr.exactBlue;
- ancr.pixel = 0;
- if( (rc = AllocColor(pcmp,
- &ancr.screenRed, &ancr.screenGreen, &ancr.screenBlue,
- &ancr.pixel, client->index)) )
- return rc;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocNamedColorReply), &ancr);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return BadName;
-
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xAllocColorCellsReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorCellsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xAllocColorCellsReply accr;
- int npixels, nmasks;
- long length;
- Pixel *ppixels, *pmasks;
-
- npixels = stuff->colors;
- if (!npixels)
- {
- client->errorValue = npixels;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
- return BadValue;
- }
- nmasks = stuff->planes;
- length = ((long)npixels + (long)nmasks) * sizeof(Pixel);
- ppixels = malloc(length);
- if(!ppixels)
- return BadAlloc;
- pmasks = ppixels + npixels;
-
- if( (rc = AllocColorCells(client->index, pcmp, npixels, nmasks,
- (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, pmasks)) )
- {
- free(ppixels);
- return rc;
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- {
- accr.type = X_Reply;
- accr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
- accr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- accr.nPixels = npixels;
- accr.nMasks = nmasks;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocColorCellsReply), &accr);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
- }
- free(ppixels);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xAllocColorPlanesReply acpr;
- int npixels;
- long length;
- Pixel *ppixels;
-
- npixels = stuff->colors;
- if (!npixels)
- {
- client->errorValue = npixels;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
- return BadValue;
- }
- acpr.type = X_Reply;
- acpr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- acpr.nPixels = npixels;
- length = (long)npixels * sizeof(Pixel);
- ppixels = malloc(length);
- if(!ppixels)
- return BadAlloc;
- if( (rc = AllocColorPlanes(client->index, pcmp, npixels,
- (int)stuff->red, (int)stuff->green, (int)stuff->blue,
- (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels,
- &acpr.redMask, &acpr.greenMask, &acpr.blueMask)) )
- {
- free(ppixels);
- return rc;
- }
- acpr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- {
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorPlanesReply), &acpr);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
- }
- free(ppixels);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xFreeColorsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFreeColorsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int count;
-
- if(pcmp->flags & AllAllocated)
- return BadAccess;
- count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFreeColorsReq));
- return FreeColors(pcmp, client->index, count,
- (Pixel *)&stuff[1], (Pixel)stuff->planeMask);
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xStoreColorsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xStoreColorsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int count;
-
- count = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xStoreColorsReq);
- if (count % sizeof(xColorItem))
- return BadLength;
- count /= sizeof(xColorItem);
- return StoreColors(pcmp, count, (xColorItem *)&stuff[1], client);
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xStoreNamedColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xStoreNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xColorItem def;
-
- if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->nbytes, &def.red, &def.green, &def.blue))
- {
- def.flags = stuff->flags;
- def.pixel = stuff->pixel;
- return StoreColors(pcmp, 1, &def, client);
- }
- return BadName;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xQueryColorsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryColorsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int count;
- xrgb *prgbs;
- xQueryColorsReply qcr;
-
- count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xQueryColorsReq));
- prgbs = calloc(1, count * sizeof(xrgb));
- if(!prgbs && count)
- return BadAlloc;
- if( (rc = QueryColors(pcmp, count, (Pixel *)&stuff[1], prgbs, client)) )
- {
- free(prgbs);
- return rc;
- }
- memset(&qcr, 0, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply));
- qcr.type = X_Reply;
- qcr.length = bytes_to_int32(count * sizeof(xrgb));
- qcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- qcr.nColors = count;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply), &qcr);
- if (count)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SQColorsExtend;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(xrgb), prgbs);
- }
- free(prgbs);
- return Success;
-
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xLookupColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xLookupColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xLookupColorReply lcr;
-
- if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
- &lcr.exactRed, &lcr.exactGreen, &lcr.exactBlue))
- {
- lcr.type = X_Reply;
- lcr.length = 0;
- lcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- lcr.screenRed = lcr.exactRed;
- lcr.screenGreen = lcr.exactGreen;
- lcr.screenBlue = lcr.exactBlue;
- (*pcmp->pScreen->ResolveColor)(&lcr.screenRed,
- &lcr.screenGreen,
- &lcr.screenBlue,
- pcmp->pVisual);
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xLookupColorReply), &lcr);
- return Success;
- }
- return BadName;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- PixmapPtr src;
- PixmapPtr msk;
- unsigned char * srcbits;
- unsigned char * mskbits;
- unsigned short width, height;
- long n;
- CursorMetricRec cm;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST(xCreateCursorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateCursorReq);
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&src, stuff->source, RT_PIXMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->source;
- return rc;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (stuff->mask != None)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
- return rc;
- }
- }
- else if ( src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width
- || src->drawable.height != msk->drawable.height
- || src->drawable.depth != 1
- || msk->drawable.depth != 1)
- return BadMatch;
-
- width = src->drawable.width;
- height = src->drawable.height;
-
- if ( stuff->x > width
- || stuff->y > height )
- return BadMatch;
-
- n = BitmapBytePad(width)*height;
- srcbits = calloc(1, n);
- if (!srcbits)
- return BadAlloc;
- mskbits = malloc(n);
- if (!mskbits)
- {
- free(srcbits);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- (* src->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)src, 0, 0, width, height,
- XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)srcbits);
- if ( msk == (PixmapPtr)NULL)
- {
- unsigned char *bits = mskbits;
- while (--n >= 0)
- *bits++ = ~0;
- }
- else
- {
- /* zeroing the (pad) bits helps some ddx cursor handling */
- memset((char *)mskbits, 0, n);
- (* msk->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)msk, 0, 0, width,
- height, XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)mskbits);
- }
- cm.width = width;
- cm.height = height;
- cm.xhot = stuff->x;
- cm.yhot = stuff->y;
- rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm,
- stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
- stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
- &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
-
- if (rc != Success)
- goto bail;
- if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) {
- rc = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- return Success;
-bail:
- free(srcbits);
- free(mskbits);
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateGlyphCursor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int res;
-
- REQUEST(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
-
- res = AllocGlyphCursor(stuff->source, stuff->sourceChar,
- stuff->mask, stuff->maskChar,
- stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
- stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
- &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
- if (res != Success)
- return res;
- if (AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))
- return Success;
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->id, RT_CURSOR, client,
- DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryBestSize (ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryBestSizeReply reply;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xQueryBestSizeReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryBestSizeReq);
-
- if ((stuff->class != CursorShape) &&
- (stuff->class != TileShape) &&
- (stuff->class != StippleShape))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->class;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (stuff->class != CursorShape && pDraw->type == UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- return BadMatch;
- pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(stuff->class, &stuff->width,
- &stuff->height, pScreen);
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.width = stuff->width;
- reply.height = stuff->height;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply), &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcSetScreenSaver (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc, i, blankingOption, exposureOption;
- REQUEST(xSetScreenSaverReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetScreenSaverReq);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- blankingOption = stuff->preferBlank;
- if ((blankingOption != DontPreferBlanking) &&
- (blankingOption != PreferBlanking) &&
- (blankingOption != DefaultBlanking))
- {
- client->errorValue = blankingOption;
- return BadValue;
- }
- exposureOption = stuff->allowExpose;
- if ((exposureOption != DontAllowExposures) &&
- (exposureOption != AllowExposures) &&
- (exposureOption != DefaultExposures))
- {
- client->errorValue = exposureOption;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->timeout < -1)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->timeout;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->interval < -1)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->interval;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (blankingOption == DefaultBlanking)
- ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
- else
- ScreenSaverBlanking = blankingOption;
- if (exposureOption == DefaultExposures)
- ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
- else
- ScreenSaverAllowExposures = exposureOption;
-
- if (stuff->timeout >= 0)
- ScreenSaverTime = stuff->timeout * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- else
- ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
- if (stuff->interval >= 0)
- ScreenSaverInterval = stuff->interval * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- else
- ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
-
- SetScreenSaverTimer();
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetScreenSaverReply rep;
- int rc, i;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.timeout = ScreenSaverTime / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- rep.interval = ScreenSaverInterval / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- rep.preferBlanking = ScreenSaverBlanking;
- rep.allowExposures = ScreenSaverAllowExposures;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetScreenSaverReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeHosts(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xChangeHostsReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeHostsReq, stuff->hostLength);
-
- if(stuff->mode == HostInsert)
- return AddHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
- stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
- if (stuff->mode == HostDelete)
- return RemoveHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
- stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListHosts(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xListHostsReply reply;
- int len, nHosts, result;
- pointer pdata;
- /* REQUEST(xListHostsReq); */
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListHostsReq);
-
- /* untrusted clients can't list hosts */
- result = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- result = GetHosts(&pdata, &nHosts, &len, &reply.enabled);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.nHosts = nHosts;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListHostsReply), &reply);
- if (nHosts)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SLHostsExtend;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, len, pdata);
- }
- free(pdata);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeAccessControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xSetAccessControlReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetAccessControlReq);
- if ((stuff->mode != EnableAccess) && (stuff->mode != DisableAccess))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- return ChangeAccessControl(client, stuff->mode == EnableAccess);
-}
-
-/*********************
- * CloseDownRetainedResources
- *
- * Find all clients that are gone and have terminated in RetainTemporary
- * and destroy their resources.
- *********************/
-
-static void
-CloseDownRetainedResources(void)
-{
- int i;
- ClientPtr client;
-
- for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
- {
- client = clients[i];
- if (client && (client->closeDownMode == RetainTemporary)
- && (client->clientGone))
- CloseDownClient(client);
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcKillClient(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- ClientPtr killclient;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- if (stuff->id == AllTemporary)
- {
- CloseDownRetainedResources();
- return Success;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupClient(&killclient, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- CloseDownClient(killclient);
- /* if an LBX proxy gets killed, isItTimeToYield will be set */
- if (isItTimeToYield || (client == killclient))
- {
- /* force yield and return Success, so that Dispatch()
- * doesn't try to touch client
- */
- isItTimeToYield = TRUE;
- return Success;
- }
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
-{
- unsigned char *ptr;
- unsigned long nbytes, total;
- long nfonts;
- int n;
- REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
-
- nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
- total = nbytes;
- ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
- nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
- while (--nfonts >= 0)
- {
- if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
- return BadLength;
- total -= n;
- ptr += n;
- }
- if (total >= 4)
- return BadLength;
- return SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetFontPathReply reply;
- int rc, stringLens, numpaths;
- unsigned char *bufferStart;
- /* REQUEST (xReq); */
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- rc = GetFontPath(client, &numpaths, &stringLens, &bufferStart);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + numpaths);
- reply.nPaths = numpaths;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFontPathReply), &reply);
- if (stringLens || numpaths)
- (void)WriteToClient(client, stringLens + numpaths, (char *)bufferStart);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeCloseDownMode(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_CLIENT_ACCESS, client, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if ((stuff->mode == AllTemporary) ||
- (stuff->mode == RetainPermanent) ||
- (stuff->mode == RetainTemporary))
- {
- client->closeDownMode = stuff->mode;
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-}
-
-int ProcForceScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xForceScreenSaverReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xForceScreenSaverReq);
-
- if ((stuff->mode != ScreenSaverReset) &&
- (stuff->mode != ScreenSaverActive))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixSaveScreens(client, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, (int)stuff->mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-int ProcNoOperation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xReq);
-
- /* noop -- don't do anything */
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**********************
- * CloseDownClient
- *
- * Client can either mark his resources destroy or retain. If retained and
- * then killed again, the client is really destroyed.
- *********************/
-
-char dispatchExceptionAtReset = DE_RESET;
-
-void
-CloseDownClient(ClientPtr client)
-{
- Bool really_close_down = client->clientGone ||
- client->closeDownMode == DestroyAll;
-
- if (!client->clientGone)
- {
- /* ungrab server if grabbing client dies */
- if (grabState != GrabNone && grabClient == client)
- {
- UngrabServer(client);
- }
- BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, client->index);
- DeleteClientFromAnySelections(client);
- ReleaseActiveGrabs(client);
- DeleteClientFontStuff(client);
- if (!really_close_down)
- {
- /* This frees resources that should never be retained
- * no matter what the close down mode is. Actually we
- * could do this unconditionally, but it's probably
- * better not to traverse all the client's resources
- * twice (once here, once a few lines down in
- * FreeClientResources) in the common case of
- * really_close_down == TRUE.
- */
- FreeClientNeverRetainResources(client);
- client->clientState = ClientStateRetained;
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- }
- client->clientGone = TRUE; /* so events aren't sent to client */
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSignal (client);
- ProcessWorkQueueZombies();
- CloseDownConnection(client);
-
- /* If the client made it to the Running stage, nClients has
- * been incremented on its behalf, so we need to decrement it
- * now. If it hasn't gotten to Running, nClients has *not*
- * been incremented, so *don't* decrement it.
- */
- if (client->clientState != ClientStateInitial &&
- client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating )
- {
- --nClients;
- }
- }
-
- if (really_close_down)
- {
- if (client->clientState == ClientStateRunning && nClients == 0)
- dispatchException |= dispatchExceptionAtReset;
-
- client->clientState = ClientStateGone;
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- FreeClientResources(client);
- /* Disable client ID tracking. This must be done after
- * ClientStateCallback. */
- ReleaseClientIds(client);
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(client->index);
-#endif
- if (client->index < nextFreeClientID)
- nextFreeClientID = client->index;
- clients[client->index] = NullClient;
- SmartLastClient = NullClient;
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
-
- while (!clients[currentMaxClients-1])
- currentMaxClients--;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-KillAllClients(void)
-{
- int i;
- for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
- if (clients[i]) {
- /* Make sure Retained clients are released. */
- clients[i]->closeDownMode = DestroyAll;
- CloseDownClient(clients[i]);
- }
-}
-
-void InitClient(ClientPtr client, int i, pointer ospriv)
-{
- client->index = i;
- client->clientAsMask = ((Mask)i) << CLIENTOFFSET;
- client->closeDownMode = i ? DestroyAll : RetainPermanent;
- client->requestVector = InitialVector;
- client->osPrivate = ospriv;
- QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&client->minKC,&client->maxKC);
- client->smart_start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- client->smart_check_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- client->clientIds = NULL;
-}
-
-/************************
- * int NextAvailableClient(ospriv)
- *
- * OS dependent portion can't assign client id's because of CloseDownModes.
- * Returns NULL if there are no free clients.
- *************************/
-
-ClientPtr NextAvailableClient(pointer ospriv)
-{
- int i;
- ClientPtr client;
- xReq data;
-
- i = nextFreeClientID;
- if (i == MAXCLIENTS)
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- clients[i] = client = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(ClientRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- if (!client)
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- InitClient(client, i, ospriv);
- if (!InitClientResources(client))
- {
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- }
- data.reqType = 1;
- data.length = bytes_to_int32(sz_xReq + sz_xConnClientPrefix);
- if (!InsertFakeRequest(client, (char *)&data, sz_xReq))
- {
- FreeClientResources(client);
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- }
- if (i == currentMaxClients)
- currentMaxClients++;
- while ((nextFreeClientID < MAXCLIENTS) && clients[nextFreeClientID])
- nextFreeClientID++;
-
- /* Enable client ID tracking. This must be done before
- * ClientStateCallback. */
- ReserveClientIds(client);
-
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- return client;
-}
-
-int
-ProcInitialConnection(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
- xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
- int whichbyte = 1;
-
- prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
- if ((prefix->byteOrder != 'l') && (prefix->byteOrder != 'B'))
- return client->noClientException = -1;
- if (((*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'B')) ||
- (!(*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'l')))
- {
- client->swapped = TRUE;
- SwapConnClientPrefix(prefix);
- }
- stuff->reqType = 2;
- stuff->length += bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto) +
- bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthString);
- if (client->swapped)
- {
- swaps(&stuff->length, whichbyte);
- }
- ResetCurrentRequest(client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-SendConnSetup(ClientPtr client, char *reason)
-{
- xWindowRoot *root;
- int i;
- int numScreens;
- char* lConnectionInfo;
- xConnSetupPrefix* lconnSetupPrefix;
-
- if (reason)
- {
- xConnSetupPrefix csp;
-
- csp.success = xFalse;
- csp.lengthReason = strlen(reason);
- csp.length = bytes_to_int32(csp.lengthReason);
- csp.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
- csp.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- if (client->swapped)
- WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, &csp);
- else
- (void)WriteToClient(client, sz_xConnSetupPrefix, (char *) &csp);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)csp.lengthReason, reason);
- return client->noClientException = -1;
- }
-
- numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
- lConnectionInfo = ConnectionInfo;
- lconnSetupPrefix = &connSetupPrefix;
-
- /* We're about to start speaking X protocol back to the client by
- * sending the connection setup info. This means the authorization
- * step is complete, and we can count the client as an
- * authorized one.
- */
- nClients++;
-
- client->requestVector = client->swapped ? SwappedProcVector : ProcVector;
- client->sequence = 0;
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridBase = client->clientAsMask;
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridMask = RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
-#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->imageByteOrder = ClientOrder (client);
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->bitmapBitOrder = ClientOrder (client);
-#endif
- /* fill in the "currentInputMask" */
- root = (xWindowRoot *)(lConnectionInfo + connBlockScreenStart);
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension)
- numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
- else
- numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots;
-#endif
-
- for (i=0; i<numScreens; i++)
- {
- unsigned int j;
- xDepth *pDepth;
- WindowPtr pRoot = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
-
- root->currentInputMask = pRoot->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pRoot);
- pDepth = (xDepth *)(root + 1);
- for (j = 0; j < root->nDepths; j++)
- {
- pDepth = (xDepth *)(((char *)(pDepth + 1)) +
- pDepth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType));
- }
- root = (xWindowRoot *)pDepth;
- }
-
- if (client->swapped)
- {
- WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, lconnSetupPrefix);
- WriteSConnectionInfo(client,
- (unsigned long)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
- lConnectionInfo);
- }
- else
- {
- (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xConnSetupPrefix),
- (char *) lconnSetupPrefix);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
- lConnectionInfo);
- }
- client->clientState = ClientStateRunning;
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = lconnSetupPrefix;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcEstablishConnection(ClientPtr client)
-{
- char *reason, *auth_proto, *auth_string;
- xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
- auth_proto = (char *)prefix + sz_xConnClientPrefix;
- auth_string = auth_proto + pad_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto);
- if ((prefix->majorVersion != X_PROTOCOL) ||
- (prefix->minorVersion != X_PROTOCOL_REVISION))
- reason = "Protocol version mismatch";
- else
- reason = ClientAuthorized(client,
- (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthProto,
- auth_proto,
- (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthString,
- auth_string);
- /*
- * If Kerberos is being used for this client, the clientState
- * will be set to ClientStateAuthenticating at this point.
- * More messages need to be exchanged among the X server, Kerberos
- * server, and client to figure out if everyone is authorized.
- * So we don't want to send the connection setup info yet, since
- * the auth step isn't really done.
- */
- if (client->clientState == ClientStateCheckingSecurity)
- client->clientState = ClientStateCheckedSecurity;
- else if (client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating)
- return(SendConnSetup(client, reason));
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode,
- XID resId, int errorCode)
-{
- xError rep;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError));
- rep.type = X_Error;
- rep.errorCode = errorCode;
- rep.majorCode = majorCode;
- rep.minorCode = minorCode;
- rep.resourceID = resId;
-
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *)&rep);
-}
-
-void
-MarkClientException(ClientPtr client)
-{
- client->noClientException = -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * This array encodes the answer to the question "what is the log base 2
- * of the number of pixels that fit in a scanline pad unit?"
- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
- */
-static int answer[6][4] = {
- /* pad pad pad pad*/
- /* 8 16 32 64 */
-
- { 3, 4, 5 , 6 }, /* 1 bit per pixel */
- { 1, 2, 3 , 4 }, /* 4 bits per pixel */
- { 0, 1, 2 , 3 }, /* 8 bits per pixel */
- { ~0, 0, 1 , 2 }, /* 16 bits per pixel */
- { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 }, /* 24 bits per pixel */
- { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 } /* 32 bits per pixel */
-};
-
-/*
- * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the first index for
- * the answer array above given the number of bits per pixel?"
- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
- */
-static int indexForBitsPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
- ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */
- 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */
- 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 4, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 5 /* 32 bits per pixel */
-};
-
-/*
- * This array gives the bytesperPixel value for cases where the number
- * of bits per pixel is a multiple of 8 but not a power of 2.
- */
-static int answerBytesPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
- ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 0 /* 32 bits per pixel */
-};
-
-/*
- * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the second index for
- * the answer array above given the number of bits per scanline pad unit?"
- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
- */
-static int indexForScanlinePad[ 65 ] = {
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per scanline pad unit */
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per scanline pad unit */
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 32 bits per scanline pad unit */
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 3 /* 64 bits per scanline pad unit */
-};
-
-/*
- grow the array of screenRecs if necessary.
- call the device-supplied initialization procedure
-with its screen number, a pointer to its ScreenRec, argc, and argv.
- return the number of successfully installed screens.
-
-*/
-
-int
-AddScreen(
- Bool (* pfnInit)(
- int /*index*/,
- ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/,
- int /*argc*/,
- char ** /*argv*/
- ),
- int argc,
- char **argv)
-{
-
- int i;
- int scanlinepad, format, depth, bitsPerPixel, j, k;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- i = screenInfo.numScreens;
- if (i == MAXSCREENS)
- return -1;
-
- pScreen = (ScreenPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(ScreenRec));
- if (!pScreen)
- return -1;
-
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN)) {
- free (pScreen);
- return -1;
- }
- pScreen->myNum = i;
- pScreen->totalPixmapSize = 0; /* computed in CreateScratchPixmapForScreen */
- pScreen->ClipNotify = 0; /* for R4 ddx compatibility */
- pScreen->CreateScreenResources = 0;
-
- /*
- * This loop gets run once for every Screen that gets added,
- * but thats ok. If the ddx layer initializes the formats
- * one at a time calling AddScreen() after each, then each
- * iteration will make it a little more accurate. Worst case
- * we do this loop N * numPixmapFormats where N is # of screens.
- * Anyway, this must be called after InitOutput and before the
- * screen init routine is called.
- */
- for (format=0; format<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; format++)
- {
- depth = screenInfo.formats[format].depth;
- bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[format].bitsPerPixel;
- scanlinepad = screenInfo.formats[format].scanlinePad;
- j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ bitsPerPixel ];
- k = indexForScanlinePad[ scanlinepad ];
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padPixelsLog2 = answer[j][k];
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padRoundUp =
- (scanlinepad/bitsPerPixel) - 1;
- j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ 8 ]; /* bits per byte */
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padBytesLog2 = answer[j][k];
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bitsPerPixel = bitsPerPixel;
- if (answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel])
- {
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 1;
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bytesPerPixel =
- answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel];
- }
- else
- {
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* This is where screen specific stuff gets initialized. Load the
- screen structure, call the hardware, whatever.
- This is also where the default colormap should be allocated and
- also pixel values for blackPixel, whitePixel, and the cursor
- Note that InitScreen is NOT allowed to modify argc, argv, or
- any of the strings pointed to by argv. They may be passed to
- multiple screens.
- */
- screenInfo.screens[i] = pScreen;
- screenInfo.numScreens++;
- if (!(*pfnInit)(i, pScreen, argc, argv))
- {
- dixFreePrivates(pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
- free(pScreen);
- screenInfo.numScreens--;
- return -1;
- }
-
- dixRegisterPrivateKey(&cursorScreenDevPriv[i], PRIVATE_CURSOR, 0);
-
- return i;
-}
+/************************************************************ + +Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +********************************************************/ + +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/***************************************************************** + +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ + +/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions: + * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + + + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#include <version-config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef CreateWindow +#undef CreateWindow +#endif + +#ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG +#include <stdio.h> +int ProcInitialConnection(); +#endif + +#include "windowstr.h" +#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h> +#include "dixfontstr.h" +#include "gcstruct.h" +#include "selection.h" +#include "colormapst.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "opaque.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "servermd.h" +#include "extnsionst.h" +#include "dixfont.h" +#include "dispatch.h" +#include "swaprep.h" +#include "swapreq.h" +#include "privates.h" +#include "xace.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "xkbsrv.h" +#include "site.h" +#include "client.h" + +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE +#include "registry.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +typedef const char *string; +#include "Xserver-dtrace.h" +#endif + +#define mskcnt ((MAXCLIENTS + 31) / 32) +#define BITMASK(i) (1U << ((i) & 31)) +#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5) +#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)] +#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i) +#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i) +#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i)) + +xConnSetupPrefix connSetupPrefix; + +PaddingInfo PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[33]; + +static ClientPtr grabClient; +#define GrabNone 0 +#define GrabActive 1 +#define GrabKickout 2 +static int grabState = GrabNone; +static long grabWaiters[mskcnt]; +CallbackListPtr ServerGrabCallback = NULL; +HWEventQueuePtr checkForInput[2]; +int connBlockScreenStart; + +static void KillAllClients(void); + +static int nextFreeClientID; /* always MIN free client ID */ + +static int nClients; /* number of authorized clients */ + +CallbackListPtr ClientStateCallback; + +/* dispatchException & isItTimeToYield must be declared volatile since they + * are modified by signal handlers - otherwise optimizer may assume it doesn't + * need to actually check value in memory when used and may miss changes from + * signal handlers. + */ +volatile char dispatchException = 0; +volatile char isItTimeToYield; + +#define SAME_SCREENS(a, b) (\ + (a.pScreen == b.pScreen)) + +void +SetInputCheck(HWEventQueuePtr c0, HWEventQueuePtr c1) +{ + checkForInput[0] = c0; + checkForInput[1] = c1; +} + +void +UpdateCurrentTime(void) +{ + TimeStamp systime; + + /* To avoid time running backwards, we must call GetTimeInMillis before + * calling ProcessInputEvents. + */ + systime.months = currentTime.months; + systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis(); + if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds) + systime.months++; + if (*checkForInput[0] != *checkForInput[1]) + ProcessInputEvents(); + if (CompareTimeStamps(systime, currentTime) == LATER) + currentTime = systime; +} + +/* Like UpdateCurrentTime, but can't call ProcessInputEvents */ +void +UpdateCurrentTimeIf(void) +{ + TimeStamp systime; + + systime.months = currentTime.months; + systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis(); + if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds) + systime.months++; + if (*checkForInput[0] == *checkForInput[1]) + currentTime = systime; +} + + +#undef SMART_DEBUG + +#define SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL 20 /* ms */ +#define SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE 200 /* ms */ + +Bool SmartScheduleDisable = FALSE; +long SmartScheduleSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL; +long SmartScheduleInterval = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL; +long SmartScheduleMaxSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE; +long SmartScheduleTime; +int SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0; +static ClientPtr SmartLastClient; +static int SmartLastIndex[SMART_MAX_PRIORITY-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY+1]; + +#ifdef SMART_DEBUG +long SmartLastPrint; +#endif + +void Dispatch(void); + +static int +SmartScheduleClient (int *clientReady, int nready) +{ + ClientPtr pClient; + int i; + int client; + int bestPrio, best = 0; + int bestRobin, robin; + long now = SmartScheduleTime; + long idle; + + bestPrio = -0x7fffffff; + bestRobin = 0; + idle = 2 * SmartScheduleSlice; + for (i = 0; i < nready; i++) + { + client = clientReady[i]; + pClient = clients[client]; + /* Praise clients which are idle */ + if ((now - pClient->smart_check_tick) >= idle) + { + if (pClient->smart_priority < 0) + pClient->smart_priority++; + } + pClient->smart_check_tick = now; + + /* check priority to select best client */ + robin = (pClient->index - SmartLastIndex[pClient->smart_priority-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY]) & 0xff; + if (pClient->smart_priority > bestPrio || + (pClient->smart_priority == bestPrio && robin > bestRobin)) + { + bestPrio = pClient->smart_priority; + bestRobin = robin; + best = client; + } +#ifdef SMART_DEBUG + if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000) + fprintf (stderr, " %2d: %3d", client, pClient->smart_priority); +#endif + } +#ifdef SMART_DEBUG + if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000) + { + fprintf (stderr, " use %2d\n", best); + SmartLastPrint = now; + } +#endif + pClient = clients[best]; + SmartLastIndex[bestPrio-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY] = pClient->index; + /* + * Set current client pointer + */ + if (SmartLastClient != pClient) + { + pClient->smart_start_tick = now; + SmartLastClient = pClient; + } + /* + * Adjust slice + */ + if (nready == 1 && SmartScheduleLatencyLimited == 0) + { + /* + * If it's been a long time since another client + * has run, bump the slice up to get maximal + * performance from a single client + */ + if ((now - pClient->smart_start_tick) > 1000 && + SmartScheduleSlice < SmartScheduleMaxSlice) + { + SmartScheduleSlice += SmartScheduleInterval; + } + } + else + { + SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval; + } + return best; +} + +void +EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void) +{ + ++SmartScheduleLatencyLimited; + SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval; +} + +void +DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void) +{ + --SmartScheduleLatencyLimited; + + /* protect against bugs */ + if (SmartScheduleLatencyLimited < 0) + SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0; +} + +#define MAJOROP ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType + +void +Dispatch(void) +{ + int *clientReady; /* array of request ready clients */ + int result; + ClientPtr client; + int nready; + HWEventQueuePtr* icheck = checkForInput; + long start_tick; + + nextFreeClientID = 1; + nClients = 0; + + clientReady = malloc(sizeof(int) * MaxClients); + if (!clientReady) + return; + + SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval; + while (!dispatchException) + { + if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1]) + { + ProcessInputEvents(); + FlushIfCriticalOutputPending(); + } + + nready = WaitForSomething(clientReady); + + if (nready && !SmartScheduleDisable) + { + clientReady[0] = SmartScheduleClient (clientReady, nready); + nready = 1; + } + /***************** + * Handle events in round robin fashion, doing input between + * each round + *****************/ + + while (!dispatchException && (--nready >= 0)) + { + client = clients[clientReady[nready]]; + if (! client) + { + /* KillClient can cause this to happen */ + continue; + } + /* GrabServer activation can cause this to be true */ + if (grabState == GrabKickout) + { + grabState = GrabActive; + break; + } + isItTimeToYield = FALSE; + + start_tick = SmartScheduleTime; + while (!isItTimeToYield) + { +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + CARD8 StartMajorOp; +#endif + if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1]) + ProcessInputEvents(); + + FlushIfCriticalOutputPending(); + if (!SmartScheduleDisable && + (SmartScheduleTime - start_tick) >= SmartScheduleSlice) + { + /* Penalize clients which consume ticks */ + if (client->smart_priority > SMART_MIN_PRIORITY) + client->smart_priority--; + break; + } + /* now, finally, deal with client requests */ + + result = ReadRequestFromClient(client); + if (result <= 0) + { + if (result < 0) + CloseDownClient(client); + break; + } + + client->sequence++; +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + StartMajorOp=MAJOROP; + XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp, + ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length, + client->index, client->requestBuffer); +#endif + if (result > (maxBigRequestSize << 2)) + result = BadLength; + else { + result = XaceHookDispatch(client, MAJOROP); + if (result == Success) + result = (* client->requestVector[MAJOROP])(client); + XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result); + } +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + if (result!=Success) + { + char Message[255]; + sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue); + XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP, + client->sequence, client->index, result); + } + else + { + if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP) + { + char Message[255]; + sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP)); + XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP, + client->sequence, client->index, result); + } + else + { + XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP, + client->sequence, client->index, result); + } + } +#endif + + if (client->noClientException != Success) + { + CloseDownClient(client); + break; + } + else if (result != Success) + { + SendErrorToClient(client, MAJOROP, + MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client), + client->errorValue, result); + break; + } + } + FlushAllOutput(); + client = clients[clientReady[nready]]; + if (client) + client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime; + } + dispatchException &= ~DE_PRIORITYCHANGE; + } +#if defined(DDXBEFORERESET) + ddxBeforeReset (); +#endif + KillAllClients(); + free(clientReady); + dispatchException &= ~DE_RESET; + SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0; +} + +#undef MAJOROP + +static int VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE; +static char *VendorString = VENDOR_NAME; + +static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1}; + +void +SetVendorRelease(int release) +{ + VendorRelease = release; +} + +void +SetVendorString(char *string) +{ + VendorString = string; +} + +Bool +CreateConnectionBlock(void) +{ + xConnSetup setup; + xWindowRoot root; + xDepth depth; + xVisualType visual; + xPixmapFormat format; + unsigned long vid; + int i, j, k, + lenofblock, + sizesofar = 0; + char *pBuf; + + + memset(&setup, 0, sizeof(xConnSetup)); + /* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with + connection */ + + setup.release = VendorRelease; + /* + * per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h + */ + setup.imageByteOrder = screenInfo.imageByteOrder; + + setup.bitmapScanlineUnit = screenInfo.bitmapScanlineUnit; + setup.bitmapScanlinePad = screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad; + + setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder; + setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents(); + setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens; + setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString); + setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; + setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE; + QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode); + + lenofblock = sizeof(xConnSetup) + + pad_to_int32(setup.nbytesVendor) + + (setup.numFormats * sizeof(xPixmapFormat)) + + (setup.numRoots * sizeof(xWindowRoot)); + ConnectionInfo = malloc(lenofblock); + if (!ConnectionInfo) + return FALSE; + + memmove(ConnectionInfo, (char *)&setup, sizeof(xConnSetup)); + sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup); + pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup); + + memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor); + sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor; + pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor; + i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3]; + sizesofar += i; + while (--i >= 0) + *pBuf++ = 0; + + memset(&format, 0, sizeof(xPixmapFormat)); + for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; i++) + { + format.depth = screenInfo.formats[i].depth; + format.bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[i].bitsPerPixel; + format.scanLinePad = screenInfo.formats[i].scanlinePad; + memmove(pBuf, (char *)&format, sizeof(xPixmapFormat)); + pBuf += sizeof(xPixmapFormat); + sizesofar += sizeof(xPixmapFormat); + } + + connBlockScreenStart = sizesofar; + memset(&depth, 0, sizeof(xDepth)); + memset(&visual, 0, sizeof(xVisualType)); + for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++) + { + ScreenPtr pScreen; + DepthPtr pDepth; + VisualPtr pVisual; + + pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; + root.windowId = pScreen->root->drawable.id; + root.defaultColormap = pScreen->defColormap; + root.whitePixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + root.blackPixel = pScreen->blackPixel; + root.currentInputMask = 0; /* filled in when sent */ + root.pixWidth = pScreen->width; + root.pixHeight = pScreen->height; + root.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth; + root.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight; + root.minInstalledMaps = pScreen->minInstalledCmaps; + root.maxInstalledMaps = pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps; + root.rootVisualID = pScreen->rootVisual; + root.backingStore = pScreen->backingStoreSupport; + root.saveUnders = FALSE; + root.rootDepth = pScreen->rootDepth; + root.nDepths = pScreen->numDepths; + memmove(pBuf, (char *)&root, sizeof(xWindowRoot)); + sizesofar += sizeof(xWindowRoot); + pBuf += sizeof(xWindowRoot); + + pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths; + for(j = 0; j < pScreen->numDepths; j++, pDepth++) + { + lenofblock += sizeof(xDepth) + + (pDepth->numVids * sizeof(xVisualType)); + pBuf = (char *)realloc(ConnectionInfo, lenofblock); + if (!pBuf) + { + free(ConnectionInfo); + return FALSE; + } + ConnectionInfo = pBuf; + pBuf += sizesofar; + depth.depth = pDepth->depth; + depth.nVisuals = pDepth->numVids; + memmove(pBuf, (char *)&depth, sizeof(xDepth)); + pBuf += sizeof(xDepth); + sizesofar += sizeof(xDepth); + for(k = 0; k < pDepth->numVids; k++) + { + vid = pDepth->vids[k]; + for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals; + pVisual->vid != vid; + pVisual++) + ; + visual.visualID = vid; + visual.class = pVisual->class; + visual.bitsPerRGB = pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue; + visual.colormapEntries = pVisual->ColormapEntries; + visual.redMask = pVisual->redMask; + visual.greenMask = pVisual->greenMask; + visual.blueMask = pVisual->blueMask; + memmove(pBuf, (char *)&visual, sizeof(xVisualType)); + pBuf += sizeof(xVisualType); + sizesofar += sizeof(xVisualType); + } + } + } + connSetupPrefix.success = xTrue; + connSetupPrefix.length = lenofblock/4; + connSetupPrefix.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL; + connSetupPrefix.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION; + return TRUE; +} + + +int +ProcBadRequest(ClientPtr client) +{ + return BadRequest; +} + +int +ProcCreateWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pParent, pWin; + REQUEST(xCreateWindowReq); + int len, rc; + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateWindowReq); + + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->wid, client); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateWindowReq)); + if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len) + return BadLength; + if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height) + { + client->errorValue = 0; + return BadValue; + } + pWin = CreateWindow(stuff->wid, pParent, stuff->x, + stuff->y, stuff->width, stuff->height, + stuff->borderWidth, stuff->class, + stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], + (int)stuff->depth, + client, stuff->visual, &rc); + if (pWin) + { + Mask mask = pWin->eventMask; + + pWin->eventMask = 0; /* subterfuge in case AddResource fails */ + if (!AddResource(stuff->wid, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin)) + return BadAlloc; + pWin->eventMask = mask; + } + return rc; +} + +int +ProcChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xChangeWindowAttributesReq); + int len, rc; + Mask access_mode = 0; + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeWindowAttributesReq); + access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & CWEventMask) ? DixReceiveAccess : 0; + access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & ~CWEventMask) ? DixSetAttrAccess : 0; + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, access_mode); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeWindowAttributesReq)); + if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask)) + return BadLength; + return ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, + stuff->valueMask, + (XID *) &stuff[1], + client); +} + +int +ProcGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + xGetWindowAttributesReply wa; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + memset(&wa, 0, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply)); + GetWindowAttributes(pWin, client, &wa); + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply), &wa); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if (pWin->parent) { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pWin->parent->drawable.id, client, + DixRemoveAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE); + } + return Success; +} + +int +ProcDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixRemoveAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + DestroySubwindows(pWin, client); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xChangeSaveSetReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeSaveSetReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if (client->clientAsMask == (CLIENT_BITS(pWin->drawable.id))) + return BadMatch; + if ((stuff->mode == SetModeInsert) || (stuff->mode == SetModeDelete)) + return AlterSaveSetForClient(client, pWin, stuff->mode, FALSE, TRUE); + client->errorValue = stuff->mode; + return BadValue; +} + +int +ProcReparentWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin, pParent; + REQUEST(xReparentWindowReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReparentWindowReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pParent->drawable)) + return BadMatch; + if ((pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) && + (pParent->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth)) + return BadMatch; + if ((pWin->drawable.class != InputOnly) && + (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly)) + return BadMatch; + return ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent, + (short)stuff->x, (short)stuff->y, client); +} + +int +ProcMapWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixShowAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + MapWindow(pWin, client); + /* update cache to say it is mapped */ + return Success; +} + +int +ProcMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + MapSubwindows(pWin, client); + /* update cache to say it is mapped */ + return Success; +} + +int +ProcUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixHideAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE); + /* update cache to say it is mapped */ + return Success; +} + +int +ProcUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + UnmapSubwindows(pWin); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xConfigureWindowReq); + int len, rc; + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xConfigureWindowReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, + DixManageAccess|DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xConfigureWindowReq)); + if (Ones((Mask)stuff->mask) != len) + return BadLength; + return ConfigureWindow(pWin, (Mask)stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], client); +} + +int +ProcCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xCirculateWindowReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCirculateWindowReq); + if ((stuff->direction != RaiseLowest) && + (stuff->direction != LowerHighest)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->direction; + return BadValue; + } + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + CirculateWindow(pWin, (int)stuff->direction, client); + return Success; +} + +static int +GetGeometry(ClientPtr client, xGetGeometryReply *rep) +{ + DrawablePtr pDraw; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->id, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + rep->type = X_Reply; + rep->length = 0; + rep->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep->root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id; + rep->depth = pDraw->depth; + rep->width = pDraw->width; + rep->height = pDraw->height; + + if (WindowDrawable(pDraw->type)) + { + WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw; + rep->x = pWin->origin.x - wBorderWidth (pWin); + rep->y = pWin->origin.y - wBorderWidth (pWin); + rep->borderWidth = pWin->borderWidth; + } + else /* DRAWABLE_PIXMAP */ + { + rep->x = rep->y = rep->borderWidth = 0; + } + + return Success; +} + + +int +ProcGetGeometry(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGetGeometryReply rep; + int status; + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply)); + if ((status = GetGeometry(client, &rep)) != Success) + return status; + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +#ifdef WIN32 +/* Do not return the clipboard window in ProcQueryTree, cause this may cause + the clipboard client being closed when connecting through xdmcp. +*/ +extern Window g_iClipboardWindow; + +#endif + +int +ProcQueryTree(ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryTreeReply reply; + int rc, numChildren = 0; + WindowPtr pChild, pWin, pHead; + Window *childIDs = (Window *)NULL; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + if (pWin->parent) + reply.parent = pWin->parent->drawable.id; + else + reply.parent = (Window)None; + pHead = RealChildHead(pWin); + for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib) +#ifdef WIN32 + if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow) +#endif + numChildren++; + if (numChildren) + { + int curChild = 0; + + childIDs = malloc(numChildren * sizeof(Window)); + if (!childIDs) + return BadAlloc; + for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib) +#ifdef WIN32 + if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow) +#endif + childIDs[curChild++] = pChild->drawable.id; + } + + reply.nChildren = numChildren; + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(numChildren * sizeof(Window)); + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply), &reply); + if (numChildren) + { + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, numChildren * sizeof(Window), childIDs); + free(childIDs); + } + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcInternAtom(ClientPtr client) +{ + Atom atom; + char *tchar; + REQUEST(xInternAtomReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xInternAtomReq, stuff->nbytes); + if ((stuff->onlyIfExists != xTrue) && (stuff->onlyIfExists != xFalse)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->onlyIfExists; + return BadValue; + } + tchar = (char *) &stuff[1]; + atom = MakeAtom(tchar, stuff->nbytes, !stuff->onlyIfExists); + if (atom != BAD_RESOURCE) + { + xInternAtomReply reply; + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xInternAtomReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.length = 0; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply.atom = atom; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xInternAtomReply), &reply); + return Success; + } + else + return BadAlloc; +} + +int +ProcGetAtomName(ClientPtr client) +{ + const char *str; + xGetAtomNameReply reply; + int len; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + if ( (str = NameForAtom(stuff->id)) ) + { + len = strlen(str); + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len); + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply.nameLength = len; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply), &reply); + (void)WriteToClient(client, len, str); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return BadAtom; + } +} + +int +ProcGrabServer(ClientPtr client) +{ + int rc; + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + if (grabState != GrabNone && client != grabClient) + { + ResetCurrentRequest(client); + client->sequence--; + BITSET(grabWaiters, client->index); + IgnoreClient(client); + return Success; + } + rc = OnlyListenToOneClient(client); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + grabState = GrabKickout; + grabClient = client; + + if (ServerGrabCallback) + { + ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo; + grabinfo.client = client; + grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_GRABBED; + CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo); + } + + return Success; +} + +static void +UngrabServer(ClientPtr client) +{ + int i; + + grabState = GrabNone; + ListenToAllClients(); + for (i = mskcnt; --i >= 0 && !grabWaiters[i]; ) + ; + if (i >= 0) + { + i <<= 5; + while (!GETBIT(grabWaiters, i)) + i++; + BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, i); + AttendClient(clients[i]); + } + + if (ServerGrabCallback) + { + ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo; + grabinfo.client = client; + grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_UNGRABBED; + CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo); + } +} + +int +ProcUngrabServer(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + UngrabServer(client); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcTranslateCoords(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xTranslateCoordsReq); + + WindowPtr pWin, pDst; + xTranslateCoordsReply rep; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xTranslateCoordsReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->srcWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pDst, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply)); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 0; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pDst->drawable)) + { + rep.sameScreen = xFalse; + rep.child = None; + rep.dstX = rep.dstY = 0; + } + else + { + INT16 x, y; + rep.sameScreen = xTrue; + rep.child = None; + /* computing absolute coordinates -- adjust to destination later */ + x = pWin->drawable.x + stuff->srcX; + y = pWin->drawable.y + stuff->srcY; + pWin = pDst->firstChild; + while (pWin) + { + BoxRec box; + if ((pWin->mapped) && + (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) && + (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width + + wBorderWidth (pWin)) && + (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) && + (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height + + wBorderWidth (pWin)) + /* When a window is shaped, a further check + * is made to see if the point is inside + * borderSize + */ + && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || + RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box)) + + && (!wInputShape(pWin) || + RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin), + x - pWin->drawable.x, + y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)) + ) + { + rep.child = pWin->drawable.id; + pWin = (WindowPtr) NULL; + } + else + pWin = pWin->nextSib; + } + /* adjust to destination coordinates */ + rep.dstX = x - pDst->drawable.x; + rep.dstY = y - pDst->drawable.y; + } + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcOpenFont(ClientPtr client) +{ + int err; + REQUEST(xOpenFontReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xOpenFontReq, stuff->nbytes); + client->errorValue = stuff->fid; + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client); + err = OpenFont(client, stuff->fid, (Mask) 0, + stuff->nbytes, (char *)&stuff[1]); + if (err == Success) + { + return Success; + } + else + return err; +} + +int +ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client) +{ + FontPtr pFont; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, stuff->id, RT_FONT, + client, DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcQueryFont(ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryFontReply *reply; + FontPtr pFont; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + { + xCharInfo *pmax = FONTINKMAX(pFont); + xCharInfo *pmin = FONTINKMIN(pFont); + int nprotoxcistructs; + int rlength; + + nprotoxcistructs = ( + pmax->rightSideBearing == pmin->rightSideBearing && + pmax->leftSideBearing == pmin->leftSideBearing && + pmax->descent == pmin->descent && + pmax->ascent == pmin->ascent && + pmax->characterWidth == pmin->characterWidth) ? + 0 : N2dChars(pFont); + + rlength = sizeof(xQueryFontReply) + + FONTINFONPROPS(FONTCHARSET(pFont)) * sizeof(xFontProp) + + nprotoxcistructs * sizeof(xCharInfo); + reply = calloc(1, rlength); + if(!reply) + { + return BadAlloc; + } + + reply->type = X_Reply; + reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply)); + reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + QueryFont( pFont, reply, nprotoxcistructs); + + WriteReplyToClient(client, rlength, reply); + free(reply); + return Success; + } +} + +int +ProcQueryTextExtents(ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryTextExtentsReply reply; + FontPtr pFont; + ExtentInfoRec info; + unsigned long length; + int rc; + REQUEST(xQueryTextExtentsReq); + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryTextExtentsReq); + + rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->fid, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + length = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReq)); + length = length << 1; + if (stuff->oddLength) + { + if (length == 0) + return BadLength; + length--; + } + if (!QueryTextExtents(pFont, length, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], &info)) + return BadAlloc; + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.length = 0; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply.drawDirection = info.drawDirection; + reply.fontAscent = info.fontAscent; + reply.fontDescent = info.fontDescent; + reply.overallAscent = info.overallAscent; + reply.overallDescent = info.overallDescent; + reply.overallWidth = info.overallWidth; + reply.overallLeft = info.overallLeft; + reply.overallRight = info.overallRight; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReply), &reply); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcListFonts(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xListFontsReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsReq, stuff->nbytes); + + return ListFonts(client, (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->nbytes, + stuff->maxNames); +} + +int +ProcListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xListFontsWithInfoReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsWithInfoReq, stuff->nbytes); + + return StartListFontsWithInfo(client, stuff->nbytes, + (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->maxNames); +} + +/** + * + * \param value must conform to DeleteType + */ +int +dixDestroyPixmap(pointer value, XID pid) +{ + PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr)value; + return (*pPixmap->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap); +} + +int +ProcCreatePixmap(ClientPtr client) +{ + PixmapPtr pMap; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xCreatePixmapReq); + DepthPtr pDepth; + int i, rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreatePixmapReq); + client->errorValue = stuff->pid; + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client); + + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY, + DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height) + { + client->errorValue = 0; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->width > 32767 || stuff->height > 32767) + { + /* It is allowed to try and allocate a pixmap which is larger than + * 32767 in either dimension. However, all of the framebuffer code + * is buggy and does not reliably draw to such big pixmaps, basically + * because the Region data structure operates with signed shorts + * for the rectangles in it. + * + * Furthermore, several places in the X server computes the + * size in bytes of the pixmap and tries to store it in an + * integer. This integer can overflow and cause the allocated size + * to be much smaller. + * + * So, such big pixmaps are rejected here with a BadAlloc + */ + return BadAlloc; + } + if (stuff->depth != 1) + { + pDepth = pDraw->pScreen->allowedDepths; + for (i=0; i<pDraw->pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++) + if (pDepth->depth == stuff->depth) + goto CreatePmap; + client->errorValue = stuff->depth; + return BadValue; + } +CreatePmap: + pMap = (PixmapPtr)(*pDraw->pScreen->CreatePixmap) + (pDraw->pScreen, stuff->width, + stuff->height, stuff->depth, 0); + if (pMap) + { + pMap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER; + pMap->drawable.id = stuff->pid; + /* security creation/labeling check */ + rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, + pMap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); + if (rc != Success) { + (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap); + return rc; + } + if (AddResource(stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, (pointer)pMap)) + return Success; + (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap); + } + return BadAlloc; +} + +int +ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client) +{ + PixmapPtr pMap; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pMap, stuff->id, RT_PIXMAP, client, + DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcCreateGC(ClientPtr client) +{ + int error, rc; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + unsigned len; + REQUEST(xCreateGCReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateGCReq); + client->errorValue = stuff->gc; + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gc, client); + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0, + DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateGCReq)); + if (len != Ones(stuff->mask)) + return BadLength; + pGC = (GC *)CreateGC(pDraw, stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], &error, + stuff->gc, client); + if (error != Success) + return error; + if (!AddResource(stuff->gc, RT_GC, (pointer)pGC)) + return BadAlloc; + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangeGC(ClientPtr client) +{ + GC *pGC; + int result; + unsigned len; + REQUEST(xChangeGCReq); + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeGCReq); + + result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + + len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeGCReq)); + if (len != Ones(stuff->mask)) + return BadLength; + + return ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, stuff->mask, (CARD32 *) &stuff[1]); +} + +int +ProcCopyGC(ClientPtr client) +{ + GC *dstGC; + GC *pGC; + int result; + REQUEST(xCopyGCReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyGCReq); + + result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->srcGC, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + result = dixLookupGC(&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + if ((dstGC->pScreen != pGC->pScreen) || (dstGC->depth != pGC->depth)) + return BadMatch; + if (stuff->mask & ~GCAllBits) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->mask; + return BadValue; + } + return CopyGC(pGC, dstGC, stuff->mask); +} + +int +ProcSetDashes(ClientPtr client) +{ + GC *pGC; + int result; + REQUEST(xSetDashesReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSetDashesReq, stuff->nDashes); + if (stuff->nDashes == 0) + { + client->errorValue = 0; + return BadValue; + } + + result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + + /* If there's an error, either there's no sensible errorValue, + * or there was a dash segment of 0. */ + client->errorValue = 0; + return SetDashes(pGC, stuff->dashOffset, stuff->nDashes, + (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]); +} + +int +ProcSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client) +{ + int nr, result; + GC *pGC; + REQUEST(xSetClipRectanglesReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetClipRectanglesReq); + if ((stuff->ordering != Unsorted) && (stuff->ordering != YSorted) && + (stuff->ordering != YXSorted) && (stuff->ordering != YXBanded)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->ordering; + return BadValue; + } + result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + + nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetClipRectanglesReq); + if (nr & 4) + return BadLength; + nr >>= 3; + return SetClipRects(pGC, stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin, + nr, (xRectangle *)&stuff[1], (int)stuff->ordering); +} + +int +ProcFreeGC(ClientPtr client) +{ + GC *pGC; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcClearToBackground(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xClearAreaReq); + WindowPtr pWin; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xClearAreaReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixWriteAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if (pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->window; + return BadMatch; + } + if ((stuff->exposures != xTrue) && (stuff->exposures != xFalse)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->exposures; + return BadValue; + } + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ClearToBackground)(pWin, stuff->x, stuff->y, + stuff->width, stuff->height, + (Bool)stuff->exposures); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcCopyArea(ClientPtr client) +{ + DrawablePtr pDst; + DrawablePtr pSrc; + GC *pGC; + REQUEST(xCopyAreaReq); + RegionPtr pRgn; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyAreaReq); + + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pDst, DixWriteAccess); + if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable) + { + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pSrc, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0, + DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if ((pDst->pScreen != pSrc->pScreen) || (pDst->depth != pSrc->depth)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable; + return BadMatch; + } + } + else + pSrc = pDst; + + pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyArea)(pSrc, pDst, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY, + stuff->width, stuff->height, + stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY); + if (pGC->graphicsExposures) + { + (*pDst->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose) + (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyArea, 0); + if (pRgn) + RegionDestroy(pRgn); + } + + return Success; +} + +int +ProcCopyPlane(ClientPtr client) +{ + DrawablePtr psrcDraw, pdstDraw; + GC *pGC; + REQUEST(xCopyPlaneReq); + RegionPtr pRgn; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyPlaneReq); + + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pdstDraw, DixWriteAccess); + if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable) + { + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&psrcDraw, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0, + DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (pdstDraw->pScreen != psrcDraw->pScreen) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable; + return BadMatch; + } + } + else + psrcDraw = pdstDraw; + + /* Check to see if stuff->bitPlane has exactly ONE good bit set */ + if(stuff->bitPlane == 0 || (stuff->bitPlane & (stuff->bitPlane - 1)) || + (stuff->bitPlane > (1L << (psrcDraw->depth - 1)))) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->bitPlane; + return BadValue; + } + + pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyPlane)(psrcDraw, pdstDraw, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY, + stuff->width, stuff->height, + stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, stuff->bitPlane); + if (pGC->graphicsExposures) + { + (*pdstDraw->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose) + (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyPlane, 0); + if (pRgn) + RegionDestroy(pRgn); + } + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolyPoint(ClientPtr client) +{ + int npoint; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolyPointReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyPointReq); + if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && + (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode; + return BadValue; + } + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq)); + if (npoint) + (*pGC->ops->PolyPoint)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint, + (xPoint *) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolyLine(ClientPtr client) +{ + int npoint; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolyLineReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyLineReq); + if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && + (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode; + return BadValue; + } + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq)); + if (npoint > 1) + (*pGC->ops->Polylines)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint, + (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolySegment(ClientPtr client) +{ + int nsegs; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolySegmentReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolySegmentReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + nsegs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolySegmentReq); + if (nsegs & 4) + return BadLength; + nsegs >>= 3; + if (nsegs) + (*pGC->ops->PolySegment)(pDraw, pGC, nsegs, (xSegment *) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolyRectangle (ClientPtr client) +{ + int nrects; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolyRectangleReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyRectangleReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + nrects = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyRectangleReq); + if (nrects & 4) + return BadLength; + nrects >>= 3; + if (nrects) + (*pGC->ops->PolyRectangle)(pDraw, pGC, + nrects, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolyArc(ClientPtr client) +{ + int narcs; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolyArcReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyArcReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyArcReq); + if (narcs % sizeof(xArc)) + return BadLength; + narcs /= sizeof(xArc); + if (narcs) + (*pGC->ops->PolyArc)(pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcFillPoly(ClientPtr client) +{ + int things; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xFillPolyReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFillPolyReq); + if ((stuff->shape != Complex) && (stuff->shape != Nonconvex) && + (stuff->shape != Convex)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->shape; + return BadValue; + } + if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && + (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode; + return BadValue; + } + + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + things = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFillPolyReq)); + if (things) + (*pGC->ops->FillPolygon) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->shape, + stuff->coordMode, things, + (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client) +{ + int things; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolyFillRectangleReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillRectangleReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillRectangleReq); + if (things & 4) + return BadLength; + things >>= 3; + + if (things) + (*pGC->ops->PolyFillRect) (pDraw, pGC, things, + (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client) +{ + int narcs; + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + REQUEST(xPolyFillArcReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillArcReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillArcReq); + if (narcs % sizeof(xArc)) + return BadLength; + narcs /= sizeof(xArc); + if (narcs) + (*pGC->ops->PolyFillArc) (pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]); + return Success; +} + +#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN + +int +ServerOrder (void) +{ + int whichbyte = 1; + + if (*((char *) &whichbyte)) + return LSBFirst; + return MSBFirst; +} + +#define ClientOrder(client) ((client)->swapped ? !ServerOrder() : ServerOrder()) + +void +ReformatImage (char *base, int nbytes, int bpp, int order) +{ + switch (bpp) { + case 1: /* yuck */ + if (BITMAP_BIT_ORDER != order) + BitOrderInvert ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes); +#if IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != BITMAP_BIT_ORDER && BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT != 8 + ReformatImage (base, nbytes, BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT, order); +#endif + break; + case 4: + break; /* yuck */ + case 8: + break; + case 16: + if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order) + TwoByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes); + break; + case 32: + if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order) + FourByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes); + break; + } +} +#else +#define ReformatImage(b,n,bpp,o) +#endif + +/* 64-bit server notes: the protocol restricts padding of images to + * 8-, 16-, or 32-bits. We would like to have 64-bits for the server + * to use internally. Removes need for internal alignment checking. + * All of the PutImage functions could be changed individually, but + * as currently written, they call other routines which require things + * to be 64-bit padded on scanlines, so we changed things here. + * If an image would be padded differently for 64- versus 32-, then + * copy each scanline to a 64-bit padded scanline. + * Also, we need to make sure that the image is aligned on a 64-bit + * boundary, even if the scanlines are padded to our satisfaction. + */ +int +ProcPutImage(ClientPtr client) +{ + GC *pGC; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + long length; /* length of scanline server padded */ + long lengthProto; /* length of scanline protocol padded */ + char *tmpImage; + REQUEST(xPutImageReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPutImageReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + if (stuff->format == XYBitmap) + { + if ((stuff->depth != 1) || + (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad)) + return BadMatch; + length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad); + } + else if (stuff->format == XYPixmap) + { + if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || + (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad)) + return BadMatch; + length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad); + length *= stuff->depth; + } + else if (stuff->format == ZPixmap) + { + if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || (stuff->leftPad != 0)) + return BadMatch; + length = PixmapBytePad(stuff->width, stuff->depth); + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->format; + return BadValue; + } + + tmpImage = (char *)&stuff[1]; + lengthProto = length; + + if ((bytes_to_int32(lengthProto * stuff->height) + + bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xPutImageReq))) != client->req_len) + return BadLength; + + ReformatImage (tmpImage, lengthProto * stuff->height, + stuff->format == ZPixmap ? BitsPerPixel (stuff->depth) : 1, + ClientOrder(client)); + + (*pGC->ops->PutImage) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->depth, stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, + stuff->width, stuff->height, + stuff->leftPad, stuff->format, tmpImage); + + return Success; +} + +static int +DoGetImage(ClientPtr client, int format, Drawable drawable, + int x, int y, int width, int height, + Mask planemask, xGetImageReply **im_return) +{ + DrawablePtr pDraw, pBoundingDraw; + int nlines, linesPerBuf, rc; + int linesDone; + /* coordinates relative to the bounding drawable */ + int relx, rely; + long widthBytesLine, length; + Mask plane = 0; + char *pBuf; + xGetImageReply xgi; + RegionPtr pVisibleRegion = NULL; + + if ((format != XYPixmap) && (format != ZPixmap)) + { + client->errorValue = format; + return BadValue; + } + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawable, client, 0, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + memset(&xgi, 0, sizeof(xGetImageReply)); + + relx = x; + rely = y; + + if(pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) + { + WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw; + + /* "If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable ... or a + * BadMatch error results" */ + if (!pWin->viewable) + return BadMatch; + + relx += pDraw->x; + rely += pDraw->y; + + if (pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) { + PixmapPtr pPix = (*pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) (pWin); + + pBoundingDraw = &pPix->drawable; +#ifdef COMPOSITE + relx -= pPix->screen_x; + rely -= pPix->screen_y; +#endif + } + else + { + pBoundingDraw = (DrawablePtr)pDraw->pScreen->root; + } + + xgi.visual = wVisual (pWin); + } + else + { + pBoundingDraw = pDraw; + xgi.visual = None; + } + + /* "If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly + * contained within the pixmap, or a BadMatch error results. If the + * drawable is a window [...] it must be the case that if there were no + * inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window + * would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the + * outside edges of the window, or a BadMatch error results." + * + * We relax the window case slightly to mean that the rectangle must exist + * within the bounds of the window's backing pixmap. In particular, this + * means that a GetImage request may succeed or fail with BadMatch depending + * on whether any of its ancestor windows are redirected. */ + if(relx < 0 || relx + width > (int)pBoundingDraw->width || + rely < 0 || rely + height > (int)pBoundingDraw->height) + return BadMatch; + + xgi.type = X_Reply; + xgi.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + xgi.depth = pDraw->depth; + if(format == ZPixmap) + { + widthBytesLine = PixmapBytePad(width, pDraw->depth); + length = widthBytesLine * height; + + } + else + { + widthBytesLine = BitmapBytePad(width); + plane = ((Mask)1) << (pDraw->depth - 1); + /* only planes asked for */ + length = widthBytesLine * height * + Ones(planemask & (plane | (plane - 1))); + + } + + xgi.length = length; + + if (im_return) { + pBuf = calloc(1, sz_xGetImageReply + length); + if (!pBuf) + return BadAlloc; + if (widthBytesLine == 0) + linesPerBuf = 0; + else + linesPerBuf = height; + *im_return = (xGetImageReply *)pBuf; + *(xGetImageReply *)pBuf = xgi; + pBuf += sz_xGetImageReply; + } else { + xgi.length = bytes_to_int32(xgi.length); + if (widthBytesLine == 0 || height == 0) + linesPerBuf = 0; + else if (widthBytesLine >= IMAGE_BUFSIZE) + linesPerBuf = 1; + else + { + linesPerBuf = IMAGE_BUFSIZE / widthBytesLine; + if (linesPerBuf > height) + linesPerBuf = height; + } + length = linesPerBuf * widthBytesLine; + if (linesPerBuf < height) + { + /* we have to make sure intermediate buffers don't need padding */ + while ((linesPerBuf > 1) && + (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1))) + { + linesPerBuf--; + length -= widthBytesLine; + } + while (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1)) + { + linesPerBuf++; + length += widthBytesLine; + } + } + if(!(pBuf = calloc(1, length))) + return BadAlloc; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xGetImageReply), &xgi); + } + + if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) + { + pVisibleRegion = NotClippedByChildren((WindowPtr)pDraw); + if (pVisibleRegion) + { + RegionTranslate(pVisibleRegion, -pDraw->x, -pDraw->y); + } + } + + if (linesPerBuf == 0) + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + else if (format == ZPixmap) + { + linesDone = 0; + while (height - linesDone > 0) + { + nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone); + (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw, + x, + y + linesDone, + width, + nlines, + format, + planemask, + (pointer) pBuf); + if (pVisibleRegion) + XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, widthBytesLine, + pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width, + nlines, format, pBuf); + + /* Note that this is NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient, + as we do NOT byte swap */ + if (!im_return) + { + ReformatImage (pBuf, (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine), + BitsPerPixel (pDraw->depth), + ClientOrder(client)); + +/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */ + (void)WriteToClient(client, + (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine), + pBuf); + } + linesDone += nlines; + } + } + else /* XYPixmap */ + { + for (; plane; plane >>= 1) + { + if (planemask & plane) + { + linesDone = 0; + while (height - linesDone > 0) + { + nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone); + (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw, + x, + y + linesDone, + width, + nlines, + format, + plane, + (pointer)pBuf); + if (pVisibleRegion) + XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, + widthBytesLine, + pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width, + nlines, format, pBuf); + + /* Note: NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient, + as we do NOT byte swap */ + if (im_return) { + pBuf += nlines * widthBytesLine; + } else { + ReformatImage (pBuf, + (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine), + 1, + ClientOrder (client)); + +/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */ + (void)WriteToClient(client, + (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine), + pBuf); + } + linesDone += nlines; + } + } + } + } + if (pVisibleRegion) + RegionDestroy(pVisibleRegion); + if (!im_return) + free(pBuf); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcGetImage(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xGetImageReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetImageReq); + + return DoGetImage(client, stuff->format, stuff->drawable, + stuff->x, stuff->y, + (int)stuff->width, (int)stuff->height, + stuff->planeMask, (xGetImageReply **)NULL); +} + +int +ProcPolyText(ClientPtr client) +{ + int err; + REQUEST(xPolyTextReq); + DrawablePtr pDraw; + GC *pGC; + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyTextReq); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + + err = PolyText(client, + pDraw, + pGC, + (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], + ((unsigned char *) stuff) + (client->req_len << 2), + stuff->x, + stuff->y, + stuff->reqType, + stuff->drawable); + + if (err == Success) + { + return Success; + } + else + return err; +} + +int +ProcImageText8(ClientPtr client) +{ + int err; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + GC *pGC; + + REQUEST(xImageTextReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + + err = ImageText(client, + pDraw, + pGC, + stuff->nChars, + (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], + stuff->x, + stuff->y, + stuff->reqType, + stuff->drawable); + + if (err == Success) + { + return Success; + } + else + return err; +} + +int +ProcImageText16(ClientPtr client) +{ + int err; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + GC *pGC; + + REQUEST(xImageTextReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars << 1); + VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); + + err = ImageText(client, + pDraw, + pGC, + stuff->nChars, + (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], + stuff->x, + stuff->y, + stuff->reqType, + stuff->drawable); + + if (err == Success) + { + return Success; + } + else + return err; +} + + +int +ProcCreateColormap(ClientPtr client) +{ + VisualPtr pVisual; + ColormapPtr pmap; + Colormap mid; + WindowPtr pWin; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + REQUEST(xCreateColormapReq); + int i, result; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateColormapReq); + + if ((stuff->alloc != AllocNone) && (stuff->alloc != AllocAll)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->alloc; + return BadValue; + } + mid = stuff->mid; + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client); + result = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + + pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + for (i = 0, pVisual = pScreen->visuals; + i < pScreen->numVisuals; + i++, pVisual++) + { + if (pVisual->vid != stuff->visual) + continue; + return CreateColormap(mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, + (int)stuff->alloc, client->index); + } + client->errorValue = stuff->visual; + return BadMatch; +} + +int +ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pmap; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + /* Freeing a default colormap is a no-op */ + if (!(pmap->flags & IsDefault)) + FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return rc; + } +} + + +int +ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client) +{ + Colormap mid; + ColormapPtr pSrcMap; + REQUEST(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq); + mid = stuff->mid; + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pSrcMap, stuff->srcCmap, RT_COLORMAP, + client, DixReadAccess|DixRemoveAccess); + if (rc == Success) + return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index); + client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap; + return rc; +} + +int +ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixInstallAccess); + if (rc != Success) + goto out; + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) { + if (rc == BadValue) + rc = BadColor; + goto out; + } + + (*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp); + return Success; + +out: + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return rc; +} + +int +ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixUninstallAccess); + if (rc != Success) + goto out; + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) { + if (rc == BadValue) + rc = BadColor; + goto out; + } + + if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap) + (*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp); + return Success; + +out: + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return rc; +} + +int +ProcListInstalledColormaps(ClientPtr client) +{ + xListInstalledColormapsReply *preply; + int nummaps, rc; + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.pScreen, + DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + preply = malloc(sizeof(xListInstalledColormapsReply) + + pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps * + sizeof(Colormap)); + if(!preply) + return BadAlloc; + + preply->type = X_Reply; + preply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps) + (pWin->drawable.pScreen, (Colormap *)&preply[1]); + preply->nColormaps = nummaps; + preply->length = nummaps; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xListInstalledColormapsReply), preply); + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nummaps * sizeof(Colormap), &preply[1]); + free(preply); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pmap; + int rc; + xAllocColorReply acr; + REQUEST(xAllocColorReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixAddAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + acr.type = X_Reply; + acr.length = 0; + acr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + acr.red = stuff->red; + acr.green = stuff->green; + acr.blue = stuff->blue; + acr.pixel = 0; + if( (rc = AllocColor(pmap, &acr.red, &acr.green, &acr.blue, + &acr.pixel, client->index)) ) + return rc; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pmap->pScreen->myNum) +#endif + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorReply), &acr); + return Success; + + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xAllocNamedColorReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xAllocNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixAddAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + xAllocNamedColorReply ancr; + + ancr.type = X_Reply; + ancr.length = 0; + ancr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + + if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes, + &ancr.exactRed, &ancr.exactGreen, &ancr.exactBlue)) + { + ancr.screenRed = ancr.exactRed; + ancr.screenGreen = ancr.exactGreen; + ancr.screenBlue = ancr.exactBlue; + ancr.pixel = 0; + if( (rc = AllocColor(pcmp, + &ancr.screenRed, &ancr.screenGreen, &ancr.screenBlue, + &ancr.pixel, client->index)) ) + return rc; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum) +#endif + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocNamedColorReply), &ancr); + return Success; + } + else + return BadName; + + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xAllocColorCellsReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorCellsReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixAddAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + xAllocColorCellsReply accr; + int npixels, nmasks; + long length; + Pixel *ppixels, *pmasks; + + npixels = stuff->colors; + if (!npixels) + { + client->errorValue = npixels; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous; + return BadValue; + } + nmasks = stuff->planes; + length = ((long)npixels + (long)nmasks) * sizeof(Pixel); + ppixels = malloc(length); + if(!ppixels) + return BadAlloc; + pmasks = ppixels + npixels; + + if( (rc = AllocColorCells(client->index, pcmp, npixels, nmasks, + (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, pmasks)) ) + { + free(ppixels); + return rc; + } +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum) +#endif + { + accr.type = X_Reply; + accr.length = bytes_to_int32(length); + accr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + accr.nPixels = npixels; + accr.nMasks = nmasks; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocColorCellsReply), &accr); + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels); + } + free(ppixels); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xAllocColorPlanesReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorPlanesReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixAddAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + xAllocColorPlanesReply acpr; + int npixels; + long length; + Pixel *ppixels; + + npixels = stuff->colors; + if (!npixels) + { + client->errorValue = npixels; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous; + return BadValue; + } + acpr.type = X_Reply; + acpr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + acpr.nPixels = npixels; + length = (long)npixels * sizeof(Pixel); + ppixels = malloc(length); + if(!ppixels) + return BadAlloc; + if( (rc = AllocColorPlanes(client->index, pcmp, npixels, + (int)stuff->red, (int)stuff->green, (int)stuff->blue, + (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, + &acpr.redMask, &acpr.greenMask, &acpr.blueMask)) ) + { + free(ppixels); + return rc; + } + acpr.length = bytes_to_int32(length); +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum) +#endif + { + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorPlanesReply), &acpr); + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels); + } + free(ppixels); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xFreeColorsReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFreeColorsReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixRemoveAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + int count; + + if(pcmp->flags & AllAllocated) + return BadAccess; + count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFreeColorsReq)); + return FreeColors(pcmp, client->index, count, + (Pixel *)&stuff[1], (Pixel)stuff->planeMask); + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xStoreColorsReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xStoreColorsReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixWriteAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + int count; + + count = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xStoreColorsReq); + if (count % sizeof(xColorItem)) + return BadLength; + count /= sizeof(xColorItem); + return StoreColors(pcmp, count, (xColorItem *)&stuff[1], client); + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xStoreNamedColorReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xStoreNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixWriteAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + xColorItem def; + + if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], + stuff->nbytes, &def.red, &def.green, &def.blue)) + { + def.flags = stuff->flags; + def.pixel = stuff->pixel; + return StoreColors(pcmp, 1, &def, client); + } + return BadName; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xQueryColorsReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryColorsReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixReadAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + int count; + xrgb *prgbs; + xQueryColorsReply qcr; + + count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xQueryColorsReq)); + prgbs = calloc(1, count * sizeof(xrgb)); + if(!prgbs && count) + return BadAlloc; + if( (rc = QueryColors(pcmp, count, (Pixel *)&stuff[1], prgbs, client)) ) + { + free(prgbs); + return rc; + } + memset(&qcr, 0, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply)); + qcr.type = X_Reply; + qcr.length = bytes_to_int32(count * sizeof(xrgb)); + qcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + qcr.nColors = count; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply), &qcr); + if (count) + { + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SQColorsExtend; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(xrgb), prgbs); + } + free(prgbs); + return Success; + + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client) +{ + ColormapPtr pcmp; + int rc; + REQUEST(xLookupColorReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xLookupColorReq, stuff->nbytes); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client, + DixReadAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + xLookupColorReply lcr; + + if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes, + &lcr.exactRed, &lcr.exactGreen, &lcr.exactBlue)) + { + lcr.type = X_Reply; + lcr.length = 0; + lcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + lcr.screenRed = lcr.exactRed; + lcr.screenGreen = lcr.exactGreen; + lcr.screenBlue = lcr.exactBlue; + (*pcmp->pScreen->ResolveColor)(&lcr.screenRed, + &lcr.screenGreen, + &lcr.screenBlue, + pcmp->pVisual); + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xLookupColorReply), &lcr); + return Success; + } + return BadName; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cmap; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client) +{ + CursorPtr pCursor; + PixmapPtr src; + PixmapPtr msk; + unsigned char * srcbits; + unsigned char * mskbits; + unsigned short width, height; + long n; + CursorMetricRec cm; + int rc; + + REQUEST(xCreateCursorReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateCursorReq); + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client); + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&src, stuff->source, RT_PIXMAP, client, + DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) { + client->errorValue = stuff->source; + return rc; + } + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client, + DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + if (stuff->mask != None) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->mask; + return rc; + } + } + else if ( src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width + || src->drawable.height != msk->drawable.height + || src->drawable.depth != 1 + || msk->drawable.depth != 1) + return BadMatch; + + width = src->drawable.width; + height = src->drawable.height; + + if ( stuff->x > width + || stuff->y > height ) + return BadMatch; + + n = BitmapBytePad(width)*height; + srcbits = calloc(1, n); + if (!srcbits) + return BadAlloc; + mskbits = malloc(n); + if (!mskbits) + { + free(srcbits); + return BadAlloc; + } + + (* src->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)src, 0, 0, width, height, + XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)srcbits); + if ( msk == (PixmapPtr)NULL) + { + unsigned char *bits = mskbits; + while (--n >= 0) + *bits++ = ~0; + } + else + { + /* zeroing the (pad) bits helps some ddx cursor handling */ + memset((char *)mskbits, 0, n); + (* msk->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)msk, 0, 0, width, + height, XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)mskbits); + } + cm.width = width; + cm.height = height; + cm.xhot = stuff->x; + cm.yhot = stuff->y; + rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, + stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue, + stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue, + &pCursor, client, stuff->cid); + + if (rc != Success) + goto bail; + if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) { + rc = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + + return Success; +bail: + free(srcbits); + free(mskbits); + return rc; +} + +int +ProcCreateGlyphCursor (ClientPtr client) +{ + CursorPtr pCursor; + int res; + + REQUEST(xCreateGlyphCursorReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateGlyphCursorReq); + LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client); + + res = AllocGlyphCursor(stuff->source, stuff->sourceChar, + stuff->mask, stuff->maskChar, + stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue, + stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue, + &pCursor, client, stuff->cid); + if (res != Success) + return res; + if (AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) + return Success; + return BadAlloc; +} + + +int +ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client) +{ + CursorPtr pCursor; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->id, RT_CURSOR, client, + DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE); + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->id; + return rc; + } +} + +int +ProcQueryBestSize (ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryBestSizeReply reply; + DrawablePtr pDraw; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + int rc; + REQUEST(xQueryBestSizeReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryBestSizeReq); + + if ((stuff->class != CursorShape) && + (stuff->class != TileShape) && + (stuff->class != StippleShape)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->class; + return BadValue; + } + + rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY, + DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if (stuff->class != CursorShape && pDraw->type == UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW) + return BadMatch; + pScreen = pDraw->pScreen; + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(stuff->class, &stuff->width, + &stuff->height, pScreen); + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.length = 0; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply.width = stuff->width; + reply.height = stuff->height; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply), &reply); + return Success; +} + + +int +ProcSetScreenSaver (ClientPtr client) +{ + int rc, i, blankingOption, exposureOption; + REQUEST(xSetScreenSaverReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetScreenSaverReq); + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i], + DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + + blankingOption = stuff->preferBlank; + if ((blankingOption != DontPreferBlanking) && + (blankingOption != PreferBlanking) && + (blankingOption != DefaultBlanking)) + { + client->errorValue = blankingOption; + return BadValue; + } + exposureOption = stuff->allowExpose; + if ((exposureOption != DontAllowExposures) && + (exposureOption != AllowExposures) && + (exposureOption != DefaultExposures)) + { + client->errorValue = exposureOption; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->timeout < -1) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->timeout; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->interval < -1) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->interval; + return BadValue; + } + + if (blankingOption == DefaultBlanking) + ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking; + else + ScreenSaverBlanking = blankingOption; + if (exposureOption == DefaultExposures) + ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures; + else + ScreenSaverAllowExposures = exposureOption; + + if (stuff->timeout >= 0) + ScreenSaverTime = stuff->timeout * MILLI_PER_SECOND; + else + ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime; + if (stuff->interval >= 0) + ScreenSaverInterval = stuff->interval * MILLI_PER_SECOND; + else + ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval; + + SetScreenSaverTimer(); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcGetScreenSaver(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGetScreenSaverReply rep; + int rc, i; + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i], + DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 0; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.timeout = ScreenSaverTime / MILLI_PER_SECOND; + rep.interval = ScreenSaverInterval / MILLI_PER_SECOND; + rep.preferBlanking = ScreenSaverBlanking; + rep.allowExposures = ScreenSaverAllowExposures; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetScreenSaverReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangeHosts(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xChangeHostsReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeHostsReq, stuff->hostLength); + + if(stuff->mode == HostInsert) + return AddHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily, + stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]); + if (stuff->mode == HostDelete) + return RemoveHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily, + stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]); + client->errorValue = stuff->mode; + return BadValue; +} + +int +ProcListHosts(ClientPtr client) +{ + xListHostsReply reply; + int len, nHosts, result; + pointer pdata; + /* REQUEST(xListHostsReq); */ + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListHostsReq); + + /* untrusted clients can't list hosts */ + result = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixReadAccess); + if (result != Success) + return result; + + result = GetHosts(&pdata, &nHosts, &len, &reply.enabled); + if (result != Success) + return result; + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply.nHosts = nHosts; + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len); + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListHostsReply), &reply); + if (nHosts) + { + client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SLHostsExtend; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, len, pdata); + } + free(pdata); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangeAccessControl(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xSetAccessControlReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetAccessControlReq); + if ((stuff->mode != EnableAccess) && (stuff->mode != DisableAccess)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->mode; + return BadValue; + } + return ChangeAccessControl(client, stuff->mode == EnableAccess); +} + +/********************* + * CloseDownRetainedResources + * + * Find all clients that are gone and have terminated in RetainTemporary + * and destroy their resources. + *********************/ + +static void +CloseDownRetainedResources(void) +{ + int i; + ClientPtr client; + + for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++) + { + client = clients[i]; + if (client && (client->closeDownMode == RetainTemporary) + && (client->clientGone)) + CloseDownClient(client); + } +} + +int +ProcKillClient(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + ClientPtr killclient; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + if (stuff->id == AllTemporary) + { + CloseDownRetainedResources(); + return Success; + } + + rc = dixLookupClient(&killclient, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc == Success) { + CloseDownClient(killclient); + /* if an LBX proxy gets killed, isItTimeToYield will be set */ + if (isItTimeToYield || (client == killclient)) + { + /* force yield and return Success, so that Dispatch() + * doesn't try to touch client + */ + isItTimeToYield = TRUE; + return Success; + } + return Success; + } + else + return rc; +} + +int +ProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client) +{ + unsigned char *ptr; + unsigned long nbytes, total; + long nfonts; + int n; + REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq); + + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq); + + nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq); + total = nbytes; + ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]; + nfonts = stuff->nFonts; + while (--nfonts >= 0) + { + if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1)))) + return BadLength; + total -= n; + ptr += n; + } + if (total >= 4) + return BadLength; + return SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]); +} + +int +ProcGetFontPath(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGetFontPathReply reply; + int rc, stringLens, numpaths; + unsigned char *bufferStart; + /* REQUEST (xReq); */ + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + rc = GetFontPath(client, &numpaths, &stringLens, &bufferStart); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + numpaths); + reply.nPaths = numpaths; + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFontPathReply), &reply); + if (stringLens || numpaths) + (void)WriteToClient(client, stringLens + numpaths, (char *)bufferStart); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcChangeCloseDownMode(ClientPtr client) +{ + int rc; + REQUEST(xSetCloseDownModeReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetCloseDownModeReq); + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_CLIENT_ACCESS, client, client, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if ((stuff->mode == AllTemporary) || + (stuff->mode == RetainPermanent) || + (stuff->mode == RetainTemporary)) + { + client->closeDownMode = stuff->mode; + return Success; + } + else + { + client->errorValue = stuff->mode; + return BadValue; + } +} + +int ProcForceScreenSaver(ClientPtr client) +{ + int rc; + REQUEST(xForceScreenSaverReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xForceScreenSaverReq); + + if ((stuff->mode != ScreenSaverReset) && + (stuff->mode != ScreenSaverActive)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->mode; + return BadValue; + } + rc = dixSaveScreens(client, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, (int)stuff->mode); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + return Success; +} + +int ProcNoOperation(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xReq); + + /* noop -- don't do anything */ + return Success; +} + +/********************** + * CloseDownClient + * + * Client can either mark his resources destroy or retain. If retained and + * then killed again, the client is really destroyed. + *********************/ + +char dispatchExceptionAtReset = DE_RESET; + +void +CloseDownClient(ClientPtr client) +{ + Bool really_close_down = client->clientGone || + client->closeDownMode == DestroyAll; + + if (!client->clientGone) + { + /* ungrab server if grabbing client dies */ + if (grabState != GrabNone && grabClient == client) + { + UngrabServer(client); + } + BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, client->index); + DeleteClientFromAnySelections(client); + ReleaseActiveGrabs(client); + DeleteClientFontStuff(client); + if (!really_close_down) + { + /* This frees resources that should never be retained + * no matter what the close down mode is. Actually we + * could do this unconditionally, but it's probably + * better not to traverse all the client's resources + * twice (once here, once a few lines down in + * FreeClientResources) in the common case of + * really_close_down == TRUE. + */ + FreeClientNeverRetainResources(client); + client->clientState = ClientStateRetained; + if (ClientStateCallback) + { + NewClientInfoRec clientinfo; + + clientinfo.client = client; + clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL; + clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL; + CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo); + } + } + client->clientGone = TRUE; /* so events aren't sent to client */ + if (ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSignal (client); + ProcessWorkQueueZombies(); + CloseDownConnection(client); + + /* If the client made it to the Running stage, nClients has + * been incremented on its behalf, so we need to decrement it + * now. If it hasn't gotten to Running, nClients has *not* + * been incremented, so *don't* decrement it. + */ + if (client->clientState != ClientStateInitial && + client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating ) + { + --nClients; + } + } + + if (really_close_down) + { + if (client->clientState == ClientStateRunning && nClients == 0) + dispatchException |= dispatchExceptionAtReset; + + client->clientState = ClientStateGone; + if (ClientStateCallback) + { + NewClientInfoRec clientinfo; + + clientinfo.client = client; + clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL; + clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL; + CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo); + } + FreeClientResources(client); + /* Disable client ID tracking. This must be done after + * ClientStateCallback. */ + ReleaseClientIds(client); +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(client->index); +#endif + if (client->index < nextFreeClientID) + nextFreeClientID = client->index; + clients[client->index] = NullClient; + SmartLastClient = NullClient; + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT); + + while (!clients[currentMaxClients-1]) + currentMaxClients--; + } +} + +static void +KillAllClients(void) +{ + int i; + for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++) + if (clients[i]) { + /* Make sure Retained clients are released. */ + clients[i]->closeDownMode = DestroyAll; + CloseDownClient(clients[i]); + } +} + +void InitClient(ClientPtr client, int i, pointer ospriv) +{ + client->index = i; + client->clientAsMask = ((Mask)i) << CLIENTOFFSET; + client->closeDownMode = i ? DestroyAll : RetainPermanent; + client->requestVector = InitialVector; + client->osPrivate = ospriv; + QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&client->minKC,&client->maxKC); + client->smart_start_tick = SmartScheduleTime; + client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime; + client->smart_check_tick = SmartScheduleTime; + client->clientIds = NULL; +} + +/************************ + * int NextAvailableClient(ospriv) + * + * OS dependent portion can't assign client id's because of CloseDownModes. + * Returns NULL if there are no free clients. + *************************/ + +ClientPtr NextAvailableClient(pointer ospriv) +{ + int i; + ClientPtr client; + xReq data; + + i = nextFreeClientID; + if (i == MAXCLIENTS) + return (ClientPtr)NULL; + clients[i] = client = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(ClientRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT); + if (!client) + return (ClientPtr)NULL; + InitClient(client, i, ospriv); + if (!InitClientResources(client)) + { + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT); + return (ClientPtr)NULL; + } + data.reqType = 1; + data.length = bytes_to_int32(sz_xReq + sz_xConnClientPrefix); + if (!InsertFakeRequest(client, (char *)&data, sz_xReq)) + { + FreeClientResources(client); + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT); + return (ClientPtr)NULL; + } + if (i == currentMaxClients) + currentMaxClients++; + while ((nextFreeClientID < MAXCLIENTS) && clients[nextFreeClientID]) + nextFreeClientID++; + + /* Enable client ID tracking. This must be done before + * ClientStateCallback. */ + ReserveClientIds(client); + + if (ClientStateCallback) + { + NewClientInfoRec clientinfo; + + clientinfo.client = client; + clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL; + clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL; + CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo); + } + return client; +} + +int +ProcInitialConnection(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xReq); + xConnClientPrefix *prefix; + int whichbyte = 1; + + prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq); + if ((prefix->byteOrder != 'l') && (prefix->byteOrder != 'B')) + return client->noClientException = -1; + if (((*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'B')) || + (!(*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'l'))) + { + client->swapped = TRUE; + SwapConnClientPrefix(prefix); + } + stuff->reqType = 2; + stuff->length += bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto) + + bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthString); + if (client->swapped) + { + swaps(&stuff->length, whichbyte); + } + ResetCurrentRequest(client); + return Success; +} + +static int +SendConnSetup(ClientPtr client, char *reason) +{ + xWindowRoot *root; + int i; + int numScreens; + char* lConnectionInfo; + xConnSetupPrefix* lconnSetupPrefix; + + if (reason) + { + xConnSetupPrefix csp; + + csp.success = xFalse; + csp.lengthReason = strlen(reason); + csp.length = bytes_to_int32(csp.lengthReason); + csp.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL; + csp.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION; + if (client->swapped) + WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, &csp); + else + (void)WriteToClient(client, sz_xConnSetupPrefix, (char *) &csp); + (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)csp.lengthReason, reason); + return client->noClientException = -1; + } + + numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens; + lConnectionInfo = ConnectionInfo; + lconnSetupPrefix = &connSetupPrefix; + + /* We're about to start speaking X protocol back to the client by + * sending the connection setup info. This means the authorization + * step is complete, and we can count the client as an + * authorized one. + */ + nClients++; + + client->requestVector = client->swapped ? SwappedProcVector : ProcVector; + client->sequence = 0; + ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridBase = client->clientAsMask; + ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridMask = RESOURCE_ID_MASK; +#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN + ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->imageByteOrder = ClientOrder (client); + ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->bitmapBitOrder = ClientOrder (client); +#endif + /* fill in the "currentInputMask" */ + root = (xWindowRoot *)(lConnectionInfo + connBlockScreenStart); +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension) + numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens; + else + numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots; +#endif + + for (i=0; i<numScreens; i++) + { + unsigned int j; + xDepth *pDepth; + WindowPtr pRoot = screenInfo.screens[i]->root; + + root->currentInputMask = pRoot->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pRoot); + pDepth = (xDepth *)(root + 1); + for (j = 0; j < root->nDepths; j++) + { + pDepth = (xDepth *)(((char *)(pDepth + 1)) + + pDepth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType)); + } + root = (xWindowRoot *)pDepth; + } + + if (client->swapped) + { + WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, lconnSetupPrefix); + WriteSConnectionInfo(client, + (unsigned long)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2), + lConnectionInfo); + } + else + { + (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xConnSetupPrefix), + (char *) lconnSetupPrefix); + (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2), + lConnectionInfo); + } + client->clientState = ClientStateRunning; + if (ClientStateCallback) + { + NewClientInfoRec clientinfo; + + clientinfo.client = client; + clientinfo.prefix = lconnSetupPrefix; + clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo; + CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo); + } + return Success; +} + +int +ProcEstablishConnection(ClientPtr client) +{ + char *reason, *auth_proto, *auth_string; + xConnClientPrefix *prefix; + REQUEST(xReq); + + prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq); + auth_proto = (char *)prefix + sz_xConnClientPrefix; + auth_string = auth_proto + pad_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto); + if ((prefix->majorVersion != X_PROTOCOL) || + (prefix->minorVersion != X_PROTOCOL_REVISION)) + reason = "Protocol version mismatch"; + else + reason = ClientAuthorized(client, + (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthProto, + auth_proto, + (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthString, + auth_string); + /* + * If Kerberos is being used for this client, the clientState + * will be set to ClientStateAuthenticating at this point. + * More messages need to be exchanged among the X server, Kerberos + * server, and client to figure out if everyone is authorized. + * So we don't want to send the connection setup info yet, since + * the auth step isn't really done. + */ + if (client->clientState == ClientStateCheckingSecurity) + client->clientState = ClientStateCheckedSecurity; + else if (client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating) + return(SendConnSetup(client, reason)); + return Success; +} + +void +SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode, + XID resId, int errorCode) +{ + xError rep; + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError)); + rep.type = X_Error; + rep.errorCode = errorCode; + rep.majorCode = majorCode; + rep.minorCode = minorCode; + rep.resourceID = resId; + + WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *)&rep); +} + +void +MarkClientException(ClientPtr client) +{ + client->noClientException = -1; +} + +/* + * This array encodes the answer to the question "what is the log base 2 + * of the number of pixels that fit in a scanline pad unit?" + * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader). + */ +static int answer[6][4] = { + /* pad pad pad pad*/ + /* 8 16 32 64 */ + + { 3, 4, 5 , 6 }, /* 1 bit per pixel */ + { 1, 2, 3 , 4 }, /* 4 bits per pixel */ + { 0, 1, 2 , 3 }, /* 8 bits per pixel */ + { ~0, 0, 1 , 2 }, /* 16 bits per pixel */ + { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 }, /* 24 bits per pixel */ + { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 } /* 32 bits per pixel */ +}; + +/* + * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the first index for + * the answer array above given the number of bits per pixel?" + * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader). + */ +static int indexForBitsPerPixel[ 33 ] = { + ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */ + 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */ + 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */ + ~0,~0, ~0, ~0, + 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */ + ~0,~0, ~0, ~0, + 4, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */ + ~0,~0, ~0, ~0, + 5 /* 32 bits per pixel */ +}; + +/* + * This array gives the bytesperPixel value for cases where the number + * of bits per pixel is a multiple of 8 but not a power of 2. + */ +static int answerBytesPerPixel[ 33 ] = { + ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */ + 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */ + 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */ + ~0,~0, ~0, ~0, + 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */ + ~0,~0, ~0, ~0, + 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */ + ~0,~0, ~0, ~0, + 0 /* 32 bits per pixel */ +}; + +/* + * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the second index for + * the answer array above given the number of bits per scanline pad unit?" + * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader). + */ +static int indexForScanlinePad[ 65 ] = { + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per scanline pad unit */ + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per scanline pad unit */ + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 32 bits per scanline pad unit */ + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0, + 3 /* 64 bits per scanline pad unit */ +}; + +/* + grow the array of screenRecs if necessary. + call the device-supplied initialization procedure +with its screen number, a pointer to its ScreenRec, argc, and argv. + return the number of successfully installed screens. + +*/ + +int +AddScreen( + Bool (* pfnInit)( + int /*index*/, + ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, + int /*argc*/, + char ** /*argv*/ + ), + int argc, + char **argv) +{ + + int i; + int scanlinepad, format, depth, bitsPerPixel, j, k; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + + i = screenInfo.numScreens; + if (i == MAXSCREENS) + return -1; + + pScreen = (ScreenPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(ScreenRec)); + if (!pScreen) + return -1; + + if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN)) { + free (pScreen); + return -1; + } + pScreen->myNum = i; + pScreen->totalPixmapSize = 0; /* computed in CreateScratchPixmapForScreen */ + pScreen->ClipNotify = 0; /* for R4 ddx compatibility */ + pScreen->CreateScreenResources = 0; + + /* + * This loop gets run once for every Screen that gets added, + * but thats ok. If the ddx layer initializes the formats + * one at a time calling AddScreen() after each, then each + * iteration will make it a little more accurate. Worst case + * we do this loop N * numPixmapFormats where N is # of screens. + * Anyway, this must be called after InitOutput and before the + * screen init routine is called. + */ + for (format=0; format<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; format++) + { + depth = screenInfo.formats[format].depth; + bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[format].bitsPerPixel; + scanlinepad = screenInfo.formats[format].scanlinePad; + j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ bitsPerPixel ]; + k = indexForScanlinePad[ scanlinepad ]; + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padPixelsLog2 = answer[j][k]; + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padRoundUp = + (scanlinepad/bitsPerPixel) - 1; + j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ 8 ]; /* bits per byte */ + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padBytesLog2 = answer[j][k]; + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bitsPerPixel = bitsPerPixel; + if (answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel]) + { + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 1; + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bytesPerPixel = + answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel]; + } + else + { + PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 0; + } + } + + /* This is where screen specific stuff gets initialized. Load the + screen structure, call the hardware, whatever. + This is also where the default colormap should be allocated and + also pixel values for blackPixel, whitePixel, and the cursor + Note that InitScreen is NOT allowed to modify argc, argv, or + any of the strings pointed to by argv. They may be passed to + multiple screens. + */ + screenInfo.screens[i] = pScreen; + screenInfo.numScreens++; + if (!(*pfnInit)(i, pScreen, argc, argv)) + { + dixFreePrivates(pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN); + free(pScreen); + screenInfo.numScreens--; + return -1; + } + + dixRegisterPrivateKey(&cursorScreenDevPriv[i], PRIVATE_CURSOR, 0); + + return i; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c index ea3d9e276..45655de78 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c @@ -1,2112 +1,2112 @@ -/************************************************************************
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-************************************************************************/
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "closestr.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
-#include "xf86bigfontsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-extern pointer fosNaturalParams;
-extern FontPtr defaultFont;
-
-static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
-static int num_fpes = 0;
-static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
-static int num_fpe_types = 0;
-
-static unsigned char *font_path_string;
-
-static int num_slept_fpes = 0;
-static int size_slept_fpes = 0;
-static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
-static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache;
-
-static int
-FontToXError(int err)
-{
- switch (err) {
- case Successful:
- return Success;
- case AllocError:
- return BadAlloc;
- case BadFontName:
- return BadName;
- case BadFontPath:
- case BadFontFormat: /* is there something better? */
- case BadCharRange:
- return BadValue;
- default:
- return err;
- }
-}
-
-static int
-LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size,
- unsigned char *data)
-{
- if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
- return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
- (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data);
- else
- return Successful;
-}
-
-/*
- * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font
- */
-Bool
-SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname)
-{
- int err;
- FontPtr pf;
- XID fid;
- static FontPtr last_pf;
-
- fid = FakeClientID(0);
- err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
- (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname);
- if (err != Success)
- return FALSE;
- err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (err == Success) last_pf = pf;
- if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL)
- return FALSE;
- defaultFont = last_pf;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted. this is because
- * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally
- * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events.
- *
- * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's
- * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using
- * freed data.
- */
-void
-QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- int i;
- FontPathElementPtr *new;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
- if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
- return;
- }
- }
- if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) {
- new = (FontPathElementPtr *)
- realloc(slept_fpes,
- sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4));
- if (!new)
- return;
- slept_fpes = new;
- size_slept_fpes += 4;
- }
- slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe;
- num_slept_fpes++;
-}
-
-void
-RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- int i,
- j;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
- if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
- for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) {
- slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1];
- }
- num_slept_fpes--;
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask)
-{
- int i;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
-
- if (count < 0)
- return;
- /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */
- for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
- fpe = slept_fpes[i];
- (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask);
- }
-}
-
-/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */
-static void
-UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- fpe->refcount++;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- fpe->refcount--;
- if (fpe->refcount == 0) {
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe);
- free(fpe->name);
- free(fpe);
- }
-}
-
-static Bool
-doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPtr pfont = NullFont;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL;
- ScreenPtr pScr;
- int err = Successful;
- int i;
- char *alias,
- *newname;
- int newlen;
- int aliascount = 20;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
- /*
- * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use.
- */
- Mask FontFormat =
-
- ((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ?
- BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) |
-
- ((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ?
- BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) |
-
- BitmapFormatImageRectMin |
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 |
-#endif
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 |
-#endif
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 |
-#endif
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 |
-#endif
-
- BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
- err = Successful;
- goto bail;
- }
- while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font)
- ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags,
- c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat,
- BitmapFormatMaskByte |
- BitmapFormatMaskBit |
- BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle |
- BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad |
- BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit,
- c->fontid, &pfont, &alias,
- c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ?
- c->non_cachable_font :
- (FontPtr)0);
-
- if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) {
- newlen = strlen(alias);
- newname = (char *) realloc(c->fontname, newlen);
- if (!newname) {
- err = AllocError;
- break;
- }
- memmove(newname, alias, newlen);
- c->fontname = newname;
- c->fnamelen = newlen;
- c->current_fpe = 0;
- if (--aliascount <= 0) {
- /* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're
- * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing
- * to each other - time to take emergency exit!
- */
- err = BadImplementation;
- break;
- }
- continue;
- }
- if (err == BadFontName) {
- c->current_fpe++;
- continue;
- }
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- if (err != Successful)
- goto bail;
- if (!pfont) {
- err = BadFontName;
- goto bail;
- }
- /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */
- if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol ||
- pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow ||
- pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) {
- err = AllocError;
- goto bail;
- }
- if (!pfont->fpe)
- pfont->fpe = fpe;
- pfont->refcnt++;
- if (pfont->refcnt == 1) {
- UseFPE(pfont->fpe);
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- pScr = screenInfo.screens[i];
- if (pScr->RealizeFont)
- {
- if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont))
- {
- CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0);
- err = AllocError;
- goto bail;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) {
- err = AllocError;
- goto bail;
- }
- if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font)
- CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen,
- pfont);
-bail:
- if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) {
- SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0,
- c->fontid, FontToXError(err));
- }
- ClientWakeup(c->client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) {
- FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c->fontname);
- free(c);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname)
-{
- OFclosurePtr c;
- int i;
- FontPtr cached = (FontPtr)0;
-
- if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
- return BadName;
- if (patternCache)
- {
-
- /*
- ** Check name cache. If we find a cached version of this font that
- ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it. If we find
- ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not
- ** satisfy the request with it. Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the
- ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the
- ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it).
- **
- ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has
- ** put some licensing restrictions on it. If the FPE, using
- ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to
- ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option
- ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font.
- ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without
- ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists.
- */
-
- cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname);
- if (cached && cached->info.cachable)
- {
- if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached))
- return BadAlloc;
- cached->refcnt++;
- return Success;
- }
- }
- c = malloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec));
- if (!c)
- return BadAlloc;
- c->fontname = malloc(lenfname);
- c->origFontName = pfontname;
- c->origFontNameLen = lenfname;
- if (!c->fontname) {
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- /*
- * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client
- * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic
- */
- c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
- if (!c->fpe_list) {
- free(c->fontname);
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname);
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
- UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- c->client = client;
- c->fontid = fid;
- c->current_fpe = 0;
- c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
- c->fnamelen = lenfname;
- c->flags = flags;
- c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
- c->non_cachable_font = cached;
-
- (void) doOpenFont(client, c);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid)
-{
- int nscr;
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- FontPtr pfont = (FontPtr)value;
-
- if (pfont == NullFont)
- return Success;
- if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) {
- if (patternCache)
- RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont);
- /*
- * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any
- * storage it may have allocated locally for it.
- */
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- if (pscr->UnrealizeFont)
- (*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont);
- }
- if (pfont == defaultFont)
- defaultFont = NULL;
-#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
- XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont);
-#endif
- fpe = pfont->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont);
- FreeFPE(fpe);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-/**
- * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first
- * nProtoCCIStructs char infos.
- *
- * \param pReply caller must allocate this storage
- */
-void
-QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs)
-{
- FontPropPtr pFP;
- int r,
- c,
- i;
- xFontProp *prFP;
- xCharInfo *prCI;
- xCharInfo *charInfos[256];
- unsigned char chars[512];
- int ninfos;
- unsigned long ncols;
- unsigned long count;
-
- /* pr->length set in dispatch */
- pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol;
- pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh;
- pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol;
- pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection;
- pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist;
- pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow;
- pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow;
- pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent;
- pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent;
-
- pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds;
- pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds;
-
- pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops;
- pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs;
-
- for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]);
- i < pFont->info.nprops;
- i++, pFP++, prFP++) {
- prFP->name = pFP->name;
- prFP->value = pFP->value;
- }
-
- ninfos = 0;
- ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1);
- prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP);
- for (r = pFont->info.firstRow;
- ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow;
- r++) {
- i = 0;
- for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) {
- chars[i++] = r;
- chars[i++] = c;
- }
- (*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars,
- TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos);
- i = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) {
- *prCI = *charInfos[i];
- prCI++;
- ninfos++;
- }
- }
- return;
-}
-
-static Bool
-doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int err = Successful;
- FontNamesPtr names = NULL;
- char *name, *resolved=NULL;
- int namelen, resolvedlen;
- int nnames;
- int stringLens;
- int i;
- xListFontsReply reply;
- char *bufptr;
- char *bufferStart;
- int aliascount = 0;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
- err = Successful;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- if (!c->current.patlen)
- goto finish;
-
- while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- err = Successful;
-
- if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
- {
- /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */
-
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
- c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
- c->names);
-
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
- c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- err = BadFontName;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality. Modeled
- after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases,
- except that the information collected from FPEs is just
- names, not font info. Each list_next_font_or_alias()
- returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into
- name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen.
- The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling
- the FPEs. */
-
- if (!c->current.list_started) {
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
- c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
- &c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
- c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful)
- c->current.list_started = TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful) {
- char *tmpname;
- name = 0;
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname,
- &resolvedlen, c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
- c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (err == FontNameAlias) {
- free(resolved);
- resolved = malloc(resolvedlen + 1);
- if (resolved)
- memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1);
- }
- }
-
- if (err == Successful)
- {
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- if (c->savedName)
- (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName,
- c->savedNameLen);
- }
- else
- (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen);
- }
-
- /*
- * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to
- * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As
- * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the
- * old state
- */
- else if (err == FontNameAlias) {
- char tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN];
- /*
- * when an alias recurses, we need to give
- * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
- * it again, and assume that the error returned
- * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
- * is complete.
- */
- memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen);
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- char *tmpname;
- int tmpnamelen;
-
- tmpname = 0;
- (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen,
- &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private);
- if (--aliascount <= 0)
- {
- err = BadFontName;
- goto ContBadFontName;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- c->saved = c->current;
- c->haveSaved = TRUE;
- free(c->savedName);
- c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
- if (c->savedName)
- memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
- c->savedNameLen = namelen;
- aliascount = 20;
- }
- memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen);
- c->current.patlen = resolvedlen;
- c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1;
- c->current.current_fpe = -1;
- c->current.private = 0;
- err = BadFontName;
- }
- }
- /*
- * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
- * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough
- * font names, quit.
- */
- if (err == BadFontName) {
- ContBadFontName: ;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.current_fpe++;
- err = Successful;
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names ||
- c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) {
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->current = c->saved;
- /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */
- continue;
- }
- }
- if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * send the reply
- */
- if (err != Successful) {
- SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err));
- goto bail;
- }
-
-finish:
-
- names = c->names;
- nnames = names->nnames;
- client = c->client;
- stringLens = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++)
- stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0;
-
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
- reply.nFonts = nnames;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- bufptr = bufferStart = malloc(reply.length << 2);
-
- if (!bufptr && reply.length) {
- SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc);
- goto bail;
- }
- /*
- * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and
- * write all at once
- */
- for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) {
- if (names->length[i] > 255)
- reply.nFonts--;
- else
- {
- *bufptr++ = names->length[i];
- memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]);
- bufptr += names->length[i];
- }
- }
- nnames = reply.nFonts;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts];
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply);
- (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart);
- free(bufferStart);
-
-bail:
- ClientWakeup(client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
- FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c->savedName);
- FreeFontNames(names);
- free(c);
- }
- free(resolved);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length,
- unsigned max_names)
-{
- int i;
- LFclosurePtr c;
-
- /*
- * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
- * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
- * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
- * a list containing zero fontnames.
- */
- if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (i != Success)
- return i;
-
- if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
- return BadAlloc;
- c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
- if (!c->fpe_list) {
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100);
- if (!c->names)
- {
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
- UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- c->client = client;
- c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
- c->current.patlen = length;
- c->current.current_fpe = 0;
- c->current.max_names = max_names;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.private = 0;
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
- c->savedName = 0;
- doListFontsAndAliases(client, c);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int err = Successful;
- char *name;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
- int namelen;
- int numFonts;
- FontInfoRec fontInfo,
- *pFontInfo;
- xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply;
- int length;
- xFontProp *pFP;
- int i;
- int aliascount = 0;
- xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
- err = Successful;
- goto bail;
- }
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo];
- if (!c->current.patlen)
- goto finish;
- while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- err = Successful;
- if (!c->current.list_started)
- {
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info)
- (client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen,
- c->current.max_names, &c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful)
- c->current.list_started = TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful)
- {
- name = 0;
- pFontInfo = &fontInfo;
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
- (client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo,
- &numFonts, c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- /*
- * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the
- * start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As soon as a real
- * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state
- */
- if (err == FontNameAlias)
- {
- /*
- * when an alias recurses, we need to give
- * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
- * it again, and assume that the error returned
- * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
- * is complete.
- */
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- char *tmpname;
- int tmpnamelen;
- FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo;
-
- tmpname = 0;
- tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo;
- (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
- (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo,
- &numFonts, c->current.private);
- if (--aliascount <= 0)
- {
- err = BadFontName;
- goto ContBadFontName;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- c->saved = c->current;
- c->haveSaved = TRUE;
- c->savedNumFonts = numFonts;
- free(c->savedName);
- c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
- if (c->savedName)
- memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
- aliascount = 20;
- }
- memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen);
- c->current.patlen = namelen;
- c->current.max_names = 1;
- c->current.current_fpe = 0;
- c->current.private = 0;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- }
- /*
- * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
- * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've sent enough font
- * names, quit. Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE
- * have a chance to clean up.
- */
- else if (err == BadFontName)
- {
- ContBadFontName: ;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.current_fpe++;
- err = Successful;
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- if (c->current.max_names == 0 ||
- c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes)
- {
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names);
- c->current = c->saved;
- }
- }
- else if (c->current.max_names == 0)
- break;
- }
- else if (err == Successful)
- {
- length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp);
- reply = c->reply;
- if (c->length < length)
- {
- reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) realloc(c->reply, length);
- if (!reply)
- {
- err = AllocError;
- break;
- }
- memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length);
- c->reply = reply;
- c->length = length;
- }
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- numFonts = c->savedNumFonts;
- name = c->savedName;
- namelen = strlen(name);
- }
- reply->type = X_Reply;
- reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) +
- pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) +
- namelen);
- reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply->nameLength = namelen;
- reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds;
- reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds;
- reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol;
- reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol;
- reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh;
- reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops;
- reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection;
- reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow;
- reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow;
- reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist;
- reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent;
- reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent;
- reply->nReplies = numFonts;
- pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1);
- for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++)
- {
- pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name;
- pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value;
- pFP++;
- }
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply);
- (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name);
- if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo)
- {
- free(fontInfo.props);
- free(fontInfo.isStringProp);
- }
- --c->current.max_names;
- }
- }
-finish:
- length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply);
- memset((char *) &finalReply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply));
- finalReply.type = X_Reply;
- finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)
- - sizeof(xGenericReply));
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply);
-bail:
- ClientWakeup(client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
- FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- free(c->reply);
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c->savedName);
- free(c);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern,
- int max_names)
-{
- int i;
- LFWIclosurePtr c;
-
- /*
- * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
- * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
- * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
- * a list containing zero fontnames.
- */
- if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (i != Success)
- return i;
-
- if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
- goto badAlloc;
- c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
- if (!c->fpe_list)
- {
- free(c);
- goto badAlloc;
- }
- memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
- {
- c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
- UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- c->client = client;
- c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
- c->reply = 0;
- c->length = 0;
- c->current.patlen = length;
- c->current.current_fpe = 0;
- c->current.max_names = max_names;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.private = 0;
- c->savedNumFonts = 0;
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
- c->savedName = 0;
- doListFontsWithInfo(client, c);
- return Success;
-badAlloc:
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-#define TextEltHeader 2
-#define FontShiftSize 5
-static ChangeGCVal clearGC[] = { NullPixmap };
-#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask)
-
-int
-doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont;
- int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
- enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- GC *origGC = NULL;
- int itemSize = c->reqType == X_PolyText8 ? 1 : 2;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
-
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- {
- /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now. We
- need to clean up after the work we did when going to
- sleep. Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this
- happen without any attempts to render or perform other
- unnecessary activities. */
- c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
- }
- else
- {
- err = Success;
- goto bail;
- }
- }
-
- /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
- {
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
- /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
- the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further
- rendering while we clean up after ourself. */
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
- }
- }
-
- client_state = ClientIsAsleep(client) ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT;
-
- while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader)
- {
- if (*c->pElt == FontChange)
- {
- Font fid;
- if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize)
- {
- err = BadLength;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- oldpFont = pFont;
-
- fid = ((Font)*(c->pElt+4)) /* big-endian */
- | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8
- | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16
- | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24;
- err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (err != Success)
- {
- /* restore pFont for step 4 (described below) */
- pFont = oldpFont;
-
- /* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step
- shortens the request... in the unlikely event that
- the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through
- again to actually execute the polytext, which would
- then mess up our refcounting scheme badly. */
- c->err = err;
- c->endReq = c->pElt;
-
- goto bail;
- }
-
- /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */
- if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
- pFont->refcnt++;
- else
- {
- if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw)
- {
- ChangeGCVal val;
- val.ptr = pFont;
- ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, GCFont, &val);
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
- }
-
- /* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */
- if (client_state == SLEEPING)
- (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
- }
- c->pElt += FontShiftSize;
- }
- else /* print a string */
- {
- unsigned char *pNextElt;
- pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt) * itemSize;
- if ( pNextElt > c->endReq)
- {
- err = BadLength;
- goto bail;
- }
- if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
- {
- c->pElt = pNextElt;
- continue;
- }
- if (c->pDraw)
- {
- lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, itemSize,
- c->pElt + TextEltHeader);
- }
- else lgerr = Successful;
-
- if (lgerr == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
- int len;
- GC *pGC;
- PTclosurePtr new_closure;
-
- /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to do a few things
- to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the
- remainder of the request. First, copy the remainder of the
- request into a safe malloc'd area. Second, create a scratch GC
- to use for the remainder of the request. Third, mark all fonts
- referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their
- deallocation. Fourth, make the original GC look like the
- request has completed... set its font to the final font value
- from this request. These GC manipulations are for the unlikely
- (but possible) event that some other client is using the GC.
- Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through
- the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode
- indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP. */
-
- /* Step 1 */
- /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace
- the local one we were passed */
- new_closure = malloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec));
- if (!new_closure)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- *new_closure = *c;
- c = new_closure;
-
- len = c->endReq - c->pElt;
- c->data = malloc(len);
- if (!c->data)
- {
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len);
- c->pElt = c->data;
- c->endReq = c->pElt + len;
-
- /* Step 2 */
-
- pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
- if (!pGC)
- {
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction |
- GCPlaneMask | GCForeground |
- GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
- GCTile | GCStipple |
- GCTileStipXOrigin |
- GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
- GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
- GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) !=
- Success)
- {
- FreeScratchGC(pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- origGC = c->pGC;
- c->pGC = pGC;
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
-
- ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, c);
-
- /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */
- client_state = START_SLEEP;
- continue; /* on to steps 3 and 4 */
- }
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (lgerr != Successful)
- {
- err = FontToXError(lgerr);
- goto bail;
- }
- if (c->pDraw)
- {
- c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1)); /* must be signed */
- if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8)
- c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- *c->pElt, (char *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
- else
- c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- *c->pElt, (unsigned short *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
- }
- c->pElt = pNextElt;
- }
- }
-
-bail:
-
- if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
- {
- /* Step 4 */
- if (pFont != origGC->font)
- {
- ChangeGCVal val;
- val.ptr = pFont;
- ChangeGC(NullClient, origGC, GCFont, &val);
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC);
- }
-
- /* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */
- c->pElt = c->data;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- if (c->err != Success) err = c->err;
- if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
- }
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- {
- ClientWakeup(c->client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
-
- /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
- CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
- c->pGC->font = NullFont;
-
- FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt,
- unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
-{
- PTclosureRec local_closure;
-
- local_closure.pElt = pElt;
- local_closure.endReq = endReq;
- local_closure.client = client;
- local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
- local_closure.xorg = xorg;
- local_closure.yorg = yorg;
- local_closure.reqType = reqType;
- local_closure.pGC = pGC;
- local_closure.did = did;
- local_closure.err = Success;
-
- (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-#undef TextEltHeader
-#undef FontShiftSize
-
-int
-doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c)
-{
- int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int itemSize = c->reqType == X_ImageText8 ? 1 : 2;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- err = Success;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
- {
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
- /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
- the FPE code to clean up after client. */
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- err = Success;
- goto bail;
- }
- }
-
- lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, itemSize, c->data);
- if (lgerr == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
- GC *pGC;
- unsigned char *data;
- ITclosurePtr new_closure;
-
- /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to
- save some state. Similar problem to that handled
- in doPolyText, but much simpler because the
- request structure is much simpler. */
-
- new_closure = malloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec));
- if (!new_closure)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- *new_closure = *c;
- c = new_closure;
-
- data = malloc(c->nChars * itemSize);
- if (!data)
- {
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * itemSize);
- c->data = data;
-
- pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
- if (!pGC)
- {
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask |
- GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
- GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin |
- GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
- GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
- GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success)
- {
- FreeScratchGC(pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- c->pGC = pGC;
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
-
- ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, c);
- }
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (lgerr != Successful)
- {
- err = FontToXError(lgerr);
- goto bail;
- }
- if (c->pDraw)
- {
- if (c->reqType == X_ImageText8)
- (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- c->nChars, (char *) c->data);
- else
- (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- c->nChars, (unsigned short *) c->data);
- }
-
-bail:
-
- if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
- SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
- }
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- {
- ClientWakeup(c->client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
-
- /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
- CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
- c->pGC->font = NullFont;
-
- FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars,
- unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
-{
- ITclosureRec local_closure;
-
- local_closure.client = client;
- local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
- local_closure.pGC = pGC;
- local_closure.nChars = nChars;
- local_closure.data = data;
- local_closure.xorg = xorg;
- local_closure.yorg = yorg;
- local_closure.reqType = reqType;
- local_closure.did = did;
-
- (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */
-static int
-DetermineFPEType(char *pathname)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
- if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname))
- return i;
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-static void
-FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- if (force) {
- /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time
- we get to the end of the list. */
- int found = 1; /* the first reference is us */
- int j;
- for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) {
- if (list[j] == list[i])
- found++;
- }
- if (list[i]->refcount != found) {
- list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */
- }
- }
- FreeFPE(list[i]);
- }
- free(list);
-}
-
-static FontPathElementPtr
-find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len)
-{
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
- fpe = list[i];
- if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0)
- return fpe;
- }
- return (FontPathElementPtr) 0;
-}
-
-
-static int
-SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist)
-{
- int i, err = 0;
- int valid_paths = 0;
- unsigned int len;
- unsigned char *cp = paths;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist;
-
- fplist = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths);
- if (!fplist) {
- *bad = 0;
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
- if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook)
- (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) ();
- }
- for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
- {
- len = (unsigned int) (*cp++);
-
- if (len == 0)
- {
- if (persist)
- ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n");
- err = BadValue;
- }
- else
- {
- /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */
- /*
- * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching
- * them, though it'd muck up refcounting
- */
- fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len);
- if (fpe)
- {
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe);
- if (err == Successful)
- {
- UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed
- * from the old list */
- }
- else
- fpe = 0;
- }
- /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */
- if (!fpe)
- {
- fpe = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec));
- if (!fpe)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- fpe->name = malloc(len + 1);
- if (!fpe->name)
- {
- free(fpe);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- fpe->refcount = 1;
-
- strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len);
- fpe->name[len] = '\0';
- fpe->name_length = len;
- fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name);
- if (fpe->type == -1)
- err = BadValue;
- else
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe);
- if (err != Successful)
- {
- if (persist)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n",
- fpe->name);
- }
- free(fpe->name);
- free(fpe);
- }
- }
- }
- if (err != Successful)
- {
- if (!persist)
- goto bail;
- }
- else
- {
- fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe;
- }
- cp += len;
- }
-
- FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE);
- font_path_elements = fplist;
- if (patternCache)
- EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache);
- num_fpes = valid_paths;
-
- return Success;
-bail:
- *bad = i;
- while (--valid_paths >= 0)
- FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]);
- free(fplist);
- return FontToXError(err);
-}
-
-int
-SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths)
-{
- int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
-
- if (npaths == 0) {
- if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success)
- return BadValue;
- } else {
- int bad;
- err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, &bad, FALSE);
- client->errorValue = bad;
- }
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-SetDefaultFontPath(char *path)
-{
- char *temp_path,
- *start,
- *end;
- unsigned char *cp,
- *pp,
- *nump,
- *newpath;
- int num = 1,
- len,
- err,
- size = 0,
- bad;
-
- /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */
- start = path;
- while (1) {
- start = strstr(start, "built-ins");
- if (start == NULL)
- break;
- end = start + strlen("built-ins");
- if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ','))
- break;
- start = end;
- }
- if (!start) {
- if (asprintf(&temp_path, "%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "")
- == -1)
- temp_path = NULL;
- } else {
- temp_path = strdup(path);
- }
- if (!temp_path)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */
- len = strlen(temp_path) + 1;
- nump = cp = newpath = malloc(len);
- if (!newpath) {
- free(temp_path);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path;
- cp++;
- while (*pp) {
- if (*pp == ',') {
- *nump = (unsigned char) size;
- nump = cp++;
- pp++;
- num++;
- size = 0;
- } else {
- *cp++ = *pp++;
- size++;
- }
- }
- *nump = (unsigned char) size;
-
- err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE);
-
- free(newpath);
- free(temp_path);
-
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result)
-{
- int i;
- unsigned char *c;
- int len;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
-
- i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (i != Success)
- return i;
-
- len = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- fpe = font_path_elements[i];
- len += fpe->name_length + 1;
- }
- font_path_string = (unsigned char *) realloc(font_path_string, len);
- if (!font_path_string)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- c = font_path_string;
- *length = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- fpe = font_path_elements[i];
- *c = fpe->name_length;
- *length += *c++;
- memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length);
- c += fpe->name_length;
- }
- *count = num_fpes;
- *result = font_path_string;
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
- {
- fpe = font_path_elements[i];
- if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died)
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
-}
-
-void
-InitFonts (void)
-{
- patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache();
-
- register_fpe_functions();
-}
-
-int
-GetDefaultPointSize (void)
-{
- return 120;
-}
-
-
-FontResolutionPtr
-GetClientResolutions (int *num)
-{
- static struct _FontResolution res;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth;
- /*
- * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent
- so that we can match them from scalable fonts
- */
- if (res.x_resolution < 88)
- res.x_resolution = 75;
- else
- res.x_resolution = 100;
- res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight;
- if (res.y_resolution < 88)
- res.y_resolution = 75;
- else
- res.y_resolution = 100;
- res.point_size = 120;
- *num = 1;
- return &res;
-}
-
-/*
- * returns the type index of the new fpe
- *
- * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized
- */
-
-int
-RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func,
- InitFpeFunc init_func,
- FreeFpeFunc free_func,
- ResetFpeFunc reset_func,
- OpenFontFunc open_func,
- CloseFontFunc close_func,
- ListFontsFunc list_func,
- StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func,
- NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func,
- WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func,
- ClientDiedFunc client_died,
- LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs,
- StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func,
- NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func,
- SetPathFunc set_path_func)
-{
- FPEFunctions *new;
-
- /* grow the list */
- new = (FPEFunctions *) realloc(fpe_functions,
- (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions));
- if (!new)
- return -1;
- fpe_functions = new;
-
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info =
- start_lfwi_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info =
- next_lfwi_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases =
- start_list_alias_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias =
- next_list_alias_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func;
-
- return num_fpe_types++;
-}
-
-void
-FreeFonts(void)
-{
- if (patternCache) {
- FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache);
- patternCache = 0;
- }
- FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE);
- font_path_elements = 0;
- num_fpes = 0;
- free(fpe_functions);
- num_fpe_types = 0;
- fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
-}
-
-/* convenience functions for FS interface */
-
-FontPtr
-find_old_font(XID id)
-{
- pointer pFont;
- dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- return (FontPtr)pFont;
-}
-
-Font
-GetNewFontClientID(void)
-{
- return FakeClientID(0);
-}
-
-int
-StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id)
-{
- return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont);
-}
-
-void
-DeleteFontClientID(Font id)
-{
- FreeResource(id, RT_NONE);
-}
-
-int
-client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int fs_handlers_installed = 0;
-static unsigned int last_server_gen;
-
-int
-init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler)
-{
- /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */
- if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) {
- last_server_gen = serverGeneration;
- fs_handlers_installed = 0;
- }
- if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
- if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler,
- FontWakeup, (pointer) 0))
- return AllocError;
- fs_handlers_installed++;
- }
- QueueFontWakeup(fpe);
- return Successful;
-}
-
-void
-remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all)
-{
- if (all) {
- /* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */
- if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
- RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup,
- (pointer) 0);
- }
- }
- RemoveFontWakeup(fpe);
-}
+/************************************************************************ +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +************************************************************************/ +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/* +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/Xmd.h> +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "misc.h" +#include "opaque.h" +#include "dixfontstr.h" +#include "closestr.h" +#include "dixfont.h" +#include "xace.h" + +#ifdef XF86BIGFONT +#include "xf86bigfontsrv.h" +#endif + +extern pointer fosNaturalParams; +extern FontPtr defaultFont; + +static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0; +static int num_fpes = 0; +static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0; +static int num_fpe_types = 0; + +static unsigned char *font_path_string; + +static int num_slept_fpes = 0; +static int size_slept_fpes = 0; +static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0; +static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache; + +static int +FontToXError(int err) +{ + switch (err) { + case Successful: + return Success; + case AllocError: + return BadAlloc; + case BadFontName: + return BadName; + case BadFontPath: + case BadFontFormat: /* is there something better? */ + case BadCharRange: + return BadValue; + default: + return err; + } +} + +static int +LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size, + unsigned char *data) +{ + if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs) + return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs) + (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data); + else + return Successful; +} + +/* + * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font + */ +Bool +SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname) +{ + int err; + FontPtr pf; + XID fid; + static FontPtr last_pf; + + fid = FakeClientID(0); + err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync, + (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname); + if (err != Success) + return FALSE; + err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient, + DixReadAccess); + if (err == Success) last_pf = pf; + if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL) + return FALSE; + defaultFont = last_pf; + return TRUE; +} + +/* + * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted. this is because + * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally + * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events. + * + * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's + * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using + * freed data. + */ +void +QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe) +{ + int i; + FontPathElementPtr *new; + + for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) { + if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) { + return; + } + } + if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) { + new = (FontPathElementPtr *) + realloc(slept_fpes, + sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4)); + if (!new) + return; + slept_fpes = new; + size_slept_fpes += 4; + } + slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe; + num_slept_fpes++; +} + +void +RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe) +{ + int i, + j; + + for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) { + if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) { + for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) { + slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1]; + } + num_slept_fpes--; + return; + } + } +} + +void +FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask) +{ + int i; + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + + if (count < 0) + return; + /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */ + for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) { + fpe = slept_fpes[i]; + (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask); + } +} + +/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */ +static void +UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe) +{ + fpe->refcount++; +} + +static void +FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe) +{ + fpe->refcount--; + if (fpe->refcount == 0) { + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe); + free(fpe->name); + free(fpe); + } +} + +static Bool +doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c) +{ + FontPtr pfont = NullFont; + FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL; + ScreenPtr pScr; + int err = Successful; + int i; + char *alias, + *newname; + int newlen; + int aliascount = 20; + Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch; + Bool finished = FALSE; + /* + * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use. + */ + Mask FontFormat = + + ((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ? + BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) | + + ((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? + BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) | + + BitmapFormatImageRectMin | + +#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1 + BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 | +#endif + +#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2 + BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 | +#endif + +#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4 + BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 | +#endif + +#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8 + BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 | +#endif + + BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8; + + c->from_dispatch = FALSE; + + if (client->clientGone) + { + if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) + { + fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe]; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + } + err = Successful; + goto bail; + } + while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) { + fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe]; + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font) + ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags, + c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat, + BitmapFormatMaskByte | + BitmapFormatMaskBit | + BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle | + BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad | + BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit, + c->fontid, &pfont, &alias, + c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ? + c->non_cachable_font : + (FontPtr)0); + + if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) { + newlen = strlen(alias); + newname = (char *) realloc(c->fontname, newlen); + if (!newname) { + err = AllocError; + break; + } + memmove(newname, alias, newlen); + c->fontname = newname; + c->fnamelen = newlen; + c->current_fpe = 0; + if (--aliascount <= 0) { + /* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're + * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing + * to each other - time to take emergency exit! + */ + err = BadImplementation; + break; + } + continue; + } + if (err == BadFontName) { + c->current_fpe++; + continue; + } + if (err == Suspended) { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, c); + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + break; + } + + if (err != Successful) + goto bail; + if (!pfont) { + err = BadFontName; + goto bail; + } + /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */ + if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol || + pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow || + pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) { + err = AllocError; + goto bail; + } + if (!pfont->fpe) + pfont->fpe = fpe; + pfont->refcnt++; + if (pfont->refcnt == 1) { + UseFPE(pfont->fpe); + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { + pScr = screenInfo.screens[i]; + if (pScr->RealizeFont) + { + if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont)) + { + CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0); + err = AllocError; + goto bail; + } + } + } + } + if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) { + err = AllocError; + goto bail; + } + if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font) + CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen, + pfont); +bail: + if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) { + SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0, + c->fontid, FontToXError(err)); + } + ClientWakeup(c->client); + finished = TRUE; +xinerama_sleep: + if (finished || fromDispatch) { + for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) { + FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); + } + free(c->fpe_list); + free(c->fontname); + free(c); + } + return TRUE; +} + +int +OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname) +{ + OFclosurePtr c; + int i; + FontPtr cached = (FontPtr)0; + + if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN) + return BadName; + if (patternCache) + { + + /* + ** Check name cache. If we find a cached version of this font that + ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it. If we find + ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not + ** satisfy the request with it. Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the + ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the + ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it). + ** + ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has + ** put some licensing restrictions on it. If the FPE, using + ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to + ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option + ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font. + ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without + ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists. + */ + + cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname); + if (cached && cached->info.cachable) + { + if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached)) + return BadAlloc; + cached->refcnt++; + return Success; + } + } + c = malloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec)); + if (!c) + return BadAlloc; + c->fontname = malloc(lenfname); + c->origFontName = pfontname; + c->origFontNameLen = lenfname; + if (!c->fontname) { + free(c); + return BadAlloc; + } + /* + * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client + * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic + */ + c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes); + if (!c->fpe_list) { + free(c->fontname); + free(c); + return BadAlloc; + } + memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname); + for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { + c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i]; + UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); + } + c->client = client; + c->fontid = fid; + c->current_fpe = 0; + c->num_fpes = num_fpes; + c->fnamelen = lenfname; + c->flags = flags; + c->from_dispatch = TRUE; + c->non_cachable_font = cached; + + (void) doOpenFont(client, c); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero + * + * \param value must conform to DeleteType + */ +int +CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid) +{ + int nscr; + ScreenPtr pscr; + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + FontPtr pfont = (FontPtr)value; + + if (pfont == NullFont) + return Success; + if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) { + if (patternCache) + RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont); + /* + * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any + * storage it may have allocated locally for it. + */ + for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) { + pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; + if (pscr->UnrealizeFont) + (*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont); + } + if (pfont == defaultFont) + defaultFont = NULL; +#ifdef XF86BIGFONT + XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont); +#endif + fpe = pfont->fpe; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont); + FreeFPE(fpe); + } + return Success; +} + + +/***====================================================================***/ + +/** + * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first + * nProtoCCIStructs char infos. + * + * \param pReply caller must allocate this storage + */ +void +QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs) +{ + FontPropPtr pFP; + int r, + c, + i; + xFontProp *prFP; + xCharInfo *prCI; + xCharInfo *charInfos[256]; + unsigned char chars[512]; + int ninfos; + unsigned long ncols; + unsigned long count; + + /* pr->length set in dispatch */ + pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol; + pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh; + pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol; + pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection; + pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist; + pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow; + pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow; + pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent; + pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent; + + pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds; + pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds; + + pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops; + pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs; + + for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]); + i < pFont->info.nprops; + i++, pFP++, prFP++) { + prFP->name = pFP->name; + prFP->value = pFP->value; + } + + ninfos = 0; + ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1); + prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP); + for (r = pFont->info.firstRow; + ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow; + r++) { + i = 0; + for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) { + chars[i++] = r; + chars[i++] = c; + } + (*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars, + TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos); + i = 0; + for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) { + *prCI = *charInfos[i]; + prCI++; + ninfos++; + } + } + return; +} + +static Bool +doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c) +{ + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + int err = Successful; + FontNamesPtr names = NULL; + char *name, *resolved=NULL; + int namelen, resolvedlen; + int nnames; + int stringLens; + int i; + xListFontsReply reply; + char *bufptr; + char *bufferStart; + int aliascount = 0; + Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch; + Bool finished = FALSE; + + c->from_dispatch = FALSE; + + if (client->clientGone) + { + if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) + { + fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + } + err = Successful; + goto bail; + } + + if (!c->current.patlen) + goto finish; + + while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) { + fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; + err = Successful; + + if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases) + { + /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */ + + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts) + ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern, + c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames, + c->names); + + if (err == Suspended) { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSleep(client, + (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases, + c); + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + + err = BadFontName; + } + else + { + /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality. Modeled + after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases, + except that the information collected from FPEs is just + names, not font info. Each list_next_font_or_alias() + returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into + name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen. + The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling + the FPEs. */ + + if (!c->current.list_started) { + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases) + ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern, + c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames, + &c->current.private); + if (err == Suspended) { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSleep(client, + (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases, + c); + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + if (err == Successful) + c->current.list_started = TRUE; + } + if (err == Successful) { + char *tmpname; + name = 0; + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias) + ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname, + &resolvedlen, c->current.private); + if (err == Suspended) { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSleep(client, + (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases, + c); + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + if (err == FontNameAlias) { + free(resolved); + resolved = malloc(resolvedlen + 1); + if (resolved) + memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1); + } + } + + if (err == Successful) + { + if (c->haveSaved) + { + if (c->savedName) + (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName, + c->savedNameLen); + } + else + (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen); + } + + /* + * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to + * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As + * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the + * old state + */ + else if (err == FontNameAlias) { + char tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN]; + /* + * when an alias recurses, we need to give + * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call + * it again, and assume that the error returned + * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution + * is complete. + */ + memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen); + if (c->haveSaved) + { + char *tmpname; + int tmpnamelen; + + tmpname = 0; + (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias) + ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, + &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private); + if (--aliascount <= 0) + { + err = BadFontName; + goto ContBadFontName; + } + } + else + { + c->saved = c->current; + c->haveSaved = TRUE; + free(c->savedName); + c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1); + if (c->savedName) + memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1); + c->savedNameLen = namelen; + aliascount = 20; + } + memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen); + c->current.patlen = resolvedlen; + c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1; + c->current.current_fpe = -1; + c->current.private = 0; + err = BadFontName; + } + } + /* + * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished + * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough + * font names, quit. + */ + if (err == BadFontName) { + ContBadFontName: ; + c->current.list_started = FALSE; + c->current.current_fpe++; + err = Successful; + if (c->haveSaved) + { + if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names || + c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) { + c->haveSaved = FALSE; + c->current = c->saved; + /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */ + continue; + } + } + if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names) + break; + } + } + + /* + * send the reply + */ + if (err != Successful) { + SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err)); + goto bail; + } + +finish: + + names = c->names; + nnames = names->nnames; + client = c->client; + stringLens = 0; + for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) + stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0; + + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames); + reply.nFonts = nnames; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + + bufptr = bufferStart = malloc(reply.length << 2); + + if (!bufptr && reply.length) { + SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc); + goto bail; + } + /* + * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and + * write all at once + */ + for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) { + if (names->length[i] > 255) + reply.nFonts--; + else + { + *bufptr++ = names->length[i]; + memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]); + bufptr += names->length[i]; + } + } + nnames = reply.nFonts; + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames); + client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts]; + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply); + (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart); + free(bufferStart); + +bail: + ClientWakeup(client); + finished = TRUE; +xinerama_sleep: + if (finished || fromDispatch) { + for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) + FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); + free(c->fpe_list); + free(c->savedName); + FreeFontNames(names); + free(c); + } + free(resolved); + return TRUE; +} + +int +ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length, + unsigned max_names) +{ + int i; + LFclosurePtr c; + + /* + * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the + * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request. + * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e. + * a list containing zero fontnames. + */ + if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN) + return BadAlloc; + + i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (i != Success) + return i; + + if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c))) + return BadAlloc; + c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes); + if (!c->fpe_list) { + free(c); + return BadAlloc; + } + c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100); + if (!c->names) + { + free(c->fpe_list); + free(c); + return BadAlloc; + } + memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length); + for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { + c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i]; + UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); + } + c->client = client; + c->num_fpes = num_fpes; + c->current.patlen = length; + c->current.current_fpe = 0; + c->current.max_names = max_names; + c->current.list_started = FALSE; + c->current.private = 0; + c->haveSaved = FALSE; + c->from_dispatch = TRUE; + c->savedName = 0; + doListFontsAndAliases(client, c); + return Success; +} + +int +doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c) +{ + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + int err = Successful; + char *name; + Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch; + Bool finished = FALSE; + int namelen; + int numFonts; + FontInfoRec fontInfo, + *pFontInfo; + xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply; + int length; + xFontProp *pFP; + int i; + int aliascount = 0; + xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply; + + c->from_dispatch = FALSE; + + if (client->clientGone) + { + if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) + { + fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + } + err = Successful; + goto bail; + } + client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo]; + if (!c->current.patlen) + goto finish; + while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) + { + fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; + err = Successful; + if (!c->current.list_started) + { + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info) + (client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen, + c->current.max_names, &c->current.private); + if (err == Suspended) + { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSleep(client, + (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c); + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + if (err == Successful) + c->current.list_started = TRUE; + } + if (err == Successful) + { + name = 0; + pFontInfo = &fontInfo; + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info) + (client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo, + &numFonts, c->current.private); + if (err == Suspended) + { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) + ClientSleep(client, + (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c); + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + } + /* + * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the + * start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As soon as a real + * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state + */ + if (err == FontNameAlias) + { + /* + * when an alias recurses, we need to give + * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call + * it again, and assume that the error returned + * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution + * is complete. + */ + if (c->haveSaved) + { + char *tmpname; + int tmpnamelen; + FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo; + + tmpname = 0; + tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo; + (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info) + (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo, + &numFonts, c->current.private); + if (--aliascount <= 0) + { + err = BadFontName; + goto ContBadFontName; + } + } + else + { + c->saved = c->current; + c->haveSaved = TRUE; + c->savedNumFonts = numFonts; + free(c->savedName); + c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1); + if (c->savedName) + memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1); + aliascount = 20; + } + memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen); + c->current.patlen = namelen; + c->current.max_names = 1; + c->current.current_fpe = 0; + c->current.private = 0; + c->current.list_started = FALSE; + } + /* + * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished + * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've sent enough font + * names, quit. Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE + * have a chance to clean up. + */ + else if (err == BadFontName) + { + ContBadFontName: ; + c->current.list_started = FALSE; + c->current.current_fpe++; + err = Successful; + if (c->haveSaved) + { + if (c->current.max_names == 0 || + c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) + { + c->haveSaved = FALSE; + c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names); + c->current = c->saved; + } + } + else if (c->current.max_names == 0) + break; + } + else if (err == Successful) + { + length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp); + reply = c->reply; + if (c->length < length) + { + reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) realloc(c->reply, length); + if (!reply) + { + err = AllocError; + break; + } + memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length); + c->reply = reply; + c->length = length; + } + if (c->haveSaved) + { + numFonts = c->savedNumFonts; + name = c->savedName; + namelen = strlen(name); + } + reply->type = X_Reply; + reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) + + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) + + namelen); + reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + reply->nameLength = namelen; + reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds; + reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds; + reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol; + reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol; + reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh; + reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops; + reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection; + reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow; + reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow; + reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist; + reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent; + reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent; + reply->nReplies = numFonts; + pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1); + for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++) + { + pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name; + pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value; + pFP++; + } + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply); + (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name); + if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo) + { + free(fontInfo.props); + free(fontInfo.isStringProp); + } + --c->current.max_names; + } + } +finish: + length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply); + memset((char *) &finalReply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)); + finalReply.type = X_Reply; + finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply) + - sizeof(xGenericReply)); + WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply); +bail: + ClientWakeup(client); + finished = TRUE; +xinerama_sleep: + if (finished || fromDispatch) { + for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) + FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); + free(c->reply); + free(c->fpe_list); + free(c->savedName); + free(c); + } + return TRUE; +} + +int +StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern, + int max_names) +{ + int i; + LFWIclosurePtr c; + + /* + * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the + * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request. + * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e. + * a list containing zero fontnames. + */ + if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN) + return BadAlloc; + + i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (i != Success) + return i; + + if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c))) + goto badAlloc; + c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes); + if (!c->fpe_list) + { + free(c); + goto badAlloc; + } + memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length); + for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) + { + c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i]; + UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); + } + c->client = client; + c->num_fpes = num_fpes; + c->reply = 0; + c->length = 0; + c->current.patlen = length; + c->current.current_fpe = 0; + c->current.max_names = max_names; + c->current.list_started = FALSE; + c->current.private = 0; + c->savedNumFonts = 0; + c->haveSaved = FALSE; + c->from_dispatch = TRUE; + c->savedName = 0; + doListFontsWithInfo(client, c); + return Success; +badAlloc: + return BadAlloc; +} + +#define TextEltHeader 2 +#define FontShiftSize 5 +static ChangeGCVal clearGC[] = { NullPixmap }; +#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask) + +int +doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c) +{ + FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont; + int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */ + enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT; + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + GC *origGC = NULL; + int itemSize = c->reqType == X_PolyText8 ? 1 : 2; + Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch; + Bool finished = FALSE; + + c->from_dispatch = FALSE; + + if (client->clientGone) + { + fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + + if (ClientIsAsleep(client)) + { + /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now. We + need to clean up after the work we did when going to + sleep. Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this + happen without any attempts to render or perform other + unnecessary activities. */ + c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0; + } + else + { + err = Success; + goto bail; + } + } + + /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */ + if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw) + { + DrawablePtr pDraw; + dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess); + if (c->pDraw != pDraw) { + /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask + the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further + rendering while we clean up after ourself. */ + fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0; + } + } + + client_state = ClientIsAsleep(client) ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT; + + while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader) + { + if (*c->pElt == FontChange) + { + Font fid; + if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize) + { + err = BadLength; + goto bail; + } + + oldpFont = pFont; + + fid = ((Font)*(c->pElt+4)) /* big-endian */ + | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8 + | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16 + | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24; + err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT, + client, DixUseAccess); + if (err != Success) + { + /* restore pFont for step 4 (described below) */ + pFont = oldpFont; + + /* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step + shortens the request... in the unlikely event that + the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through + again to actually execute the polytext, which would + then mess up our refcounting scheme badly. */ + c->err = err; + c->endReq = c->pElt; + + goto bail; + } + + /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */ + if (client_state == START_SLEEP) + pFont->refcnt++; + else + { + if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw) + { + ChangeGCVal val; + val.ptr = pFont; + ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, GCFont, &val); + ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC); + } + + /* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */ + if (client_state == SLEEPING) + (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0); + } + c->pElt += FontShiftSize; + } + else /* print a string */ + { + unsigned char *pNextElt; + pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt) * itemSize; + if ( pNextElt > c->endReq) + { + err = BadLength; + goto bail; + } + if (client_state == START_SLEEP) + { + c->pElt = pNextElt; + continue; + } + if (c->pDraw) + { + lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, itemSize, + c->pElt + TextEltHeader); + } + else lgerr = Successful; + + if (lgerr == Suspended) + { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) { + int len; + GC *pGC; + PTclosurePtr new_closure; + + /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to do a few things + to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the + remainder of the request. First, copy the remainder of the + request into a safe malloc'd area. Second, create a scratch GC + to use for the remainder of the request. Third, mark all fonts + referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their + deallocation. Fourth, make the original GC look like the + request has completed... set its font to the final font value + from this request. These GC manipulations are for the unlikely + (but possible) event that some other client is using the GC. + Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through + the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode + indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP. */ + + /* Step 1 */ + /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace + the local one we were passed */ + new_closure = malloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec)); + if (!new_closure) + { + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + *new_closure = *c; + c = new_closure; + + len = c->endReq - c->pElt; + c->data = malloc(len); + if (!c->data) + { + free(c); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len); + c->pElt = c->data; + c->endReq = c->pElt + len; + + /* Step 2 */ + + pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen); + if (!pGC) + { + free(c->data); + free(c); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | + GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | + GCBackground | GCFillStyle | + GCTile | GCStipple | + GCTileStipXOrigin | + GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont | + GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin | + GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != + Success) + { + FreeScratchGC(pGC); + free(c->data); + free(c); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + origGC = c->pGC; + c->pGC = pGC; + ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC); + + ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, c); + + /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */ + client_state = START_SLEEP; + continue; /* on to steps 3 and 4 */ + } + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + else if (lgerr != Successful) + { + err = FontToXError(lgerr); + goto bail; + } + if (c->pDraw) + { + c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1)); /* must be signed */ + if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8) + c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg, + *c->pElt, (char *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader)); + else + c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg, + *c->pElt, (unsigned short *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader)); + } + c->pElt = pNextElt; + } + } + +bail: + + if (client_state == START_SLEEP) + { + /* Step 4 */ + if (pFont != origGC->font) + { + ChangeGCVal val; + val.ptr = pFont; + ChangeGC(NullClient, origGC, GCFont, &val); + ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC); + } + + /* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */ + c->pElt = c->data; + return TRUE; + } + + if (c->err != Success) err = c->err; + if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) { +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum) +#endif + SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err); + } + if (ClientIsAsleep(client)) + { + ClientWakeup(c->client); + finished = TRUE; +xinerama_sleep: + if (finished || fromDispatch) { + ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC); + + /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */ + CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0); + c->pGC->font = NullFont; + + FreeScratchGC(c->pGC); + free(c->data); + free(c); + } + } + return TRUE; +} + +int +PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt, + unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did) +{ + PTclosureRec local_closure; + + local_closure.pElt = pElt; + local_closure.endReq = endReq; + local_closure.client = client; + local_closure.pDraw = pDraw; + local_closure.xorg = xorg; + local_closure.yorg = yorg; + local_closure.reqType = reqType; + local_closure.pGC = pGC; + local_closure.did = did; + local_closure.err = Success; + + (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure); + return Success; +} + + +#undef TextEltHeader +#undef FontShiftSize + +int +doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c) +{ + int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */ + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + int itemSize = c->reqType == X_ImageText8 ? 1 : 2; + Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch; + Bool finished = FALSE; + + c->from_dispatch = FALSE; + + if (client->clientGone) + { + fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + err = Success; + goto bail; + } + + /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */ + if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw) + { + DrawablePtr pDraw; + dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess); + if (c->pDraw != pDraw) { + /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask + the FPE code to clean up after client. */ + fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + err = Success; + goto bail; + } + } + + lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, itemSize, c->data); + if (lgerr == Suspended) + { + if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) { + GC *pGC; + unsigned char *data; + ITclosurePtr new_closure; + + /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to + save some state. Similar problem to that handled + in doPolyText, but much simpler because the + request structure is much simpler. */ + + new_closure = malloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec)); + if (!new_closure) + { + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + *new_closure = *c; + c = new_closure; + + data = malloc(c->nChars * itemSize); + if (!data) + { + free(c); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * itemSize); + c->data = data; + + pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen); + if (!pGC) + { + free(c->data); + free(c); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | + GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle | + GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin | + GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont | + GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin | + GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success) + { + FreeScratchGC(pGC); + free(c->data); + free(c); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + c->pGC = pGC; + ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC); + + ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, c); + } + else + goto xinerama_sleep; + return TRUE; + } + else if (lgerr != Successful) + { + err = FontToXError(lgerr); + goto bail; + } + if (c->pDraw) + { + if (c->reqType == X_ImageText8) + (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg, + c->nChars, (char *) c->data); + else + (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg, + c->nChars, (unsigned short *) c->data); + } + +bail: + + if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) { + SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err); + } + if (ClientIsAsleep(client)) + { + ClientWakeup(c->client); + finished = TRUE; +xinerama_sleep: + if (finished || fromDispatch) { + ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC); + + /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */ + CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0); + c->pGC->font = NullFont; + + FreeScratchGC(c->pGC); + free(c->data); + free(c); + } + } + return TRUE; +} + +int +ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars, + unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did) +{ + ITclosureRec local_closure; + + local_closure.client = client; + local_closure.pDraw = pDraw; + local_closure.pGC = pGC; + local_closure.nChars = nChars; + local_closure.data = data; + local_closure.xorg = xorg; + local_closure.yorg = yorg; + local_closure.reqType = reqType; + local_closure.did = did; + + (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure); + return Success; +} + + +/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */ +static int +DetermineFPEType(char *pathname) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) { + if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname)) + return i; + } + return -1; +} + + +static void +FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { + if (force) { + /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time + we get to the end of the list. */ + int found = 1; /* the first reference is us */ + int j; + for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) { + if (list[j] == list[i]) + found++; + } + if (list[i]->refcount != found) { + list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */ + } + } + FreeFPE(list[i]); + } + free(list); +} + +static FontPathElementPtr +find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len) +{ + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < num; i++) { + fpe = list[i]; + if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0) + return fpe; + } + return (FontPathElementPtr) 0; +} + + +static int +SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist) +{ + int i, err = 0; + int valid_paths = 0; + unsigned int len; + unsigned char *cp = paths; + FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist; + + fplist = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths); + if (!fplist) { + *bad = 0; + return BadAlloc; + } + for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) { + if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) + (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) (); + } + for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) + { + len = (unsigned int) (*cp++); + + if (len == 0) + { + if (persist) + ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n"); + err = BadValue; + } + else + { + /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */ + /* + * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching + * them, though it'd muck up refcounting + */ + fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len); + if (fpe) + { + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe); + if (err == Successful) + { + UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed + * from the old list */ + } + else + fpe = 0; + } + /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */ + if (!fpe) + { + fpe = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec)); + if (!fpe) + { + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + fpe->name = malloc(len + 1); + if (!fpe->name) + { + free(fpe); + err = BadAlloc; + goto bail; + } + fpe->refcount = 1; + + strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len); + fpe->name[len] = '\0'; + fpe->name_length = len; + fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name); + if (fpe->type == -1) + err = BadValue; + else + err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe); + if (err != Successful) + { + if (persist) + { + ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n", + fpe->name); + } + free(fpe->name); + free(fpe); + } + } + } + if (err != Successful) + { + if (!persist) + goto bail; + } + else + { + fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe; + } + cp += len; + } + + FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE); + font_path_elements = fplist; + if (patternCache) + EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache); + num_fpes = valid_paths; + + return Success; +bail: + *bad = i; + while (--valid_paths >= 0) + FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]); + free(fplist); + return FontToXError(err); +} + +int +SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths) +{ + int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess); + if (err != Success) + return err; + + if (npaths == 0) { + if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) + return BadValue; + } else { + int bad; + err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, &bad, FALSE); + client->errorValue = bad; + } + return err; +} + +int +SetDefaultFontPath(char *path) +{ + char *temp_path, + *start, + *end; + unsigned char *cp, + *pp, + *nump, + *newpath; + int num = 1, + len, + err, + size = 0, + bad; + + /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */ + start = path; + while (1) { + start = strstr(start, "built-ins"); + if (start == NULL) + break; + end = start + strlen("built-ins"); + if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ',')) + break; + start = end; + } + if (!start) { + if (asprintf(&temp_path, "%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "") + == -1) + temp_path = NULL; + } else { + temp_path = strdup(path); + } + if (!temp_path) + return BadAlloc; + + /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */ + len = strlen(temp_path) + 1; + nump = cp = newpath = malloc(len); + if (!newpath) { + free(temp_path); + return BadAlloc; + } + pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path; + cp++; + while (*pp) { + if (*pp == ',') { + *nump = (unsigned char) size; + nump = cp++; + pp++; + num++; + size = 0; + } else { + *cp++ = *pp++; + size++; + } + } + *nump = (unsigned char) size; + + err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE); + + free(newpath); + free(temp_path); + + return err; +} + +int +GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result) +{ + int i; + unsigned char *c; + int len; + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + + i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (i != Success) + return i; + + len = 0; + for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { + fpe = font_path_elements[i]; + len += fpe->name_length + 1; + } + font_path_string = (unsigned char *) realloc(font_path_string, len); + if (!font_path_string) + return BadAlloc; + + c = font_path_string; + *length = 0; + for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { + fpe = font_path_elements[i]; + *c = fpe->name_length; + *length += *c++; + memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length); + c += fpe->name_length; + } + *count = num_fpes; + *result = font_path_string; + return Success; +} + +void +DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client) +{ + int i; + FontPathElementPtr fpe; + + for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) + { + fpe = font_path_elements[i]; + if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) + (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); + } +} + +void +InitFonts (void) +{ + patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache(); + + register_fpe_functions(); +} + +int +GetDefaultPointSize (void) +{ + return 120; +} + + +FontResolutionPtr +GetClientResolutions (int *num) +{ + static struct _FontResolution res; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + + pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0]; + res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth; + /* + * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent + so that we can match them from scalable fonts + */ + if (res.x_resolution < 88) + res.x_resolution = 75; + else + res.x_resolution = 100; + res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight; + if (res.y_resolution < 88) + res.y_resolution = 75; + else + res.y_resolution = 100; + res.point_size = 120; + *num = 1; + return &res; +} + +/* + * returns the type index of the new fpe + * + * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized + */ + +int +RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func, + InitFpeFunc init_func, + FreeFpeFunc free_func, + ResetFpeFunc reset_func, + OpenFontFunc open_func, + CloseFontFunc close_func, + ListFontsFunc list_func, + StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func, + NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func, + WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func, + ClientDiedFunc client_died, + LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs, + StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func, + NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func, + SetPathFunc set_path_func) +{ + FPEFunctions *new; + + /* grow the list */ + new = (FPEFunctions *) realloc(fpe_functions, + (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions)); + if (!new) + return -1; + fpe_functions = new; + + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info = + start_lfwi_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info = + next_lfwi_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases = + start_list_alias_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias = + next_list_alias_func; + fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func; + + return num_fpe_types++; +} + +void +FreeFonts(void) +{ + if (patternCache) { + FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache); + patternCache = 0; + } + FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE); + font_path_elements = 0; + num_fpes = 0; + free(fpe_functions); + num_fpe_types = 0; + fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0; +} + +/* convenience functions for FS interface */ + +FontPtr +find_old_font(XID id) +{ + pointer pFont; + dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess); + return (FontPtr)pFont; +} + +Font +GetNewFontClientID(void) +{ + return FakeClientID(0); +} + +int +StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id) +{ + return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont); +} + +void +DeleteFontClientID(Font id) +{ + FreeResource(id, RT_NONE); +} + +int +client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client) +{ + return 0; +} + +static int fs_handlers_installed = 0; +static unsigned int last_server_gen; + +int +init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler) +{ + /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */ + if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) { + last_server_gen = serverGeneration; + fs_handlers_installed = 0; + } + if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) { + if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, + FontWakeup, (pointer) 0)) + return AllocError; + fs_handlers_installed++; + } + QueueFontWakeup(fpe); + return Successful; +} + +void +remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all) +{ + if (all) { + /* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */ + if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) { + RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup, + (pointer) 0); + } + } + RemoveFontWakeup(fpe); +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c index 5fbaa4cf9..dafe94207 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c @@ -1,763 +1,763 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * @file eventconvert.c
- * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the
- * matching protocol events.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-
-#include "dix.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "xiquerydevice.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-
-static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);
-static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);
-static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);
-static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);
-static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
-static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
-
-/* Do not use, read comments below */
-BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
-
-/**
- * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.
- * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be
- * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.
- *
- * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies
- * and piss on your cat.
- */
-static void
-EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)
-{
- event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.
- * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but
- * TryClientEvents.
- */
-BOOL
-EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)
-{
- return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective core event.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.
- * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.
- * @return Success or the matching error code.
- */
-int
-EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)
-{
- xEvent *core = NULL;
- int count = 0;
- int ret = BadImplementation;
-
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- {
- DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
- /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are
- * present */
- if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&
- !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))
- {
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- }
- }
- /* fallthrough */
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- {
- DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
-
- if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)
- {
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- }
-
- core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));
- if (!core)
- return BadAlloc;
- count = 1;
- core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;
- core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate&0xffff;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;
- EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,
- (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&
- e->key_repeat));
- ret = Success;
- }
- break;
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- ret = BadMatch;
- break;
- default:
- /* XXX: */
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");
- ret = BadImplementation;
- }
-
-out:
- *core_out = core;
- *count_out = count;
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in
- * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
- * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of
- * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.
- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.
- * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.
- *
- * @return Success or the error code.
- */
-int
-EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
-{
- switch (ev->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);
- case ET_DeviceChanged:
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- *count = 0;
- *xi = NULL;
- return BadMatch;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
- return BadImplementation;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.
- * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event
- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.
- *
- * @return Success or the error code.
- */
-int
-EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- switch (ev->any.type)
- {
- /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since
- * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */
- case ET_Enter:
- case ET_FocusIn:
- *xi = NULL;
- return Success;
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- *xi = NULL;
- return BadMatch;
- case ET_DeviceChanged:
- return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
- return BadImplementation;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
-{
- int num_events;
- int first; /* dummy */
- deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;
-
- /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */
- if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)
- {
- *count = 0;
- return Success;
- }
-
- num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */
- if (num_events <= 0)
- {
- switch (ev->type)
- {
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- /* no axes is ok */
- break;
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- *count = 0;
- return BadMatch;
- default:
- *count = 0;
- return BadImplementation;
- }
- }
-
- num_events++; /* the actual event event */
-
- *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));
- if (!(*xi))
- {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- kbp = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);
- kbp->detail = ev->detail.button;
- kbp->time = ev->time;
- kbp->root = ev->root;
- kbp->root_x = ev->root_x;
- kbp->root_y = ev->root_y;
- kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- kbp->state = ev->corestate;
- EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,
- (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));
-
- if (num_events > 1)
- kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
-
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_ProximityIn: kbp->type = ProximityIn; break;
- case ET_ProximityOut: kbp->type = ProximityOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- if (num_events > 1)
- {
- getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));
- }
-
- *count = num_events;
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of
- * valuators from first to the last set valuator.
- */
-static int
-countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)
-{
- int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- if (first_valuator == -1)
- first_valuator = i;
- last_valuator = i;
- }
- }
-
- if (first_valuator != -1)
- {
- num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;
- *first = first_valuator;
- }
-
- return num_valuators;
-}
-
-static int
-getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)
-{
- int i;
- int state = 0;
- int first_valuator, num_valuators;
-
-
- num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);
- if (num_valuators > 0)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
- dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
- /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */
- state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;
- state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {
- INT32 *valuators = &xv->valuator0; // Treat all 6 vals as an array
- int j;
-
- xv->type = DeviceValuator;
- xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;
- xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);
- xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- xv->device_state = state;
-
- /* Unset valuators in masked valuator events have the proper data values
- * in the case of an absolute axis in between two set valuators. */
- for (j = 0; j < xv->num_valuators; j++)
- valuators[j] = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + j];
-
- if (i + 6 < num_valuators)
- xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
- }
-
- return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;
-}
-
-
-static int
-appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)
-{
- uint32_t *kc;
- int i;
-
- info->type = XIKeyClass;
- info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;
- info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];
- for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)
- *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)
-{
- unsigned char *bits;
- int mask_len;
-
- mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
-
- info->type = XIButtonClass;
- info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;
- info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +
- info->num_buttons + mask_len;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];
- memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);
- /* FIXME: is_down? */
-
- bits += mask_len * 4;
- memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)
-{
- info->type = XIValuatorClass;
- info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;
- info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;
- info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;
- info->min.frac = 0;
- info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;
- info->max.frac = 0;
- /* FIXME: value */
- info->value.integral = 0;
- info->value.frac = 0;
- info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;
- info->number = axisnumber;
- info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)
-{
- xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;
- int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);
- int nkeys;
- char *ptr;
-
- if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
- {
- len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);
- len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */
- len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
- }
- if (dce->num_valuators)
- len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;
-
- nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?
- dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;
- if (nkeys > 0)
- {
- len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);
- len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */
- }
-
- dcce = calloc(1, len);
- if (!dcce)
- {
- ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- dcce->type = GenericEvent;
- dcce->extension = IReqCode;
- dcce->evtype = XI_DeviceChanged;
- dcce->time = dce->time;
- dcce->deviceid = dce->deviceid;
- dcce->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
- dcce->reason = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;
- dcce->num_classes = 0;
- dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
-
- ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];
- if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
- {
- dcce->num_classes++;
- ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);
- }
-
- if (nkeys)
- {
- dcce->num_classes++;
- ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);
- }
-
- if (dce->num_valuators)
- {
- int i;
-
- dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
- ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);
- }
-
- *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)
-{
- int bits = 0;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned char x;
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- x = ptr[i];
- while(x > 0)
- {
- bits += (x & 0x1);
- x >>= 1;
- }
- }
- return bits;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);
- xXIDeviceEvent *xde;
- int i, btlen, vallen;
- char *ptr;
- FP3232 *axisval;
-
- /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same
- * with MAX_VALUATORS below */
- /* btlen is in 4 byte units */
- btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));
- len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */
-
-
- vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));
- len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */
- vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
- len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
-
- *xi = calloc(1, len);
- xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;
- xde->type = GenericEvent;
- xde->extension = IReqCode;
- xde->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
- xde->time = ev->time;
- xde->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
- xde->detail = ev->detail.button;
- xde->root = ev->root;
- xde->buttons_len = btlen;
- xde->valuators_len = vallen;
- xde->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- xde->sourceid = ev->sourceid;
- xde->root_x = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);
- xde->root_y = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);
-
- if (ev->key_repeat)
- xde->flags |= XIKeyRepeat;
-
- xde->mods.base_mods = ev->mods.base;
- xde->mods.latched_mods = ev->mods.latched;
- xde->mods.locked_mods = ev->mods.locked;
- xde->mods.effective_mods = ev->mods.effective;
-
- xde->group.base_group = ev->group.base;
- xde->group.latched_group = ev->group.latched;
- xde->group.locked_group = ev->group.locked;
- xde->group.effective_group = ev->group.effective;
-
- ptr = (char*)&xde[1];
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- }
-
- ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;
- axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
- axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
- axisval++;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- xXIRawEvent* raw;
- int vallen, nvals;
- int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);
- char *ptr;
- FP3232 *axisval;
-
- nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));
- len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once
- raw, once processed */
- vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
- len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
-
- *xi = calloc(1, len);
- raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;
- raw->type = GenericEvent;
- raw->extension = IReqCode;
- raw->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
- raw->time = ev->time;
- raw->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
- raw->detail = ev->detail.button;
- raw->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- raw->valuators_len = vallen;
-
- ptr = (char*)&raw[1];
- axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
- axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
- (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];
- (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];
- axisval++;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int coretype = 0;
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: coretype = MotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: coretype = ButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: coretype = ButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: coretype = KeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: coretype = KeyRelease; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return coretype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int xitype = 0;
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: xitype = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: xitype = DeviceButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: xitype = DeviceKeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: xitype = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_ProximityIn: xitype = ProximityIn; break;
- case ET_ProximityOut: xitype = ProximityOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return xitype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int xi2type = 0;
-
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: xi2type = XI_Motion; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: xi2type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: xi2type = XI_KeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: xi2type = XI_KeyRelease; break;
- case ET_Enter: xi2type = XI_Enter; break;
- case ET_Leave: xi2type = XI_Leave; break;
- case ET_Hierarchy: xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;
- case ET_DeviceChanged: xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged; break;
- case ET_RawKeyPress: xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress; break;
- case ET_RawKeyRelease: xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress; break;
- case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_RawMotion: xi2type = XI_RawMotion; break;
- case ET_FocusIn: xi2type = XI_FocusIn; break;
- case ET_FocusOut: xi2type = XI_FocusOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return xi2type;
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +/** + * @file eventconvert.c + * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the + * matching protocol events. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h> + +#include "dix.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "misc.h" +#include "eventstr.h" +#include "exglobals.h" +#include "eventconvert.h" +#include "xiquerydevice.h" +#include "xkbsrv.h" + + +static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first); +static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv); +static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count); +static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce); +static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi); +static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi); + +/* Do not use, read comments below */ +BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event); + +/** + * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events. + * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be + * misused to store data. More or less, anyway. + * + * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies + * and piss on your cat. + */ +static void +EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on) +{ + event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on; +} + +/** + * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before. + * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but + * TryClientEvents. + */ +BOOL +EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event) +{ + return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber; +} + +/** + * Convert the given event to the respective core event. + * + * Return values: + * Success ... core contains the matching core event. + * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid. + * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent. + * + * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event. + * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at. + * @return Success or the matching error code. + */ +int +EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out) +{ + xEvent *core = NULL; + int count = 0; + int ret = BadImplementation; + + switch(event->any.type) + { + case ET_Motion: + { + DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event; + /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are + * present */ + if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) && + !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1)) + { + ret = BadMatch; + goto out; + } + } + /* fallthrough */ + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + { + DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event; + + if (e->detail.key > 0xFF) + { + ret = BadMatch; + goto out; + } + + core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core)); + if (!core) + return BadAlloc; + count = 1; + core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress; + core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF; + core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time; + core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x; + core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y; + core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate&0xffff; + core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root; + EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core, + (e->type == ET_KeyPress && + e->key_repeat)); + ret = Success; + } + break; + case ET_ProximityIn: + case ET_ProximityOut: + case ET_RawKeyPress: + case ET_RawKeyRelease: + case ET_RawButtonPress: + case ET_RawButtonRelease: + case ET_RawMotion: + ret = BadMatch; + break; + default: + /* XXX: */ + ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n"); + ret = BadImplementation; + } + +out: + *core_out = core; + *count_out = count; + return ret; +} + +/** + * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in + * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller. + * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of + * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes. + * + * Return values: + * Success ... core contains the matching core event. + * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid. + * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent. + * + * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event. + * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event. + * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi. + * + * @return Success or the error code. + */ +int +EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count) +{ + switch (ev->any.type) + { + case ET_Motion: + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + case ET_ProximityIn: + case ET_ProximityOut: + return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count); + case ET_DeviceChanged: + case ET_RawKeyPress: + case ET_RawKeyRelease: + case ET_RawButtonPress: + case ET_RawButtonRelease: + case ET_RawMotion: + *count = 0; + *xi = NULL; + return BadMatch; + default: + break; + } + + ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type); + return BadImplementation; +} + +/** + * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi. + * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller. + * + * Return values: + * Success ... core contains the matching core event. + * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid. + * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent. + * + * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event + * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event. + * + * @return Success or the error code. + */ +int +EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi) +{ + switch (ev->any.type) + { + /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since + * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */ + case ET_Enter: + case ET_FocusIn: + *xi = NULL; + return Success; + case ET_Motion: + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi); + case ET_ProximityIn: + case ET_ProximityOut: + *xi = NULL; + return BadMatch; + case ET_DeviceChanged: + return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi); + case ET_RawKeyPress: + case ET_RawKeyRelease: + case ET_RawButtonPress: + case ET_RawButtonRelease: + case ET_RawMotion: + return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi); + default: + break; + } + + ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type); + return BadImplementation; +} + +static int +eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count) +{ + int num_events; + int first; /* dummy */ + deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp; + + /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */ + if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80) + { + *count = 0; + return Success; + } + + num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */ + if (num_events <= 0) + { + switch (ev->type) + { + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + /* no axes is ok */ + break; + case ET_Motion: + case ET_ProximityIn: + case ET_ProximityOut: + *count = 0; + return BadMatch; + default: + *count = 0; + return BadImplementation; + } + } + + num_events++; /* the actual event event */ + + *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent)); + if (!(*xi)) + { + return BadAlloc; + } + + kbp = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi); + kbp->detail = ev->detail.button; + kbp->time = ev->time; + kbp->root = ev->root; + kbp->root_x = ev->root_x; + kbp->root_y = ev->root_y; + kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid; + kbp->state = ev->corestate; + EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp, + (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat)); + + if (num_events > 1) + kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS; + + switch(ev->type) + { + case ET_Motion: kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify; break; + case ET_ButtonPress: kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress; break; + case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break; + case ET_KeyPress: kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress; break; + case ET_KeyRelease: kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease; break; + case ET_ProximityIn: kbp->type = ProximityIn; break; + case ET_ProximityOut: kbp->type = ProximityOut; break; + default: + break; + } + + if (num_events > 1) + { + getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1)); + } + + *count = num_events; + return Success; +} + + +/** + * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of + * valuators from first to the last set valuator. + */ +static int +countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first) +{ + int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++) + { + if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i)) + { + if (first_valuator == -1) + first_valuator = i; + last_valuator = i; + } + } + + if (first_valuator != -1) + { + num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1; + *first = first_valuator; + } + + return num_valuators; +} + +static int +getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv) +{ + int i; + int state = 0; + int first_valuator, num_valuators; + + + num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator); + if (num_valuators > 0) + { + DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL; + dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess); + /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */ + state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0; + state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0; + } + + for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) { + INT32 *valuators = &xv->valuator0; // Treat all 6 vals as an array + int j; + + xv->type = DeviceValuator; + xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i; + xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i); + xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid; + xv->device_state = state; + + /* Unset valuators in masked valuator events have the proper data values + * in the case of an absolute axis in between two set valuators. */ + for (j = 0; j < xv->num_valuators; j++) + valuators[j] = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + j]; + + if (i + 6 < num_valuators) + xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS; + } + + return (num_valuators + 5) / 6; +} + + +static int +appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info) +{ + uint32_t *kc; + int i; + + info->type = XIKeyClass; + info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1; + info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes; + info->sourceid = dce->sourceid; + + kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1]; + for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++) + *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode; + + return info->length * 4; +} + +static int +appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info) +{ + unsigned char *bits; + int mask_len; + + mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons)); + + info->type = XIButtonClass; + info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons; + info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) + + info->num_buttons + mask_len; + info->sourceid = dce->sourceid; + + bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1]; + memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4); + /* FIXME: is_down? */ + + bits += mask_len * 4; + memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom)); + + return info->length * 4; +} + +static int +appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber) +{ + info->type = XIValuatorClass; + info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4; + info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name; + info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min; + info->min.frac = 0; + info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max; + info->max.frac = 0; + /* FIXME: value */ + info->value.integral = 0; + info->value.frac = 0; + info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution; + info->number = axisnumber; + info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode; + info->sourceid = dce->sourceid; + + return info->length * 4; +} + +static int +eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi) +{ + xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce; + int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent); + int nkeys; + char *ptr; + + if (dce->buttons.num_buttons) + { + len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo); + len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */ + len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons)); + } + if (dce->num_valuators) + len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators; + + nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ? + dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0; + if (nkeys > 0) + { + len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo); + len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */ + } + + dcce = calloc(1, len); + if (!dcce) + { + ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n"); + return BadAlloc; + } + + dcce->type = GenericEvent; + dcce->extension = IReqCode; + dcce->evtype = XI_DeviceChanged; + dcce->time = dce->time; + dcce->deviceid = dce->deviceid; + dcce->sourceid = dce->sourceid; + dcce->reason = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch; + dcce->num_classes = 0; + dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent)); + + ptr = (char*)&dcce[1]; + if (dce->buttons.num_buttons) + { + dcce->num_classes++; + ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr); + } + + if (nkeys) + { + dcce->num_classes++; + ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr); + } + + if (dce->num_valuators) + { + int i; + + dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators; + for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++) + ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i); + } + + *xi = (xEvent*)dcce; + + return Success; +} + +static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len) +{ + int bits = 0; + unsigned int i; + unsigned char x; + + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + x = ptr[i]; + while(x > 0) + { + bits += (x & 0x1); + x >>= 1; + } + } + return bits; +} + +static int +eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi) +{ + int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent); + xXIDeviceEvent *xde; + int i, btlen, vallen; + char *ptr; + FP3232 *axisval; + + /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same + * with MAX_VALUATORS below */ + /* btlen is in 4 byte units */ + btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS)); + len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */ + + + vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0])); + len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */ + vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS)); + len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */ + + *xi = calloc(1, len); + xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi; + xde->type = GenericEvent; + xde->extension = IReqCode; + xde->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev); + xde->time = ev->time; + xde->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent)); + xde->detail = ev->detail.button; + xde->root = ev->root; + xde->buttons_len = btlen; + xde->valuators_len = vallen; + xde->deviceid = ev->deviceid; + xde->sourceid = ev->sourceid; + xde->root_x = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac); + xde->root_y = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac); + + if (ev->key_repeat) + xde->flags |= XIKeyRepeat; + + xde->mods.base_mods = ev->mods.base; + xde->mods.latched_mods = ev->mods.latched; + xde->mods.locked_mods = ev->mods.locked; + xde->mods.effective_mods = ev->mods.effective; + + xde->group.base_group = ev->group.base; + xde->group.latched_group = ev->group.latched; + xde->group.locked_group = ev->group.locked; + xde->group.effective_group = ev->group.effective; + + ptr = (char*)&xde[1]; + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++) + { + if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i)) + SetBit(ptr, i); + } + + ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4; + axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4); + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++) + { + if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i)) + { + SetBit(ptr, i); + axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i]; + axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i]; + axisval++; + } + } + + return Success; +} + +static int +eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi) +{ + xXIRawEvent* raw; + int vallen, nvals; + int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent); + char *ptr; + FP3232 *axisval; + + nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)); + len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once + raw, once processed */ + vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS)); + len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */ + + *xi = calloc(1, len); + raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi; + raw->type = GenericEvent; + raw->extension = IReqCode; + raw->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev); + raw->time = ev->time; + raw->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent)); + raw->detail = ev->detail.button; + raw->deviceid = ev->deviceid; + raw->valuators_len = vallen; + + ptr = (char*)&raw[1]; + axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4); + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++) + { + if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i)) + { + SetBit(ptr, i); + axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i]; + axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i]; + (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i]; + (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i]; + axisval++; + } + } + + return Success; +} + +/** + * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core + * equivalent exists. + */ +int +GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event) +{ + int coretype = 0; + switch(event->any.type) + { + case ET_Motion: coretype = MotionNotify; break; + case ET_ButtonPress: coretype = ButtonPress; break; + case ET_ButtonRelease: coretype = ButtonRelease; break; + case ET_KeyPress: coretype = KeyPress; break; + case ET_KeyRelease: coretype = KeyRelease; break; + default: + break; + } + return coretype; +} + +/** + * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no + * equivalent exists. + */ +int +GetXIType(InternalEvent *event) +{ + int xitype = 0; + switch(event->any.type) + { + case ET_Motion: xitype = DeviceMotionNotify; break; + case ET_ButtonPress: xitype = DeviceButtonPress; break; + case ET_ButtonRelease: xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break; + case ET_KeyPress: xitype = DeviceKeyPress; break; + case ET_KeyRelease: xitype = DeviceKeyRelease; break; + case ET_ProximityIn: xitype = ProximityIn; break; + case ET_ProximityOut: xitype = ProximityOut; break; + default: + break; + } + return xitype; +} + +/** + * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no + * equivalent exists. + */ +int +GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event) +{ + int xi2type = 0; + + switch(event->any.type) + { + case ET_Motion: xi2type = XI_Motion; break; + case ET_ButtonPress: xi2type = XI_ButtonPress; break; + case ET_ButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease; break; + case ET_KeyPress: xi2type = XI_KeyPress; break; + case ET_KeyRelease: xi2type = XI_KeyRelease; break; + case ET_Enter: xi2type = XI_Enter; break; + case ET_Leave: xi2type = XI_Leave; break; + case ET_Hierarchy: xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break; + case ET_DeviceChanged: xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged; break; + case ET_RawKeyPress: xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress; break; + case ET_RawKeyRelease: xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease; break; + case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress; break; + case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break; + case ET_RawMotion: xi2type = XI_RawMotion; break; + case ET_FocusIn: xi2type = XI_FocusIn; break; + case ET_FocusOut: xi2type = XI_FocusOut; break; + default: + break; + } + return xi2type; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/events.c b/xorg-server/dix/events.c index 050bb96e4..d991abe95 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/events.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/events.c @@ -1,6061 +1,6061 @@ -/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/** @file events.c
- * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol
- * handling (the parts for input devices).
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-#include "globals.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
-#include <sys/types.h>
-typedef const char *string;
-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "dixgrabs.h"
-#include "dispatch.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/ge.h>
-#include "geext.h"
-#include "geint.h"
-
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "enterleave.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-
-/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE. */
-#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000 /* so doesn't match NoEventMask */
-#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask )
-#define AllButtonsMask ( \
- Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask )
-#define MotionMask ( \
- PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \
- Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \
- Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask )
-#define PropagateMask ( \
- KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
- MotionMask )
-#define PointerGrabMask ( \
- ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
- EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \
- PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \
- MotionMask )
-#define AllModifiersMask ( \
- ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
- Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
-#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask
-#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1))
-
-
-/* @return the core event type or 0 if the event is not a core event */
-static inline int
-core_get_type(const xEvent *event)
-{
- int type = event->u.u.type;
-
- return ((type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) || type == GenericEvent) ? 0 : type;
-}
-
-/* @return the XI2 event type or 0 if the event is not a XI2 event */
-static inline int
-xi2_get_type(const xEvent *event)
-{
- xGenericEvent* e = (xGenericEvent*)event;
-
- return (e->type != GenericEvent || e->extension != IReqCode) ? 0 : e->evtype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event.
- * See DeliverEventsToWindow().
- */
-#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7)
-
-#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0)
-
-#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer)
-
-
-CallbackListPtr EventCallback;
-CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback;
-
-#define DNPMCOUNT 8
-
-Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT];
-static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT];
-
-static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin);
-static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr cursor,
- Bool generateEvents,
- Bool confineToScreen,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */
-extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
-
-/**
- * Main input device struct.
- * inputInfo.pointer
- * is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP",
- * "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master
- * pointer device and cannot be deleted.
- *
- * inputInfo.keyboard
- * is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard").
- * See inputInfo.pointer.
- *
- * inputInfo.devices
- * linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK.
- *
- * inputInfo.off_devices
- * Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off.
- *
- * inputInfo.numDevices
- * Total number of devices.
- *
- * inputInfo.all_devices
- * Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is
- * not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
- * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
- * reference.
- *
- * inputInfo.all_master_devices
- * Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device
- * is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
- * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
- * reference.
- */
-InputInfo inputInfo;
-
-EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents;
-
-/**
- * The root window the given device is currently on.
- */
-#define RootWindow(sprite) sprite->spriteTrace[0]
-
-static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL;
-static int swapEventLen = 0;
-
-void
-NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to)
-{
- FatalError("Not implemented");
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event.
- * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type.
- * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none.
- */
-int
-XItoCoreType(int xitype)
-{
- int coretype = 0;
- if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify)
- coretype = MotionNotify;
- else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress)
- coretype = ButtonPress;
- else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease)
- coretype = ButtonRelease;
- else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress)
- coretype = KeyPress;
- else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease)
- coretype = KeyRelease;
-
- return coretype;
-}
-
-/**
- * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor
- * sprite with another device.
- */
-Bool
-DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner;
-}
-
-/*
- * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to
- * fill the 'use' field.
- */
-Bool
-IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) ||
- (dev->valuator && dev->button) ||
- (dev->valuator && !dev->key);
-}
-
-/*
- * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to
- * fill the 'use' field.
- *
- * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not
- * count them as keyboard devices.
- */
-Bool
-IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) ||
- ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev));
-}
-
-Bool
-IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD;
-}
-
-Bool
-IsFloating(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Max event opcode.
- */
-extern int lastEvent;
-
-extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
-
-#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask
-/**
- * Event masks for each event type.
- *
- * One set of filters for each device, initialized by memcpy of
- * default_filter in InitEvents.
- *
- * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client,
- * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event.
- *
- * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each
- * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the
- * matching ButtonXMotion mask.
- */
-static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128];
-
-static const Mask default_filter[128] =
-{
- NoSuchEvent, /* 0 */
- NoSuchEvent, /* 1 */
- KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */
- KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */
- ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */
- ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */
- PointerMotionMask, /* MotionNotify (initial state) */
- EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */
- LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */
- FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */
- FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */
- KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */
- ExposureMask, /* Expose */
- CantBeFiltered, /* GraphicsExpose */
- CantBeFiltered, /* NoExpose */
- VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */
- SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* DestroyNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* UnmapNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* MapNotify */
- SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* ReparentNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* ConfigureNotify */
- SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* GravityNotify */
- ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* CirculateNotify */
- SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */
- PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */
- CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionClear */
- CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionRequest */
- CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionNotify */
- ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */
- CantBeFiltered, /* ClientMessage */
- CantBeFiltered /* MappingNotify */
-};
-
-/**
- * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then
- * be AND'ed with the selected event mask.
- *
- * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event
- * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be
- * byte[1].
- *
- * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL.
- * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the
- * event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents.
- * @return The filter mask for the given event.
- *
- * @see GetEventMask
- */
-Mask
-GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event)
-{
- int evtype = 0;
-
- if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent)
- return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type];
- else if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
- return (1 << (evtype % 8));
- ErrorF("[dix] Unknown event type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type.
- */
-Mask
-GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev)
-{
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- int filter;
- int evtype;
-
- if (!inputMasks || xi2_get_type(ev) == 0)
- return 0;
-
- evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype;
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev);
-
- return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) ||
- inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] ||
- (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev)));
-}
-
-Mask
-GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other)
-{
- int evtype;
-
- /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */
- if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
- {
- int byte = evtype / 8;
- return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] |
- other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] |
- (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0));
- } else if (core_get_type(event) != 0)
- return other->mask[XIAllDevices];
- else
- return other->mask[dev->id];
-}
-
-
-static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] =
-{
- 0x7c, 0x30, 0x40 /* key, button, expose, and configure events */
-};
-
-static void
-SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) {
- int screenno = 0;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
-#endif
- PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno,
- (syncEvents.playingEvents) ? syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds);
-
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev);
-
-static Bool
-pointOnScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- return x >= pScreen->x && x < pScreen->x + pScreen->width &&
- y >= pScreen->y && y < pScreen->y + pScreen->height;
-}
-
-static Bool
-XineramaSetCursorPosition(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int x,
- int y,
- Bool generateEvent
-){
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- int i;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates. We need to decide what Screen
- to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to
- that screen are. */
-
- pScreen = pSprite->screen;
- x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
-
- if(!pointOnScreen(pScreen, x, y))
- {
- FOR_NSCREENS(i)
- {
- if(i == pScreen->myNum)
- continue;
- if(pointOnScreen(screenInfo.screens[i], x, y))
- {
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- pSprite->screen = pScreen;
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- x -= pScreen->x;
- y -= pScreen->y;
-
- return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);
-}
-
-
-static void
-XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- BoxRec newBox;
-
- pScreen = pSprite->screen;
- newBox = pSprite->physLimits;
-
- /* Translate the constraining box to the screen
- the sprite is actually on */
- newBox.x1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
- newBox.x2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
- newBox.y1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
- newBox.y2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
-
- (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox);
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- if(pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
- int i;
- FOR_NSCREENS(i)
- pSprite->windows[i] = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
- } else {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int rc, i;
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id,
- XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return FALSE;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id,
- serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success) /* window is being unmapped */
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Bool generateEvents)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
-
- if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
- return;
-
- i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
-
- RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg1,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- while(i--) {
- x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- if(x || y)
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, x, y);
-
- RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
-
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
- }
-
- pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pSprite->Reg1);
-
- if(RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1)
- pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1;
- else
- pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
-
- pSprite->confined = FALSE;
- pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) ? NullWindow : pWin;
-
- CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL);
-}
-
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
-
-/**
- * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks.
- *
- * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent().
- * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off
- * setting.
- * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each
- * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the
- * filter.
- *
- * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for.
- * @param[in] mask The new filter mask.
- * @param[in] event Protocol event type.
- */
-void
-SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event)
-{
- if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES)
- FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id");
- filters[deviceid][event] = mask;
-}
-
-void
-SetCriticalEvent(int event)
-{
- if (event >= 128)
- FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number");
- criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7);
-}
-
-void
-ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py)
-{
- BoxRec box;
- int x = *px, y = *py;
- int incx = 1, incy = 1;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
-
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- if (RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box))
- return;
- box = *RegionExtents(shape);
- /* this is rather crude */
- do {
- x += incx;
- if (x >= box.x2)
- {
- incx = -1;
- x = *px - 1;
- }
- else if (x < box.x1)
- {
- incx = 1;
- x = *px;
- y += incy;
- if (y >= box.y2)
- {
- incy = -1;
- y = *py - 1;
- }
- else if (y < box.y1)
- return; /* should never get here! */
- }
- } while (!RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box));
- *px = x;
- *py = y;
-}
-
-static void
-CheckPhysLimits(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr cursor,
- Bool generateEvents,
- Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */
- ScreenPtr pScreen) /* unused if PanoramiX on */
-{
- HotSpot new;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- if (!cursor)
- return;
- new = pSprite->hotPhys;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */
- pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
- else
-#endif
- {
- if (pScreen)
- new.pScreen = pScreen;
- else
- pScreen = new.pScreen;
- (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits,
- &pSprite->physLimits);
- pSprite->confined = confineToScreen;
- (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
- }
-
- /* constrain the pointer to those limits */
- if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else
- if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else
- if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y);
- if ((
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- noPanoramiXExtension &&
-#endif
- (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) ||
- (new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)))
- XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
- }
- else
-#endif
- {
- if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- pSprite->hotPhys = new;
- (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)
- (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
- }
- if (!generateEvents)
- SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y);
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Tell DDX what the limits are */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-CheckVirtualMotion(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- QdEventPtr qe,
- WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- RegionPtr reg = NULL;
- DeviceEvent *ev = NULL;
-
- if (qe)
- {
- ev = &qe->event->device_event;
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen;
- pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
- pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
- pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- if (pWin)
- {
- BoxRec lims;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
-
- if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
- return;
-
- i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
-
- RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg2,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- while(i--) {
- x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- if(x || y)
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, x, y);
-
- RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
-
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
- }
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0;
- }
- }
-
- lims = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
- if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1)
- pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2)
- pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1)
- pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2)
- pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- if (RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1)
- reg = &pSprite->Reg2;
-
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (wBoundingShape(pWin))
- reg = &pWin->borderSize;
- }
-
- if (reg)
- ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
-
- if (qe && ev)
- {
- qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen;
- ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
- ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
- }
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */
-#endif
- RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
-}
-
-static void
-ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- {
- CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin);
- SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
- }
- else
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents);
- return;
- }
-#endif
- pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
- pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize
- : NullRegion;
- CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents,
- confineToScreen, pWin->drawable.pScreen);
- }
-}
-
-Bool
-PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor.
- *
- * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if
- * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing
- * happens.
- */
-static void
-ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- if (cursor != pSprite->current)
- {
- if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) ||
- (pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot))
- CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined,
- (ScreenPtr)NULL);
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- pScreen = pSprite->screen;
- else
-#endif
- pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
-
- (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor);
- FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0);
- pSprite->current = cursor;
- pSprite->current->refcnt++;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @returns true if b is a descendent of a
- */
-Bool
-IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b)
-{
- for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent)
- if (b == a) return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the cursor displayed on the screen.
- *
- * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position.
- */
-static void
-PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- WindowPtr win;
- GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- return;
- if (grab)
- {
- if (grab->cursor)
- {
- ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor);
- return;
- }
- if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win))
- win = pSprite->win;
- else
- win = grab->window;
- }
- else
- win = pSprite->win;
- for (; win; win = win->parent)
- {
- if (win->optional)
- {
- pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev);
- if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor)
- pCursor = win->optional->cursor;
- if (pCursor)
- {
- ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor);
- return;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window
- * @return root window where dev's sprite is located
- */
-WindowPtr
-GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return RootWindow(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
-}
-
-/**
- * @return window underneath the cursor sprite.
- */
-WindowPtr
-GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
-}
-
-/**
- * @return current sprite cursor.
- */
-CursorPtr
-GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates.
- */
-void
-GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-int
-XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
-
-#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */
-
-static void
-MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from
- * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go
- * backwards when it should not. Here we ensure a decent time.
- */
- if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP)
- currentTime.months++;
- else
- ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
-}
-
-static void
-NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds)
- MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev);
- currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time;
- lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
-}
-
-void
-NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- if (!syncEvents.playingEvents)
- NoticeTime(ev);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************
- * The following procedures deal with synchronous events *
- **************************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen.
- * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a
- * linked list for later delivery.
- */
-void
-EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
-{
- QdEventPtr tail = *syncEvents.pendtail;
- QdEventPtr qe;
- SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
- int eventlen;
- DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event;
-
- NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event);
-
- /* Fix for key repeating bug. */
- if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL &&
- event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key);
-
- if (DeviceEventCallback)
- {
- DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo;
-
- /* The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events
- * must be valid. At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so
- * we do it here. The long expression below is necessary to get
- * the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative
- * GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right
- * answer on the first motion event after a screen change because
- * the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been
- * updated yet.
- */
- if (ev->any.type == ET_Motion)
- ev->device_event.root = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
-
- eventinfo.event = ev;
- eventinfo.device = device;
- CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
- }
-
- if (event->type == ET_Motion)
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- event->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y;
- /* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */
- if (tail &&
- (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) &&
- (tail->device == device) &&
- (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen))
- {
- DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event;
- tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
- tailev->time = event->time;
- tail->months = currentTime.months;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- eventlen = event->length;
-
- qe = malloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen);
- if (!qe)
- return;
- qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL;
- qe->device = device;
- qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
- qe->months = currentTime.months;
- qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1);
- memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen);
- if (tail)
- syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next;
- *syncEvents.pendtail = qe;
-}
-
-/**
- * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents.
- * For each event do:
- * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it
- * as usually.
- * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen.
- * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not
- * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue.
- */
-static void
-PlayReleasedEvents(void)
-{
- QdEventPtr *prev, qe;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- prev = &syncEvents.pending;
- while ( (qe = *prev) )
- {
- if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
- {
- *prev = qe->next;
- pDev = qe->device;
- if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev)
- syncEvents.pendtail = prev;
- if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion)
- CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow);
- syncEvents.time.months = qe->months;
- syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
- will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
- to the DIX layer */
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event;
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- ev->root_x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->x;
- ev->root_y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->y;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- }
-#endif
- (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device);
- free(qe);
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next)
- ;
- if (!dev)
- break;
- /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */
- /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */
- prev = &syncEvents.pending;
- }
- else
- prev = &qe->next;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is
- * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an
- * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()).
- *
- * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw
- * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw.
- */
-static void
-FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen)
-{
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen;
- if (frozen)
- dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc;
- else
- dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients.
- *
- * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It
- * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay
- * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from
- * the window or delivers the events.
- */
-static void
-ComputeFreezes(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev;
- WindowPtr w;
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other ||
- (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN));
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending))
- return;
- syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE;
- if (replayDev)
- {
- DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event;
-
- syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
-
- w = XYToWindow(replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite,
- event->root_x, event->root_y);
- if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, syncEvents.replayWin))
- {
- if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))
- DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);
- else
- DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,
- NullWindow, replayDev);
- }
- }
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
- {
- PlayReleasedEvents();
- break;
- }
- }
- syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(dev))
- {
- /* the following may have been skipped during replay,
- so do it now */
- if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen !=
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- }
- else
- ConfineCursorToWindow(dev,
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
- TRUE, FALSE);
- PostNewCursor(dev);
- }
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef RANDR
-void
-ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (!DevHasCursor(pDev))
- continue;
-
- /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to
- * worry about it. */
- if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
- != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- }
- else
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
- TRUE, FALSE);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- if (thisMode == GrabModeSync)
- thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
- else
- { /* free both if same client owns both */
- thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED;
- if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
- (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
- CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
- thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
-
- if (IsMaster(thisDev))
- {
- dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
- if (otherMode == GrabModeSync)
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
- else
- { /* free both if same client owns both */
- if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
- (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
- CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
-}
-
-/**
- * Save the device's master device id. This needs to be done
- * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For
- * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it
- * though.
- *
- * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears
- * while the device has a grab.
- */
-static void
-DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- if (IsFloating(dev))
- return;
-
- dev->saved_master_id = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED)->id;
-
- AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL);
-}
-
-static void
-ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master = NULL;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- return;
-
- dixLookupDevice(&master, dev->saved_master_id, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
-
- if (master)
- {
- AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master);
- dev->saved_master_id = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all
- * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only.
- * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is
- * on, but core events will be sent to other clients.
- * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set.
- *
- * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab
- * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event.
- *
- * @param mouse The device to grab.
- * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup.
- * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not
- * explicitely by a client.
- */
-void
-ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab,
- TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab)
-{
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab;
- WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ?
- grabinfo->grab->window
- : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
- Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask;
-
- /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
- !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse))
- DetachFromMaster(mouse);
-
- if (grab->confineTo)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
- != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
- mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE);
- }
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
- mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
- else
- grabinfo->grabTime = time;
- if (grab->cursor)
- grab->cursor->refcnt++;
- grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
- grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
- grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive;
- grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask;
- PostNewCursor(mouse);
- CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite.
- *
- * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab().
- */
-void
-DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
- mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
-
- mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
- mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
- mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window,
- mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab);
- if (grab->confineTo)
- ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE);
- PostNewCursor(mouse);
- if (grab->cursor)
- FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0);
-
- if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
- ReattachToOldMaster(mouse);
-
- ComputeFreezes();
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device.
- *
- * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc.
- */
-void
-ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive)
-{
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab;
- WindowPtr oldWin;
-
- /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
- !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) &&
- !IsMaster(keybd))
- DetachFromMaster(keybd);
-
- if (grabinfo->grab)
- oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
- else if (keybd->focus)
- oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
- else
- oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
- if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
- oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
- if (keybd->valuator)
- keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
- else
- grabinfo->grabTime = time;
- grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
- grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
- grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive;
- grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask;
- CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete keyboard grab for the given device.
- */
-void
-DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win
- : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
- Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
- keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
-
- if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
- focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
- if (keybd->valuator)
- keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
- keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
- keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab);
-
- if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
- ReattachToOldMaster(keybd);
-
- ComputeFreezes();
-}
-
-void
-AllowSome(ClientPtr client,
- TimeStamp time,
- DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
- int newState)
-{
- Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced;
- TimeStamp grabTime;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo,
- grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
-
- thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client);
- thisSynced = FALSE;
- otherGrabbed = FALSE;
- othersFrozen = FALSE;
- grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
-
- if (dev == thisDev)
- continue;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- {
- if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER))
- grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime;
- otherGrabbed = TRUE;
- if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab)
- thisSynced = TRUE;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN)
- othersFrozen = TRUE;
- }
- }
- if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced))
- return;
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER))
- return;
- switch (newState)
- {
- case THAWED: /* Async */
- if (thisGrabbed)
- grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
- if (thisSynced)
- grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- ComputeFreezes();
- break;
- case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: /* Sync */
- if (thisGrabbed)
- {
- grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT;
- if (thisSynced)
- grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- case THAWED_BOTH: /* AsyncBoth */
- if (othersFrozen)
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.other &&
- SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: /* SyncBoth */
- if (othersFrozen)
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- case NOT_GRABBED: /* Replay */
- if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT)
- {
- if (thisSynced)
- grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev;
- syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
- (*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev);
- syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- }
- break;
- case THAW_OTHERS: /* AsyncOthers */
- if (othersFrozen)
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev == thisDev)
- continue;
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request.
- *
- * Release some events from a frozen device.
- */
-int
-ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- TimeStamp time;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = NULL;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = NULL;
- REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq);
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
-
- mouse = PickPointer(client);
- keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- switch (stuff->mode)
- {
- case ReplayPointer:
- AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED);
- break;
- case SyncPointer:
- AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
- break;
- case AsyncPointer:
- AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED);
- break;
- case ReplayKeyboard:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED);
- break;
- case SyncKeyboard:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
- break;
- case AsyncKeyboard:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED);
- break;
- case SyncBoth:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);
- break;
- case AsyncBoth:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH);
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client.
- */
-void
-ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- Bool done;
-
- /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before
- * releasing active grabs.
- */
- do {
- done = TRUE;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
- {
- (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
- done = FALSE;
- }
- }
- } while (!done);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************
- * The following procedures deal with delivering events *
- **************************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * Deliver the given events to the given client.
- *
- * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
- * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
- *
- * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to
- * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the
- * client.
- * An event is only delivered if
- * - mask and filter match up.
- * - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event.
- *
- *
- * @param client The target client to deliver to.
- * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL.
- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
- * @param mask Event mask as set by the window.
- * @param filter Mask based on event type.
- * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
- *
- * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the
- * client.
- */
-int
-TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,
- int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
-{
- int type;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s",
- pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask,
- client ? client->index : -1,
- (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : "");
-#endif
-
- if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n");
-#endif
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter))
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" filtered\n");
- #endif
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n");
-#endif
- return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */
- }
-
- type = pEvents->u.u.type;
- if (type == MotionNotify)
- {
- if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask)
- {
- if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) ==
- pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event)
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF("[dix] \n");
- ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n");
-#endif
- return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- }
- pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint;
- }
- else
- {
- pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal;
- }
- }
- else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify)
- {
- if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents,
- mask) != 0)
- return 1;
- } else if (type == KeyPress)
- {
- if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
- {
- if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
- {
- xEvent release = *pEvents;
- release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
- WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");
-#endif
- } else
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
-#endif
- }
- }
-
- } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress)
- {
- if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
- {
- if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
- {
- deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;
- release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");
-#endif
- WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release);
- }
- else {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
-#endif
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))
- {
- if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)
- client->smart_priority++;
- SetCriticalOutputPending();
- }
-
- WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents);
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF("[dix] delivered\n");
-#endif
- return 1;
-}
-
-static BOOL
-ActivateImplicitGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, WindowPtr win,
- xEvent *event, Mask deliveryMask)
-{
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks;
- CARD8 type = event->u.u.type;
- GrabType grabtype;
-
- if (type == ButtonPress)
- grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- else if (type == DeviceButtonPress)
- grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
- else if ((type = xi2_get_type(event)) == XI_ButtonPress)
- grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
- else
- return FALSE;
-
- memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
- tempGrab.device = dev;
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.window = win;
- tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE;
- tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask;
- tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync;
- tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync;
- tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow;
- tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor;
- tempGrab.type = type;
- tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
-
- /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */
- inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id]: 0;
-
- if (inputMasks)
- memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask,
- sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
-
- (*dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab,
- currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-enum EventDeliveryState {
- EVENT_DELIVERED, /**< Event has been delivered to a client */
- EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED, /**< Event was not delivered to any client */
- EVENT_SKIP, /**< Event can be discarded by the caller */
- EVENT_REJECTED, /**< Event was rejected for delivery to the client */
-};
-
-/**
- * Attempt event delivery to the client owning the window.
- */
-static enum EventDeliveryState
-DeliverToWindowOwner(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
- xEvent *events, int count, Mask filter,
- GrabPtr grab)
-{
- /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */
- if (filter != CantBeFiltered &&
- !((wOtherEventMasks(win)|win->eventMask) & filter))
- return EVENT_SKIP;
-
- if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(win), dev, events))
- return EVENT_SKIP;
-
- if (!XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(win), win, events, count))
- {
- int attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(win), dev, events,
- count, win->eventMask,
- filter, grab);
- if (attempt > 0)
- return EVENT_DELIVERED;
- if (attempt < 0)
- return EVENT_REJECTED;
- }
-
- return EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Get the list of clients that should be tried for event delivery on the
- * given window.
- *
- * @return 1 if the client list should be traversed, zero if the event
- * should be skipped.
- */
-static Bool
-GetClientsForDelivery(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
- xEvent *events, Mask filter, InputClients **clients)
-{
- int rc = 0;
-
- if (core_get_type(events) != 0)
- *clients = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(win);
- else if (xi2_get_type(events) != 0)
- {
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- /* Has any client selected for the event? */
- if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(dev, win, events))
- goto out;
- *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
- } else {
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- /* Has any client selected for the event? */
- if (!inputMasks ||
- !(inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
- goto out;
-
- *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
- }
-
- rc = 1;
-out:
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Try delivery on each client in inputclients, provided the event mask
- * accepts it and there is no interfering core grab..
- */
-static enum EventDeliveryState
-DeliverEventToInputClients(DeviceIntPtr dev, InputClients *inputclients,
- WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
- int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
- ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
-{
- int attempt;
- enum EventDeliveryState rc = EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
-
- for (; inputclients; inputclients = inputclients->next)
- {
- Mask mask;
- ClientPtr client = rClient(inputclients);
-
- if (IsInterferingGrab(client, dev, events))
- continue;
-
- mask = GetEventMask(dev, events, inputclients);
-
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, client, win,
- events, count))
- /* do nothing */;
- else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(client, dev,
- events, count,
- mask, filter, grab)) )
- {
- if (attempt > 0)
- {
- rc = EVENT_DELIVERED;
- *client_return = client;
- *mask_return = mask;
- /* Success overrides non-success, so if we've been
- * successful on one client, return that */
- } else if (rc == EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED)
- rc = EVENT_REJECTED;
- }
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Deliver events to clients registered on the window.
- *
- * @param client_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient.
- * @param mask_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient's event
- * mask for this event.
- */
-static enum EventDeliveryState
-DeliverEventToWindowMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
- int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
- ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
-{
- InputClients *clients;
-
- if (!GetClientsForDelivery(dev, win, events, filter, &clients))
- return EVENT_SKIP;
-
- return DeliverEventToInputClients(dev, clients, win, events, count, filter,
- grab, client_return, mask_return);
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event
- * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a
- * button press.
- *
- * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is
- * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other
- * clients with the matching mask on the window.
- *
- * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
- * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
- *
- * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
- * @param filter Mask based on event type.
- * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
- *
- * @return a positive number if at least one successful delivery has been
- * made, 0 if no events were delivered, or a negative number if the event
- * has not been delivered _and_ rejected by at least one client.
- */
-int
-DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent
- *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
-{
- int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0;
- ClientPtr client = NullClient;
- Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then
- this mask is the mask of the grab. */
- int type = pEvents->u.u.type;
-
- /* Deliver to window owner */
- if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || core_get_type(pEvents) != 0)
- {
- enum EventDeliveryState rc;
-
- rc = DeliverToWindowOwner(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, grab);
-
- switch(rc)
- {
- case EVENT_SKIP:
- return 0;
- case EVENT_REJECTED:
- nondeliveries--;
- break;
- case EVENT_DELIVERED:
- /* We delivered to the owner, with our event mask */
- deliveries++;
- client = wClient(pWin);
- deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask;
- break;
- case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */
- if (filter != CantBeFiltered)
- {
- enum EventDeliveryState rc;
-
- rc = DeliverEventToWindowMask(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter,
- grab, &client, &deliveryMask);
-
- switch(rc)
- {
- case EVENT_SKIP:
- return 0;
- case EVENT_REJECTED:
- nondeliveries--;
- break;
- case EVENT_DELIVERED:
- deliveries++;
- break;
- case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (deliveries)
- {
- /*
- * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may
- * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events.
- */
- if (!grab && ActivateImplicitGrab(pDev, client, pWin, pEvents, deliveryMask))
- /* grab activated */;
- else if (type == MotionNotify)
- pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin;
- else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress)
- CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type,
- (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents,
- grab, client, deliveryMask);
- return deliveries;
- }
- return nondeliveries;
-}
-
-void
-DeliverRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if (grab)
- DeliverGrabbedEvent((InternalEvent*)ev, device, FALSE);
- else { /* deliver to all root windows */
- xEvent *xi;
- int i;
- int filter;
-
- i = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)ev, (xEvent**)&xi);
- if (i != Success)
- {
- ErrorF("[Xi] %s: XI2 conversion failed in %s (%d)\n",
- __FUNCTION__, device->name, i);
- return;
- }
-
- filter = GetEventFilter(device, xi);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- DeliverEventsToWindow(device, screenInfo.screens[i]->root, xi, 1,
- filter, NullGrab);
- free(xi);
- }
-}
-
-/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0. if
- send works, return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2.
- Only works for core events.
-*/
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static int
-XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
- ClientPtr client,
- GrabPtr grab,
- Mask mask,
- Mask filter
-){
- if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) &&
- ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter)))
- {
- if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1;
- else return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Try to deliver events to the interested parties.
- *
- * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
- * @param filter Mask based on event type.
- * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient.
- */
-int
-MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents,
- int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient)
-{
- OtherClients *other;
-
-
- if (pWin->eventMask & filter)
- {
- if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient)
- return 0;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
- wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter);
-#endif
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))
- return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count,
- pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab);
- }
- for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->mask & filter)
- {
- if (SameClient(other, dontClient))
- return 0;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
- rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter);
-#endif
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents,
- count))
- return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count,
- other->mask, filter, NullGrab);
- }
- }
- return 2;
-}
-
-static Window FindChildForEvent(SpritePtr pSprite, WindowPtr event)
-{
- WindowPtr w = DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
- Window child = None;
-
- /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be
- set to none or should the value in the argument be passed
- through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls
- this function with child == None anyway. */
- while (w)
- {
- /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be
- none. Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */
-
- if (w == event)
- {
- child = None;
- break;
- }
-
- if (w->parent == event)
- {
- child = w->drawable.id;
- break;
- }
- w = w->parent;
- }
- return child;
-}
-
-/**
- * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties.
- *
- * @param xE Event to be modified in place
- * @param pWin The window to get the information from.
- * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable)
- * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window.
- */
-void
-FixUpEventFromWindow(
- SpritePtr pSprite,
- xEvent *xE,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child,
- Bool calcChild)
-{
- int evtype;
-
- if (calcChild)
- child = FindChildForEvent(pSprite, pWin);
-
- if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(xE)))
- {
- xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE;
-
- switch (evtype)
- {
- case XI_RawKeyPress:
- case XI_RawKeyRelease:
- case XI_RawButtonPress:
- case XI_RawButtonRelease:
- case XI_RawMotion:
- case XI_DeviceChanged:
- case XI_HierarchyChanged:
- case XI_PropertyEvent:
- return;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- event->root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
- event->event = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0);
- event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0);
- event->child = child;
- } else
- {
- event->event_x = 0;
- event->event_y = 0;
- event->child = None;
- }
-
- if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave ||
- event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut)
- ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen =
- (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen);
-
- } else
- {
- XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
- XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue;
- XE_KBPTR.child = child;
- XE_KBPTR.eventX =
- XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x;
- XE_KBPTR.eventY =
- XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y;
- }
- else
- {
- XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse;
- XE_KBPTR.child = None;
- XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0;
- XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window.
- *
- * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific
- * client.
- *
- * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for.
- * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent.
- * @param[in] win The current event window.
- *
- * @return Bitmask of ::EVENT_XI2_MASK, ::EVENT_XI1_MASK, ::EVENT_CORE_MASK, and
- * ::EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK.
- */
-int
-EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win)
-{
- int rc = 0;
- int filter = 0;
- int type;
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- xEvent ev;
-
- /* XXX: this makes me gag */
- type = GetXI2Type(event);
- ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/
- ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode;
- ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type;
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
- if (type && inputMasks &&
- ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) ||
- ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) ||
- (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter)))
- rc |= EVENT_XI2_MASK;
-
- type = GetXIType(event);
- ev.u.u.type = type;
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
-
- /* Check for XI mask */
- if (type && inputMasks &&
- (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) &&
- (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
- rc |= EVENT_XI1_MASK;
-
- /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */
- if (type && inputMasks &&
- (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter))
- rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
-
- /* Check for core mask */
- type = GetCoreType(event);
- if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) &&
- ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter))
- rc |= EVENT_CORE_MASK;
-
- /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */
- if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win)))
- rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deliver events caused by input devices.
- *
- * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is
- * called directly from the processInputProc.
- * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
- * DeliverDeviceEvents.
- * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
- * DeliverDeviceEvents.
- *
- * @param pWin Window to deliver event to.
- * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format.
- * @param grab Possible grab on a device.
- * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window.
- * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event.
- *
- * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent
- * @see DeliverFocusedEvent
- */
-int
-DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab,
- WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- Window child = None;
- Mask filter;
- int deliveries = 0;
- xEvent *xE = NULL, *core = NULL;
- int rc, mask, count = 0;
-
- verify_internal_event(event);
-
- while (pWin)
- {
- if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin)))
- {
- /* XI2 events first */
- if (mask & EVENT_XI2_MASK)
- {
- xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* XXX: XACE */
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1,
- filter, grab);
- free(xi2);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n",
- dev->name, rc);
- }
-
- /* XI events */
- if (mask & EVENT_XI1_MASK)
- {
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) {
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, pWin, child, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count,
- filter, grab);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- /* Core event */
- if ((mask & EVENT_CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, core, count) == Success) {
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, core);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, pWin, child, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, core,
- count, filter, grab);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: Core conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d).\n",
- dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) ||
- (mask & EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK))
- {
- deliveries = 0;
- goto unwind;
- }
- }
-
- child = pWin->drawable.id;
- pWin = pWin->parent;
- }
-
-unwind:
- free(core);
- free(xE);
- return deliveries;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window
- * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that
- * propagate up the tree or extension events
- *
- * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the
- * otherParent as well.
- *
- * @param pWin Window to deliver events to.
- * @param xE Events to deliver.
- * @param count number of events in xE.
- * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events.
- */
-int
-DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count,
- WindowPtr otherParent)
-{
- DeviceIntRec dummy;
- int deliveries;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return count;
-#endif
-
- if (!count)
- return 0;
-
- dummy.id = XIAllDevices;
-
- switch (xE->u.u.type)
- {
- case DestroyNotify:
- case UnmapNotify:
- case MapNotify:
- case MapRequest:
- case ReparentNotify:
- case ConfigureNotify:
- case ConfigureRequest:
- case GravityNotify:
- case CirculateNotify:
- case CirculateRequest:
- xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id;
- break;
- }
-
- switch (xE->u.u.type)
- {
- case DestroyNotify:
- case UnmapNotify:
- case MapNotify:
- case ReparentNotify:
- case ConfigureNotify:
- case GravityNotify:
- case CirculateNotify:
- break;
- default:
- {
- Mask filter;
- filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE);
- return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter,
- NullGrab);
- }
- }
-
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count,
- StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
- if (pWin->parent)
- {
- xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
- deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count,
- SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
- if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify)
- {
- xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id;
- deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy,
- otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask,
- NullGrab);
- }
- }
- return deliveries;
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
-{
- BoxRec box;
-
- if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
- return TRUE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
- XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) {
- SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite;
- int i;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
- if(RegionContainsPoint(&pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize,
- x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x,
- y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y,
- &box))
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-#endif
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While
- * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array.
- * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way:
- * spriteTrace[0] ... root window
- * spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y
- * ...
- * spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y
- *
- * @returns the window at the given coordinates.
- */
-WindowPtr
-XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- BoxRec box;
-
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; /* root window still there */
- pWin = RootWindow(pSprite)->firstChild;
- while (pWin)
- {
- if ((pWin->mapped) &&
- (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth(pWin)) &&
- (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin))
- /* When a window is shaped, a further check
- * is made to see if the point is inside
- * borderSize
- */
- && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y))
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
-#ifdef ROOTLESS
- /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when
- * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system
- * implements some form of virtual desktop system).
- */
- && !pWin->rootlessUnhittable
-#endif
- )
- {
- if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize)
- {
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10;
- pSprite->spriteTrace = realloc(pSprite->spriteTrace,
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr));
- }
- pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin;
- pWin = pWin->firstChild;
- }
- else
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- return DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
-}
-
-/**
- * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the
- * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if
- * applicable and FALSE is returned.
- *
- * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-BOOL
-ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
-{
- BOOL rc = FALSE;
- DeviceEvent event;
-
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
- {
- if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
- IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
- return FALSE;
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
- (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
- }
-
- if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin)
- return FALSE;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_FocusIn;
- event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = dev->id;
- event.sourceid = dev->id;
- event.detail.button = 0;
- rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
- TRUE) != NULL);
- if (rc)
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given
- * window.
- *
- * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static BOOL
-ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
-{
- BOOL rc = FALSE;
- DeviceEvent event;
-
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
- {
- if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
- IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
- return FALSE;
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
- (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
- }
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_Enter;
- event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = dev->id;
- event.sourceid = dev->id;
- event.detail.button = 0;
- rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
- TRUE) != NULL);
- if (rc)
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor
- * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been
- * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new
- * cursor and send enter/leave events.
- *
- * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a
- * pointer event.
- *
- * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- verify_internal_event((InternalEvent *)ev);
-
- if (!pSprite)
- return FALSE;
-
- prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win;
-
- if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents)
- {
- /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct
- rootX/Y set already. */
- switch (ev->type)
- {
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_Motion:
- break;
- default:
- /* all other events return FALSE */
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0
- coordinates. Replayed events have already been
- translated since they've entered DIX before */
- ev->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- ev->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- {
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
- RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) =
- pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
- }
- }
-
- pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
- pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
- if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
- pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot;
-
- if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) ||
- (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y))
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- XineramaSetCursorPosition(
- pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
- } else
-#endif
- {
- (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(
- pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen,
- pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
- }
- }
-
- ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
- ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
- }
-
- newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pSprite, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
-
- if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin)
- {
- int sourceid;
- if (!ev) {
- UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
- sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */
- } else
- sourceid = ev->sourceid;
-
- if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) {
- if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin))
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin,
- newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal);
- }
- /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise
- sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are
- sent. */
- pSprite->win = newSpriteWin;
- PostNewCursor(pDev);
- return FALSE;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the
- * sprite's cursor.
- */
-void
-WindowsRestructured(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices;
- while(pDev)
- {
- if (IsMaster(pDev) || IsFloating(pDev))
- CheckMotion(NULL, pDev);
- pDev = pDev->next;
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is
- * that if the 0th screen (i.e., screenInfo.screens[0]) is moved to an origin
- * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must
- * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not
- * compute correctly. */
-void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
-
- if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;
-
- pDev = inputInfo.devices;
- while(pDev)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- pSprite->hot.x -= xoff;
- pSprite->hot.y -= yoff;
-
- pSprite->hotPhys.x -= xoff;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y -= yoff;
-
- pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;
-
- if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg1))
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff);
- if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg2))
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff);
-
- /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */
- if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
- != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- } else
- ConfineCursorToWindow(
- pDev,
- pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
- TRUE, FALSE);
-
- }
- pDev = pDev->next;
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If
- * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to
- * default values.
- * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's
- * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window
- * is a good choice to pass in here.
- *
- * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a
- * really talented keyboard.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to initialize.
- * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in.
- *
- */
-void
-InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr it;
-
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)calloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec));
- if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct");
-
- /* We may have paired another device with this device before our
- * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the
- * sprite field for all paired devices.
- *
- * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite.
- */
- for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
- {
- if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
- it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- }
- if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
- inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- }
-
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
-
- pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL;
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen;
- pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
- if (pScreen)
- {
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
- }
-
- pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
- pSprite->win = pWin;
-
- if (pWin)
- {
- pCursor = wCursor(pWin);
- pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)calloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr));
- if (!pSprite->spriteTrace)
- FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace");
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32;
-
- RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pWin;
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
-
- pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen;
- pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
-
- } else {
- pCursor = NullCursor;
- pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL;
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0;
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0;
- pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
- }
- if (pCursor)
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- if (pSprite->current)
- FreeCursor(pSprite->current, None);
- pSprite->current = pCursor;
-
- if (pScreen)
- {
- (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
- (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current,
- &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits);
- pSprite->confined = FALSE;
-
- (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen,
- &pSprite->physLimits);
- (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x,
- pSprite->hot.y,
- FALSE);
- (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
- pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow;
- pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
- pSprite->screen = pScreen;
- /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */
- RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg1);
- RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg2);
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another.
- * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch
- * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite
- * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never
- * get pointer events. This is because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen
- * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by
- * DefineInitialRootWindow().
- *
- * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server
- * has more than one pScreen.
- * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not
- * reset the mouse pointer position.
- * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to.
- */
-void
-UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = NULL;
- WindowPtr win = NULL;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- if (!pScreen)
- return ;
-
- if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- return;
-
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- win = pScreen->root;
-
- pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
- pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
- pSprite->win = win;
- pCursor = wCursor(win);
- if (pCursor)
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- if (pSprite->current)
- FreeCursor(pSprite->current, 0);
- pSprite->current = pCursor;
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
- pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win;
- (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev,
- pScreen,
- pSprite->current,
- &pSprite->hotLimits,
- &pSprite->physLimits);
- pSprite->confined = FALSE;
- (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
- (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
- pSprite->screen = pScreen;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since
- * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since
- * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window
- * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was
- * instantiated from.
- */
-void
-WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- PostNewCursor(pDev);
-}
-
-void
-NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pSprite->hotPhys.x += newScreen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y += newScreen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) {
- pSprite->screen = newScreen;
- /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */
- if(pSprite->confineWin)
- XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
- pSprite->confineWin, TRUE);
- else
- XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, TRUE);
- /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get
- told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */
- if(!syncEvents.playingEvents)
- (*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)(
- pDev,
- pSprite->screen,
- pSprite->hotPhys.x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
- pSprite->screen->x,
- pSprite->hotPhys.y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
- pSprite->screen->y, FALSE);
- }
- } else
-#endif
- if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, newScreen->root, TRUE, FALSE);
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-
-static Bool
-XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- int x,
- int y
-)
-{
- BoxRec box;
- int i, xoff, yoff;
-
- if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE;
-
- if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box))
- return TRUE;
-
- if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE;
-
- xoff = x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- yoff = y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
- pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i];
- x = xoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- y = yoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
- return TRUE;
-
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static int
-XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr dest = NULL;
- int x, y, rc;
- SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
-
-
- if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
-
- if (stuff->srcWid != None)
- {
- int winX, winY;
- XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
- WindowPtr source;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- winX = source->drawable.x;
- winY = source->drawable.y;
- if(source == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
- winX -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- winY -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- if (x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
- y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
- (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
- winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
- (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
- winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
- !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
- return Success;
- }
- if (dest) {
- x = dest->drawable.x;
- y = dest->drawable.y;
- if(dest == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
- x -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- y -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- }
-
- x += stuff->dstX;
- y += stuff->dstY;
-
- if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
-
- XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request.
- * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request.
- */
-int
-ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr dest = NULL;
- int x, y, rc;
- ScreenPtr newScreen;
- DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
-
- REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq);
-
- dev = PickPointer(client);
-
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- if (dev->lastSlave)
- dev = dev->lastSlave;
- pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
- return XineramaWarpPointer(client);
-#endif
-
- if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
-
- if (stuff->srcWid != None)
- {
- int winX, winY;
- XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
- WindowPtr source;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- winX = source->drawable.x;
- winY = source->drawable.y;
- if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen ||
- x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
- y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
- (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
- winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
- (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
- winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
- !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
- return Success;
- }
- if (dest)
- {
- x = dest->drawable.x;
- y = dest->drawable.y;
- newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen;
- } else
- newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
-
- x += stuff->dstX;
- y += stuff->dstY;
-
- if (x < 0)
- x = 0;
- else if (x >= newScreen->width)
- x = newScreen->width - 1;
- if (y < 0)
- y = 0;
- else if (y >= newScreen->height)
- y = newScreen->height - 1;
-
- if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- {
- if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
- (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE);
- }
- else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev))
- {
- NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-static Bool
-BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- if(RegionNotEmpty(&pWin->borderSize))
- return TRUE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) {
- int i;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
- if(RegionNotEmpty(&pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize))
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-#endif
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a
- * passive grab set on the window to be activated.
- * If activate is true and a passive grab is found, it will be activated,
- * and the event will be delivered to the client.
- *
- * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab.
- * @param device Device that caused the event.
- * @param event The current device event.
- * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too.
- * @param activate If a grab is found, activate it and deliver the event.
- */
-
-GrabPtr
-CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr device,
- InternalEvent *event,
- BOOL checkCore,
- BOOL activate)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
- GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin);
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
-#define CORE_MATCH 0x1
-#define XI_MATCH 0x2
-#define XI2_MATCH 0x4
- int match = 0;
-
- if (!grab)
- return NULL;
- /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before
- * comparing */
- switch (event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.key;
- break;
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.button;
- break;
- default:
- tempGrab.detail.exact = 0;
- break;
- }
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.device = device;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
- for (; grab; grab = grab->next)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr gdev;
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = NULL;
- xEvent *xE = NULL;
- int count, rc;
-
- gdev= grab->modifierDevice;
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- {
- if (IsPointerDevice(device))
- gdev = GetPairedDevice(device);
- else
- gdev = device;
- } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
- {
- /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the
- * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been
- * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the
- * same. */
- if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && !IsFloating(device))
- gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
- }
-
-
- if (gdev && gdev->key)
- xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0;
-
- /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */
- tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type(event);
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
- if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))
- match = XI2_MATCH;
-
- if (!match)
- {
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
- if ((tempGrab.type = GetXIType(event)) &&
- (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)))
- match = XI_MATCH;
- }
-
- /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */
- if (!match && checkCore)
- {
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType(event)) &&
- (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE)))
- match = CORE_MATCH;
- }
-
- if (!match || (grab->confineTo &&
- (!grab->confineTo->realized ||
- !BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo))))
- continue;
-
- grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab;
- /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client
- * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we
- * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the
- * device.
- */
-
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr other;
- BOOL interfering = FALSE;
-
- /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device
- than it is assigned to at this point in time.
- Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the
- current state.
- Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the
- modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice.
- */
- if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent)
- {
- grab->device = device;
- grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device);
- }
-
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE &&
- SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) &&
- ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) &&
- IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) ||
- (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) &&
- IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device))))
- {
- interfering = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (interfering)
- continue;
- }
-
- if (!activate)
- {
- return grab;
- }
- else if (!GetXIType(event) && !GetCoreType(event))
- {
- ErrorF("Event type %d in CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow is neither"
- " XI 1.x nor core\n", event->any.type);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* The only consumers of corestate are Xi 1.x and core events, which
- * are guaranteed to come from DeviceEvents. */
- if (match & (XI_MATCH | CORE_MATCH))
- {
- event->device_event.corestate &= 0x1f00;
- event->device_event.corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact &
- (~0x1f00);
- }
-
- if (match & CORE_MATCH)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW "
- "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
- continue;
- }
- } else if (match & XI2_MATCH)
- {
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xE);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW "
- "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
- continue;
- }
- count = 1;
- } else
- {
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW "
- "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE);
-
- if (xE)
- {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE);
-
- /* XXX: XACE? */
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count,
- GetEventFilter(device, xE),
- GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab);
- }
-
- if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT)
- {
- if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
- grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
- grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
- }
-
- free(xE);
- return grab;
- }
- return NULL;
-#undef CORE_MATCH
-#undef XI_MATCH
-#undef XI2_MATCH
-}
-
-/**
- * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause
- * a passive grab to be activated.
- *
- * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are
- * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be
- * activated. If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants
- * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in
- * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are
- * activated.
- * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the
- * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs
- * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are
- * tried. PRH
- *
- * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already!
- *
- * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate
- * the core event and then check for grabs.
- *
- * @param device The device that caused the event.
- * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press).
- * @param count Number of events in list.
- * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise.
-*/
-
-Bool
-CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, WindowPtr ancestor)
-{
- int i;
- WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
- FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus;
- BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents);
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress &&
- event->type != ET_KeyPress)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress
- && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (device->deviceGrab.grab)
- return FALSE;
-
- i = 0;
- if (ancestor)
- {
- while (i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
- if (device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i++] == ancestor)
- break;
- if (i == device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
- goto out;
- }
-
- if (focus)
- {
- for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++)
- {
- pWin = focus->trace[i];
- if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
- sendCore, TRUE))
- {
- ret = TRUE;
- goto out;
- }
- }
-
- if ((focus->win == NoneWin) ||
- (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) ||
- (pWin && pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1]))
- goto out;
- }
-
- for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)
- {
- pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i];
- if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
- sendCore, TRUE))
- {
- ret = TRUE;
- goto out;
- }
- }
-
-out:
- if (ret == TRUE && event->type == ET_KeyPress)
- device->deviceGrab.activatingKey = event->detail.key;
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the
- * focus.
- *
- * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or
- * to the window owning the input focus.
- *
- * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event.
- * @param event The event, not yet in wire format.
- * @param window Window underneath the sprite.
- */
-void
-DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr;
- WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win;
- BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents);
- xEvent *core = NULL, *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL;
- int count, rc;
- int deliveries = 0;
-
- if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
- focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
- if (!focus)
- return;
- if (focus == PointerRootWin)
- {
- DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd);
- return;
- }
- if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window))
- {
- if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd))
- return;
- }
-
- /* just deliver it to the focus window */
- ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
-
-
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* XXX: XACE */
- int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xi2, focus, None, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1,
- filter, NullGrab);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
-
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc == Success &&
- XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success)
- {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xE, focus, None, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count,
- GetEventFilter(keybd, xE),
- NullGrab);
-
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
-
- if (sendCore)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, core, count) == Success) {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd->spriteInfo->sprite, core, focus,
- None, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, core, count,
- GetEventFilter(keybd, core),
- NullGrab);
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
-unwind:
- free(core);
- free(xE);
- free(xi2);
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses
- * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the
- * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used.
- *
- * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated.
- *
- * @return The number of events delivered.
- */
-int
-DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
- Bool deactivateGrab)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
- int deliveries = 0;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- BOOL sendCore = FALSE;
- int rc, count = 0;
- xEvent *xi = NULL;
- xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
- xEvent *core = NULL;
-
- grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
- grab = grabinfo->grab;
-
- if (grab->ownerEvents)
- {
- WindowPtr focus;
-
- /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check
- * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to
- * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no.
- */
- if (IsPointerEvent(event))
- focus = PointerRootWin;
- else if (thisDev->focus)
- {
- focus = thisDev->focus->win;
- if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
- focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
- }
- else
- focus = PointerRootWin;
- if (focus == PointerRootWin)
- deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab,
- NullWindow, thisDev);
- else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win ||
- IsParent(focus, pSprite->win)))
- deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus,
- thisDev);
- else if (focus)
- deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus,
- thisDev);
- }
- if (!deliveries)
- {
- Mask mask;
-
- /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to
- * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't
- * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here
- * onwards, we deal with core/XI events.
- */
-
- mask = grab->eventMask;
-
- sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents);
- /* try core event */
- if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, grab->window, None, TRUE);
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
- grab->window, core, count) ||
- XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
- grab->window, core, count))
- deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, core))
- {
- deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
- core, count, mask,
- GetEventFilter(thisDev, core),
- grab);
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n");
- }
-
- if (!deliveries)
- {
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int evtype = xi2_get_type(xi2);
- mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8];
- /* try XI2 event */
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE);
- /* XXX: XACE */
- deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask,
- GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab);
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- if (!deliveries)
- {
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* try XI event */
- if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab &&
- grabinfo->implicitGrab)
- mask = grab->deviceMask;
- else
- mask = grab->eventMask;
-
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi, grab->window, None, TRUE);
-
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
- grab->window, xi, count) ||
- XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
- grab->window, xi, count))
- deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- else
- {
- deliveries =
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
- xi, count,
- mask,
- GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi),
- grab);
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion))
- thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window;
- }
- if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion)
- {
- switch (grabinfo->sync.state)
- {
- case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:
- dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
- if (dev)
- {
- FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE);
- if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) &&
- (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) ==
- CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.grab->resource)))
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
- else
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
- }
- /* fall through */
- case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:
- grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
- FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE);
- if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
- grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
- *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- free(core);
- free(xi);
- free(xi2);
-
- return deliveries;
-}
-
-/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state -
- this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause
- the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys.
-*/
-void
-FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd)
-{
- int key = event->detail.key;
-
- if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) {
- DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key,
- ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up"));
- }
-
- if (event->type == ET_KeyPress)
- set_key_down(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
- else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
- set_key_up(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
- else
- FatalError("Impossible keyboard event");
-}
-
-#define AtMostOneClient \
- (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask)
-#define ManagerMask \
- (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask)
-
-/**
- * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window.
- * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be
- * delivered to a window.
- *
- * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event
- * masks set by all clients on the window.
- * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the
- * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent.
- *
- * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window.
- */
-void
-RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- OtherClients *others;
- WindowPtr pChild;
-
- pChild = pWin;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->optional)
- {
- pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
- for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next)
- {
- pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask;
- }
- }
- pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask|
- wOtherEventMasks(pChild);
- if (pChild->parent)
- pChild->deliverableEvents |=
- (pChild->parent->deliverableEvents &
- ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask);
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- break;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id)
-{
- OtherClientsPtr other, prev;
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
-
- prev = 0;
- for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->resource == id)
- {
- if (prev)
- prev->next = other->next;
- else
- {
- if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next))
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
- }
- free(other);
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
- }
- prev = other;
- }
- FatalError("client not on event list");
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- return -1; /* make compiler happy */
-}
-
-int
-EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask)
-{
- Mask check;
- OtherClients * others;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int rc;
-
- if (mask & ~AllEventMasks)
- {
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- check = (mask & ManagerMask);
- if (check) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- check = (mask & AtMostOneClient);
- if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)))
- { /* It is illegal for two different
- clients to select on any of the
- events for AtMostOneClient. However,
- it is OK, for some client to
- continue selecting on one of those
- events. */
- if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask))
- return BadAccess;
- for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
- {
- if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask))
- return BadAccess;
- }
- }
- if (wClient (pWin) == client)
- {
- check = pWin->eventMask;
- pWin->eventMask = mask;
- }
- else
- {
- for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
- {
- if (SameClient(others, client))
- {
- check = others->mask;
- if (mask == 0)
- {
- FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- others->mask = mask;
- goto maskSet;
- }
- }
- check = 0;
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
- others = malloc(sizeof(OtherClients));
- if (!others)
- return BadAlloc;
- others->mask = mask;
- others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index);
- others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients;
- pWin->optional->otherClients = others;
- if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-maskSet:
- if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask))
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
- dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- }
- }
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client,
- Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional)
-{
- int i, free;
-
- if (mask & ~PropagateMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pWin->dontPropagate)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
- if (!mask)
- i = 0;
- else
- {
- for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; )
- {
- if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i])
- free = i;
- else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i])
- break;
- }
- if (!i && free)
- {
- i = free;
- DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask;
- }
- }
- if (i || !mask)
- {
- pWin->dontPropagate = i;
- if (i)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++;
- if (pWin->optional)
- {
- pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
- *checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- if (pWin->dontPropagate)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++;
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
- pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
- }
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client.
- * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information.
- */
-void
-CoreEnterLeaveEvent(
- DeviceIntPtr mouse,
- int type,
- int mode,
- int detail,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child)
-{
- xEvent event;
- WindowPtr focus;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd;
- GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- Mask mask;
-
- keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
-
- if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) &&
- (detail != NotifyInferior))
- mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- if (grab)
- {
- mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0;
- if (grab->ownerEvents)
- mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab));
- }
- else
- {
- mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin);
- }
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = type;
- event.u.u.detail = detail;
- event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x;
- event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y;
- /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */
- FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, &event, pWin, None, FALSE);
- /* Enter/Leave events always set child */
- event.u.enterLeave.child = child;
- event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ?
- ELFlagSameScreen : 0;
- event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0;
- if (keybd)
- event.u.enterLeave.state |=
- XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state);
- event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode;
- focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None;
- if ((focus != NoneWin) &&
- ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) ||
- IsParent(focus, pWin)))
- event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus;
-
- if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event)))
- {
- if (grab)
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask,
- GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab);
- else
- DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1,
- GetEventFilter(mouse, &event),
- NullGrab);
- }
-
- if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask))
- {
- xKeymapEvent ke;
- ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin);
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess))
- memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
- else
- memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31);
-
- ke.type = KeymapNotify;
- if (grab)
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
- mask, KeymapStateMask, grab);
- else
- DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
- KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
- }
-}
-
-void
-DeviceEnterLeaveEvent(
- DeviceIntPtr mouse,
- int sourceid,
- int type,
- int mode,
- int detail,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- xXIEnterEvent *event;
- int filter;
- int btlen, len, i;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd;
-
- if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) ||
- (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter))
- return;
-
- btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0;
- btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen);
- len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4;
-
- event = calloc(1, len);
- event->type = GenericEvent;
- event->extension = IReqCode;
- event->evtype = type;
- event->length = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4;
- event->buttons_len = btlen;
- event->detail = detail;
- event->time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- event->deviceid = mouse->id;
- event->sourceid = sourceid;
- event->mode = mode;
- event->root_x = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0);
- event->root_y = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0);
-
- for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++)
- if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i))
- SetBit(&event[1], i);
-
- kbd = GetMaster(mouse, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
- if (kbd && kbd->key)
- {
- event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods;
- event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods;
- event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods;
-
- event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group;
- event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group;
- event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group;
- }
-
- FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, (xEvent*)event, pWin,
- None, FALSE);
-
- filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event);
-
- if (grab)
- {
- Mask mask;
- mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8];
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask,
- filter, grab);
- } else {
- if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event))
- goto out;
- DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter,
- NullGrab);
- }
-
-out:
- free(event);
-}
-
-void
-CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- xEvent event;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.focus.mode = mode;
- event.u.u.type = type;
- event.u.u.detail = detail;
- event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id;
-
- DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1,
- GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab);
- if ((type == FocusIn) &&
- ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask))
- {
- xKeymapEvent ke;
- ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin);
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess))
- memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
- else
- memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31);
-
- ke.type = KeymapNotify;
- DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
- KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be
- * delivered to the given window.
- *
- * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so,
- * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard.
- * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the
- * device is set to the device specified by the client.
- *
- * @param client Client that requested input focus change.
- * @param dev Focus device.
- * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None.
- * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes
- * unviewable.
- * @param ctime Specifies the time.
- * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard.
- */
-int
-SetInputFocus(
- ClientPtr client,
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- Window focusID,
- CARD8 revertTo,
- Time ctime,
- Bool followOK)
-{
- FocusClassPtr focus;
- WindowPtr focusWin;
- int mode, rc;
- TimeStamp time;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */
-
-
- UpdateCurrentTime();
- if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) &&
- (revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) &&
- (revertTo != RevertToNone) &&
- ((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK))
- {
- client->errorValue = revertTo;
- return BadValue;
- }
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
-
- if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev))
- keybd = dev;
- else
- keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
-
- if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot))
- focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID;
- else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK)
- {
- focusWin = keybd->focus->win;
- }
- else {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- /* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an
- unviewable window. */
- if(!focusWin->realized)
- return BadMatch;
- }
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return Success;
-
- focus = dev->focus;
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER))
- return Success;
- mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal;
- if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)
- {
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin))
- DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode);
- } else
- {
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin))
- DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode);
- }
- focus->time = time;
- focus->revert = revertTo;
- if (focusID == FollowKeyboard)
- focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin;
- else
- focus->win = focusWin;
- if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin))
- focus->traceGood = 0;
- else
- {
- int depth = 0;
- WindowPtr pWin;
-
- for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++;
- if (depth > focus->traceSize)
- {
- focus->traceSize = depth+1;
- focus->trace = realloc(focus->trace,
- focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr));
- }
- focus->traceGood = depth;
- for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--)
- focus->trace[depth] = pWin;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request.
- *
- * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard.
- */
-int
-ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq);
-
- return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus,
- stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request.
- *
- * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the
- * client.
- */
-int
-ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- xGetInputFocusReply rep;
- FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus;
- int rc;
- /* REQUEST(xReq); */
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (focus->win == NoneWin)
- rep.focus = None;
- else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)
- rep.focus = PointerRoot;
- else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;
- rep.revertTo = focus->revert;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request.
- *
- * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success
- * status to client.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGrabPointerReply rep;
- DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
- GrabPtr grab;
- GrabMask mask;
- WindowPtr confineTo;
- CursorPtr oldCursor;
- REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq);
- TimeStamp time;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq);
- UpdateCurrentTime();
-
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (stuff->confineTo == None)
- confineTo = NullWindow;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply));
- oldCursor = NullCursor;
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if (grab)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo)
- ConfineCursorToWindow(device, GetCurrentRootWindow(device), FALSE,
- FALSE);
- oldCursor = grab->cursor;
- }
-
- mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
-
- rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode,
- stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,
- &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor,
- stuff->confineTo, &rep.status);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess)
- FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request.
- *
- * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not
- * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens.
- */
-int
-ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr device;
- GrabPtr grab;
- CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor;
- REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
- TimeStamp time;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->cursor == None)
- newCursor = NullCursor;
- else
- {
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor,
- RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- device = PickPointer(client);
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if (!grab)
- return Success;
- if (!SameClient(grab, client))
- return Success;
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER))
- return Success;
- oldCursor = grab->cursor;
- grab->cursor = newCursor;
- if (newCursor)
- newCursor->refcnt++;
- PostNewCursor(device);
- if (oldCursor)
- FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
- grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request.
- *
- * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
- GrabPtr grab;
- TimeStamp time;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- UpdateCurrentTime();
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
- (grab) && SameClient(grab, client))
- (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Sets a grab on the given device.
- *
- * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard.
- * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client.
- *
- * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and
- * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard().
- * See man page for details on all the parameters
- *
- * @param client Client that owns the grab.
- * @param dev The device to grab.
- * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
- * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
- * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller.
- *
- * @returns Success or BadValue.
- */
-int
-GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
- unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow,
- unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask,
- int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
- GrabPtr grab;
- TimeStamp time;
- Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
- int rc;
- GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- CursorPtr cursor;
-
- UpdateCurrentTime();
- if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = keyboard_mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = pointer_mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue))
- {
- client->errorValue = ownerEvents;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (confineToWin == None)
- confineTo = NullWindow;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client,
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- if (curs == None)
- cursor = NullCursor;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = curs;
- return rc;
- }
- access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
- }
-
- if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync)
- access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
- grab = grabInfo->grab;
- if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype)
- *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
- if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
- *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
- else if ((!pWin->realized) ||
- (confineTo &&
- !(confineTo->realized
- && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo))))
- *status = GrabNotViewable;
- else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER))
- *status = GrabInvalidTime;
- else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen &&
- grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client))
- *status = GrabFrozen;
- else
- {
- GrabRec tempGrab;
-
- /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */
- memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
-
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
- tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
- tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
- if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core;
- else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI)
- tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi;
- else
- memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
- tempGrab.device = dev;
- tempGrab.cursor = cursor;
- tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo;
- tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
- (*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE);
- *status = GrabSuccess;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request.
- *
- * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGrabKeyboardReply rep;
- REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq);
- int result;
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
- GrabMask mask;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq);
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply));
- mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
-
- result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode,
- stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
- stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None,
- &rep.status);
-
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request.
- *
- * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client);
- GrabPtr grab;
- TimeStamp time;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- UpdateCurrentTime();
-
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
- (grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request.
- *
- * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the
- * client.
- */
-int
-ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryPointerReply rep;
- WindowPtr pWin, t;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
- return rc;
-
- keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
-
- pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite;
- if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
- MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0;
- rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state);
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.root = (GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id;
- rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x;
- rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y;
- rep.child = None;
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
- rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x;
- rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y;
- for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent)
- if (t->parent == pWin)
- {
- rep.child = t->drawable.id;
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
- rep.winX = 0;
- rep.winY = 0;
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- rep.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- rep.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- if(stuff->id == rep.root) {
- rep.winX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- rep.winY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (rc == BadAccess) {
- rep.mask = 0;
- rep.child = None;
- rep.rootX = 0;
- rep.rootY = 0;
- rep.winX = 0;
- rep.winY = 0;
- }
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates
- * trace memory used for quick window traversal.
- */
-void
-InitEvents(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- inputInfo.numDevices = 0;
- inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
- {
- memcpy(&filters[i], default_filter, sizeof(default_filter));
- }
-
- syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow;
- while (syncEvents.pending)
- {
- QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next;
- free(syncEvents.pending);
- syncEvents.pending = next;
- }
- syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending;
- syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
- syncEvents.time.months = 0;
- syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0; /* hardly matters */
- currentTime.months = 0;
- currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
- lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
- for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++)
- {
- DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0;
- DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0;
- }
-
- InputEventList = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
- if (!InputEventList)
- FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n");
-}
-
-void
-CloseDownEvents(void)
-{
- FreeEventList(InputEventList, GetMaximumEventsNum());
- InputEventList = NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request.
- *
- * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event.
- */
-int
-ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */
- DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client);
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
- SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- REQUEST(xSendEventReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq);
-
- /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an
- extension. */
-
- if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply &&
- stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) ||
- (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE &&
- stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent)))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage &&
- stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 &&
- stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 &&
- stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow)
- pWin = pSprite->win;
- else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus)
- {
- WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin;
-
- if (inputFocus == NoneWin)
- return Success;
-
- /* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where
- the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */
- if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin)
- inputFocus = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
-
- if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win))
- {
- effectiveFocus = inputFocus;
- pWin = pSprite->win;
- }
- else
- effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus;
- }
- else
- dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess);
-
- if (!pWin)
- return BadWindow;
- if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->propagate;
- return BadValue;
- }
- stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80;
- if (stuff->propagate)
- {
- for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent)
- {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin,
- &stuff->event, 1))
- return Success;
- if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin,
- &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab))
- return Success;
- if (pWin == effectiveFocus)
- return Success;
- stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin);
- if (!stuff->eventMask)
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1))
- DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event,
- 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request.
- *
- * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the
- * client's keyboard.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
- && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
- (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
- return BadValue;
- }
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.device = keybd;
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
- tempGrab.type = KeyPress;
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
-
- if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
- return BadAlloc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request.
- *
- * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive
- * grabs.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq);
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int rc;
- GrabParameters param;
- GrabMask mask;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq);
-
- memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param));
- param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
- param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
- param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
- param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
-
- rc = CheckGrabValues(client, ¶m);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
- && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
-
- mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
-
- grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask,
- ¶m, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor);
- if (!grab)
- return BadAlloc;
- return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request.
- *
- * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab
- * to the list.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
- REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq);
- CursorPtr cursor;
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice;
- Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
- GrabMask mask;
- GrabParameters param;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq);
- if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) &&
- (stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) &&
- (stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
- (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (stuff->confineTo == None)
- confineTo = NullWindow;
- else {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- if (stuff->cursor == None)
- cursor = NullCursor;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return rc;
- }
- access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
- }
-
- ptr = PickPointer(client);
- modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
- if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync ||
- stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync)
- access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param));
- param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
- param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
- param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
- param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
-
- mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
-
- grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin,
- GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, ¶m, ButtonPress,
- stuff->button, confineTo, cursor);
- if (!grab)
- return BadAlloc;
- return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request.
- *
- * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- int rc;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq);
- if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
- (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- ptr = PickPointer(client);
-
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.device = ptr;
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
- tempGrab.type = ButtonPress;
- tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
-
- if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
- return BadAlloc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus.
- * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the
- * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted.
- *
- * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted.
- *
- * @param pWin The window to delete events from.
- * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be
- * deleted.
- */
-void
-DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources)
-{
- WindowPtr parent;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = inputInfo.pointer;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = inputInfo.keyboard;
- FocusClassPtr focus;
- OtherClientsPtr oc;
- GrabPtr passive;
- GrabPtr grab;
-
-
- /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any
- input focus changes. */
- grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab &&
- ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
- (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
-
-
- /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */
- grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && (grab->window == pWin))
- (*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd);
-
- /* And now the real devices */
- for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next)
- {
- grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
- (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
- }
-
-
- for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next)
- {
- if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd))
- {
- focus = keybd->focus;
-
- /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't
- delete the focus from it. */
-
- if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow))
- {
- int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal;
-
- /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */
-
- if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab)
- focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed;
-
- switch (focus->revert)
- {
- case RevertToNone:
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode);
- focus->win = NoneWin;
- focus->traceGood = 0;
- break;
- case RevertToParent:
- parent = pWin;
- do
- {
- parent = parent->parent;
- focus->traceGood--;
- } while (!parent->realized
- /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented
- during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the
- nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting
- client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence
- to None
- */
-#ifdef NOTDEF
- || wClient(parent)->clientGone
-#endif
- );
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent))
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode);
- focus->win = parent;
- focus->revert = RevertToNone;
- break;
- case RevertToPointerRoot:
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin))
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode);
- focus->win = PointerRootWin;
- focus->traceGood = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (IsPointerDevice(keybd))
- {
- if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
- keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- }
- }
-
- if (freeResources)
- {
- if (pWin->dontPropagate)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
- while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) )
- FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE);
- while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) )
- FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE);
- }
-
- DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources);
-}
-
-/**
- * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If
- * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the
- * window.
- */
-void
-CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- WindowPtr confineTo;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return;
-#endif
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo))
- {
- if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo))
- (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev);
- else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo))
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-Mask
-EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
-{
- OtherClientsPtr other;
-
- if (wClient (pWin) == client)
- return pWin->eventMask;
- for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (SameClient(other, client))
- return other->mask;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request.
- */
-int
-ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int rc, nscr;
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- Bool displayed;
- SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
- REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
- client, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return rc;
- }
-
- pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;
- pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen;
- pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue;
-
- pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed;
- pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen;
- pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue;
-
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
- displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen);
- else
-#endif
- displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen);
- ( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor,
- (pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary.
- * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for
- * the given event type.
- *
- * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events
- * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event.
- *
- * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below.
- *
- * @param pClient Client to send events to.
- * @param count Number of events.
- * @param events The event list.
- */
-void
-WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- xEvent eventCopy;
-#endif
- xEvent *eventTo, *eventFrom;
- int i,
- eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);
-
- if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone)
- return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify)
- events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
-
- /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */
- XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
- (screenInfo.screens[0]->x || screenInfo.screens[0]->y))
- {
- switch(events->u.u.type) {
- case MotionNotify:
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- case KeyPress:
- case KeyRelease:
- case EnterNotify:
- case LeaveNotify:
- /*
- When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow
- passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't
- modify the one passed to us
- */
- count = 1; /* should always be 1 */
- memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent));
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event ==
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root)
- {
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- events = &eventCopy;
- break;
- default: break;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (EventCallback)
- {
- EventInfoRec eventinfo;
- eventinfo.client = pClient;
- eventinfo.events = events;
- eventinfo.count = count;
- CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
- }
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) {
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]);
- }
- }
-#endif
- /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just
- * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */
- for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
- {
- if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n");
- return;
- }
- }
-
- if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent)
- {
- eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4;
- }
-
- if(pClient->swapped)
- {
- if (eventlength > swapEventLen)
- {
- swapEventLen = eventlength;
- swapEvent = realloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen);
- if (!swapEvent)
- {
- FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n");
- return;
- }
- }
-
- for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- eventFrom = &events[i];
- eventTo = swapEvent;
-
- /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case
- this event was sent with "SendEvent." */
- (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177])
- (eventFrom, eventTo);
-
- WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and
- * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't
- * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */
- WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the client pointer for the given client.
- *
- * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a
- * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous
- * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see
- * PickPointer()).
- * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used.
- */
-int
-SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device)
-{
- int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (!IsMaster(device))
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n");
- return BadDevice;
- } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. "
- "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id);
- return BadDevice;
- }
- client->clientPtr = device;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client.
- *
- * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority):
- * 1) A device the given client has a core grab on.
- * 2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client.
- * 3) The first master device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-PickPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
-
- /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even
- * keyboards count. */
- for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
- {
- GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client))
- {
- it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER);
- return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */
- }
- }
-
- if (!client->clientPtr)
- {
- it = inputInfo.devices;
- while (it)
- {
- if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- client->clientPtr = it;
- break;
- }
- it = it->next;
- }
- }
- return client->clientPtr;
-}
-
-/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by
- * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with
- * the client's pointer.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- if (!kbd)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This "
- "is a bug.\n");
- }
-
- return kbd;
-}
-
-/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from
- * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad
- * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere.
- * Only applies for core events.
- *
- * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not
- * be delivered.
- */
-Bool
-IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
-
- switch(event->u.u.type)
- {
- case KeyPress:
- case KeyRelease:
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- case MotionNotify:
- case EnterNotify:
- case LeaveNotify:
- break;
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
- return FALSE;
-
- while(it)
- {
- if (it != dev)
- {
- if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client)
- && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab)
- {
- if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) ||
- (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev)))
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- it = it->next;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
+/************************************************************ + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +********************************************************/ + +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/***************************************************************** + +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/** @file events.c + * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol + * handling (the parts for input devices). + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include "misc.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include "windowstr.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "inpututils.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" + +#include "dixstruct.h" +#ifdef PANORAMIX +#include "panoramiX.h" +#include "panoramiXsrv.h" +#endif +#include "globals.h" + +#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h> +#include "xkbsrv.h" +#include "xace.h" + +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE +#include <sys/types.h> +typedef const char *string; +#include "Xserver-dtrace.h" +#endif + +#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h> +#include "exglobals.h" +#include "exevents.h" +#include "extnsionst.h" + +#include "dixevents.h" +#include "dixgrabs.h" +#include "dispatch.h" + +#include <X11/extensions/ge.h> +#include "geext.h" +#include "geint.h" + +#include "eventstr.h" +#include "enterleave.h" +#include "eventconvert.h" + +/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE. */ +#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000 /* so doesn't match NoEventMask */ +#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask ) +#define AllButtonsMask ( \ + Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask ) +#define MotionMask ( \ + PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \ + Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \ + Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask ) +#define PropagateMask ( \ + KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \ + MotionMask ) +#define PointerGrabMask ( \ + ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \ + EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \ + PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \ + MotionMask ) +#define AllModifiersMask ( \ + ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \ + Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask ) +#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask +#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1)) + + +/* @return the core event type or 0 if the event is not a core event */ +static inline int +core_get_type(const xEvent *event) +{ + int type = event->u.u.type; + + return ((type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) || type == GenericEvent) ? 0 : type; +} + +/* @return the XI2 event type or 0 if the event is not a XI2 event */ +static inline int +xi2_get_type(const xEvent *event) +{ + xGenericEvent* e = (xGenericEvent*)event; + + return (e->type != GenericEvent || e->extension != IReqCode) ? 0 : e->evtype; +} + +/** + * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event. + * See DeliverEventsToWindow(). + */ +#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7) + +#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0) + +#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer) + + +CallbackListPtr EventCallback; +CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback; + +#define DNPMCOUNT 8 + +Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT]; +static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT]; + +static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin); +static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev, + CursorPtr cursor, + Bool generateEvents, + Bool confineToScreen, + ScreenPtr pScreen); + +/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */ +extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event); + +/** + * Main input device struct. + * inputInfo.pointer + * is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP", + * "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master + * pointer device and cannot be deleted. + * + * inputInfo.keyboard + * is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard"). + * See inputInfo.pointer. + * + * inputInfo.devices + * linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK. + * + * inputInfo.off_devices + * Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off. + * + * inputInfo.numDevices + * Total number of devices. + * + * inputInfo.all_devices + * Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is + * not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for + * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device + * reference. + * + * inputInfo.all_master_devices + * Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device + * is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for + * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device + * reference. + */ +InputInfo inputInfo; + +EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents; + +/** + * The root window the given device is currently on. + */ +#define RootWindow(sprite) sprite->spriteTrace[0] + +static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL; +static int swapEventLen = 0; + +void +NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to) +{ + FatalError("Not implemented"); +} + +/** + * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event. + * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type. + * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none. + */ +int +XItoCoreType(int xitype) +{ + int coretype = 0; + if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify) + coretype = MotionNotify; + else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress) + coretype = ButtonPress; + else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease) + coretype = ButtonRelease; + else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress) + coretype = KeyPress; + else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease) + coretype = KeyRelease; + + return coretype; +} + +/** + * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor + * sprite with another device. + */ +Bool +DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner; +} + +/* + * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to + * fill the 'use' field. + */ +Bool +IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) || + (dev->valuator && dev->button) || + (dev->valuator && !dev->key); +} + +/* + * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to + * fill the 'use' field. + * + * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not + * count them as keyboard devices. + */ +Bool +IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) || + ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev)); +} + +Bool +IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + return dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD; +} + +Bool +IsFloating(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + return GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == NULL; +} + + +/** + * Max event opcode. + */ +extern int lastEvent; + +extern int DeviceMotionNotify; + +#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask +/** + * Event masks for each event type. + * + * One set of filters for each device, initialized by memcpy of + * default_filter in InitEvents. + * + * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client, + * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event. + * + * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each + * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the + * matching ButtonXMotion mask. + */ +static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128]; + +static const Mask default_filter[128] = +{ + NoSuchEvent, /* 0 */ + NoSuchEvent, /* 1 */ + KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */ + KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */ + ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */ + ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */ + PointerMotionMask, /* MotionNotify (initial state) */ + EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */ + LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */ + FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */ + FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */ + KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */ + ExposureMask, /* Expose */ + CantBeFiltered, /* GraphicsExpose */ + CantBeFiltered, /* NoExpose */ + VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */ + SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* DestroyNotify */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* UnmapNotify */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* MapNotify */ + SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* ReparentNotify */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* ConfigureNotify */ + SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* GravityNotify */ + ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */ + StructureAndSubMask, /* CirculateNotify */ + SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */ + PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */ + CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionClear */ + CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionRequest */ + CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionNotify */ + ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */ + CantBeFiltered, /* ClientMessage */ + CantBeFiltered /* MappingNotify */ +}; + +/** + * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then + * be AND'ed with the selected event mask. + * + * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event + * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be + * byte[1]. + * + * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL. + * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the + * event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents. + * @return The filter mask for the given event. + * + * @see GetEventMask + */ +Mask +GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event) +{ + int evtype = 0; + + if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent) + return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type]; + else if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event))) + return (1 << (evtype % 8)); + ErrorF("[dix] Unknown event type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type); + return 0; +} + +/** + * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type. + */ +Mask +GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev) +{ + OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); + int filter; + int evtype; + + if (!inputMasks || xi2_get_type(ev) == 0) + return 0; + + evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype; + filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev); + + return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) || + inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] || + (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev))); +} + +Mask +GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other) +{ + int evtype; + + /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */ + if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event))) + { + int byte = evtype / 8; + return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] | + other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] | + (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0)); + } else if (core_get_type(event) != 0) + return other->mask[XIAllDevices]; + else + return other->mask[dev->id]; +} + + +static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] = +{ + 0x7c, 0x30, 0x40 /* key, button, expose, and configure events */ +}; + +static void +SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) { + int screenno = 0; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum; +#endif + PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno, + (syncEvents.playingEvents) ? syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds); + +} + +#ifdef PANORAMIX +static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev); + +static Bool +pointOnScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y) +{ + return x >= pScreen->x && x < pScreen->x + pScreen->width && + y >= pScreen->y && y < pScreen->y + pScreen->height; +} + +static Bool +XineramaSetCursorPosition( + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + int x, + int y, + Bool generateEvent +){ + ScreenPtr pScreen; + int i; + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates. We need to decide what Screen + to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to + that screen are. */ + + pScreen = pSprite->screen; + x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + + if(!pointOnScreen(pScreen, x, y)) + { + FOR_NSCREENS(i) + { + if(i == pScreen->myNum) + continue; + if(pointOnScreen(screenInfo.screens[i], x, y)) + { + pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; + break; + } + } + } + + pSprite->screen = pScreen; + pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + x -= pScreen->x; + y -= pScreen->y; + + return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent); +} + + +static void +XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + BoxRec newBox; + + pScreen = pSprite->screen; + newBox = pSprite->physLimits; + + /* Translate the constraining box to the screen + the sprite is actually on */ + newBox.x1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x; + newBox.x2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x; + newBox.y1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y; + newBox.y2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y; + + (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox); +} + + +static Bool +XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + if(pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) { + int i; + FOR_NSCREENS(i) + pSprite->windows[i] = screenInfo.screens[i]->root; + } else { + PanoramiXRes *win; + int rc, i; + + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id, + XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return FALSE; + + FOR_NSCREENS(i) { + rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id, + serverClient, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) /* window is being unmapped */ + return FALSE; + } + } + return TRUE; +} + +static void +XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, + WindowPtr pWin, + Bool generateEvents) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + int x, y, off_x, off_y, i; + + if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) + return; + + i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1; + + RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg1, + &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); + off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + + while(i--) { + x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + + if(x || y) + RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, x, y); + + RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1, + &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); + + off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + } + + pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pSprite->Reg1); + + if(RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1) + pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1; + else + pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion; + + pSprite->confined = FALSE; + pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) ? NullWindow : pWin; + + CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL); +} + +#endif /* PANORAMIX */ + +/** + * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks. + * + * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent(). + * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off + * setting. + * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each + * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the + * filter. + * + * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for. + * @param[in] mask The new filter mask. + * @param[in] event Protocol event type. + */ +void +SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event) +{ + if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES) + FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id"); + filters[deviceid][event] = mask; +} + +void +SetCriticalEvent(int event) +{ + if (event >= 128) + FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number"); + criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7); +} + +void +ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py) +{ + BoxRec box; + int x = *px, y = *py; + int incx = 1, incy = 1; + SpritePtr pSprite; + + pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + if (RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box)) + return; + box = *RegionExtents(shape); + /* this is rather crude */ + do { + x += incx; + if (x >= box.x2) + { + incx = -1; + x = *px - 1; + } + else if (x < box.x1) + { + incx = 1; + x = *px; + y += incy; + if (y >= box.y2) + { + incy = -1; + y = *py - 1; + } + else if (y < box.y1) + return; /* should never get here! */ + } + } while (!RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box)); + *px = x; + *py = y; +} + +static void +CheckPhysLimits( + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + CursorPtr cursor, + Bool generateEvents, + Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */ + ScreenPtr pScreen) /* unused if PanoramiX on */ +{ + HotSpot new; + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + if (!cursor) + return; + new = pSprite->hotPhys; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */ + pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits; + else +#endif + { + if (pScreen) + new.pScreen = pScreen; + else + pScreen = new.pScreen; + (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits, + &pSprite->physLimits); + pSprite->confined = confineToScreen; + (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits); + } + + /* constrain the pointer to those limits */ + if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) + new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; + else + if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) + new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; + if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) + new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; + else + if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) + new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; + if (pSprite->hotShape) + ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y); + if (( +#ifdef PANORAMIX + noPanoramiXExtension && +#endif + (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) || + (new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)) + { +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + { + if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))) + XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents); + } + else +#endif + { + if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + pSprite->hotPhys = new; + (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) + (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents); + } + if (!generateEvents) + SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y); + } + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + /* Tell DDX what the limits are */ + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev); +#endif +} + +static void +CheckVirtualMotion( + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + QdEventPtr qe, + WindowPtr pWin) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + RegionPtr reg = NULL; + DeviceEvent *ev = NULL; + + if (qe) + { + ev = &qe->event->device_event; + switch(ev->type) + { + case ET_Motion: + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + case ET_ProximityIn: + case ET_ProximityOut: + pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen; + pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x; + pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y; + pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + if (pWin) + { + BoxRec lims; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { + int x, y, off_x, off_y, i; + + if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) + return; + + i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1; + + RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg2, + &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); + off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + + while(i--) { + x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + + if(x || y) + RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, x, y); + + RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2, + &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); + + off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + } + } else +#endif + { + if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen) + { + pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0; + } + } + + lims = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize); + if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1) + pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1; + else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2) + pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1; + if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1) + pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1; + else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2) + pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + { + if (RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1) + reg = &pSprite->Reg2; + + } else +#endif + { + if (wBoundingShape(pWin)) + reg = &pWin->borderSize; + } + + if (reg) + ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y); + + if (qe && ev) + { + qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen; + ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x; + ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y; + } + } +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */ +#endif + RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pSprite->hot.pScreen->root; +} + +static void +ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + if (syncEvents.playingEvents) + { + CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin); + SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y); + } + else + { +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents); + return; + } +#endif + pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize); + pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize + : NullRegion; + CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, + confineToScreen, pWin->drawable.pScreen); + } +} + +Bool +PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined; +} + +/** + * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor. + * + * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if + * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing + * happens. + */ +static void +ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + + if (cursor != pSprite->current) + { + if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) || + (pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot)) + CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined, + (ScreenPtr)NULL); +#ifdef PANORAMIX + /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */ + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + pScreen = pSprite->screen; + else +#endif + pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; + + (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor); + FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0); + pSprite->current = cursor; + pSprite->current->refcnt++; + } +} + +/** + * @returns true if b is a descendent of a + */ +Bool +IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b) +{ + for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent) + if (b == a) return TRUE; + return FALSE; +} + +/** + * Update the cursor displayed on the screen. + * + * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position. + */ +static void +PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + WindowPtr win; + GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab; + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + CursorPtr pCursor; + + if (syncEvents.playingEvents) + return; + if (grab) + { + if (grab->cursor) + { + ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor); + return; + } + if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win)) + win = pSprite->win; + else + win = grab->window; + } + else + win = pSprite->win; + for (; win; win = win->parent) + { + if (win->optional) + { + pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev); + if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor) + pCursor = win->optional->cursor; + if (pCursor) + { + ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor); + return; + } + } + } +} + + +/** + * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window + * @return root window where dev's sprite is located + */ +WindowPtr +GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + return RootWindow(dev->spriteInfo->sprite); +} + +/** + * @return window underneath the cursor sprite. + */ +WindowPtr +GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win; +} + +/** + * @return current sprite cursor. + */ +CursorPtr +GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current; +} + +/** + * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates. + */ +void +GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x; + *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y; +} + +#ifdef PANORAMIX +int +XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum; + } else { + return 0; + } +} +#endif /* PANORAMIX */ + +#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */ + +static void +MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev) +{ + /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from + * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go + * backwards when it should not. Here we ensure a decent time. + */ + if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP) + currentTime.months++; + else + ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds; +} + +static void +NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev) +{ + if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds) + MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev); + currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time; + lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime; +} + +void +NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev) +{ + if (!syncEvents.playingEvents) + NoticeTime(ev); +} + +/************************************************************************** + * The following procedures deal with synchronous events * + **************************************************************************/ + +/** + * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen. + * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a + * linked list for later delivery. + */ +void +EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device) +{ + QdEventPtr tail = *syncEvents.pendtail; + QdEventPtr qe; + SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite; + int eventlen; + DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event; + + NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event); + + /* Fix for key repeating bug. */ + if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL && + event->type == ET_KeyRelease) + AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key); + + if (DeviceEventCallback) + { + DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo; + + /* The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events + * must be valid. At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so + * we do it here. The long expression below is necessary to get + * the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative + * GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right + * answer on the first motion event after a screen change because + * the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been + * updated yet. + */ + if (ev->any.type == ET_Motion) + ev->device_event.root = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root->drawable.id; + + eventinfo.event = ev; + eventinfo.device = device; + CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo); + } + + if (event->type == ET_Motion) + { +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + event->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + event->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } +#endif + pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x; + pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y; + /* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */ + if (tail && + (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) && + (tail->device == device) && + (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) + { + DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event; + tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x; + tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y; + tailev->time = event->time; + tail->months = currentTime.months; + return; + } + } + + eventlen = event->length; + + qe = malloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen); + if (!qe) + return; + qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL; + qe->device = device; + qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; + qe->months = currentTime.months; + qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1); + memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen); + if (tail) + syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next; + *syncEvents.pendtail = qe; +} + +/** + * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents. + * For each event do: + * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it + * as usually. + * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen. + * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not + * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue. + */ +static void +PlayReleasedEvents(void) +{ + QdEventPtr *prev, qe; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + DeviceIntPtr pDev; + + prev = &syncEvents.pending; + while ( (qe = *prev) ) + { + if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen) + { + *prev = qe->next; + pDev = qe->device; + if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev) + syncEvents.pendtail = prev; + if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion) + CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow); + syncEvents.time.months = qe->months; + syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc + will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry + to the DIX layer */ + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event; + switch(ev->type) + { + case ET_Motion: + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + case ET_ProximityIn: + case ET_ProximityOut: + ev->root_x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - + pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->x; + ev->root_y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - + pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->y; + break; + default: + break; + } + + } +#endif + (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device); + free(qe); + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next) + ; + if (!dev) + break; + /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */ + /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */ + prev = &syncEvents.pending; + } + else + prev = &qe->next; + } +} + +/** + * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is + * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an + * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()). + * + * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw + * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw. + */ +static void +FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen) +{ + dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen; + if (frozen) + dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc; + else + dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc; +} + +/** + * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients. + * + * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It + * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay + * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from + * the window or delivers the events. + */ +static void +ComputeFreezes(void) +{ + DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev; + WindowPtr w; + GrabPtr grab; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other || + (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN)); + if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending)) + return; + syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE; + if (replayDev) + { + DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event; + + syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + + w = XYToWindow(replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite, + event->root_x, event->root_y); + if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, syncEvents.replayWin)) + { + if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event)) + DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w); + else + DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab, + NullWindow, replayDev); + } + } + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen) + { + PlayReleasedEvents(); + break; + } + } + syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE; + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (DevHasCursor(dev)) + { + /* the following may have been skipped during replay, + so do it now */ + if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) + { + if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen != + dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = + dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0; + ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); + } + else + ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, + dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root, + TRUE, FALSE); + PostNewCursor(dev); + } + } +} + +#ifdef RANDR +void +ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen) +{ + GrabPtr grab; + DeviceIntPtr pDev; + + for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) + { + if (!DevHasCursor(pDev)) + continue; + + /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to + * worry about it. */ + if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) + { + if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen + != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0; + ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); + } + else + ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, + pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root, + TRUE, FALSE); + } +} +#endif + +static void +CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode) +{ + GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + + if (thisMode == GrabModeSync) + thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT; + else + { /* free both if same client owns both */ + thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED; + if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other && + (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) == + CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource))) + thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; + } + + if (IsMaster(thisDev)) + { + dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev); + if (otherMode == GrabModeSync) + dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab; + else + { /* free both if same client owns both */ + if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other && + (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) == + CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource))) + dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; + } + } + ComputeFreezes(); +} + +/** + * Save the device's master device id. This needs to be done + * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For + * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it + * though. + * + * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears + * while the device has a grab. + */ +static void +DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + if (IsFloating(dev)) + return; + + dev->saved_master_id = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED)->id; + + AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL); +} + +static void +ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + DeviceIntPtr master = NULL; + + if (IsMaster(dev)) + return; + + dixLookupDevice(&master, dev->saved_master_id, serverClient, DixUseAccess); + + if (master) + { + AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master); + dev->saved_master_id = 0; + } +} + +/** + * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all + * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only. + * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is + * on, but core events will be sent to other clients. + * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set. + * + * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab + * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event. + * + * @param mouse The device to grab. + * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup. + * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not + * explicitely by a client. + */ +void +ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab, + TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab) +{ + GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab; + WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ? + grabinfo->grab->window + : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win; + Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask; + + /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */ + if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 && + !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse)) + DetachFromMaster(mouse); + + if (grab->confineTo) + { + if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen + != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = + mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0; + ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE); + } + DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab); + mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + if (syncEvents.playingEvents) + grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time; + else + grabinfo->grabTime = time; + if (grab->cursor) + grab->cursor->refcnt++; + grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab; + grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab; + grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive; + grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask; + PostNewCursor(mouse); + CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode); +} + +/** + * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite. + * + * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab(). + */ +void +DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse) +{ + GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab && + mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab); + + mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab; + mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED; + mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE; + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab) + dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; + } + DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window, + mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab); + if (grab->confineTo) + ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE); + PostNewCursor(mouse); + if (grab->cursor) + FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0); + + if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2) + ReattachToOldMaster(mouse); + + ComputeFreezes(); +} + +/** + * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device. + * + * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc. + */ +void +ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive) +{ + GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab; + WindowPtr oldWin; + + /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */ + if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 && + !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) && + !IsMaster(keybd)) + DetachFromMaster(keybd); + + if (grabinfo->grab) + oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window; + else if (keybd->focus) + oldWin = keybd->focus->win; + else + oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win; + if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin) + oldWin = keybd->focus->win; + if (keybd->valuator) + keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab); + if (syncEvents.playingEvents) + grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time; + else + grabinfo->grabTime = time; + grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab; + grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab; + grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive; + grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask; + CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode); +} + +/** + * Delete keyboard grab for the given device. + */ +void +DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd) +{ + GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win + : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win; + Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab && + keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab); + + if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin) + focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win; + if (keybd->valuator) + keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab; + keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED; + keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE; + + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab) + dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; + } + DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab); + + if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2) + ReattachToOldMaster(keybd); + + ComputeFreezes(); +} + +void +AllowSome(ClientPtr client, + TimeStamp time, + DeviceIntPtr thisDev, + int newState) +{ + Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced; + TimeStamp grabTime; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo, + grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab; + + thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client); + thisSynced = FALSE; + otherGrabbed = FALSE; + othersFrozen = FALSE; + grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime; + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; + + if (dev == thisDev) + continue; + if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) + { + if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) || + (CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER)) + grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime; + otherGrabbed = TRUE; + if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab) + thisSynced = TRUE; + if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) + othersFrozen = TRUE; + } + } + if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced)) + return; + if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || + (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER)) + return; + switch (newState) + { + case THAWED: /* Async */ + if (thisGrabbed) + grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED; + if (thisSynced) + grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; + ComputeFreezes(); + break; + case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: /* Sync */ + if (thisGrabbed) + { + grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT; + if (thisSynced) + grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; + ComputeFreezes(); + } + break; + case THAWED_BOTH: /* AsyncBoth */ + if (othersFrozen) + { + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; + if (devgrabinfo->grab + && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) + devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED; + if (devgrabinfo->sync.other && + SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client)) + devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; + } + ComputeFreezes(); + } + break; + case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: /* SyncBoth */ + if (othersFrozen) + { + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; + if (devgrabinfo->grab + && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) + devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT; + if (devgrabinfo->sync.other + && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client)) + devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; + } + ComputeFreezes(); + } + break; + case NOT_GRABBED: /* Replay */ + if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT) + { + if (thisSynced) + grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; + syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev; + syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window; + (*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev); + syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + } + break; + case THAW_OTHERS: /* AsyncOthers */ + if (othersFrozen) + { + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (dev == thisDev) + continue; + devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; + if (devgrabinfo->grab + && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) + devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED; + if (devgrabinfo->sync.other + && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client)) + devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; + } + ComputeFreezes(); + } + break; + } +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request. + * + * Release some events from a frozen device. + */ +int +ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client) +{ + TimeStamp time; + DeviceIntPtr mouse = NULL; + DeviceIntPtr keybd = NULL; + REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq); + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time); + + mouse = PickPointer(client); + keybd = PickKeyboard(client); + + switch (stuff->mode) + { + case ReplayPointer: + AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED); + break; + case SyncPointer: + AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT); + break; + case AsyncPointer: + AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED); + break; + case ReplayKeyboard: + AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED); + break; + case SyncKeyboard: + AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT); + break; + case AsyncKeyboard: + AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED); + break; + case SyncBoth: + AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT); + break; + case AsyncBoth: + AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH); + break; + default: + client->errorValue = stuff->mode; + return BadValue; + } + return Success; +} + +/** + * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client. + */ +void +ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr dev; + Bool done; + + /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before + * releasing active grabs. + */ + do { + done = TRUE; + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client)) + { + (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev); + done = FALSE; + } + } + } while (!done); +} + +/************************************************************************** + * The following procedures deal with delivering events * + **************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Deliver the given events to the given client. + * + * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with + * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events. + * + * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to + * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the + * client. + * An event is only delivered if + * - mask and filter match up. + * - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event. + * + * + * @param client The target client to deliver to. + * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL. + * @param pEvents The events to be delivered. + * @param count Number of elements in pEvents. + * @param mask Event mask as set by the window. + * @param filter Mask based on event type. + * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event. + * + * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the + * client. + */ +int +TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents, + int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab) +{ + int type; + +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s", + pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask, + client ? client->index : -1, + (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : ""); +#endif + + if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) { +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n"); +#endif + return 0; + } + + if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter)) + { + #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" filtered\n"); + #endif + return 0; + } + + if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n"); +#endif + return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */ + } + + type = pEvents->u.u.type; + if (type == MotionNotify) + { + if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask) + { + if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) == + pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF("[dix] \n"); + ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n"); +#endif + return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ + } + pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint; + } + else + { + pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal; + } + } + else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify) + { + if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents, + mask) != 0) + return 1; + } else if (type == KeyPress) + { + if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents)) + { + if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client)) + { + xEvent release = *pEvents; + release.u.u.type = KeyRelease; + WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release); +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)"); +#endif + } else + { +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)"); +#endif + } + } + + } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress) + { + if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents)) + { + if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client)) + { + deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents; + release.type = DeviceKeyRelease; +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)"); +#endif + WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release); + } + else { +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)"); +#endif + } + } + } + + if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type)) + { + if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY) + client->smart_priority++; + SetCriticalOutputPending(); + } + + WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents); +#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS + ErrorF("[dix] delivered\n"); +#endif + return 1; +} + +static BOOL +ActivateImplicitGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, WindowPtr win, + xEvent *event, Mask deliveryMask) +{ + GrabRec tempGrab; + OtherInputMasks *inputMasks; + CARD8 type = event->u.u.type; + GrabType grabtype; + + if (type == ButtonPress) + grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; + else if (type == DeviceButtonPress) + grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI; + else if ((type = xi2_get_type(event)) == XI_ButtonPress) + grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2; + else + return FALSE; + + memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec)); + tempGrab.next = NULL; + tempGrab.device = dev; + tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; + tempGrab.window = win; + tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE; + tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask; + tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync; + tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync; + tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow; + tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor; + tempGrab.type = type; + tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype; + + /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */ + inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); + tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id]: 0; + + if (inputMasks) + memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask, + sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask)); + + (*dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, + currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask); + return TRUE; +} + +enum EventDeliveryState { + EVENT_DELIVERED, /**< Event has been delivered to a client */ + EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED, /**< Event was not delivered to any client */ + EVENT_SKIP, /**< Event can be discarded by the caller */ + EVENT_REJECTED, /**< Event was rejected for delivery to the client */ +}; + +/** + * Attempt event delivery to the client owning the window. + */ +static enum EventDeliveryState +DeliverToWindowOwner(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, + xEvent *events, int count, Mask filter, + GrabPtr grab) +{ + /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */ + if (filter != CantBeFiltered && + !((wOtherEventMasks(win)|win->eventMask) & filter)) + return EVENT_SKIP; + + if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(win), dev, events)) + return EVENT_SKIP; + + if (!XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(win), win, events, count)) + { + int attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(win), dev, events, + count, win->eventMask, + filter, grab); + if (attempt > 0) + return EVENT_DELIVERED; + if (attempt < 0) + return EVENT_REJECTED; + } + + return EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED; +} + + +/** + * Get the list of clients that should be tried for event delivery on the + * given window. + * + * @return 1 if the client list should be traversed, zero if the event + * should be skipped. + */ +static Bool +GetClientsForDelivery(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, + xEvent *events, Mask filter, InputClients **clients) +{ + int rc = 0; + + if (core_get_type(events) != 0) + *clients = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(win); + else if (xi2_get_type(events) != 0) + { + OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); + /* Has any client selected for the event? */ + if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(dev, win, events)) + goto out; + *clients = inputMasks->inputClients; + } else { + OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); + /* Has any client selected for the event? */ + if (!inputMasks || + !(inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter)) + goto out; + + *clients = inputMasks->inputClients; + } + + rc = 1; +out: + return rc; +} + +/** + * Try delivery on each client in inputclients, provided the event mask + * accepts it and there is no interfering core grab.. + */ +static enum EventDeliveryState +DeliverEventToInputClients(DeviceIntPtr dev, InputClients *inputclients, + WindowPtr win, xEvent *events, + int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab, + ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return) +{ + int attempt; + enum EventDeliveryState rc = EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED; + + for (; inputclients; inputclients = inputclients->next) + { + Mask mask; + ClientPtr client = rClient(inputclients); + + if (IsInterferingGrab(client, dev, events)) + continue; + + mask = GetEventMask(dev, events, inputclients); + + if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, client, win, + events, count)) + /* do nothing */; + else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(client, dev, + events, count, + mask, filter, grab)) ) + { + if (attempt > 0) + { + rc = EVENT_DELIVERED; + *client_return = client; + *mask_return = mask; + /* Success overrides non-success, so if we've been + * successful on one client, return that */ + } else if (rc == EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED) + rc = EVENT_REJECTED; + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +/** + * Deliver events to clients registered on the window. + * + * @param client_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient. + * @param mask_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient's event + * mask for this event. + */ +static enum EventDeliveryState +DeliverEventToWindowMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent *events, + int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab, + ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return) +{ + InputClients *clients; + + if (!GetClientsForDelivery(dev, win, events, filter, &clients)) + return EVENT_SKIP; + + return DeliverEventToInputClients(dev, clients, win, events, count, filter, + grab, client_return, mask_return); + +} + + +/** + * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event + * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a + * button press. + * + * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is + * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other + * clients with the matching mask on the window. + * + * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with + * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events. + * + * @param pWin The window that would get the event. + * @param pEvents The events to be delivered. + * @param count Number of elements in pEvents. + * @param filter Mask based on event type. + * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event. + * + * @return a positive number if at least one successful delivery has been + * made, 0 if no events were delivered, or a negative number if the event + * has not been delivered _and_ rejected by at least one client. + */ +int +DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent + *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab) +{ + int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0; + ClientPtr client = NullClient; + Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then + this mask is the mask of the grab. */ + int type = pEvents->u.u.type; + + /* Deliver to window owner */ + if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || core_get_type(pEvents) != 0) + { + enum EventDeliveryState rc; + + rc = DeliverToWindowOwner(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, grab); + + switch(rc) + { + case EVENT_SKIP: + return 0; + case EVENT_REJECTED: + nondeliveries--; + break; + case EVENT_DELIVERED: + /* We delivered to the owner, with our event mask */ + deliveries++; + client = wClient(pWin); + deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask; + break; + case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED: + break; + } + } + + /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */ + if (filter != CantBeFiltered) + { + enum EventDeliveryState rc; + + rc = DeliverEventToWindowMask(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, + grab, &client, &deliveryMask); + + switch(rc) + { + case EVENT_SKIP: + return 0; + case EVENT_REJECTED: + nondeliveries--; + break; + case EVENT_DELIVERED: + deliveries++; + break; + case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED: + break; + } + } + + if (deliveries) + { + /* + * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may + * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events. + */ + if (!grab && ActivateImplicitGrab(pDev, client, pWin, pEvents, deliveryMask)) + /* grab activated */; + else if (type == MotionNotify) + pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin; + else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress) + CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type, + (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents, + grab, client, deliveryMask); + return deliveries; + } + return nondeliveries; +} + +void +DeliverRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device) +{ + GrabPtr grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; + + if (grab) + DeliverGrabbedEvent((InternalEvent*)ev, device, FALSE); + else { /* deliver to all root windows */ + xEvent *xi; + int i; + int filter; + + i = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)ev, (xEvent**)&xi); + if (i != Success) + { + ErrorF("[Xi] %s: XI2 conversion failed in %s (%d)\n", + __FUNCTION__, device->name, i); + return; + } + + filter = GetEventFilter(device, xi); + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) + DeliverEventsToWindow(device, screenInfo.screens[i]->root, xi, 1, + filter, NullGrab); + free(xi); + } +} + +/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0. if + send works, return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2. + Only works for core events. +*/ + +#ifdef PANORAMIX +static int +XineramaTryClientEventsResult( + ClientPtr client, + GrabPtr grab, + Mask mask, + Mask filter +){ + if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) && + ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter))) + { + if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1; + else return 1; + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/** + * Try to deliver events to the interested parties. + * + * @param pWin The window that would get the event. + * @param pEvents The events to be delivered. + * @param count Number of elements in pEvents. + * @param filter Mask based on event type. + * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient. + */ +int +MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents, + int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient) +{ + OtherClients *other; + + + if (pWin->eventMask & filter) + { + if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient) + return 0; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) + return XineramaTryClientEventsResult( + wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter); +#endif + if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count)) + return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ + return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count, + pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab); + } + for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next) + { + if (other->mask & filter) + { + if (SameClient(other, dontClient)) + return 0; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) + return XineramaTryClientEventsResult( + rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter); +#endif + if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents, + count)) + return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ + return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count, + other->mask, filter, NullGrab); + } + } + return 2; +} + +static Window FindChildForEvent(SpritePtr pSprite, WindowPtr event) +{ + WindowPtr w = DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite); + Window child = None; + + /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be + set to none or should the value in the argument be passed + through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls + this function with child == None anyway. */ + while (w) + { + /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be + none. Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */ + + if (w == event) + { + child = None; + break; + } + + if (w->parent == event) + { + child = w->drawable.id; + break; + } + w = w->parent; + } + return child; +} + +/** + * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties. + * + * @param xE Event to be modified in place + * @param pWin The window to get the information from. + * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable) + * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window. + */ +void +FixUpEventFromWindow( + SpritePtr pSprite, + xEvent *xE, + WindowPtr pWin, + Window child, + Bool calcChild) +{ + int evtype; + + if (calcChild) + child = FindChildForEvent(pSprite, pWin); + + if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(xE))) + { + xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE; + + switch (evtype) + { + case XI_RawKeyPress: + case XI_RawKeyRelease: + case XI_RawButtonPress: + case XI_RawButtonRelease: + case XI_RawMotion: + case XI_DeviceChanged: + case XI_HierarchyChanged: + case XI_PropertyEvent: + return; + default: + break; + } + + event->root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id; + event->event = pWin->drawable.id; + if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen) + { + event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0); + event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0); + event->child = child; + } else + { + event->event_x = 0; + event->event_y = 0; + event->child = None; + } + + if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave || + event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut) + ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen = + (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen); + + } else + { + XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id; + XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id; + if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen) + { + XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue; + XE_KBPTR.child = child; + XE_KBPTR.eventX = + XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x; + XE_KBPTR.eventY = + XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y; + } + else + { + XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse; + XE_KBPTR.child = None; + XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0; + XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0; + } + } +} + +/** + * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window. + * + * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific + * client. + * + * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for. + * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent. + * @param[in] win The current event window. + * + * @return Bitmask of ::EVENT_XI2_MASK, ::EVENT_XI1_MASK, ::EVENT_CORE_MASK, and + * ::EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK. + */ +int +EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win) +{ + int rc = 0; + int filter = 0; + int type; + OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); + xEvent ev; + + /* XXX: this makes me gag */ + type = GetXI2Type(event); + ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/ + ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode; + ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type; + filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev); + if (type && inputMasks && + ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) || + ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) || + (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter))) + rc |= EVENT_XI2_MASK; + + type = GetXIType(event); + ev.u.u.type = type; + filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev); + + /* Check for XI mask */ + if (type && inputMasks && + (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) && + (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter)) + rc |= EVENT_XI1_MASK; + + /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */ + if (type && inputMasks && + (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter)) + rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK; + + /* Check for core mask */ + type = GetCoreType(event); + if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) && + ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter)) + rc |= EVENT_CORE_MASK; + + /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */ + if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win))) + rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK; + + return rc; +} + +/** + * Deliver events caused by input devices. + * + * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is + * called directly from the processInputProc. + * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call + * DeliverDeviceEvents. + * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call + * DeliverDeviceEvents. + * + * @param pWin Window to deliver event to. + * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format. + * @param grab Possible grab on a device. + * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window. + * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event. + * + * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent + * @see DeliverFocusedEvent + */ +int +DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab, + WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite; + Window child = None; + Mask filter; + int deliveries = 0; + xEvent *xE = NULL, *core = NULL; + int rc, mask, count = 0; + + verify_internal_event(event); + + while (pWin) + { + if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin))) + { + /* XI2 events first */ + if (mask & EVENT_XI2_MASK) + { + xEvent *xi2 = NULL; + rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2); + if (rc == Success) + { + /* XXX: XACE */ + filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2); + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE); + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1, + filter, grab); + free(xi2); + if (deliveries > 0) + goto unwind; + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n", + dev->name, rc); + } + + /* XI events */ + if (mask & EVENT_XI1_MASK) + { + rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count); + if (rc == Success) { + if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) { + filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE); + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, pWin, child, FALSE); + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count, + filter, grab); + if (deliveries > 0) + goto unwind; + } + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", + dev->name, event->any.type, rc); + } + + /* Core event */ + if ((mask & EVENT_CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents) + { + rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count); + if (rc == Success) { + if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, core, count) == Success) { + filter = GetEventFilter(dev, core); + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, pWin, child, FALSE); + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, core, + count, filter, grab); + if (deliveries > 0) + goto unwind; + } + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: Core conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d).\n", + dev->name, event->any.type, rc); + } + + if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) || + (mask & EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK)) + { + deliveries = 0; + goto unwind; + } + } + + child = pWin->drawable.id; + pWin = pWin->parent; + } + +unwind: + free(core); + free(xE); + return deliveries; +} + +/** + * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window + * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that + * propagate up the tree or extension events + * + * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the + * otherParent as well. + * + * @param pWin Window to deliver events to. + * @param xE Events to deliver. + * @param count number of events in xE. + * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events. + */ +int +DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count, + WindowPtr otherParent) +{ + DeviceIntRec dummy; + int deliveries; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) + return count; +#endif + + if (!count) + return 0; + + dummy.id = XIAllDevices; + + switch (xE->u.u.type) + { + case DestroyNotify: + case UnmapNotify: + case MapNotify: + case MapRequest: + case ReparentNotify: + case ConfigureNotify: + case ConfigureRequest: + case GravityNotify: + case CirculateNotify: + case CirculateRequest: + xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id; + break; + } + + switch (xE->u.u.type) + { + case DestroyNotify: + case UnmapNotify: + case MapNotify: + case ReparentNotify: + case ConfigureNotify: + case GravityNotify: + case CirculateNotify: + break; + default: + { + Mask filter; + filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE); + return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter, + NullGrab); + } + } + + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, + StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab); + if (pWin->parent) + { + xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id; + deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count, + SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab); + if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify) + { + xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id; + deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, + otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask, + NullGrab); + } + } + return deliveries; +} + + +static Bool +PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y) +{ + BoxRec box; + + if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box)) + return TRUE; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && + XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) { + SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite; + int i; + + FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) { + if(RegionContainsPoint(&pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize, + x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x, + y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y, + &box)) + return TRUE; + } + } +#endif + return FALSE; +} + +/** + * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While + * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array. + * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way: + * spriteTrace[0] ... root window + * spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y + * ... + * spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y + * + * @returns the window at the given coordinates. + */ +WindowPtr +XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + BoxRec box; + + pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; /* root window still there */ + pWin = RootWindow(pSprite)->firstChild; + while (pWin) + { + if ((pWin->mapped) && + (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) && + (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width + + wBorderWidth(pWin)) && + (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) && + (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height + + wBorderWidth (pWin)) + /* When a window is shaped, a further check + * is made to see if the point is inside + * borderSize + */ + && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y)) + && (!wInputShape(pWin) || + RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin), + x - pWin->drawable.x, + y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)) +#ifdef ROOTLESS + /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when + * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system + * implements some form of virtual desktop system). + */ + && !pWin->rootlessUnhittable +#endif + ) + { + if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize) + { + pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10; + pSprite->spriteTrace = realloc(pSprite->spriteTrace, + pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr)); + } + pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin; + pWin = pWin->firstChild; + } + else + pWin = pWin->nextSib; + } + return DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite); +} + +/** + * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the + * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if + * applicable and FALSE is returned. + * + * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise. + */ +BOOL +ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win) +{ + BOOL rc = FALSE; + DeviceEvent event; + + if (dev->deviceGrab.grab) + { + if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab || + dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter || + dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win || + IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win)) + return FALSE; + DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab); + (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev); + } + + if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin) + return FALSE; + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); + event.header = ET_Internal; + event.type = ET_FocusIn; + event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent); + event.time = GetTimeInMillis(); + event.deviceid = dev->id; + event.sourceid = dev->id; + event.detail.button = 0; + rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE, + TRUE) != NULL); + if (rc) + DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab); + return rc; +} + +/** + * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given + * window. + * + * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise. + */ +static BOOL +ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win) +{ + BOOL rc = FALSE; + DeviceEvent event; + + if (dev->deviceGrab.grab) + { + if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab || + dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter || + dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win || + IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win)) + return FALSE; + DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab); + (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev); + } + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); + event.header = ET_Internal; + event.type = ET_Enter; + event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent); + event.time = GetTimeInMillis(); + event.deviceid = dev->id; + event.sourceid = dev->id; + event.detail.button = 0; + rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE, + TRUE) != NULL); + if (rc) + DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab); + return rc; +} + +/** + * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor + * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been + * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new + * cursor and send enter/leave events. + * + * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a + * pointer event. + * + * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise. + */ +Bool +CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin; + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + verify_internal_event((InternalEvent *)ev); + + if (!pSprite) + return FALSE; + + prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win; + + if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents) + { + /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct + rootX/Y set already. */ + switch (ev->type) + { + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + case ET_Motion: + break; + default: + /* all other events return FALSE */ + return FALSE; + } + + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + { + /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0 + coordinates. Replayed events have already been + translated since they've entered DIX before */ + ev->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + ev->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } else +#endif + { + if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + { + pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; + RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = + pSprite->hot.pScreen->root; + } + } + + pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x; + pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y; + if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) + pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; + else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) + pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; + if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) + pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; + else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) + pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; + if (pSprite->hotShape) + ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y); + pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot; + + if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) || + (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y)) + { +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + { + XineramaSetCursorPosition( + pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE); + } else +#endif + { + (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)( + pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen, + pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE); + } + } + + ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x; + ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y; + } + + newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pSprite, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y); + + if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin) + { + int sourceid; + if (!ev) { + UpdateCurrentTimeIf(); + sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */ + } else + sourceid = ev->sourceid; + + if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) { + if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin)) + DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin, + newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal); + } + /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise + sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are + sent. */ + pSprite->win = newSpriteWin; + PostNewCursor(pDev); + return FALSE; + } + return TRUE; +} + +/** + * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the + * sprite's cursor. + */ +void +WindowsRestructured(void) +{ + DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices; + while(pDev) + { + if (IsMaster(pDev) || IsFloating(pDev)) + CheckMotion(NULL, pDev); + pDev = pDev->next; + } +} + +#ifdef PANORAMIX +/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is + * that if the 0th screen (i.e., screenInfo.screens[0]) is moved to an origin + * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must + * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not + * compute correctly. */ +void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff) +{ + GrabPtr grab; + DeviceIntPtr pDev; + SpritePtr pSprite; + + if (noPanoramiXExtension) return; + + pDev = inputInfo.devices; + while(pDev) + { + if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) + { + pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + pSprite->hot.x -= xoff; + pSprite->hot.y -= yoff; + + pSprite->hotPhys.x -= xoff; + pSprite->hotPhys.y -= yoff; + + pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff; + pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff; + pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff; + pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff; + + if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg1)) + RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff); + if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg2)) + RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff); + + /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */ + if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) { + if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen + != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0; + ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); + } else + ConfineCursorToWindow( + pDev, + pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root, + TRUE, FALSE); + + } + pDev = pDev->next; + } +} +#endif + +/** + * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If + * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to + * default values. + * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's + * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window + * is a good choice to pass in here. + * + * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a + * really talented keyboard. + * + * @param pDev The device to initialize. + * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in. + * + */ +void +InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + CursorPtr pCursor; + + if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) + { + DeviceIntPtr it; + + pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)calloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec)); + if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) + FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct"); + + /* We may have paired another device with this device before our + * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the + * sprite field for all paired devices. + * + * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite. + */ + for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next) + { + if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev) + it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + } + if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev) + inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + } + + pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE; + + pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL; + pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen; + pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen; + if (pScreen) + { + pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2; + pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2; + pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width; + pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height; + } + + pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys; + pSprite->win = pWin; + + if (pWin) + { + pCursor = wCursor(pWin); + pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)calloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr)); + if (!pSprite->spriteTrace) + FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace"); + pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32; + + RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pWin; + pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; + + pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen; + pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen; + + } else { + pCursor = NullCursor; + pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL; + pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0; + pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0; + pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0]; + pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen; + } + if (pCursor) + pCursor->refcnt++; + if (pSprite->current) + FreeCursor(pSprite->current, None); + pSprite->current = pCursor; + + if (pScreen) + { + (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current); + (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current, + &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits); + pSprite->confined = FALSE; + + (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, + &pSprite->physLimits); + (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x, + pSprite->hot.y, + FALSE); + (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current); + } +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits; + pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow; + pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion; + pSprite->screen = pScreen; + /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */ + RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg1); + RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg2); + } +#endif +} + +/** + * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another. + * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch + * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite + * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never + * get pointer events. This is because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen + * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by + * DefineInitialRootWindow(). + * + * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server + * has more than one pScreen. + * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not + * reset the mouse pointer position. + * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to. + */ +void +UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = NULL; + WindowPtr win = NULL; + CursorPtr pCursor; + if (!pScreen) + return ; + + if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) + return; + + pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + win = pScreen->root; + + pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen; + pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys; + pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width; + pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height; + pSprite->win = win; + pCursor = wCursor(win); + if (pCursor) + pCursor->refcnt++; + if (pSprite->current) + FreeCursor(pSprite->current, 0); + pSprite->current = pCursor; + pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; + pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win; + (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, + pScreen, + pSprite->current, + &pSprite->hotLimits, + &pSprite->physLimits); + pSprite->confined = FALSE; + (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits); + (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current); + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits; + pSprite->screen = pScreen; + } +#endif +} + +/* + * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since + * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since + * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window + * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was + * instantiated from. + */ +void +WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + DeviceIntPtr pDev; + + for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) + if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) + PostNewCursor(pDev); +} + +void +NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + + pSprite->hotPhys.x = x; + pSprite->hotPhys.y = y; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + pSprite->hotPhys.x += newScreen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + pSprite->hotPhys.y += newScreen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) { + pSprite->screen = newScreen; + /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */ + if(pSprite->confineWin) + XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, + pSprite->confineWin, TRUE); + else + XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, TRUE); + /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get + told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */ + if(!syncEvents.playingEvents) + (*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)( + pDev, + pSprite->screen, + pSprite->hotPhys.x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - + pSprite->screen->x, + pSprite->hotPhys.y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - + pSprite->screen->y, FALSE); + } + } else +#endif + if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, newScreen->root, TRUE, FALSE); +} + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + +static Bool +XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible( + WindowPtr pWin, + int x, + int y +) +{ + BoxRec box; + int i, xoff, yoff; + + if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE; + + if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)) + return TRUE; + + if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE; + + xoff = x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + yoff = y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + + FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) { + pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]; + x = xoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->x; + y = yoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->y; + + if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box) + && (!wInputShape(pWin) || + RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin), + x - pWin->drawable.x, + y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))) + return TRUE; + + } + + return FALSE; +} + +static int +XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr dest = NULL; + int x, y, rc; + SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite; + + REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq); + + + if (stuff->dstWid != None) { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + x = pSprite->hotPhys.x; + y = pSprite->hotPhys.y; + + if (stuff->srcWid != None) + { + int winX, winY; + XID winID = stuff->srcWid; + WindowPtr source; + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + winX = source->drawable.x; + winY = source->drawable.y; + if(source == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) { + winX -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + winY -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } + if (x < winX + stuff->srcX || + y < winY + stuff->srcY || + (stuff->srcWidth != 0 && + winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) || + (stuff->srcHeight != 0 && + winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) || + !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y)) + return Success; + } + if (dest) { + x = dest->drawable.x; + y = dest->drawable.y; + if(dest == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) { + x -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + y -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } + } + + x += stuff->dstX; + y += stuff->dstY; + + if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) + x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; + else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) + x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; + if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) + y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; + else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) + y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; + if (pSprite->hotShape) + ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y); + + XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE); + + return Success; +} + +#endif + + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request. + * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request. + */ +int +ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr dest = NULL; + int x, y, rc; + ScreenPtr newScreen; + DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp; + SpritePtr pSprite; + + REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq); + + dev = PickPointer(client); + + for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) { + if (GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + } + + if (dev->lastSlave) + dev = dev->lastSlave; + pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) + return XineramaWarpPointer(client); +#endif + + if (stuff->dstWid != None) { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + x = pSprite->hotPhys.x; + y = pSprite->hotPhys.y; + + if (stuff->srcWid != None) + { + int winX, winY; + XID winID = stuff->srcWid; + WindowPtr source; + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + winX = source->drawable.x; + winY = source->drawable.y; + if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen || + x < winX + stuff->srcX || + y < winY + stuff->srcY || + (stuff->srcWidth != 0 && + winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) || + (stuff->srcHeight != 0 && + winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) || + !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y)) + return Success; + } + if (dest) + { + x = dest->drawable.x; + y = dest->drawable.y; + newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen; + } else + newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; + + x += stuff->dstX; + y += stuff->dstY; + + if (x < 0) + x = 0; + else if (x >= newScreen->width) + x = newScreen->width - 1; + if (y < 0) + y = 0; + else if (y >= newScreen->height) + y = newScreen->height - 1; + + if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) + { + if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) + x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; + else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) + x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; + if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) + y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; + else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) + y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; + if (pSprite->hotShape) + ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y); + (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE); + } + else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev)) + { + NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y); + } + return Success; +} + +static Bool +BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin) +{ + if(RegionNotEmpty(&pWin->borderSize)) + return TRUE; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) { + int i; + + FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) { + if(RegionNotEmpty(&pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize)) + return TRUE; + } + } +#endif + return FALSE; +} + +/** + * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a + * passive grab set on the window to be activated. + * If activate is true and a passive grab is found, it will be activated, + * and the event will be delivered to the client. + * + * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab. + * @param device Device that caused the event. + * @param event The current device event. + * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too. + * @param activate If a grab is found, activate it and deliver the event. + */ + +GrabPtr +CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow( + WindowPtr pWin, + DeviceIntPtr device, + InternalEvent *event, + BOOL checkCore, + BOOL activate) +{ + SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite; + GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin); + GrabRec tempGrab; + GrabInfoPtr grabinfo; +#define CORE_MATCH 0x1 +#define XI_MATCH 0x2 +#define XI2_MATCH 0x4 + int match = 0; + + if (!grab) + return NULL; + /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before + * comparing */ + switch (event->any.type) + { + case ET_KeyPress: + case ET_KeyRelease: + tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.key; + break; + case ET_ButtonPress: + case ET_ButtonRelease: + tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.button; + break; + default: + tempGrab.detail.exact = 0; + break; + } + tempGrab.window = pWin; + tempGrab.device = device; + tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL; + tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL; + tempGrab.next = NULL; + for (; grab; grab = grab->next) + { + DeviceIntPtr gdev; + XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = NULL; + xEvent *xE = NULL; + int count, rc; + + gdev= grab->modifierDevice; + if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) + { + if (IsPointerDevice(device)) + gdev = GetPairedDevice(device); + else + gdev = device; + } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2) + { + /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the + * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been + * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the + * same. */ + if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && !IsFloating(device)) + gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD); + } + + + if (gdev && gdev->key) + xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo; + tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice; + tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0; + + /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */ + tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type(event); + tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2; + if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)) + match = XI2_MATCH; + + if (!match) + { + tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI; + if ((tempGrab.type = GetXIType(event)) && + (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))) + match = XI_MATCH; + } + + /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */ + if (!match && checkCore) + { + tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; + if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType(event)) && + (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE))) + match = CORE_MATCH; + } + + if (!match || (grab->confineTo && + (!grab->confineTo->realized || + !BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo)))) + continue; + + grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab; + /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client + * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we + * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the + * device. + */ + + if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) + { + DeviceIntPtr other; + BOOL interfering = FALSE; + + /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device + than it is assigned to at this point in time. + Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the + current state. + Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the + modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice. + */ + if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent) + { + grab->device = device; + grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device); + } + + for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next) + { + GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab; + if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && + SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) && + ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) && + IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) || + (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) && + IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device)))) + { + interfering = TRUE; + break; + } + } + if (interfering) + continue; + } + + if (!activate) + { + return grab; + } + else if (!GetXIType(event) && !GetCoreType(event)) + { + ErrorF("Event type %d in CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow is neither" + " XI 1.x nor core\n", event->any.type); + return NULL; + } + + /* The only consumers of corestate are Xi 1.x and core events, which + * are guaranteed to come from DeviceEvents. */ + if (match & (XI_MATCH | CORE_MATCH)) + { + event->device_event.corestate &= 0x1f00; + event->device_event.corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact & + (~0x1f00); + } + + if (match & CORE_MATCH) + { + rc = EventToCore(event, &xE, &count); + if (rc != Success) + { + if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW " + "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc); + continue; + } + } else if (match & XI2_MATCH) + { + rc = EventToXI2(event, &xE); + if (rc != Success) + { + if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW " + "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc); + continue; + } + count = 1; + } else + { + rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count); + if (rc != Success) + { + if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW " + "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc); + continue; + } + } + + (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE); + + if (xE) + { + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE); + + /* XXX: XACE? */ + TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count, + GetEventFilter(device, xE), + GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab); + } + + if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT) + { + if (!grabinfo->sync.event) + grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); + *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event; + grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT; + } + + free(xE); + return grab; + } + return NULL; +#undef CORE_MATCH +#undef XI_MATCH +#undef XI2_MATCH +} + +/** + * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause + * a passive grab to be activated. + * + * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are + * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be + * activated. If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants + * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in + * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are + * activated. + * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the + * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs + * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are + * tried. PRH + * + * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already! + * + * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate + * the core event and then check for grabs. + * + * @param device The device that caused the event. + * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press). + * @param count Number of events in list. + * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise. +*/ + +Bool +CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, WindowPtr ancestor) +{ + int i; + WindowPtr pWin = NULL; + FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus; + BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents); + Bool ret = FALSE; + + if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress && + event->type != ET_KeyPress) + return FALSE; + + if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress + && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1)) + return FALSE; + + if (device->deviceGrab.grab) + return FALSE; + + i = 0; + if (ancestor) + { + while (i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) + if (device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i++] == ancestor) + break; + if (i == device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) + goto out; + } + + if (focus) + { + for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++) + { + pWin = focus->trace[i]; + if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event, + sendCore, TRUE)) + { + ret = TRUE; + goto out; + } + } + + if ((focus->win == NoneWin) || + (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) || + (pWin && pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1])) + goto out; + } + + for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++) + { + pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i]; + if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event, + sendCore, TRUE)) + { + ret = TRUE; + goto out; + } + } + +out: + if (ret == TRUE && event->type == ET_KeyPress) + device->deviceGrab.activatingKey = event->detail.key; + return ret; +} + +/** + * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the + * focus. + * + * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or + * to the window owning the input focus. + * + * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event. + * @param event The event, not yet in wire format. + * @param window Window underneath the sprite. + */ +void +DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window) +{ + DeviceIntPtr ptr; + WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win; + BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents); + xEvent *core = NULL, *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL; + int count, rc; + int deliveries = 0; + + if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin) + focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win; + if (!focus) + return; + if (focus == PointerRootWin) + { + DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd); + return; + } + if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window)) + { + if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd)) + return; + } + + /* just deliver it to the focus window */ + ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd); + + + rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2); + if (rc == Success) + { + /* XXX: XACE */ + int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2); + FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xi2, focus, None, FALSE); + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1, + filter, NullGrab); + if (deliveries > 0) + goto unwind; + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", + keybd->name, event->any.type, rc); + + rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count); + if (rc == Success && + XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success) + { + FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xE, focus, None, FALSE); + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count, + GetEventFilter(keybd, xE), + NullGrab); + + if (deliveries > 0) + goto unwind; + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", + keybd->name, event->any.type, rc); + + if (sendCore) + { + rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count); + if (rc == Success) { + if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, core, count) == Success) { + FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd->spriteInfo->sprite, core, focus, + None, FALSE); + deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, core, count, + GetEventFilter(keybd, core), + NullGrab); + } + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", + keybd->name, event->any.type, rc); + } + +unwind: + free(core); + free(xE); + free(xi2); + return; +} + +/** + * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses + * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the + * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used. + * + * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated. + * + * @return The number of events delivered. + */ +int +DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev, + Bool deactivateGrab) +{ + GrabPtr grab; + GrabInfoPtr grabinfo; + int deliveries = 0; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite; + BOOL sendCore = FALSE; + int rc, count = 0; + xEvent *xi = NULL; + xEvent *xi2 = NULL; + xEvent *core = NULL; + + grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab; + grab = grabinfo->grab; + + if (grab->ownerEvents) + { + WindowPtr focus; + + /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check + * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to + * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no. + */ + if (IsPointerEvent(event)) + focus = PointerRootWin; + else if (thisDev->focus) + { + focus = thisDev->focus->win; + if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin) + focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win; + } + else + focus = PointerRootWin; + if (focus == PointerRootWin) + deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, + NullWindow, thisDev); + else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win || + IsParent(focus, pSprite->win))) + deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus, + thisDev); + else if (focus) + deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus, + thisDev); + } + if (!deliveries) + { + Mask mask; + + /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to + * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't + * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here + * onwards, we deal with core/XI events. + */ + + mask = grab->eventMask; + + sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents); + /* try core event */ + if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) + { + rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count); + if (rc == Success) + { + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, grab->window, None, TRUE); + if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev, + grab->window, core, count) || + XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab), + grab->window, core, count)) + deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ + else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, core)) + { + deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, + core, count, mask, + GetEventFilter(thisDev, core), + grab); + } + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n"); + } + + if (!deliveries) + { + rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2); + if (rc == Success) + { + int evtype = xi2_get_type(xi2); + mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] | + grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] | + grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8]; + /* try XI2 event */ + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE); + /* XXX: XACE */ + deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask, + GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab); + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", + thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc); + } + + if (!deliveries) + { + rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count); + if (rc == Success) + { + /* try XI event */ + if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab && + grabinfo->implicitGrab) + mask = grab->deviceMask; + else + mask = grab->eventMask; + + FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi, grab->window, None, TRUE); + + if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev, + grab->window, xi, count) || + XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab), + grab->window, xi, count)) + deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ + else + { + deliveries = + TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, + xi, count, + mask, + GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi), + grab); + } + } else if (rc != BadMatch) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", + thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc); + } + + if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion)) + thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window; + } + if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion) + { + switch (grabinfo->sync.state) + { + case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: + dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev); + if (dev) + { + FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE); + if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) && + (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) == + CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.grab->resource))) + dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT; + else + dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab; + } + /* fall through */ + case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: + grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT; + FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE); + if (!grabinfo->sync.event) + grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent)); + *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event; + break; + } + } + + free(core); + free(xi); + free(xi2); + + return deliveries; +} + +/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state - + this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause + the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys. +*/ +void +FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd) +{ + int key = event->detail.key; + + if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) { + DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key, + ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up")); + } + + if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) + set_key_down(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED); + else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease) + set_key_up(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED); + else + FatalError("Impossible keyboard event"); +} + +#define AtMostOneClient \ + (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask) +#define ManagerMask \ + (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask) + +/** + * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window. + * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be + * delivered to a window. + * + * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event + * masks set by all clients on the window. + * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the + * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent. + * + * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window. + */ +void +RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + OtherClients *others; + WindowPtr pChild; + + pChild = pWin; + while (1) + { + if (pChild->optional) + { + pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0; + for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next) + { + pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask; + } + } + pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask| + wOtherEventMasks(pChild); + if (pChild->parent) + pChild->deliverableEvents |= + (pChild->parent->deliverableEvents & + ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask); + if (pChild->firstChild) + { + pChild = pChild->firstChild; + continue; + } + while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin)) + pChild = pChild->parent; + if (pChild == pWin) + break; + pChild = pChild->nextSib; + } +} + +/** + * + * \param value must conform to DeleteType + */ +int +OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id) +{ + OtherClientsPtr other, prev; + WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value; + + prev = 0; + for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next) + { + if (other->resource == id) + { + if (prev) + prev->next = other->next; + else + { + if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next)) + CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin); + } + free(other); + RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); + return Success; + } + prev = other; + } + FatalError("client not on event list"); + /*NOTREACHED*/ + return -1; /* make compiler happy */ +} + +int +EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask) +{ + Mask check; + OtherClients * others; + DeviceIntPtr dev; + int rc; + + if (mask & ~AllEventMasks) + { + client->errorValue = mask; + return BadValue; + } + check = (mask & ManagerMask); + if (check) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, + RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + check = (mask & AtMostOneClient); + if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin))) + { /* It is illegal for two different + clients to select on any of the + events for AtMostOneClient. However, + it is OK, for some client to + continue selecting on one of those + events. */ + if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask)) + return BadAccess; + for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next) + { + if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask)) + return BadAccess; + } + } + if (wClient (pWin) == client) + { + check = pWin->eventMask; + pWin->eventMask = mask; + } + else + { + for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next) + { + if (SameClient(others, client)) + { + check = others->mask; + if (mask == 0) + { + FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE); + return Success; + } + else + others->mask = mask; + goto maskSet; + } + } + check = 0; + if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + return BadAlloc; + others = malloc(sizeof(OtherClients)); + if (!others) + return BadAlloc; + others->mask = mask; + others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index); + others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients; + pWin->optional->otherClients = others; + if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin)) + return BadAlloc; + } +maskSet: + if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask)) + { + for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) + { + if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin) + dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + } + } + RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); + return Success; +} + +int +EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, + Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional) +{ + int i, free; + + if (mask & ~PropagateMask) + { + client->errorValue = mask; + return BadValue; + } + if (pWin->dontPropagate) + DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--; + if (!mask) + i = 0; + else + { + for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; ) + { + if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i]) + free = i; + else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i]) + break; + } + if (!i && free) + { + i = free; + DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask; + } + } + if (i || !mask) + { + pWin->dontPropagate = i; + if (i) + DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++; + if (pWin->optional) + { + pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask; + *checkOptional = TRUE; + } + } + else + { + if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + { + if (pWin->dontPropagate) + DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++; + return BadAlloc; + } + pWin->dontPropagate = 0; + pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask; + } + RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client. + * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information. + */ +void +CoreEnterLeaveEvent( + DeviceIntPtr mouse, + int type, + int mode, + int detail, + WindowPtr pWin, + Window child) +{ + xEvent event; + WindowPtr focus; + DeviceIntPtr keybd; + GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; + Mask mask; + + keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse); + + if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) && + (detail != NotifyInferior)) + mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + if (grab) + { + mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0; + if (grab->ownerEvents) + mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab)); + } + else + { + mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin); + } + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = type; + event.u.u.detail = detail; + event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds; + event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x; + event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y; + /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */ + FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, &event, pWin, None, FALSE); + /* Enter/Leave events always set child */ + event.u.enterLeave.child = child; + event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ? + ELFlagSameScreen : 0; + event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0; + if (keybd) + event.u.enterLeave.state |= + XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state); + event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode; + focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None; + if ((focus != NoneWin) && + ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) || + IsParent(focus, pWin))) + event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus; + + if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event))) + { + if (grab) + TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask, + GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab); + else + DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1, + GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), + NullGrab); + } + + if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask)) + { + xKeymapEvent ke; + ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin); + if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess)) + memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31); + else + memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31); + + ke.type = KeymapNotify; + if (grab) + TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1, + mask, KeymapStateMask, grab); + else + DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1, + KeymapStateMask, NullGrab); + } +} + +void +DeviceEnterLeaveEvent( + DeviceIntPtr mouse, + int sourceid, + int type, + int mode, + int detail, + WindowPtr pWin, + Window child) +{ + GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; + xXIEnterEvent *event; + int filter; + int btlen, len, i; + DeviceIntPtr kbd; + + if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) || + (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter)) + return; + + btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0; + btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen); + len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4; + + event = calloc(1, len); + event->type = GenericEvent; + event->extension = IReqCode; + event->evtype = type; + event->length = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4; + event->buttons_len = btlen; + event->detail = detail; + event->time = currentTime.milliseconds; + event->deviceid = mouse->id; + event->sourceid = sourceid; + event->mode = mode; + event->root_x = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0); + event->root_y = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0); + + for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++) + if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i)) + SetBit(&event[1], i); + + kbd = GetMaster(mouse, MASTER_KEYBOARD); + if (kbd && kbd->key) + { + event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods; + event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods; + event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods; + + event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group; + event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group; + event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group; + } + + FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, (xEvent*)event, pWin, + None, FALSE); + + filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event); + + if (grab) + { + Mask mask; + mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] | + grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] | + grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8]; + TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask, + filter, grab); + } else { + if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event)) + goto out; + DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter, + NullGrab); + } + +out: + free(event); +} + +void +CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin) +{ + xEvent event; + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.focus.mode = mode; + event.u.u.type = type; + event.u.u.detail = detail; + event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id; + + DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1, + GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab); + if ((type == FocusIn) && + ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask)) + { + xKeymapEvent ke; + ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin); + if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess)) + memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31); + else + memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31); + + ke.type = KeymapNotify; + DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1, + KeymapStateMask, NullGrab); + } +} + +/** + * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be + * delivered to the given window. + * + * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so, + * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard. + * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the + * device is set to the device specified by the client. + * + * @param client Client that requested input focus change. + * @param dev Focus device. + * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None. + * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes + * unviewable. + * @param ctime Specifies the time. + * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard. + */ +int +SetInputFocus( + ClientPtr client, + DeviceIntPtr dev, + Window focusID, + CARD8 revertTo, + Time ctime, + Bool followOK) +{ + FocusClassPtr focus; + WindowPtr focusWin; + int mode, rc; + TimeStamp time; + DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */ + + + UpdateCurrentTime(); + if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) && + (revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) && + (revertTo != RevertToNone) && + ((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK)) + { + client->errorValue = revertTo; + return BadValue; + } + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime); + + if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev)) + keybd = dev; + else + keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev); + + if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot)) + focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID; + else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK) + { + focusWin = keybd->focus->win; + } + else { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + /* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an + unviewable window. */ + if(!focusWin->realized) + return BadMatch; + } + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return Success; + + focus = dev->focus; + if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || + (CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER)) + return Success; + mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal; + if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin) + { + if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin)) + DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode); + } else + { + if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin)) + DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode); + } + focus->time = time; + focus->revert = revertTo; + if (focusID == FollowKeyboard) + focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin; + else + focus->win = focusWin; + if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin)) + focus->traceGood = 0; + else + { + int depth = 0; + WindowPtr pWin; + + for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++; + if (depth > focus->traceSize) + { + focus->traceSize = depth+1; + focus->trace = realloc(focus->trace, + focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr)); + } + focus->traceGood = depth; + for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--) + focus->trace[depth] = pWin; + } + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request. + * + * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard. + */ +int +ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client); + REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq); + + return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus, + stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE); +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request. + * + * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the + * client. + */ +int +ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client); + xGetInputFocusReply rep; + FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus; + int rc; + /* REQUEST(xReq); */ + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply)); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.length = 0; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + if (focus->win == NoneWin) + rep.focus = None; + else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin) + rep.focus = PointerRoot; + else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id; + rep.revertTo = focus->revert; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request. + * + * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success + * status to client. + */ +int +ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGrabPointerReply rep; + DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client); + GrabPtr grab; + GrabMask mask; + WindowPtr confineTo; + CursorPtr oldCursor; + REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq); + TimeStamp time; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq); + UpdateCurrentTime(); + + if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; + return BadValue; + } + + if (stuff->confineTo == None) + confineTo = NullWindow; + else + { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client, + DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply)); + oldCursor = NullCursor; + grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; + + if (grab) + { + if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo) + ConfineCursorToWindow(device, GetCurrentRootWindow(device), FALSE, + FALSE); + oldCursor = grab->cursor; + } + + mask.core = stuff->eventMask; + + rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode, + stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time, + &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor, + stuff->confineTo, &rep.status); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess) + FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0); + + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.length = 0; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request. + * + * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not + * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens. + */ +int +ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr device; + GrabPtr grab; + CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor; + REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq); + TimeStamp time; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq); + if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->cursor == None) + newCursor = NullCursor; + else + { + int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor, + RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cursor; + return rc; + } + } + + device = PickPointer(client); + grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; + + if (!grab) + return Success; + if (!SameClient(grab, client)) + return Success; + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time); + if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || + (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER)) + return Success; + oldCursor = grab->cursor; + grab->cursor = newCursor; + if (newCursor) + newCursor->refcnt++; + PostNewCursor(device); + if (oldCursor) + FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0); + grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask; + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request. + * + * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed. + */ +int +ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client); + GrabPtr grab; + TimeStamp time; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + UpdateCurrentTime(); + grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; + + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id); + if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) && + (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) && + (grab) && SameClient(grab, client)) + (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Sets a grab on the given device. + * + * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard. + * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client. + * + * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and + * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard(). + * See man page for details on all the parameters + * + * @param client Client that owns the grab. + * @param dev The device to grab. + * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync + * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync + * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller. + * + * @returns Success or BadValue. + */ +int +GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, + unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow, + unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask, + int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status) +{ + WindowPtr pWin, confineTo; + GrabPtr grab; + TimeStamp time; + Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess; + int rc; + GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab; + CursorPtr cursor; + + UpdateCurrentTime(); + if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync)) + { + client->errorValue = keyboard_mode; + return BadValue; + } + if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync)) + { + client->errorValue = pointer_mode; + return BadValue; + } + if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue)) + { + client->errorValue = ownerEvents; + return BadValue; + } + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (confineToWin == None) + confineTo = NullWindow; + else + { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client, + DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + + if (curs == None) + cursor = NullCursor; + else + { + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR, + client, DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + client->errorValue = curs; + return rc; + } + access_mode |= DixForceAccess; + } + + if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync) + access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess; + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime); + grab = grabInfo->grab; + if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype) + *status = AlreadyGrabbed; + if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) + *status = AlreadyGrabbed; + else if ((!pWin->realized) || + (confineTo && + !(confineTo->realized + && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo)))) + *status = GrabNotViewable; + else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || + (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER)) + *status = GrabInvalidTime; + else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen && + grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client)) + *status = GrabFrozen; + else + { + GrabRec tempGrab; + + /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */ + memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec)); + + tempGrab.next = NULL; + tempGrab.window = pWin; + tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; + tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents; + tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode; + tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode; + if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) + tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core; + else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI) + tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi; + else + memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask)); + tempGrab.device = dev; + tempGrab.cursor = cursor; + tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo; + tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype; + (*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE); + *status = GrabSuccess; + } + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request. + * + * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client. + */ +int +ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client) +{ + xGrabKeyboardReply rep; + REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq); + int result; + DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client); + GrabMask mask; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq); + + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply)); + mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask; + + result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode, + stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, + stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None, + &rep.status); + + if (result != Success) + return result; + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.length = 0; + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request. + * + * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard. + */ +int +ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client); + GrabPtr grab; + TimeStamp time; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + UpdateCurrentTime(); + + grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; + + time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id); + if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) && + (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) && + (grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) + (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request. + * + * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the + * client. + */ +int +ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryPointerReply rep; + WindowPtr pWin, t; + DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client); + DeviceIntPtr keyboard; + SpritePtr pSprite; + int rc; + REQUEST(xResourceReq); + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess) + return rc; + + keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse); + + pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite; + if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) + MaybeStopHint(mouse, client); + memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply)); + rep.type = X_Reply; + rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0; + rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state); + rep.length = 0; + rep.root = (GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id; + rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x; + rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y; + rep.child = None; + if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen) + { + rep.sameScreen = xTrue; + rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x; + rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y; + for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent) + if (t->parent == pWin) + { + rep.child = t->drawable.id; + break; + } + } + else + { + rep.sameScreen = xFalse; + rep.winX = 0; + rep.winY = 0; + } + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + rep.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + rep.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + if(stuff->id == rep.root) { + rep.winX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + rep.winY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } + } +#endif + + if (rc == BadAccess) { + rep.mask = 0; + rep.child = None; + rep.rootX = 0; + rep.rootY = 0; + rep.winX = 0; + rep.winY = 0; + } + + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep); + + return Success; +} + +/** + * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates + * trace memory used for quick window traversal. + */ +void +InitEvents(void) +{ + int i; + + inputInfo.numDevices = 0; + inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++) + { + memcpy(&filters[i], default_filter, sizeof(default_filter)); + } + + syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; + syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow; + while (syncEvents.pending) + { + QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next; + free(syncEvents.pending); + syncEvents.pending = next; + } + syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending; + syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE; + syncEvents.time.months = 0; + syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0; /* hardly matters */ + currentTime.months = 0; + currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis(); + lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime; + for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++) + { + DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0; + DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0; + } + + InputEventList = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum()); + if (!InputEventList) + FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n"); +} + +void +CloseDownEvents(void) +{ + FreeEventList(InputEventList, GetMaximumEventsNum()); + InputEventList = NULL; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request. + * + * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event. + */ +int +ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */ + DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client); + DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev); + SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite; + REQUEST(xSendEventReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq); + + /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an + extension. */ + + if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply && + stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) || + (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE && + stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent))) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage && + stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 && + stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 && + stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; + return BadValue; + } + + if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow) + pWin = pSprite->win; + else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus) + { + WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin; + + if (inputFocus == NoneWin) + return Success; + + /* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where + the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */ + if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin) + inputFocus = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev); + + if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win)) + { + effectiveFocus = inputFocus; + pWin = pSprite->win; + } + else + effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus; + } + else + dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess); + + if (!pWin) + return BadWindow; + if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->propagate; + return BadValue; + } + stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80; + if (stuff->propagate) + { + for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) + { + if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, + &stuff->event, 1)) + return Success; + if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, + &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab)) + return Success; + if (pWin == effectiveFocus) + return Success; + stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin); + if (!stuff->eventMask) + break; + } + } + else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1)) + DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event, + 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab); + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request. + * + * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the + * client's keyboard. + */ +int +ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq); + WindowPtr pWin; + GrabRec tempGrab; + DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client); + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq); + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) || + (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code)) + && (stuff->key != AnyKey)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->key; + return BadValue; + } + if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) && + (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers; + return BadValue; + } + tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; + tempGrab.device = keybd; + tempGrab.window = pWin; + tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers; + tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL; + tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd); + tempGrab.type = KeyPress; + tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; + tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key; + tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL; + tempGrab.next = NULL; + + if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab)) + return BadAlloc; + return Success; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request. + * + * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive + * grabs. + */ +int +ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq); + GrabPtr grab; + DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client); + int rc; + GrabParameters param; + GrabMask mask; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq); + + memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param)); + param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; + param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents; + param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode; + param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode; + param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers; + + rc = CheckGrabValues(client, ¶m); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) || + (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code)) + && (stuff->key != AnyKey)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->key; + return BadValue; + } + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + + mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask); + + grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, + ¶m, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor); + if (!grab) + return BadAlloc; + return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab); +} + + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request. + * + * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab + * to the list. + */ +int +ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin, confineTo; + REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq); + CursorPtr cursor; + GrabPtr grab; + DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice; + Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess; + GrabMask mask; + GrabParameters param; + int rc; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq); + if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) && + (stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode; + return BadValue; + } + if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) && + (stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode; + return BadValue; + } + if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) && + (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers; + return BadValue; + } + if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents; + return BadValue; + } + if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; + return BadValue; + } + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + if (stuff->confineTo == None) + confineTo = NullWindow; + else { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client, + DixSetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + if (stuff->cursor == None) + cursor = NullCursor; + else + { + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR, + client, DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cursor; + return rc; + } + access_mode |= DixForceAccess; + } + + ptr = PickPointer(client); + modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr); + if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync || + stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync) + access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess; + rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param)); + param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; + param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents; + param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode; + param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode; + param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers; + + mask.core = stuff->eventMask; + + grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin, + GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, ¶m, ButtonPress, + stuff->button, confineTo, cursor); + if (!grab) + return BadAlloc; + return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab); +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request. + * + * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list. + */ +int +ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client) +{ + REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq); + WindowPtr pWin; + GrabRec tempGrab; + int rc; + DeviceIntPtr ptr; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq); + if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) && + (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers; + return BadValue; + } + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + ptr = PickPointer(client); + + tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; + tempGrab.device = ptr; + tempGrab.window = pWin; + tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers; + tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL; + tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr); + tempGrab.type = ButtonPress; + tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button; + tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; + tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL; + tempGrab.next = NULL; + + if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab)) + return BadAlloc; + return Success; +} + +/** + * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus. + * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the + * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted. + * + * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted. + * + * @param pWin The window to delete events from. + * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be + * deleted. + */ +void +DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources) +{ + WindowPtr parent; + DeviceIntPtr mouse = inputInfo.pointer; + DeviceIntPtr keybd = inputInfo.keyboard; + FocusClassPtr focus; + OtherClientsPtr oc; + GrabPtr passive; + GrabPtr grab; + + + /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any + input focus changes. */ + grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; + if (grab && + ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin))) + (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse); + + + /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */ + grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab; + if (grab && (grab->window == pWin)) + (*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd); + + /* And now the real devices */ + for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next) + { + grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; + if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin))) + (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse); + } + + + for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next) + { + if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd)) + { + focus = keybd->focus; + + /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't + delete the focus from it. */ + + if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow)) + { + int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal; + + /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */ + + if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab) + focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed; + + switch (focus->revert) + { + case RevertToNone: + DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode); + focus->win = NoneWin; + focus->traceGood = 0; + break; + case RevertToParent: + parent = pWin; + do + { + parent = parent->parent; + focus->traceGood--; + } while (!parent->realized + /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented + during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the + nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting + client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence + to None + */ +#ifdef NOTDEF + || wClient(parent)->clientGone +#endif + ); + if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent)) + DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode); + focus->win = parent; + focus->revert = RevertToNone; + break; + case RevertToPointerRoot: + if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin)) + DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode); + focus->win = PointerRootWin; + focus->traceGood = 0; + break; + } + } + } + + if (IsPointerDevice(keybd)) + { + if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin) + keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; + } + } + + if (freeResources) + { + if (pWin->dontPropagate) + DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--; + while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) ) + FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE); + while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) ) + FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE); + } + + DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources); +} + +/** + * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If + * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the + * window. + */ +void +CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + GrabPtr grab; + WindowPtr confineTo; + DeviceIntPtr pDev; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return; +#endif + + for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) + { + if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) + { + grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab; + if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo)) + { + if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo)) + (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev); + else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo)) + ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); + } + } + } +} + +Mask +EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client) +{ + OtherClientsPtr other; + + if (wClient (pWin) == client) + return pWin->eventMask; + for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next) + { + if (SameClient(other, client)) + return other->mask; + } + return 0; +} + +/** + * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request. + */ +int +ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client) +{ + CursorPtr pCursor; + int rc, nscr; + ScreenPtr pscr; + Bool displayed; + SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite; + REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq); + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq); + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR, + client, DixWriteAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + client->errorValue = stuff->cursor; + return rc; + } + + pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed; + pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen; + pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue; + + pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed; + pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen; + pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue; + + for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) + { + pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) + displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen); + else +#endif + displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen); + ( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor, + (pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed); + } + return Success; +} + +/** + * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary. + * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for + * the given event type. + * + * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events + * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event. + * + * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below. + * + * @param pClient Client to send events to. + * @param count Number of events. + * @param events The event list. + */ +void +WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events) +{ +#ifdef PANORAMIX + xEvent eventCopy; +#endif + xEvent *eventTo, *eventFrom; + int i, + eventlength = sizeof(xEvent); + + if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone) + return; + + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify) + events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence; + + /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */ + XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events); + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && + (screenInfo.screens[0]->x || screenInfo.screens[0]->y)) + { + switch(events->u.u.type) { + case MotionNotify: + case ButtonPress: + case ButtonRelease: + case KeyPress: + case KeyRelease: + case EnterNotify: + case LeaveNotify: + /* + When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow + passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't + modify the one passed to us + */ + count = 1; /* should always be 1 */ + memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent)); + eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event == + eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root) + { + eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } + events = &eventCopy; + break; + default: break; + } + } +#endif + + if (EventCallback) + { + EventInfoRec eventinfo; + eventinfo.client = pClient; + eventinfo.events = events; + eventinfo.count = count; + CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo); + } +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) { + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]); + } + } +#endif + /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just + * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */ + for (i = 1; i < count; i++) + { + if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent) + { + ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n"); + return; + } + } + + if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent) + { + eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4; + } + + if(pClient->swapped) + { + if (eventlength > swapEventLen) + { + swapEventLen = eventlength; + swapEvent = realloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen); + if (!swapEvent) + { + FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n"); + return; + } + } + + for(i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + eventFrom = &events[i]; + eventTo = swapEvent; + + /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case + this event was sent with "SendEvent." */ + (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177]) + (eventFrom, eventTo); + + WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo); + } + } + else + { + /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and + * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't + * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */ + WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events); + } +} + +/* + * Set the client pointer for the given client. + * + * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a + * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous + * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see + * PickPointer()). + * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used. + */ +int +SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device) +{ + int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + + if (!IsMaster(device)) + { + ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n"); + return BadDevice; + } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) + { + ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. " + "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id); + return BadDevice; + } + client->clientPtr = device; + return Success; +} + +/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client. + * + * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority): + * 1) A device the given client has a core grab on. + * 2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client. + * 3) The first master device. + */ +DeviceIntPtr +PickPointer(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices; + + /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even + * keyboards count. */ + for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next) + { + GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab; + if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client)) + { + it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER); + return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */ + } + } + + if (!client->clientPtr) + { + it = inputInfo.devices; + while (it) + { + if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) + { + client->clientPtr = it; + break; + } + it = it->next; + } + } + return client->clientPtr; +} + +/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by + * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with + * the client's pointer. + */ +DeviceIntPtr +PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client) +{ + DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client); + DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD); + + if (!kbd) + { + ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This " + "is a bug.\n"); + } + + return kbd; +} + +/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from + * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad + * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere. + * Only applies for core events. + * + * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not + * be delivered. + */ +Bool +IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event) +{ + DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices; + + switch(event->u.u.type) + { + case KeyPress: + case KeyRelease: + case ButtonPress: + case ButtonRelease: + case MotionNotify: + case EnterNotify: + case LeaveNotify: + break; + default: + return FALSE; + } + + if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client)) + return FALSE; + + while(it) + { + if (it != dev) + { + if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client) + && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab) + { + if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) || + (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev))) + return TRUE; + } + } + it = it->next; + } + + return FALSE; +} + diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/extension.c b/xorg-server/dix/extension.c index bdd240b9f..c7bbac5ff 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/extension.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/extension.c @@ -1,360 +1,360 @@ -/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "registry.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#define LAST_EVENT 128
-#define LAST_ERROR 255
-
-static ExtensionEntry **extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
-
-int lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
-static int lastError = FirstExtensionError;
-static unsigned int NumExtensions = 0;
-
-ExtensionEntry *
-AddExtension(char *name, int NumEvents, int NumErrors,
- int (*MainProc)(ClientPtr c1),
- int (*SwappedMainProc)(ClientPtr c2),
- void (*CloseDownProc)(ExtensionEntry *e),
- unsigned short (*MinorOpcodeProc)(ClientPtr c3))
-{
- int i;
- ExtensionEntry *ext, **newexts;
-
- if (!MainProc || !SwappedMainProc || !MinorOpcodeProc)
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- if ((lastEvent + NumEvents > LAST_EVENT) ||
- (unsigned)(lastError + NumErrors > LAST_ERROR)) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Not enabling extension %s: maximum number of "
- "events or errors exceeded.\n", name);
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- }
-
- ext = calloc(sizeof (ExtensionEntry), 1);
- if (!ext)
- return NULL;
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION)) {
- free(ext);
- return NULL;
- }
- ext->name = strdup(name);
- ext->num_aliases = 0;
- ext->aliases = (char **)NULL;
- if (!ext->name)
- {
- dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
- free(ext);
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- }
- i = NumExtensions;
- newexts = (ExtensionEntry **) realloc(extensions,
- (i + 1) * sizeof(ExtensionEntry *));
- if (!newexts)
- {
- free(ext->name);
- dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
- free(ext);
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- }
- NumExtensions++;
- extensions = newexts;
- extensions[i] = ext;
- ext->index = i;
- ext->base = i + EXTENSION_BASE;
- ext->CloseDown = CloseDownProc;
- ext->MinorOpcode = MinorOpcodeProc;
- ProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = MainProc;
- SwappedProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = SwappedMainProc;
- if (NumEvents)
- {
- ext->eventBase = lastEvent;
- ext->eventLast = lastEvent + NumEvents;
- lastEvent += NumEvents;
- }
- else
- {
- ext->eventBase = 0;
- ext->eventLast = 0;
- }
- if (NumErrors)
- {
- ext->errorBase = lastError;
- ext->errorLast = lastError + NumErrors;
- lastError += NumErrors;
- }
- else
- {
- ext->errorBase = 0;
- ext->errorLast = 0;
- }
-
- RegisterExtensionNames(ext);
- return ext;
-}
-
-Bool AddExtensionAlias(char *alias, ExtensionEntry *ext)
-{
- char *name;
- char **aliases;
-
- if (!ext)
- return FALSE ;
- aliases = (char **)realloc(ext->aliases,
- (ext->num_aliases + 1) * sizeof(char *));
- if (!aliases)
- return FALSE;
- ext->aliases = aliases;
- name = strdup(alias);
- if (!name)
- return FALSE;
- ext->aliases[ext->num_aliases] = name;
- ext->num_aliases++;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static int
-FindExtension(char *extname, int len)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
- {
- if ((strlen(extensions[i]->name) == len) &&
- !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->name, len))
- break;
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- {
- if ((strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) == len) &&
- !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len))
- break;
- }
- if (j >= 0) break;
- }
- return ((i == NumExtensions) ? -1 : i);
-}
-
-/*
- * CheckExtension returns the extensions[] entry for the requested
- * extension name. Maybe this could just return a Bool instead?
- */
-ExtensionEntry *
-CheckExtension(const char *extname)
-{
- int n;
-
- n = FindExtension((char*)extname, strlen(extname));
- if (n != -1)
- return extensions[n];
- else
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Added as part of Xace.
- */
-ExtensionEntry *
-GetExtensionEntry(int major)
-{
- if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
- return NULL;
- major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
- if (major >= NumExtensions)
- return NULL;
- return extensions[major];
-}
-
-unsigned short
-StandardMinorOpcode(ClientPtr client)
-{
- return ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->data;
-}
-
-unsigned short
-MinorOpcodeOfRequest(ClientPtr client)
-{
- unsigned char major;
-
- major = ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType;
- if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
- return 0;
- major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
- if (major >= NumExtensions)
- return 0;
- return (*extensions[major]->MinorOpcode)(client);
-}
-
-void
-CloseDownExtensions(void)
-{
- int i,j;
-
- for (i = NumExtensions - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- if (extensions[i]->CloseDown)
- extensions[i]->CloseDown(extensions[i]);
- NumExtensions = i;
- free(extensions[i]->name);
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- free(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
- free(extensions[i]->aliases);
- dixFreePrivates(extensions[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
- free(extensions[i]);
- }
- free(extensions);
- extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
- lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
- lastError = FirstExtensionError;
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryExtension(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryExtensionReply reply;
- int i;
- REQUEST(xQueryExtensionReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xQueryExtensionReq, stuff->nbytes);
-
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.major_opcode = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if ( ! NumExtensions )
- reply.present = xFalse;
- else
- {
- i = FindExtension((char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes);
- if (i < 0 || XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]))
- reply.present = xFalse;
- else
- {
- reply.present = xTrue;
- reply.major_opcode = extensions[i]->base;
- reply.first_event = extensions[i]->eventBase;
- reply.first_error = extensions[i]->errorBase;
- }
- }
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply), &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListExtensions(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xListExtensionsReply reply;
- char *bufptr, *buffer;
- int total_length = 0;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.nExtensions = 0;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- buffer = NULL;
-
- if ( NumExtensions )
- {
- int i, j;
-
- for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
- {
- /* call callbacks to find out whether to show extension */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
- continue;
-
- total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->name) + 1;
- reply.nExtensions += 1 + extensions[i]->num_aliases;
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) + 1;
- }
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(total_length);
- buffer = bufptr = malloc(total_length);
- if (!buffer)
- return BadAlloc;
- for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
- {
- int len;
- if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
- continue;
-
- *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->name);
- memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->name, len);
- bufptr += len;
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- {
- *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
- memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len);
- bufptr += len;
- }
- }
- }
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply), &reply);
- if (reply.length)
- WriteToClient(client, total_length, buffer);
-
- free(buffer);
- return Success;
-}
+/*********************************************************** + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include "misc.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "extnsionst.h" +#include "gcstruct.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "dispatch.h" +#include "privates.h" +#include "registry.h" +#include "xace.h" + +#define LAST_EVENT 128 +#define LAST_ERROR 255 + +static ExtensionEntry **extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL; + +int lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE; +static int lastError = FirstExtensionError; +static unsigned int NumExtensions = 0; + +ExtensionEntry * +AddExtension(char *name, int NumEvents, int NumErrors, + int (*MainProc)(ClientPtr c1), + int (*SwappedMainProc)(ClientPtr c2), + void (*CloseDownProc)(ExtensionEntry *e), + unsigned short (*MinorOpcodeProc)(ClientPtr c3)) +{ + int i; + ExtensionEntry *ext, **newexts; + + if (!MainProc || !SwappedMainProc || !MinorOpcodeProc) + return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL); + if ((lastEvent + NumEvents > LAST_EVENT) || + (unsigned)(lastError + NumErrors > LAST_ERROR)) { + LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Not enabling extension %s: maximum number of " + "events or errors exceeded.\n", name); + return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL); + } + + ext = calloc(sizeof (ExtensionEntry), 1); + if (!ext) + return NULL; + if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION)) { + free(ext); + return NULL; + } + ext->name = strdup(name); + ext->num_aliases = 0; + ext->aliases = (char **)NULL; + if (!ext->name) + { + dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION); + free(ext); + return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL); + } + i = NumExtensions; + newexts = (ExtensionEntry **) realloc(extensions, + (i + 1) * sizeof(ExtensionEntry *)); + if (!newexts) + { + free(ext->name); + dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION); + free(ext); + return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL); + } + NumExtensions++; + extensions = newexts; + extensions[i] = ext; + ext->index = i; + ext->base = i + EXTENSION_BASE; + ext->CloseDown = CloseDownProc; + ext->MinorOpcode = MinorOpcodeProc; + ProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = MainProc; + SwappedProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = SwappedMainProc; + if (NumEvents) + { + ext->eventBase = lastEvent; + ext->eventLast = lastEvent + NumEvents; + lastEvent += NumEvents; + } + else + { + ext->eventBase = 0; + ext->eventLast = 0; + } + if (NumErrors) + { + ext->errorBase = lastError; + ext->errorLast = lastError + NumErrors; + lastError += NumErrors; + } + else + { + ext->errorBase = 0; + ext->errorLast = 0; + } + + RegisterExtensionNames(ext); + return ext; +} + +Bool AddExtensionAlias(char *alias, ExtensionEntry *ext) +{ + char *name; + char **aliases; + + if (!ext) + return FALSE ; + aliases = (char **)realloc(ext->aliases, + (ext->num_aliases + 1) * sizeof(char *)); + if (!aliases) + return FALSE; + ext->aliases = aliases; + name = strdup(alias); + if (!name) + return FALSE; + ext->aliases[ext->num_aliases] = name; + ext->num_aliases++; + return TRUE; +} + +static int +FindExtension(char *extname, int len) +{ + int i, j; + + for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++) + { + if ((strlen(extensions[i]->name) == len) && + !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->name, len)) + break; + for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;) + { + if ((strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) == len) && + !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len)) + break; + } + if (j >= 0) break; + } + return ((i == NumExtensions) ? -1 : i); +} + +/* + * CheckExtension returns the extensions[] entry for the requested + * extension name. Maybe this could just return a Bool instead? + */ +ExtensionEntry * +CheckExtension(const char *extname) +{ + int n; + + n = FindExtension((char*)extname, strlen(extname)); + if (n != -1) + return extensions[n]; + else + return NULL; +} + +/* + * Added as part of Xace. + */ +ExtensionEntry * +GetExtensionEntry(int major) +{ + if (major < EXTENSION_BASE) + return NULL; + major -= EXTENSION_BASE; + if (major >= NumExtensions) + return NULL; + return extensions[major]; +} + +unsigned short +StandardMinorOpcode(ClientPtr client) +{ + return ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->data; +} + +unsigned short +MinorOpcodeOfRequest(ClientPtr client) +{ + unsigned char major; + + major = ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType; + if (major < EXTENSION_BASE) + return 0; + major -= EXTENSION_BASE; + if (major >= NumExtensions) + return 0; + return (*extensions[major]->MinorOpcode)(client); +} + +void +CloseDownExtensions(void) +{ + int i,j; + + for (i = NumExtensions - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (extensions[i]->CloseDown) + extensions[i]->CloseDown(extensions[i]); + NumExtensions = i; + free(extensions[i]->name); + for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;) + free(extensions[i]->aliases[j]); + free(extensions[i]->aliases); + dixFreePrivates(extensions[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION); + free(extensions[i]); + } + free(extensions); + extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL; + lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE; + lastError = FirstExtensionError; +} + +int +ProcQueryExtension(ClientPtr client) +{ + xQueryExtensionReply reply; + int i; + REQUEST(xQueryExtensionReq); + + REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xQueryExtensionReq, stuff->nbytes); + + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.length = 0; + reply.major_opcode = 0; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + + if ( ! NumExtensions ) + reply.present = xFalse; + else + { + i = FindExtension((char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes); + if (i < 0 || XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i])) + reply.present = xFalse; + else + { + reply.present = xTrue; + reply.major_opcode = extensions[i]->base; + reply.first_event = extensions[i]->eventBase; + reply.first_error = extensions[i]->errorBase; + } + } + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply), &reply); + return Success; +} + +int +ProcListExtensions(ClientPtr client) +{ + xListExtensionsReply reply; + char *bufptr, *buffer; + int total_length = 0; + + REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); + + memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply)); + reply.type = X_Reply; + reply.nExtensions = 0; + reply.length = 0; + reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + buffer = NULL; + + if ( NumExtensions ) + { + int i, j; + + for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++) + { + /* call callbacks to find out whether to show extension */ + if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success) + continue; + + total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->name) + 1; + reply.nExtensions += 1 + extensions[i]->num_aliases; + for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;) + total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) + 1; + } + reply.length = bytes_to_int32(total_length); + buffer = bufptr = malloc(total_length); + if (!buffer) + return BadAlloc; + for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++) + { + int len; + if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success) + continue; + + *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->name); + memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->name, len); + bufptr += len; + for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;) + { + *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]); + memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len); + bufptr += len; + } + } + } + WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply), &reply); + if (reply.length) + WriteToClient(client, total_length, buffer); + + free(buffer); + return Success; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c index 7e901942f..12f8ac7d0 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c @@ -1,1397 +1,1397 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
- * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
- * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <math.h>
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#include <math.h>
-
-float roundf(float f)
-{
- return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
-}
-double roundd(double f)
-{
- return ((f<0.0) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
-}
-#define lroundf(val) ((int)roundf(val))
-#define lround(val) ((int)roundd(val))
-#endif
-
-/* Number of motion history events to store. */
-#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
-
-/**
- * InputEventList is the storage for input events generated by
- * QueuePointerEvents, QueueKeyboardEvents, and QueueProximityEvents.
- * This list is allocated on startup by the DIX.
- */
-InternalEvent* InputEventList = NULL;
-
-/**
- * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
- */
-int
-GetMotionHistorySize(void)
-{
- return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
-}
-
-void
-set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);
- else
- SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-}
-
-void
-set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);
- else
- ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-}
-
-Bool
-button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);
- if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-void
-set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
- SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- else
- SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-}
-
-void
-set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
- ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- else
- ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-}
-
-Bool
-key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- if (type & KEY_POSTED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
-{
- return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
- (1 << (key_code & 7)));
-}
-
-static void
-init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
-{
- memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event->header = ET_Internal;
- event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event->time = ms;
- event->deviceid = dev->id;
- event->sourceid = dev->id;
-}
-
-static void
-init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
-{
- memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
- event->header = ET_Internal;
- event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
- event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
- event->time = ms;
- event->deviceid = dev->id;
- event->sourceid = dev->id;
- event->detail.button = detail;
-}
-
-static void
-set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
- data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- /* Set the data to the previous value for unset absolute axes. The values
- * may be used when sent as part of an XI 1.x valuator event. */
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
- event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
- dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
- }
- else if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- event->valuators.data[i] = dev->valuator->axisVal[i];
- }
-}
-
-void
-CreateClassesChangedEvent(InternalEvent* event,
- DeviceIntPtr master,
- DeviceIntPtr slave,
- int type)
-{
- int i;
- DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
- CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- dce = &event->changed_event;
- memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
- dce->deviceid = slave->id;
- dce->masterid = master->id;
- dce->header = ET_Internal;
- dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
- dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
- dce->time = ms;
- dce->flags = type;
- dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
- dce->sourceid = slave->id;
-
- if (slave->button)
- {
- dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
- dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
- }
- if (slave->valuator)
- {
- dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
- {
- dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
- dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
- dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
- dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;
- dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
- }
- }
- if (slave->key)
- {
- dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
- */
-static int
-rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
- int defmax)
-{
- int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
- float value;
-
- if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
- fmin = from->min_value;
- fmax = from->max_value;
- }
- if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
- tmin = to->min_value;
- tmax = to->max_value;
- }
-
- if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = remainder;
- return coord;
- }
-
- if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = 0.0;
- return 0;
- }
-
- value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
- coord_return = lroundf(value);
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
- return coord_return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
- * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
- * without loss of precision.
- *
- * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
- * function.
- */
-static void
-updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
- int i;
- DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
-
- /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
- * position of the pointer */
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
- pDev->last.remainder[0] = master->last.remainder[0];
- pDev->last.remainder[1] = master->last.remainder[1];
-
- if (!pDev->valuator)
- return;
-
- /* scale back to device coordinates */
- if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
- &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
- if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
- &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
-
- /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
- * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
- * last.valuators is reset to 0.
- */
- if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
- for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
- if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
- {
- pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
- pDev->last.remainder[i] = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- pDev->last.valuators[i] =
- rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
- pDev->last.remainder[i],
- &pDev->last.remainder[i],
- lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
- pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate the motion history buffer.
- */
-void
-AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- int size;
- free(pDev->valuator->motion);
-
- if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
- return;
-
- /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
- * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
- * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
- */
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
- else {
- ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;
- int numAxes;
- /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */
- for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)
- if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
- break;
- size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;
- }
-
- size += sizeof(Time);
-
- pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
- pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
- pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
- if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
- pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
- * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
- * sort of ignore this.
- *
- * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
- */
-int
-GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
- unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
-{
- char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
- int i = 0, ret = 0;
- int j, coord;
- Time current;
- /* The size of a single motion event. */
- int size;
- int dflt;
- AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
- INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
- INT16 *corebuf;
- AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
-
- if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- return 0;
-
- if (core && !pScreen)
- return 0;
-
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
- else
- size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
-
- *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
- if (!(*buff))
- return 0;
- obuff = (char *)*buff;
-
- for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
- i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
- i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
- /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
- * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
- * written so far. */
- ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
- memcpy(¤t, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
-
- if (current > stop) {
- return ret;
- }
- else if (current >= start) {
- if (core)
- {
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
-
- icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
- corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
-
- /* fetch x coordinate + range */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- /* scale to screen coords */
- to = &core_axis;
- to->max_value = pScreen->width;
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
-
- memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
- corebuf++;
-
- /* fetch y coordinate + range */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- to->max_value = pScreen->height;
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
- memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
-
- } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
- {
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
-
- ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
- icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
- for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
- {
- if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
- break;
-
- /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
-
- /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
- if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
- from.max_value = pScreen->width;
- else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
- from.max_value = pScreen->height;
-
- if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
- dflt = pScreen->width;
- else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
- dflt = pScreen->height;
- else
- dflt = 0;
-
- /* scale from stored range into current range */
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
- memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
- ocbuf++;
- }
- } else
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
-
- /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
- * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
- if (core)
- obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
- else
- obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
- ret++;
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
- * valuators.
- *
- * Layout of the history buffer:
- * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
- * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
- *
- * For events that have some valuators unset:
- * min_val == max_val == val == 0.
- */
-static void
-updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,
- int *valuators)
-{
- char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
- ValuatorClassPtr v;
- int i;
-
- if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- return;
-
- v = pDev->valuator;
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- {
- buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
- v->last_motion;
-
- memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
- buff += sizeof(Time);
-
- memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
-
- for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)
- {
- /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */
- if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
- break;
- if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);
- continue;
- }
- memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- }
- } else
- {
-
- buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
- pDev->valuator->last_motion;
-
- memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
- buff += sizeof(Time);
-
- memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- continue;
- }
- memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- }
- }
-
- pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
- pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
- /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
- if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
- pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
- pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents
- * and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
- *
- * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
- */
-int
-GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
- /* One raw event
- * One device event
- * One possible device changed event
- */
- return 3;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
- * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
- */
-static void
-clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
-{
- AxisInfoPtr axis;
-
- if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
- return;
-
- axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
-
- /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
- if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
- return;
-
- if (*val < axis->min_value)
- *val = axis->min_value;
- if (*val > axis->max_value)
- *val = axis->max_value;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
- */
-static void
-clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
- * is done in the event processing).
- * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
- *
- * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event array.
- * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
- * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
- * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
- * events if a DCCE was generated.
- * @return The updated @events pointer.
- */
-InternalEvent*
-UpdateFromMaster(InternalEvent* events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master;
-
- master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
- {
- CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
- if (IsPointerDevice(master))
- {
- updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
- master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
- }
- master->last.slave = dev;
- (*num_events)++;
- events++;
- }
- return events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- */
-static void
-moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
- else
- *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
- else
- *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
- clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
-
- for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- */
-static void
-moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
- *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
-
- /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
- * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
- * limits to be able to change screens. */
- if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) {
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
- }
-
- /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
- for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param valuators Valuator mask
- * @param ms Current time.
- */
-static void
-accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms)
-{
- if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms);
-}
-
-/**
- * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
- * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
- *
- * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
- * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
- * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
- *
- * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether
- * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.
- *
- * @param dev The device to be moved.
- * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)
- * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
- * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
- * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
- * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
- * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
- */
-static void
-positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode,
- int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
- ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
-{
- int old_screenx, old_screeny;
-
- /* scale x&y to screen */
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
- *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
- dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
- } else {
- *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
- *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
- }
-
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
- *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
- dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
- } else {
- *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
- *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
- }
-
- /* Hit the left screen edge? */
- if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
- {
- *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
- x_frac = 0.0f;
- }
- if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
- {
- *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
- y_frac = 0.0f;
- }
-
-
- old_screenx = *screenx;
- old_screeny = *screeny;
- /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
- * to the current screen. */
- miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny);
-
- if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) {
- DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
- master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
- master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
- master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
- }
-
- if (dev->valuator)
- {
- /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
- if(*screenx != old_screenx)
- {
- scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
- dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
- }
- if(*screeny != old_screeny)
- {
- scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
- dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
- }
- }
-
- /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
- dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
- dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
- dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
- dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
- * master device.
- * @param dev Slave device to update.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.
- * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
- * @param ms Current time
- */
-static void
-updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)
-{
- if (!dev->valuator)
- return;
-
- updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
- if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- {
- DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-queueEventList(DeviceIntPtr device, InternalEvent *events, int nevents)
-{
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqEnqueue(device, &events[i]);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate internal events representing this keyboard event and enqueue
- * them on the event queue.
- *
- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
- *
- * FIXME: flags for relative/abs motion?
- *
- * @param device The device to generate the event for
- * @param type Event type, one of KeyPress or KeyRelease
- * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
- *
- */
-void
-QueueKeyboardEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
- int keycode, const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int nevents;
-
- nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(InputEventList, device, type, keycode, mask);
- queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
- * also with valuator events.
- *
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event list in the first
- * place via InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * @return the number of events written into events.
- */
-int
-GetKeyboardEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
- int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
- int num_events = 0;
- CARD32 ms = 0;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- RawDeviceEvent *raw;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev || !pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
- (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
- (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
- return 0;
-
- num_events = 1;
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
- if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
- /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
- * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
- if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
- !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
- pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
- return 0;
- }
-
- ms = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- raw = &events->raw_event;
- events++;
- num_events++;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
-
- event = &events->device_event;
- init_event(pDev, event, ms);
- event->detail.key = key_code;
-
- if (type == KeyPress) {
- event->type = ET_KeyPress;
- set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
- }
- else if (type == KeyRelease) {
- event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
- set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
- }
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialize an event array large enough for num_events arrays.
- * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
- * GetKeyboardEvents().
- *
- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
- */
-InternalEvent*
-InitEventList(int num_events)
-{
- InternalEvent *events = calloc(num_events, sizeof(InternalEvent));
- return events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free an event list.
- *
- * @param list The list to be freed.
- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
- */
-void
-FreeEventList(InternalEvent *list, int num_events)
-{
- free(list);
-}
-
-/**
- * Transform vector x/y according to matrix m and drop the rounded coords
- * back into x/y.
- */
-static void
-transform(struct pixman_f_transform *m, int *x, int *y)
-{
- struct pixman_f_vector p;
-
- p.v[0] = *x;
- p.v[1] = *y;
- p.v[2] = 1;
-
- pixman_f_transform_point(m, &p);
-
-
- *x = lround(p.v[0]);
- *y = lround(p.v[1]);
-}
-
-static void
-transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int x, y, ox, oy;
-
- ox = x = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :
- dev->last.valuators[0];
- oy = y = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :
- dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- transform(&dev->transform, &x, &y);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || ox != x)
- valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, x);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) || oy != y)
- valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, y);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate internal events representing this pointer event and enqueue them
- * on the event queue.
- *
- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
- *
- * @param device The device to generate the event for
- * @param type Event type, one of ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, MotionNotify
- * @param buttons Button number of the buttons modified. Must be 0 for
- * MotionNotify
- * @param flags Event modification flags
- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
- */
-void
-QueuePointerEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
- int buttons, int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int nevents;
-
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(InputEventList, device, type, buttons, flags, mask);
- queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate a series of InternalEvents representing pointer motion, or
- * button presses.
- *
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first
- * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
- * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
- *
- * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
- * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
- *
- * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
- *
- * @return the number of events written into events.
- */
-int
-GetPointerEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
- int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
- int num_events = 1;
- CARD32 ms;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- RawDeviceEvent *raw;
- int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
- cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
- float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
- ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- if (!scr)
- return 0;
-
- switch (type)
- {
- case MotionNotify:
- if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)
- return 0;
- break;
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- if (!pDev->button || !buttons)
- return 0;
- break;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-
- ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
- {
- raw = &events->raw_event;
- events++;
- num_events++;
-
- init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
- }
-
- if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
- {
- if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
- {
- int scaled;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- {
- scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),
- 0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
- pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
- scr->width);
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);
- }
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- {
- scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),
- 0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
- pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
- scr->height);
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);
- }
- }
-
- transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);
- moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
- } else {
- if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
- accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms);
- /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
- * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
- x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
- y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
- }
- moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
- }
-
- if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
-
- positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative,
- &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
- updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);
-
- /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- event = &events->device_event;
- init_event(pDev, event, ms);
-
- if (type == MotionNotify) {
- event->type = ET_Motion;
- event->detail.button = 0;
- }
- else {
- if (type == ButtonPress) {
- event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
- set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
- }
- else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
- event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
- set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
- }
- event->detail.button = buttons;
- }
-
- event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
- event->root_y = cy;
- event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
- event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate internal events representing this proximity event and enqueue
- * them on the event queue.
- *
- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
- *
- * @param device The device to generate the event for
- * @param type Event type, one of ProximityIn or ProximityOut
- * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
- *
- */
-void
-QueueProximityEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
- const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int nevents;
-
- nevents = GetProximityEvents(InputEventList, device, type, mask);
- queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by
- * valuators.
- *
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first place via
- * InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * @return the number of events written into events.
- */
-int
-GetProximityEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)
-{
- int num_events = 1, i;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- /* Sanity checks. */
- if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)
- return 0;
- if (!pDev->valuator)
- return 0;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&
- valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)
- valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);
- }
-
- /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results
- * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent
- * to client. */
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- event = &events->device_event;
- init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
- event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
- *
- * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
- * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
- */
-void
-PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int x,
- int y,
- int screen,
- unsigned long time)
-{
- DeviceEvent ev;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
- will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
- to the DIX layer. */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;
- y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;
- }
-#endif
-
- memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
- ev.root_x = x;
- ev.root_y = y;
- ev.type = ET_Motion;
- ev.time = time;
-
- /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
- (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation + * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone + * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> + * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net> + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/keysym.h> +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include <math.h> + +#include "misc.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "globals.h" +#include "dixevents.h" +#include "mipointer.h" +#include "eventstr.h" +#include "eventconvert.h" +#include "inpututils.h" +#include "mi.h" + +#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h> +#include "xkbsrv.h" + +#ifdef PANORAMIX +#include "panoramiX.h" +#include "panoramiXsrv.h" +#endif + +#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> +#include <pixman.h> +#include "exglobals.h" +#include "exevents.h" +#include "extnsionst.h" +#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */ + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#include <math.h> + +float roundf(float f) +{ + return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5)); +} +double roundd(double f) +{ + return ((f<0.0) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5)); +} +#define lroundf(val) ((int)roundf(val)) +#define lround(val) ((int)roundd(val)) +#endif + +/* Number of motion history events to store. */ +#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256 + +/** + * InputEventList is the storage for input events generated by + * QueuePointerEvents, QueueKeyboardEvents, and QueueProximityEvents. + * This list is allocated on startup by the DIX. + */ +InternalEvent* InputEventList = NULL; + +/** + * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history. + */ +int +GetMotionHistorySize(void) +{ + return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE; +} + +void +set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type) +{ + if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED) + SetBit(pDev->button->down, button); + else + SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button); +} + +void +set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type) +{ + if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED) + ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button); + else + ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button); +} + +Bool +button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type) +{ + Bool ret = FALSE; + + if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED) + ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button); + if (type & BUTTON_POSTED) + ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button); + + return ret; +} + +void +set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type) +{ + if (type == KEY_PROCESSED) + SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code); + else + SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code); +} + +void +set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type) +{ + if (type == KEY_PROCESSED) + ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code); + else + ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code); +} + +Bool +key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type) +{ + Bool ret = FALSE; + + if (type & KEY_PROCESSED) + ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code); + if (type & KEY_POSTED) + ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code); + + return ret; +} + +static Bool +key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code) +{ + return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] & + (1 << (key_code & 7))); +} + +static void +init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms) +{ + memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); + event->header = ET_Internal; + event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent); + event->time = ms; + event->deviceid = dev->id; + event->sourceid = dev->id; +} + +static void +init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail) +{ + memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent)); + event->header = ET_Internal; + event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent); + event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type; + event->time = ms; + event->deviceid = dev->id; + event->sourceid = dev->id; + event->detail.button = detail; +} + +static void +set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++) + { + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i); + data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i); + } + } +} + + +static void +set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int i; + + /* Set the data to the previous value for unset absolute axes. The values + * may be used when sent as part of an XI 1.x valuator event. */ + for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++) + { + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i); + if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute) + SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i); + event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i); + event->valuators.data_frac[i] = + dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16); + } + else if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute) + event->valuators.data[i] = dev->valuator->axisVal[i]; + } +} + +void +CreateClassesChangedEvent(InternalEvent* event, + DeviceIntPtr master, + DeviceIntPtr slave, + int type) +{ + int i; + DeviceChangedEvent *dce; + CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis(); + + dce = &event->changed_event; + memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent)); + dce->deviceid = slave->id; + dce->masterid = master->id; + dce->header = ET_Internal; + dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent); + dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged; + dce->time = ms; + dce->flags = type; + dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH; + dce->sourceid = slave->id; + + if (slave->button) + { + dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons; + for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++) + dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i]; + } + if (slave->valuator) + { + dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes; + for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++) + { + dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value; + dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value; + dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution; + dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode; + dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label; + } + } + if (slave->key) + { + dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code; + dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code; + } +} + +/** + * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges. + */ +static int +rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to, + int defmax) +{ + int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return; + float value; + + if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) { + fmin = from->min_value; + fmax = from->max_value; + } + if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) { + tmin = to->min_value; + tmax = to->max_value; + } + + if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) { + if (remainder_return) + *remainder_return = remainder; + return coord; + } + + if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */ + if (remainder_return) + *remainder_return = 0.0; + return 0; + } + + value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin; + coord_return = lroundf(value); + if (remainder_return) + *remainder_return = value - coord_return; + return coord_return; +} + +/** + * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD + * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected + * without loss of precision. + * + * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this + * function. + */ +static void +updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev); + int i; + DeviceIntPtr lastSlave; + + /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual + * position of the pointer */ + pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0]; + pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1]; + pDev->last.remainder[0] = master->last.remainder[0]; + pDev->last.remainder[1] = master->last.remainder[1]; + + if (!pDev->valuator) + return; + + /* scale back to device coordinates */ + if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0) + pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0], + &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width); + if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1) + pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1], + &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height); + + /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old + * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one, + * last.valuators is reset to 0. + */ + if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) { + for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) { + if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes) + { + pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0; + pDev->last.remainder[i] = 0; + } + else + { + pDev->last.valuators[i] = + rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i], + pDev->last.remainder[i], + &pDev->last.remainder[i], + lastSlave->valuator->axes + i, + pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0); + } + } + } + +} + +/** + * Allocate the motion history buffer. + */ +void +AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + int size; + free(pDev->valuator->motion); + + if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1) + return; + + /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all + * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators. + * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val)) + */ + if (IsMaster(pDev)) + size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS; + else { + ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator; + int numAxes; + /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */ + for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++) + if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0)) + break; + size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes; + } + + size += sizeof(Time); + + pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size); + pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0; + pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0; + if (!pDev->valuator->motion) + ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n", + pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents); +} + +/** + * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer. + * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we + * sort of ignore this. + * + * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords. + */ +int +GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start, + unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core) +{ + char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff; + int i = 0, ret = 0; + int j, coord; + Time current; + /* The size of a single motion event. */ + int size; + int dflt; + AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */ + INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */ + INT16 *corebuf; + AxisInfo core_axis = {0}; + + if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) + return 0; + + if (core && !pScreen) + return 0; + + if (IsMaster(pDev)) + size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time); + else + size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time); + + *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents); + if (!(*buff)) + return 0; + obuff = (char *)*buff; + + for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion; + i != pDev->valuator->last_motion; + i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) { + /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which + * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've + * written so far. */ + ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size); + memcpy(¤t, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); + + if (current > stop) { + return ret; + } + else if (current >= start) { + if (core) + { + memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */ + + icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time)); + corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time)); + + /* fetch x coordinate + range */ + memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + + /* scale to screen coords */ + to = &core_axis; + to->max_value = pScreen->width; + coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width); + + memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16)); + corebuf++; + + /* fetch y coordinate + range */ + memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + + to->max_value = pScreen->height; + coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height); + memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16)); + + } else if (IsMaster(pDev)) + { + memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */ + + ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time)); + icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time)); + for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++) + { + if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes) + break; + + /* fetch min/max/coordinate */ + memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); + + to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL; + + /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */ + if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value)) + from.max_value = pScreen->width; + else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value)) + from.max_value = pScreen->height; + + if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value)) + dflt = pScreen->width; + else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value)) + dflt = pScreen->height; + else + dflt = 0; + + /* scale from stored range into current range */ + coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0); + memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32)); + ocbuf++; + } + } else + memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size); + + /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the + * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */ + if (core) + obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time); + else + obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time); + ret++; + } + } + + return ret; +} + + +/** + * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of + * valuators. + * + * Layout of the history buffer: + * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn] + * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn] + * + * For events that have some valuators unset: + * min_val == max_val == val == 0. + */ +static void +updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask, + int *valuators) +{ + char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion; + ValuatorClassPtr v; + int i; + + if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) + return; + + v = pDev->valuator; + if (IsMaster(pDev)) + { + buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) * + v->last_motion; + + memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time)); + buff += sizeof(Time); + + memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS); + + for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++) + { + /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */ + if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0)) + break; + if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32); + continue; + } + memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32)); + buff += sizeof(INT32); + memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32)); + buff += sizeof(INT32); + memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32)); + buff += sizeof(INT32); + } + } else + { + + buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) * + pDev->valuator->last_motion; + + memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time)); + buff += sizeof(Time); + + memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes); + + for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++) + { + if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + buff += sizeof(INT32); + continue; + } + memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32)); + buff += sizeof(INT32); + } + } + + pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) % + pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents; + /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */ + if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion) + pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) % + pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents; + + return; +} + + +/** + * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents + * and GetPointerEvents will ever return. + * + * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit. + */ +int +GetMaximumEventsNum(void) { + /* One raw event + * One device event + * One possible device changed event + */ + return 3; +} + + +/** + * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to + * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct. + */ +static void +clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val) +{ + AxisInfoPtr axis; + + if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes) + return; + + axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum; + + /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */ + if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value) + return; + + if (*val < axis->min_value) + *val = axis->min_value; + if (*val > axis->max_value) + *val = axis->max_value; +} + +/** + * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds. + */ +static void +clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++) + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i); + clipAxis(pDev, i, &val); + valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val); + } +} + +/** + * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this + * is done in the event processing). + * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary. + * + * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event array. + * @param dev The slave device that generated an event. + * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT + * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of + * events if a DCCE was generated. + * @return The updated @events pointer. + */ +InternalEvent* +UpdateFromMaster(InternalEvent* events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events) +{ + DeviceIntPtr master; + + master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD); + + if (master && master->last.slave != dev) + { + CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type); + if (IsPointerDevice(master)) + { + updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev); + master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators; + } + master->last.slave = dev; + (*num_events)++; + events++; + } + return events; +} + +/** + * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators. + * + * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved. + * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move. + * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move. + * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators. + * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and + * @first+@num. + */ +static void +moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int i; + + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0)) + *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0); + else + *x = dev->last.valuators[0]; + + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1)) + *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1); + else + *y = dev->last.valuators[1]; + + clipAxis(dev, 0, x); + clipAxis(dev, 1, y); + + for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++) + { + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i); + clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]); + } + } +} + +/** + * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators. + * + * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved. + * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move. + * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move. + * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators. + * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and + * @first+@num. + */ +static void +moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int i; + + *x = dev->last.valuators[0]; + *y = dev->last.valuators[1]; + + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0)) + *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0); + + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1)) + *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1); + + /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually + * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the + * limits to be able to change screens. */ + if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) { + if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute) + clipAxis(dev, 0, x); + if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute) + clipAxis(dev, 1, y); + } + + /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */ + for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++) + { + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + { + dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i); + if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute) + clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]); + valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]); + } + } +} + +/** + * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme. + * + * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved. + * @param valuators Valuator mask + * @param ms Current time. + */ +static void +accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms) +{ + if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc) + dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms); +} + +/** + * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we + * just do all the screen crossing, etc. + * + * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call + * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if + * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed. + * + * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether + * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates. + * + * @param dev The device to be moved. + * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative) + * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified. + * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified. + * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified. + * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified. + * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on. + * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update. + * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update. + * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above. + * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above. + */ +static void +positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode, + int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac, + ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac) +{ + int old_screenx, old_screeny; + + /* scale x&y to screen */ + if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) { + *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac, + dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width); + } else { + *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0]; + *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0]; + } + + if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) { + *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac, + dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height); + } else { + *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1]; + *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1]; + } + + /* Hit the left screen edge? */ + if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f) + { + *screenx_frac = 0.0f; + x_frac = 0.0f; + } + if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f) + { + *screeny_frac = 0.0f; + y_frac = 0.0f; + } + + + old_screenx = *screenx; + old_screeny = *screeny; + /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping + * to the current screen. */ + miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny); + + if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) { + DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER); + master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx; + master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny; + master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac; + master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac; + } + + if (dev->valuator) + { + /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */ + if(*screenx != old_screenx) + { + scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev); + *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL, + dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width); + } + if(*screeny != old_screeny) + { + scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev); + *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL, + dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height); + } + } + + /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */ + dev->last.valuators[0] = *x; + dev->last.valuators[1] = *y; + dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac; + dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac; +} + +/** + * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its + * master device. + * @param dev Slave device to update. + * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history. + * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history. + * @param ms Current time + */ +static void +updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms) +{ + if (!dev->valuator) + return; + + updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators); + if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) + { + DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER); + updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators); + } +} + +static void +queueEventList(DeviceIntPtr device, InternalEvent *events, int nevents) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) + mieqEnqueue(device, &events[i]); +} + +/** + * Generate internal events representing this keyboard event and enqueue + * them on the event queue. + * + * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling. + * + * FIXME: flags for relative/abs motion? + * + * @param device The device to generate the event for + * @param type Event type, one of KeyPress or KeyRelease + * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key + * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event. + * + */ +void +QueueKeyboardEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type, + int keycode, const ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int nevents; + + nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(InputEventList, device, type, keycode, mask); + queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents); +} + +/** + * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally + * also with valuator events. + * + * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event list in the first + * place via InitEventList(), and for freeing it. + * + * @return the number of events written into events. + */ +int +GetKeyboardEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, + int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) { + int num_events = 0; + CARD32 ms = 0; + DeviceEvent *event; + RawDeviceEvent *raw; + ValuatorMask mask; + + /* refuse events from disabled devices */ + if (!pDev || !pDev->enabled) + return 0; + + if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed || + (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) || + (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255)) + return 0; + + num_events = 1; + + events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events); + + /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */ + if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) { + /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key, + * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */ + if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat || + !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) || + pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code]) + return 0; + } + + ms = GetTimeInMillis(); + + raw = &events->raw_event; + events++; + num_events++; + + valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in); + + init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code); + set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw); + + clipValuators(pDev, &mask); + + set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data); + + event = &events->device_event; + init_event(pDev, event, ms); + event->detail.key = key_code; + + if (type == KeyPress) { + event->type = ET_KeyPress; + set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED); + } + else if (type == KeyRelease) { + event->type = ET_KeyRelease; + set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED); + } + + clipValuators(pDev, &mask); + + set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask); + + return num_events; +} + +/** + * Initialize an event array large enough for num_events arrays. + * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and + * GetKeyboardEvents(). + * + * @param num_events Number of elements in list. + */ +InternalEvent* +InitEventList(int num_events) +{ + InternalEvent *events = calloc(num_events, sizeof(InternalEvent)); + return events; +} + +/** + * Free an event list. + * + * @param list The list to be freed. + * @param num_events Number of elements in list. + */ +void +FreeEventList(InternalEvent *list, int num_events) +{ + free(list); +} + +/** + * Transform vector x/y according to matrix m and drop the rounded coords + * back into x/y. + */ +static void +transform(struct pixman_f_transform *m, int *x, int *y) +{ + struct pixman_f_vector p; + + p.v[0] = *x; + p.v[1] = *y; + p.v[2] = 1; + + pixman_f_transform_point(m, &p); + + + *x = lround(p.v[0]); + *y = lround(p.v[1]); +} + +static void +transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int x, y, ox, oy; + + ox = x = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) : + dev->last.valuators[0]; + oy = y = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) : + dev->last.valuators[1]; + + transform(&dev->transform, &x, &y); + + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || ox != x) + valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, x); + + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) || oy != y) + valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, y); +} + +/** + * Generate internal events representing this pointer event and enqueue them + * on the event queue. + * + * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling. + * + * @param device The device to generate the event for + * @param type Event type, one of ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, MotionNotify + * @param buttons Button number of the buttons modified. Must be 0 for + * MotionNotify + * @param flags Event modification flags + * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event. + */ +void +QueuePointerEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type, + int buttons, int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int nevents; + + nevents = GetPointerEvents(InputEventList, device, type, buttons, flags, mask); + queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents); +} + +/** + * Generate a series of InternalEvents representing pointer motion, or + * button presses. + * + * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first + * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it. + * + * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and + * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords. + * + * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords. + * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords. + * + * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined. + * + * @return the number of events written into events. + */ +int +GetPointerEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons, + int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) { + int num_events = 1; + CARD32 ms; + DeviceEvent *event; + RawDeviceEvent *raw; + int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */ + cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */ + float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac; + ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev); + ValuatorMask mask; + + /* refuse events from disabled devices */ + if (!pDev->enabled) + return 0; + + if (!scr) + return 0; + + switch (type) + { + case MotionNotify: + if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0) + return 0; + break; + case ButtonPress: + case ButtonRelease: + if (!pDev->button || !buttons) + return 0; + break; + default: + return 0; + } + + ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */ + + events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events); + + valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in); + + if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0) + { + raw = &events->raw_event; + events++; + num_events++; + + init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons); + set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw); + } + + if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) + { + if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */ + { + int scaled; + + if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0)) + { + scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0), + 0.0, &x_frac, NULL, + pDev->valuator->axes + 0, + scr->width); + valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled); + } + if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1)) + { + scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1), + 0.0, &y_frac, NULL, + pDev->valuator->axes + 1, + scr->height); + valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled); + } + } + + transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask); + moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask); + } else { + if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) { + accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms); + /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part + * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */ + x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0]; + y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1]; + } + moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask); + } + + if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0) + set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data); + + positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative, + &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac); + updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms); + + /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/ + if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0)) + valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x); + if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1)) + valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y); + + clipValuators(pDev, &mask); + + event = &events->device_event; + init_event(pDev, event, ms); + + if (type == MotionNotify) { + event->type = ET_Motion; + event->detail.button = 0; + } + else { + if (type == ButtonPress) { + event->type = ET_ButtonPress; + set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED); + } + else if (type == ButtonRelease) { + event->type = ET_ButtonRelease; + set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED); + } + event->detail.button = buttons; + } + + event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */ + event->root_y = cy; + event->root_x_frac = cx_frac; + event->root_y_frac = cy_frac; + + set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask); + + return num_events; +} + +/** + * Generate internal events representing this proximity event and enqueue + * them on the event queue. + * + * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling. + * + * @param device The device to generate the event for + * @param type Event type, one of ProximityIn or ProximityOut + * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key + * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event. + * + */ +void +QueueProximityEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type, + const ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + int nevents; + + nevents = GetProximityEvents(InputEventList, device, type, mask); + queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents); +} + +/** + * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by + * valuators. + * + * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first place via + * InitEventList(), and for freeing it. + * + * @return the number of events written into events. + */ +int +GetProximityEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) +{ + int num_events = 1, i; + DeviceEvent *event; + ValuatorMask mask; + + /* refuse events from disabled devices */ + if (!pDev->enabled) + return 0; + + /* Sanity checks. */ + if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in) + return 0; + if (!pDev->valuator) + return 0; + + valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in); + + /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */ + for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++) + { + if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) && + valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative) + valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i); + } + + /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results + * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent + * to client. */ + + events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events); + + event = &events->device_event; + init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis()); + event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut; + + clipValuators(pDev, &mask); + + set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask); + + return num_events; +} + +/** + * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer. + * + * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need + * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds. + */ +void +PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev, + int x, + int y, + int screen, + unsigned long time) +{ + DeviceEvent ev; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc + will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry + to the DIX layer. */ + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { + x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x; + y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y; + } +#endif + + memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); + init_event(pDev, &ev, time); + ev.root_x = x; + ev.root_y = y; + ev.type = ET_Motion; + ev.time = time; + + /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */ + (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev); +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c index 4565e6e68..49e175822 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c @@ -1,586 +1,586 @@ -/*
- * Copyright © 2008 Daniel Stone
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include "dix-config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "xkbstr.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-
-/* Check if a button map change is okay with the device.
- * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy. */
-static int
-check_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, CARD32 *errval_out,
- ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i, ret;
-
- if (!dev || !dev->button)
- {
- client->errorValue = (dev) ? dev->id : 0;
- return BadDevice;
- }
-
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = dev->id;
- return ret;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
- if (dev->button->map[i + 1] != map[i] && dev->button->down[i + 1])
- return MappingBusy;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
- xEvent core_mn;
- deviceMappingNotify xi_mn;
-
- /* The map in ButtonClassRec refers to button numbers, whereas the
- * protocol is zero-indexed. Sigh. */
- memcpy(&(dev->button->map[1]), map, len);
-
- core_mn.u.u.type = MappingNotify;
- core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingPointer;
-
- /* 0 is the server client. */
- for (i = 1; i < currentMaxClients; i++) {
- /* Don't send irrelevant events to naïve clients. */
- if (!clients[i] || clients[i]->clientState != ClientStateRunning)
- continue;
-
- if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev))
- continue;
-
- WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn);
- }
-
- xi_mn.type = DeviceMappingNotify;
- xi_mn.request = MappingPointer;
- xi_mn.deviceid = dev->id;
- xi_mn.time = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- SendEventToAllWindows(dev, DeviceMappingNotifyMask, (xEvent *) &xi_mn, 1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Does what it says on the box, both for core and Xi.
- *
- * Faithfully reports any errors encountered while trying to apply the map
- * to the requested device, faithfully ignores any errors encountered while
- * trying to apply the map to its master/slaves.
- */
-int
-ApplyPointerMapping(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
-{
- int ret;
-
- /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
- ret = check_butmap_change(dev, map, len, &client->errorValue, client);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- do_butmap_change(dev, map, len, client);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Check if a modifier map change is okay with the device.
- * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy; this particular
- * caveat can be removed with LegalModifier, as we have no other reason to
- * set MappingFailed. Sigh. */
-static int
-check_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modmap)
-{
- int ret, i;
- XkbDescPtr xkb;
-
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- if (!dev->key)
- return BadMatch;
- xkb = dev->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- if (!modmap[i])
- continue;
-
- /* Check that all the new modifiers fall within the advertised
- * keycode range. */
- if (i < xkb->min_key_code || i > xkb->max_key_code) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the mapping is okay with the DDX. */
- if (!LegalModifier(i, dev)) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return MappingFailed;
- }
-
- /* None of the new modifiers may be down while we change the
- * map. */
- if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return MappingBusy;
- }
- }
-
- /* None of the old modifiers may be down while we change the map,
- * either. */
- for (i = xkb->min_key_code; i < xkb->max_key_code; i++) {
- if (!xkb->map->modmap[i])
- continue;
- if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return MappingBusy;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-check_modmap_change_slave(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr master,
- DeviceIntPtr slave, CARD8 *modmap)
-{
- XkbDescPtr master_xkb, slave_xkb;
- int i, j;
-
- if (!slave->key || !master->key)
- return 0;
-
- master_xkb = master->key->xkbInfo->desc;
- slave_xkb = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- /* Ignore devices with a clearly different keymap. */
- if (slave_xkb->min_key_code != master_xkb->min_key_code ||
- slave_xkb->max_key_code != master_xkb->max_key_code)
- return 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- if (!modmap[i])
- continue;
-
- /* If we have different symbols for any modifier on an
- * extended keyboard, ignore the whole remap request. */
- for (j = 0;
- j < XkbKeyNumSyms(slave_xkb, i) &&
- j < XkbKeyNumSyms(master_xkb, i);
- j++)
- if (XkbKeySymsPtr(slave_xkb, i)[j] != XkbKeySymsPtr(master_xkb, i)[j])
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (check_modmap_change(client, slave, modmap) != Success)
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Actually change the modifier map, and send notifications. Cannot fail. */
-static void
-do_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *modmap)
-{
- XkbApplyMappingChange(dev, NULL, 0, 0, modmap, serverClient);
-}
-
-/* Rebuild modmap (key -> mod) from map (mod -> key). */
-static int build_modmap_from_modkeymap(CARD8 *modmap, KeyCode *modkeymap,
- int max_keys_per_mod)
-{
- int i, len = max_keys_per_mod * 8;
-
- memset(modmap, 0, MAP_LENGTH);
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
- if (!modkeymap[i])
- continue;
-
- if (modkeymap[i] >= MAP_LENGTH)
- return BadValue;
-
- if (modmap[modkeymap[i]])
- return BadValue;
-
- modmap[modkeymap[i]] = 1 << (i / max_keys_per_mod);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modkeymap,
- int max_keys_per_mod)
-{
- int ret;
- CARD8 modmap[MAP_LENGTH];
- DeviceIntPtr tmp;
-
- ret = build_modmap_from_modkeymap(modmap, modkeymap, max_keys_per_mod);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
- ret = check_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- do_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
-
- /* Change any attached masters/slaves. */
- if (IsMaster(dev)) {
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (!IsMaster(tmp) && GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == dev)
- if (check_modmap_change_slave(client, dev, tmp, modmap))
- do_modmap_change(client, tmp, modmap);
- }
- }
- else if (!IsFloating(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD)->lastSlave == dev) {
- /* If this fails, expect the results to be weird. */
- if (check_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap))
- do_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
- KeyCode **modkeymap_out, int *max_keys_per_mod_out)
-{
- CARD8 keys_per_mod[8];
- int max_keys_per_mod;
- KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
- int i, j, ret;
-
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- if (!dev->key)
- return BadMatch;
-
- /* Count the number of keys per modifier to determine how wide we
- * should make the map. */
- max_keys_per_mod = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
- for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
- if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
- if (++keys_per_mod[j] > max_keys_per_mod)
- max_keys_per_mod = keys_per_mod[j];
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (max_keys_per_mod != 0) {
- modkeymap = calloc(max_keys_per_mod * 8, sizeof(KeyCode));
- if (!modkeymap)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
-
- for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
- if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
- modkeymap[(j * max_keys_per_mod) + keys_per_mod[j]] = i;
- keys_per_mod[j]++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- *max_keys_per_mod_out = max_keys_per_mod;
- *modkeymap_out = modkeymap;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Duplicate the InputAttributes in the most obvious way.
- * No special memory handling is used to give drivers the maximum
- * flexibility with the data. Drivers should be able to call realloc on the
- * product string if needed and perform similar operations.
- */
-InputAttributes*
-DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- InputAttributes *new_attr;
- int ntags = 0;
- char **tags, **new_tags;
-
- if (!attrs)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!(new_attr = calloc(1, sizeof(InputAttributes))))
- goto unwind;
-
- if (attrs->product && !(new_attr->product = strdup(attrs->product)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->vendor && !(new_attr->vendor = strdup(attrs->vendor)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->device && !(new_attr->device = strdup(attrs->device)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->pnp_id && !(new_attr->pnp_id = strdup(attrs->pnp_id)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->usb_id && !(new_attr->usb_id = strdup(attrs->usb_id)))
- goto unwind;
-
- new_attr->flags = attrs->flags;
-
- if ((tags = attrs->tags))
- {
- while(*tags++)
- ntags++;
-
- new_attr->tags = calloc(ntags + 1, sizeof(char*));
- if (!new_attr->tags)
- goto unwind;
-
- tags = attrs->tags;
- new_tags = new_attr->tags;
-
- while(*tags)
- {
- *new_tags = strdup(*tags);
- if (!*new_tags)
- goto unwind;
-
- tags++;
- new_tags++;
- }
- }
-
- return new_attr;
-
-unwind:
- FreeInputAttributes(new_attr);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- char **tags;
-
- if (!attrs)
- return;
-
- free(attrs->product);
- free(attrs->vendor);
- free(attrs->device);
- free(attrs->pnp_id);
- free(attrs->usb_id);
-
- if ((tags = attrs->tags))
- while(*tags)
- free(*tags++);
-
- free(attrs->tags);
- free(attrs);
-}
-
-/**
- * Alloc a valuator mask large enough for num_valuators.
- */
-ValuatorMask*
-valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators)
-{
- /* alloc a fixed size mask for now and ignore num_valuators. in the
- * flying-car future, when we can dynamically alloc the masks and are
- * not constrained by signals, we can start using num_valuators */
- ValuatorMask *mask = calloc(1, sizeof(ValuatorMask));
- mask->last_bit = -1;
- return mask;
-}
-
-void
-valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask)
-{
- free(*mask);
- *mask = NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Sets a range of valuators between first_valuator and num_valuators with
- * the data in the valuators array. All other values are set to 0.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
- const int* valuators)
-{
- int i;
-
- valuator_mask_zero(mask);
-
- for (i = first_valuator; i < min(first_valuator + num_valuators, MAX_VALUATORS); i++)
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, valuators[i - first_valuator]);
-}
-
-/**
- * Reset mask to zero.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- memset(mask, 0, sizeof(*mask));
- mask->last_bit = -1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the current size of the mask (i.e. the highest number of
- * valuators currently set + 1).
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- return mask->last_bit + 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the number of valuators set in the given mask.
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- return CountBits(mask->mask, min(mask->last_bit + 1, MAX_VALUATORS));
-}
-
-/**
- * Return true if the valuator is set in the mask, or false otherwise.
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
-{
- return mask->last_bit >= valuator && BitIsOn(mask->mask, valuator);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the valuator to the given data.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator, int data)
-{
- mask->last_bit = max(valuator, mask->last_bit);
- SetBit(mask->mask, valuator);
- mask->valuators[valuator] = data;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the requested valuator value. If the mask bit is not set for the
- * given valuator, the returned value is undefined.
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
-{
- return mask->valuators[valuator];
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove the valuator from the mask.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
-{
- if (mask->last_bit >= valuator) {
- int i, lastbit = -1;
-
- ClearBit(mask->mask, valuator);
- mask->valuators[valuator] = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i <= mask->last_bit; i++)
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- lastbit = max(lastbit, i);
- mask->last_bit = lastbit;
- }
-}
-
-void
-valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest, const ValuatorMask *src)
-{
- if (src)
- memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(*dest));
- else
- valuator_mask_zero(dest);
-}
-
-int
-CountBits(const uint8_t *mask, int len)
-{
- int i;
- int ret = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- if (BitIsOn(mask, i))
- ret++;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Verifies sanity of the event. If the event is not an internal event,
- * memdumps the first 32 bytes of event to the log, a backtrace, then kill
- * the server.
- */
-void verify_internal_event(const InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- if (ev && ev->any.header != ET_Internal)
- {
- int i;
- unsigned char *data = (unsigned char*)ev;
-
- ErrorF("dix: invalid event type %d\n", ev->any.header);
-
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xEvent); i++, data++)
- {
- ErrorF("%02hhx ", *data);
-
- if ((i % 8) == 7)
- ErrorF("\n");
- }
-
- xorg_backtrace();
- FatalError("Wrong event type %d. Aborting server\n", ev->any.header);
- }
-}
+/* + * Copyright © 2008 Daniel Stone + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include "dix-config.h" +#endif + +#include "exevents.h" +#include "exglobals.h" +#include "misc.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "xace.h" +#include "xkbsrv.h" +#include "xkbstr.h" +#include "inpututils.h" +#include "eventstr.h" + +/* Check if a button map change is okay with the device. + * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy. */ +static int +check_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, CARD32 *errval_out, + ClientPtr client) +{ + int i, ret; + + if (!dev || !dev->button) + { + client->errorValue = (dev) ? dev->id : 0; + return BadDevice; + } + + ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess); + if (ret != Success) + { + client->errorValue = dev->id; + return ret; + } + + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (dev->button->map[i + 1] != map[i] && dev->button->down[i + 1]) + return MappingBusy; + } + + return Success; +} + +static void +do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client) +{ + int i; + xEvent core_mn; + deviceMappingNotify xi_mn; + + /* The map in ButtonClassRec refers to button numbers, whereas the + * protocol is zero-indexed. Sigh. */ + memcpy(&(dev->button->map[1]), map, len); + + core_mn.u.u.type = MappingNotify; + core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingPointer; + + /* 0 is the server client. */ + for (i = 1; i < currentMaxClients; i++) { + /* Don't send irrelevant events to naïve clients. */ + if (!clients[i] || clients[i]->clientState != ClientStateRunning) + continue; + + if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev)) + continue; + + WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn); + } + + xi_mn.type = DeviceMappingNotify; + xi_mn.request = MappingPointer; + xi_mn.deviceid = dev->id; + xi_mn.time = GetTimeInMillis(); + + SendEventToAllWindows(dev, DeviceMappingNotifyMask, (xEvent *) &xi_mn, 1); +} + +/* + * Does what it says on the box, both for core and Xi. + * + * Faithfully reports any errors encountered while trying to apply the map + * to the requested device, faithfully ignores any errors encountered while + * trying to apply the map to its master/slaves. + */ +int +ApplyPointerMapping(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client) +{ + int ret; + + /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */ + ret = check_butmap_change(dev, map, len, &client->errorValue, client); + if (ret != Success) + return ret; + do_butmap_change(dev, map, len, client); + + return Success; +} + +/* Check if a modifier map change is okay with the device. + * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy; this particular + * caveat can be removed with LegalModifier, as we have no other reason to + * set MappingFailed. Sigh. */ +static int +check_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modmap) +{ + int ret, i; + XkbDescPtr xkb; + + ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess); + if (ret != Success) + return ret; + + if (!dev->key) + return BadMatch; + xkb = dev->key->xkbInfo->desc; + + for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) { + if (!modmap[i]) + continue; + + /* Check that all the new modifiers fall within the advertised + * keycode range. */ + if (i < xkb->min_key_code || i > xkb->max_key_code) { + client->errorValue = i; + return -1; + } + + /* Make sure the mapping is okay with the DDX. */ + if (!LegalModifier(i, dev)) { + client->errorValue = i; + return MappingFailed; + } + + /* None of the new modifiers may be down while we change the + * map. */ + if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) { + client->errorValue = i; + return MappingBusy; + } + } + + /* None of the old modifiers may be down while we change the map, + * either. */ + for (i = xkb->min_key_code; i < xkb->max_key_code; i++) { + if (!xkb->map->modmap[i]) + continue; + if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) { + client->errorValue = i; + return MappingBusy; + } + } + + return Success; +} + +static int +check_modmap_change_slave(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr master, + DeviceIntPtr slave, CARD8 *modmap) +{ + XkbDescPtr master_xkb, slave_xkb; + int i, j; + + if (!slave->key || !master->key) + return 0; + + master_xkb = master->key->xkbInfo->desc; + slave_xkb = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc; + + /* Ignore devices with a clearly different keymap. */ + if (slave_xkb->min_key_code != master_xkb->min_key_code || + slave_xkb->max_key_code != master_xkb->max_key_code) + return 0; + + for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) { + if (!modmap[i]) + continue; + + /* If we have different symbols for any modifier on an + * extended keyboard, ignore the whole remap request. */ + for (j = 0; + j < XkbKeyNumSyms(slave_xkb, i) && + j < XkbKeyNumSyms(master_xkb, i); + j++) + if (XkbKeySymsPtr(slave_xkb, i)[j] != XkbKeySymsPtr(master_xkb, i)[j]) + return 0; + } + + if (check_modmap_change(client, slave, modmap) != Success) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + +/* Actually change the modifier map, and send notifications. Cannot fail. */ +static void +do_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *modmap) +{ + XkbApplyMappingChange(dev, NULL, 0, 0, modmap, serverClient); +} + +/* Rebuild modmap (key -> mod) from map (mod -> key). */ +static int build_modmap_from_modkeymap(CARD8 *modmap, KeyCode *modkeymap, + int max_keys_per_mod) +{ + int i, len = max_keys_per_mod * 8; + + memset(modmap, 0, MAP_LENGTH); + + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (!modkeymap[i]) + continue; + + if (modkeymap[i] >= MAP_LENGTH) + return BadValue; + + if (modmap[modkeymap[i]]) + return BadValue; + + modmap[modkeymap[i]] = 1 << (i / max_keys_per_mod); + } + + return Success; +} + +int +change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modkeymap, + int max_keys_per_mod) +{ + int ret; + CARD8 modmap[MAP_LENGTH]; + DeviceIntPtr tmp; + + ret = build_modmap_from_modkeymap(modmap, modkeymap, max_keys_per_mod); + if (ret != Success) + return ret; + + /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */ + ret = check_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap); + if (ret != Success) + return ret; + do_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap); + + /* Change any attached masters/slaves. */ + if (IsMaster(dev)) { + for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) { + if (!IsMaster(tmp) && GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == dev) + if (check_modmap_change_slave(client, dev, tmp, modmap)) + do_modmap_change(client, tmp, modmap); + } + } + else if (!IsFloating(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD)->lastSlave == dev) { + /* If this fails, expect the results to be weird. */ + if (check_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap)) + do_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap); + } + + return Success; +} + +int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, + KeyCode **modkeymap_out, int *max_keys_per_mod_out) +{ + CARD8 keys_per_mod[8]; + int max_keys_per_mod; + KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL; + int i, j, ret; + + ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (ret != Success) + return ret; + + if (!dev->key) + return BadMatch; + + /* Count the number of keys per modifier to determine how wide we + * should make the map. */ + max_keys_per_mod = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + keys_per_mod[i] = 0; + for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) { + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) { + if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) { + if (++keys_per_mod[j] > max_keys_per_mod) + max_keys_per_mod = keys_per_mod[j]; + } + } + } + + if (max_keys_per_mod != 0) { + modkeymap = calloc(max_keys_per_mod * 8, sizeof(KeyCode)); + if (!modkeymap) + return BadAlloc; + + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + keys_per_mod[i] = 0; + + for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) { + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) { + if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) { + modkeymap[(j * max_keys_per_mod) + keys_per_mod[j]] = i; + keys_per_mod[j]++; + } + } + } + } + + *max_keys_per_mod_out = max_keys_per_mod; + *modkeymap_out = modkeymap; + + return Success; +} + +/** + * Duplicate the InputAttributes in the most obvious way. + * No special memory handling is used to give drivers the maximum + * flexibility with the data. Drivers should be able to call realloc on the + * product string if needed and perform similar operations. + */ +InputAttributes* +DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs) +{ + InputAttributes *new_attr; + int ntags = 0; + char **tags, **new_tags; + + if (!attrs) + return NULL; + + if (!(new_attr = calloc(1, sizeof(InputAttributes)))) + goto unwind; + + if (attrs->product && !(new_attr->product = strdup(attrs->product))) + goto unwind; + if (attrs->vendor && !(new_attr->vendor = strdup(attrs->vendor))) + goto unwind; + if (attrs->device && !(new_attr->device = strdup(attrs->device))) + goto unwind; + if (attrs->pnp_id && !(new_attr->pnp_id = strdup(attrs->pnp_id))) + goto unwind; + if (attrs->usb_id && !(new_attr->usb_id = strdup(attrs->usb_id))) + goto unwind; + + new_attr->flags = attrs->flags; + + if ((tags = attrs->tags)) + { + while(*tags++) + ntags++; + + new_attr->tags = calloc(ntags + 1, sizeof(char*)); + if (!new_attr->tags) + goto unwind; + + tags = attrs->tags; + new_tags = new_attr->tags; + + while(*tags) + { + *new_tags = strdup(*tags); + if (!*new_tags) + goto unwind; + + tags++; + new_tags++; + } + } + + return new_attr; + +unwind: + FreeInputAttributes(new_attr); + return NULL; +} + +void +FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs) +{ + char **tags; + + if (!attrs) + return; + + free(attrs->product); + free(attrs->vendor); + free(attrs->device); + free(attrs->pnp_id); + free(attrs->usb_id); + + if ((tags = attrs->tags)) + while(*tags) + free(*tags++); + + free(attrs->tags); + free(attrs); +} + +/** + * Alloc a valuator mask large enough for num_valuators. + */ +ValuatorMask* +valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators) +{ + /* alloc a fixed size mask for now and ignore num_valuators. in the + * flying-car future, when we can dynamically alloc the masks and are + * not constrained by signals, we can start using num_valuators */ + ValuatorMask *mask = calloc(1, sizeof(ValuatorMask)); + mask->last_bit = -1; + return mask; +} + +void +valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask) +{ + free(*mask); + *mask = NULL; +} + + +/** + * Sets a range of valuators between first_valuator and num_valuators with + * the data in the valuators array. All other values are set to 0. + */ +void +valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask, int first_valuator, int num_valuators, + const int* valuators) +{ + int i; + + valuator_mask_zero(mask); + + for (i = first_valuator; i < min(first_valuator + num_valuators, MAX_VALUATORS); i++) + valuator_mask_set(mask, i, valuators[i - first_valuator]); +} + +/** + * Reset mask to zero. + */ +void +valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + memset(mask, 0, sizeof(*mask)); + mask->last_bit = -1; +} + +/** + * Returns the current size of the mask (i.e. the highest number of + * valuators currently set + 1). + */ +int +valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + return mask->last_bit + 1; +} + +/** + * Returns the number of valuators set in the given mask. + */ +int +valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask) +{ + return CountBits(mask->mask, min(mask->last_bit + 1, MAX_VALUATORS)); +} + +/** + * Return true if the valuator is set in the mask, or false otherwise. + */ +int +valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator) +{ + return mask->last_bit >= valuator && BitIsOn(mask->mask, valuator); +} + +/** + * Set the valuator to the given data. + */ +void +valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator, int data) +{ + mask->last_bit = max(valuator, mask->last_bit); + SetBit(mask->mask, valuator); + mask->valuators[valuator] = data; +} + +/** + * Return the requested valuator value. If the mask bit is not set for the + * given valuator, the returned value is undefined. + */ +int +valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator) +{ + return mask->valuators[valuator]; +} + +/** + * Remove the valuator from the mask. + */ +void +valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator) +{ + if (mask->last_bit >= valuator) { + int i, lastbit = -1; + + ClearBit(mask->mask, valuator); + mask->valuators[valuator] = 0; + + for (i = 0; i <= mask->last_bit; i++) + if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i)) + lastbit = max(lastbit, i); + mask->last_bit = lastbit; + } +} + +void +valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest, const ValuatorMask *src) +{ + if (src) + memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(*dest)); + else + valuator_mask_zero(dest); +} + +int +CountBits(const uint8_t *mask, int len) +{ + int i; + int ret = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + if (BitIsOn(mask, i)) + ret++; + + return ret; +} + +/** + * Verifies sanity of the event. If the event is not an internal event, + * memdumps the first 32 bytes of event to the log, a backtrace, then kill + * the server. + */ +void verify_internal_event(const InternalEvent *ev) +{ + if (ev && ev->any.header != ET_Internal) + { + int i; + unsigned char *data = (unsigned char*)ev; + + ErrorF("dix: invalid event type %d\n", ev->any.header); + + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xEvent); i++, data++) + { + ErrorF("%02hhx ", *data); + + if ((i % 8) == 7) + ErrorF("\n"); + } + + xorg_backtrace(); + FatalError("Wrong event type %d. Aborting server\n", ev->any.header); + } +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/main.c b/xorg-server/dix/main.c index 2fc39b5f0..7a5a34c33 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/main.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/main.c @@ -1,408 +1,408 @@ -/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#include <version-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h> /* for unistd.h */
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "extension.h"
-#include "colormap.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "selection.h"
-#include <X11/fonts/font.h>
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "hotplug.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "registry.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#else
-#include "dixevents.h" /* InitEvents() */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
-#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
-#include "dpmsproc.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-#include <crtdbg.h>
-#endif
-
-extern void Dispatch(void);
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-BOOL serverRunning = FALSE;
-pthread_mutex_t serverRunningMutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-pthread_cond_t serverRunningCond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
-
-int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]);
-
-int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
-#else
-int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
-#endif
-{
- int i;
- HWEventQueueType alwaysCheckForInput[2];
- #ifdef _DEBUG
- //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG);
-
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF;
-
- //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag);
- #endif
-
- ptw32_processInitialize();
- display = "0";
-
- #ifdef WIN32
-
- if (InitWSA()<0)
- {
- printf("Error initialising WSA\n");
- return -1;
- }
- /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending
- on the commandline options given).
- XInitThreads has to be called before
- any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */
- XInitThreads();
- /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed.
- This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory.
- */
- {
- char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH];
- char *pSlash;
- GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename));
- pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\');
- if (pSlash)
- {
- *pSlash='\0';
- chdir(ModuleFilename);
- }
- }
- #endif
-
- InitRegions();
-
- CheckUserParameters(argc, argv, envp);
-
- CheckUserAuthorization();
-
- InitConnectionLimits();
-
- ProcessCommandLine(argc, argv);
-
- alwaysCheckForInput[0] = 0;
- alwaysCheckForInput[1] = 1;
- while(1)
- {
- serverGeneration++;
- ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
- ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
- ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
- ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
- DPMSStandbyTime = DPMSSuspendTime = DPMSOffTime = ScreenSaverTime;
- DPMSEnabled = TRUE;
- DPMSPowerLevel = 0;
-#endif
- InitBlockAndWakeupHandlers();
- /* Perform any operating system dependent initializations you'd like */
- OsInit();
- if(serverGeneration == 1)
- {
- CreateWellKnownSockets();
- for (i=1; i<MAXCLIENTS; i++)
- clients[i] = NullClient;
- serverClient = calloc(sizeof(ClientRec), 1);
- if (!serverClient)
- FatalError("couldn't create server client");
- InitClient(serverClient, 0, (pointer)NULL);
- }
- else
- ResetWellKnownSockets ();
- clients[0] = serverClient;
- currentMaxClients = 1;
-
- /* Initialize privates before first allocation */
- dixResetPrivates();
-
- /* Initialize server client devPrivates, to be reallocated as
- * more client privates are registered
- */
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT))
- FatalError("failed to create server client privates");
-
- if (!InitClientResources(serverClient)) /* for root resources */
- FatalError("couldn't init server resources");
-
- SetInputCheck(&alwaysCheckForInput[0], &alwaysCheckForInput[1]);
- screenInfo.numScreens = 0;
-
- InitAtoms();
- InitEvents();
- InitSelections();
- InitGlyphCaching();
- dixResetRegistry();
- ResetFontPrivateIndex();
- InitCallbackManager();
- InitOutput(&screenInfo, argc, argv);
-
- if (screenInfo.numScreens < 1)
- FatalError("no screens found");
- InitExtensions(argc, argv);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- if (!CreateScratchPixmapsForScreen(i))
- FatalError("failed to create scratch pixmaps");
- if (pScreen->CreateScreenResources &&
- !(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources)(pScreen))
- FatalError("failed to create screen resources");
- if (!CreateGCperDepth(i))
- FatalError("failed to create scratch GCs");
- if (!CreateDefaultStipple(i))
- FatalError("failed to create default stipple");
- if (!CreateRootWindow(pScreen))
- FatalError("failed to create root window");
- }
-
- InitFonts();
- if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) {
- ErrorF("[dix] failed to set default font path '%s'", defaultFontPath);
- }
- if (!SetDefaultFont(defaultTextFont)) {
- FatalError("could not open default font '%s'", defaultTextFont);
- }
-
- if (!(rootCursor = CreateRootCursor(NULL, 0))) {
- FatalError("could not open default cursor font '%s'",
- defaultCursorFont);
- }
-
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
- /* check all screens, looking for DPMS Capabilities */
- DPMSCapableFlag = DPMSSupported();
- if (!DPMSCapableFlag)
- DPMSEnabled = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /*
- * Consolidate window and colourmap information for each screen
- */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- PanoramiXConsolidate();
-#endif
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- InitRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[i]->root);
-
- InitCoreDevices();
- InitInput(argc, argv);
- InitAndStartDevices();
- ReserveClientIds(serverClient);
-
- dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, ScreenSaverReset);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- if (!PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()) {
- FatalError("could not create connection block info");
- }
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (!CreateConnectionBlock()) {
- FatalError("could not create connection block info");
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
- /* Let the other threads know the server is done with its init */
- pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
- serverRunning = TRUE;
- pthread_cond_broadcast(&serverRunningCond);
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
-#endif
-
- NotifyParentProcess();
-
- #ifdef _MSC_VER
- // initialise here because doing it in InitInput failes because keyboard device is not started yet then
- winInitializeModeKeyStates ();
- #endif
-
- Dispatch();
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
- /* Let the other threads know the server is no longer running */
- pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
- serverRunning = FALSE;
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
-#endif
-
- UndisplayDevices();
-
- /* Now free up whatever must be freed */
- if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON)
- dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset);
- FreeScreenSaverTimer();
- CloseDownExtensions();
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- {
- Bool remember_it = noPanoramiXExtension;
- noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE;
- FreeAllResources();
- noPanoramiXExtension = remember_it;
- }
-#else
- FreeAllResources();
-#endif
-
- CloseInput();
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- screenInfo.screens[i]->root = NullWindow;
- CloseDownDevices();
- CloseDownEvents();
-
- for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- FreeScratchPixmapsForScreen(i);
- FreeGCperDepth(i);
- FreeDefaultStipple(i);
- (* screenInfo.screens[i]->CloseScreen)(i, screenInfo.screens[i]);
- dixFreePrivates(screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
- free(screenInfo.screens[i]);
- screenInfo.numScreens = i;
- }
-
- ReleaseClientIds(serverClient);
- dixFreePrivates(serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- serverClient->devPrivates = NULL;
-
- FreeFonts();
-
- FreeAuditTimer();
-
- if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
- {
- CloseWellKnownConnections();
- }
-
- OsCleanup((dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) != 0);
-
- if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
- {
- ddxGiveUp(EXIT_NO_ERROR);
- break;
- }
-
- free(ConnectionInfo);
- ConnectionInfo = NULL;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
+/*********************************************************** + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +******************************************************************/ + +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/***************************************************************** + +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#include <version-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include <X11/Xos.h> /* for unistd.h */ +#include <X11/Xproto.h> +#include <pixman.h> +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "misc.h" +#include "os.h" +#include "windowstr.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "gcstruct.h" +#include "extension.h" +#include "colormap.h" +#include "colormapst.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "selection.h" +#include <X11/fonts/font.h> +#include "opaque.h" +#include "servermd.h" +#include "hotplug.h" +#include "site.h" +#include "dixfont.h" +#include "extnsionst.h" +#include "privates.h" +#include "registry.h" +#include "client.h" +#ifdef PANORAMIX +#include "panoramiXsrv.h" +#else +#include "dixevents.h" /* InitEvents() */ +#endif + +#ifdef DPMSExtension +#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h> +#include "dpmsproc.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _DEBUG +#include <crtdbg.h> +#endif + +extern void Dispatch(void); + +#ifdef XQUARTZ +#include <pthread.h> + +BOOL serverRunning = FALSE; +pthread_mutex_t serverRunningMutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; +pthread_cond_t serverRunningCond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER; + +int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]); + +int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]) +#else +int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]) +#endif +{ + int i; + HWEventQueueType alwaysCheckForInput[2]; + #ifdef _DEBUG + //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG); + + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF; + + //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag); + #endif + + ptw32_processInitialize(); + display = "0"; + + #ifdef WIN32 + + if (InitWSA()<0) + { + printf("Error initialising WSA\n"); + return -1; + } + /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending + on the commandline options given). + XInitThreads has to be called before + any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */ + XInitThreads(); + /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed. + This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory. + */ + { + char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH]; + char *pSlash; + GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename)); + pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\'); + if (pSlash) + { + *pSlash='\0'; + chdir(ModuleFilename); + } + } + #endif + + InitRegions(); + + CheckUserParameters(argc, argv, envp); + + CheckUserAuthorization(); + + InitConnectionLimits(); + + ProcessCommandLine(argc, argv); + + alwaysCheckForInput[0] = 0; + alwaysCheckForInput[1] = 1; + while(1) + { + serverGeneration++; + ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime; + ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval; + ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking; + ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures; +#ifdef DPMSExtension + DPMSStandbyTime = DPMSSuspendTime = DPMSOffTime = ScreenSaverTime; + DPMSEnabled = TRUE; + DPMSPowerLevel = 0; +#endif + InitBlockAndWakeupHandlers(); + /* Perform any operating system dependent initializations you'd like */ + OsInit(); + if(serverGeneration == 1) + { + CreateWellKnownSockets(); + for (i=1; i<MAXCLIENTS; i++) + clients[i] = NullClient; + serverClient = calloc(sizeof(ClientRec), 1); + if (!serverClient) + FatalError("couldn't create server client"); + InitClient(serverClient, 0, (pointer)NULL); + } + else + ResetWellKnownSockets (); + clients[0] = serverClient; + currentMaxClients = 1; + + /* Initialize privates before first allocation */ + dixResetPrivates(); + + /* Initialize server client devPrivates, to be reallocated as + * more client privates are registered + */ + if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT)) + FatalError("failed to create server client privates"); + + if (!InitClientResources(serverClient)) /* for root resources */ + FatalError("couldn't init server resources"); + + SetInputCheck(&alwaysCheckForInput[0], &alwaysCheckForInput[1]); + screenInfo.numScreens = 0; + + InitAtoms(); + InitEvents(); + InitSelections(); + InitGlyphCaching(); + dixResetRegistry(); + ResetFontPrivateIndex(); + InitCallbackManager(); + InitOutput(&screenInfo, argc, argv); + + if (screenInfo.numScreens < 1) + FatalError("no screens found"); + InitExtensions(argc, argv); + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) + { + ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; + if (!CreateScratchPixmapsForScreen(i)) + FatalError("failed to create scratch pixmaps"); + if (pScreen->CreateScreenResources && + !(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources)(pScreen)) + FatalError("failed to create screen resources"); + if (!CreateGCperDepth(i)) + FatalError("failed to create scratch GCs"); + if (!CreateDefaultStipple(i)) + FatalError("failed to create default stipple"); + if (!CreateRootWindow(pScreen)) + FatalError("failed to create root window"); + } + + InitFonts(); + if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) { + ErrorF("[dix] failed to set default font path '%s'", defaultFontPath); + } + if (!SetDefaultFont(defaultTextFont)) { + FatalError("could not open default font '%s'", defaultTextFont); + } + + if (!(rootCursor = CreateRootCursor(NULL, 0))) { + FatalError("could not open default cursor font '%s'", + defaultCursorFont); + } + +#ifdef DPMSExtension + /* check all screens, looking for DPMS Capabilities */ + DPMSCapableFlag = DPMSSupported(); + if (!DPMSCapableFlag) + DPMSEnabled = FALSE; +#endif + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + /* + * Consolidate window and colourmap information for each screen + */ + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) + PanoramiXConsolidate(); +#endif + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) + InitRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[i]->root); + + InitCoreDevices(); + InitInput(argc, argv); + InitAndStartDevices(); + ReserveClientIds(serverClient); + + dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, ScreenSaverReset); + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { + if (!PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()) { + FatalError("could not create connection block info"); + } + } else +#endif + { + if (!CreateConnectionBlock()) { + FatalError("could not create connection block info"); + } + } + +#ifdef XQUARTZ + /* Let the other threads know the server is done with its init */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex); + serverRunning = TRUE; + pthread_cond_broadcast(&serverRunningCond); + pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex); +#endif + + NotifyParentProcess(); + + #ifdef _MSC_VER + // initialise here because doing it in InitInput failes because keyboard device is not started yet then + winInitializeModeKeyStates (); + #endif + + Dispatch(); + +#ifdef XQUARTZ + /* Let the other threads know the server is no longer running */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex); + serverRunning = FALSE; + pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex); +#endif + + UndisplayDevices(); + + /* Now free up whatever must be freed */ + if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) + dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset); + FreeScreenSaverTimer(); + CloseDownExtensions(); + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + { + Bool remember_it = noPanoramiXExtension; + noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE; + FreeAllResources(); + noPanoramiXExtension = remember_it; + } +#else + FreeAllResources(); +#endif + + CloseInput(); + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) + screenInfo.screens[i]->root = NullWindow; + CloseDownDevices(); + CloseDownEvents(); + + for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + FreeScratchPixmapsForScreen(i); + FreeGCperDepth(i); + FreeDefaultStipple(i); + (* screenInfo.screens[i]->CloseScreen)(i, screenInfo.screens[i]); + dixFreePrivates(screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN); + free(screenInfo.screens[i]); + screenInfo.numScreens = i; + } + + ReleaseClientIds(serverClient); + dixFreePrivates(serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT); + serverClient->devPrivates = NULL; + + FreeFonts(); + + FreeAuditTimer(); + + if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) + { + CloseWellKnownConnections(); + } + + OsCleanup((dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) != 0); + + if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) + { + ddxGiveUp(EXIT_NO_ERROR); + break; + } + + free(ConnectionInfo); + ConnectionInfo = NULL; + } + return 0; +} + diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c index 992bc2bf1..fe655d5f4 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c @@ -1,1277 +1,1277 @@ -/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
-#endif
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <ptrveloc.h>
-#include <exevents.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <os.h>
-
-#include <xserver-properties.h>
-
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Predictable pointer acceleration
- *
- * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)
- *
- * Serves 3 complementary functions:
- * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve
- * the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration
- * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible
- * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled
- *
- * Important concepts are the
- *
- * - Scheme
- * which selects the basic algorithm
- * (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)
- * - Profile
- * which returns an acceleration
- * for a given velocity
- *
- * The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.
- * The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style
- * function selection (threshold =/!= 0)
- *
- ****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define inline __inline
-#define lrintf(val) ((int)val)
-#endif
-
-/* fwds */
-int
-SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-static float
-SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,
- float threshold, float acc);
-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
-GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-static BOOL
-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
- DeviceVelocityPtr,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
-static BOOL
-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
-
-/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/
-
-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
-#define DebugAccelF ErrorF
-#else
-#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */
-#endif
-
-/********************************
- * Init/Uninit
- *******************************/
-
-/* some int which is not a profile number */
-#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)
-
-/**
- * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case
- */
-void
-InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
-
- vel->corr_mul = 10.0; /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */
- vel->const_acceleration = 1.0; /* no acceleration/deceleration */
- vel->reset_time = 300;
- vel->use_softening = 1;
- vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */
- vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;
- vel->max_diff = 1.0;
- vel->initial_range = 2;
- vel->average_accel = TRUE;
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);
- InitTrackers(vel, 16);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec
- */
-void
-FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){
- free(vel->tracker);
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Init predictable scheme
- */
-Bool
-InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData;
- scheme = *protoScheme;
- vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
- schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec));
- if (!vel || !schemeData)
- return FALSE;
- InitVelocityData(vel);
- schemeData->vel = vel;
- scheme.accelData = schemeData;
- if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData))
- return FALSE;
- /* all fine, assign scheme to device */
- dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Uninit scheme
- */
-void
-AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (vel) {
- /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of
- * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get
- * switched often anyway.
- */
- OsBlockSignals();
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;
- FreeVelocityData(vel);
- free(vel);
- DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev,
- (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
- free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;
- OsReleaseSignals();
- }
-}
-
-
-/*************************
- * Input property support
- ************************/
-
-/**
- * choose profile
- */
-static int
-AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- int profile, *ptr = &profile;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
-
- if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)
- return BadValue;
- } else
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;
- Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- * constant deceleration
- */
-static int
-AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
- return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v >= 1.0f)
- vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;
- Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,
- XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * adaptive deceleration
- */
-static int
-AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))
- return Success;
-
- veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!veloc)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
- return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v >= 1.0f)
- veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;
- Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * velocity scaling
- */
-static int
-AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if (checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
-
- return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v > 0)
- vel->corr_mul = v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = vel->corr_mul;
- Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-static BOOL
-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData)
-{
- int num_handlers = 4;
- if(!vel)
- return FALSE;
-
- schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long));
- if (!schemeData->prop_handlers)
- return FALSE;
- schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers;
- schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);
- schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);
- schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);
- schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOL
-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- Atom prop;
- int i;
-
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (vel) {
- for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++)
- if (scheme->prop_handlers[i])
- XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]);
- }
-
- free(scheme->prop_handlers);
- scheme->prop_handlers = NULL;
- scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*********************
- * Tracking logic
- ********************/
-
-void
-InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)
-{
- if(ntracker < 1){
- ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");
- return;
- }
- free(vel->tracker);
- vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker));
- vel->num_tracker = ntracker;
-}
-
-enum directions {
- N = (1 << 0),
- NE = (1 << 1),
- E = (1 << 2),
- SE = (1 << 3),
- S = (1 << 4),
- SW = (1 << 5),
- W = (1 << 6),
- NW = (1 << 7),
- UNDEFINED = 0xFF
-};
-/**
- * return a bit field of possible directions.
- * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),
- * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear
- * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction
- * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too
- * often.
- *
- * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
- * this movement.
- */
-static int
-DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){
- int dir = 0;
-
- /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */
- if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy) < 2){
- /* first check diagonal cases */
- if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)
- dir = E | SE | S;
- else if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)
- dir = N | NE | E;
- else if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)
- dir = W | NW | N;
- else if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)
- dir = W | SW | S;
- /* check axis-aligned directions */
- else if(dx > 0)
- dir = NE | E | SE;
- else if(dx < 0)
- dir = NW | W | SW;
- else if(dy > 0)
- dir = SE | S | SW;
- else if(dy < 0)
- dir = NE | N | NW;
- else
- dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
- } else { /* compute angle and set appropriate flags */
- float r;
- int i1, i2;
-
-#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE
- r = atan2f(dy, dx);
-#else
- r = atan2(dy, dx);
-#endif
- /* find direction.
- *
- * Add 360° to avoid r become negative since C has no well-defined
- * modulo for such cases. Then divide by 45° to get the octant
- * number, e.g.
- * 0 <= r <= 1 is [0-45]°
- * 1 <= r <= 2 is [45-90]°
- * etc.
- * But we add extra 90° to match up with our N, S, etc. defines up
- * there, rest stays the same.
- */
- r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);
- /* this intends to flag 2 directions (45 degrees),
- * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */
- i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;
- i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;
- if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)
- dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
- else
- dir = (1 << i1 | 1 << i2);
- }
- return dir;
-}
-
-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5
-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)
-
-/* cache DoGetDirection().
- * To avoid excessive use of direction calculation, cache the values for
- * [-5..5] for both x/y. Anything outside of that is calcualted on the fly.
- *
- * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
- * this movement.
- */
-static int
-GetDirection(int dx, int dy){
- static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];
- int dir;
- if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&
- abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {
- /* cacheable */
- dir = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];
- if(dir == 0) {
- dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
- cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = dir;
- }
- }else{
- /* non-cacheable */
- dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
- }
-
- return dir;
-}
-
-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE
-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE
-
-
-/* convert offset (age) to array index */
-#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)
-#define TRACKER(s, d) &(s)->tracker[TRACKER_INDEX(s,d)]
-
-/**
- * Add the delta motion to each tracker, then reset the latest tracker to
- * 0/0 and set it as the current one.
- */
-static inline void
-FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)
-{
- int n;
- for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){
- vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;
- vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;
- }
- n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;
- vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;
- vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;
- vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;
- vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",
- dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,
- cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);
- vel->cur_tracker = n;
-}
-
-/**
- * calc velocity for given tracker, with
- * velocity scaling.
- * This assumes linear motion.
- */
-static float
-CalcTracker(const MotionTracker *tracker, int cur_t){
- float dist = sqrt(tracker->dx * tracker->dx + tracker->dy * tracker->dy);
- int dtime = cur_t - tracker->time;
- if(dtime > 0)
- return dist / dtime;
- else
- return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */
-}
-
-/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant
- * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, the movement vector was
- * in the same octant, and where the velocity is within an
- * acceptable range to the inital velocity.
- *
- * @return The tracker's velocity or 0 if the above conditions are unmet
- */
-static float
-QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){
- int offset, dir = UNDEFINED, used_offset = -1, age_ms;
- /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */
- float initial_velocity = 0, result = 0, velocity_diff;
- float velocity_factor = vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */
- /* loop from current to older data */
- for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){
- MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, offset);
- float tracker_velocity;
-
- age_ms = cur_t - tracker->time;
-
- /* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */
- if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula
- * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get
- * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible
- * non-linearities are accounted for.
- */
- dir &= tracker->dir;
- if(dir == 0){ /* we've changed octant of movement (e.g. NE → NW) */
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");
- /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,
- * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */
- break;
- }
-
- tracker_velocity = CalcTracker(tracker, cur_t) * velocity_factor;
-
- if ((initial_velocity == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tracker_velocity != 0) {
- /* set initial velocity and result */
- result = initial_velocity = tracker_velocity;
- used_offset = offset;
- } else if (initial_velocity != 0 && tracker_velocity != 0) {
- velocity_diff = fabs(initial_velocity - tracker_velocity);
-
- if (velocity_diff > vel->max_diff &&
- velocity_diff/(initial_velocity + tracker_velocity) >= vel->max_rel_diff) {
- /* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"
- " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",
- tracker_velocity, initial_velocity, velocity_diff);
- break;
- }
- /* we're in range with the initial velocity,
- * so this result is likely better
- * (it contains more information). */
- result = tracker_velocity;
- used_offset = offset;
- }
- }
- if(offset == vel->num_tracker){
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");
- used_offset = vel->num_tracker-1;
- }
-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
- if(used_offset >= 0){
- MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, used_offset);
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",
- used_offset, tracker->dx, tracker->dy, cur_t - tracker->time);
- }
-#endif
- return result;
-}
-
-#undef TRACKER_INDEX
-#undef TRACKER
-
-/**
- * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).
- * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested
- */
-BOOL
-ProcessVelocityData2D(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int dx,
- int dy,
- int time)
-{
- float velocity;
-
- vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;
-
- FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);
-
- velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);
-
- vel->velocity = velocity;
- return velocity == 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady
- * constant-velocity response
- */
-static inline float
-ApplySimpleSoftening(int prev_delta, int delta)
-{
- float result = delta;
-
- if (delta < -1 || delta > 1) {
- if (delta > prev_delta)
- result -= 0.5;
- else if (delta < prev_delta)
- result += 0.5;
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Soften the delta based on previous deltas stored in vel.
- *
- * @param[in,out] fdx Delta X, modified in-place.
- * @param[in,out] fdx Delta Y, modified in-place.
- */
-static void
-ApplySoftening(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float* fdx,
- float* fdy)
-{
- if (vel->use_softening) {
- *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, *fdx);
- *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, *fdy);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-ApplyConstantDeceleration(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float *fdx, float *fdy)
-{
- *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;
- *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;
-}
-
-/*
- * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion
- */
-float
-BasicComputeAcceleration(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc){
-
- float result;
- result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);
-
- /* enforce min_acceleration */
- if (result < vel->min_acceleration)
- result = vel->min_acceleration;
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.
- * If the velocity has changed, an average is taken of 6 velocity factors:
- * current velocity, last velocity and 4 times the average between the two.
- */
-static float
-ComputeAcceleration(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float threshold,
- float acc){
- float result;
-
- if(vel->velocity <= 0){
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");
- /*
- * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.
- */
- return 1;
- }
-
- if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){
- /* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between
- * current and previous velocity.
- * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay
- * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */
- result = BasicComputeAcceleration(
- dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
- result += BasicComputeAcceleration(
- dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);
- result += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
- (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,
- threshold, acc);
- result /= 6.0f;
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",
- vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, result);
- }else{
- result = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
- vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",
- vel->velocity, res);
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************
- * Acceleration functions and profiles
- ****************************************/
-
-/**
- * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1
- */
-static float
-PolynomialAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float ignored,
- float acc)
-{
- return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * returns acceleration for velocity.
- * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did
- */
-static float
-ClassicProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- if (threshold > 0) {
- return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,
- vel,
- velocity,
- threshold,
- acc);
- } else {
- return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,
- vel,
- velocity,
- 0,
- acc);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Power profile
- * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the
- * derivatives.
- *
- * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.
- * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.
- */
-static float
-PowerProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float vel_dist;
-
- acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */
-
- if (velocity <= threshold)
- return vel->min_acceleration;
- vel_dist = velocity - threshold;
- return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]
- * - point symmetry at 0.5
- * - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0
- * - starts faster than a sinoid
- * - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)
- */
-static inline float
-CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){
- x *= 2.0f;
- x -= 1.0f;
- return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,
- * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).
- */
-static float
-SimpleSmoothProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- if(velocity < 1.0f)
- return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;
- if(threshold < 1.0f)
- threshold = 1.0f;
- if (velocity <= threshold)
- return 1;
- velocity /= threshold;
- if (velocity >= acc)
- return acc;
- else
- return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));
-}
-
-
-/**
- * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start
- * and then scales linearly.
- */
-static float
-SmoothLinearProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float res, nv;
-
- if(acc > 1.0f)
- acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */
- else
- return 1.0f;
-
- nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;
-
- if(nv < 0){
- res = 0;
- }else if(nv < 2){
- res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;
- }else{
- nv -= 2.0f;
- res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */
- + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */
- }
- res += vel->min_acceleration;
- return res;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to
- * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.
- */
-static float
-SmoothLimitedProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float res;
-
- if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)
- return acc;
-
- velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */
-
- res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);
-
- return vel->min_acceleration + res;
-}
-
-
-static float
-LinearProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- return acc * velocity;
-}
-
-static float
-NoProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- return 1.0f;
-}
-
-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
-GetAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int profile_num)
-{
- switch(profile_num){
- case AccelProfileClassic:
- return ClassicProfile;
- case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:
- return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;
- case AccelProfilePolynomial:
- return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;
- case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:
- return SmoothLinearProfile;
- case AccelProfileSimple:
- return SimpleSmoothProfile;
- case AccelProfilePower:
- return PowerProfile;
- case AccelProfileLinear:
- return LinearProfile;
- case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:
- return SmoothLimitedProfile;
- case AccelProfileNone:
- return NoProfile;
- default:
- return NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the profile by number.
- * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.
- * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to
- * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here
- * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with
- * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.
- *
- * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.
- */
-int
-SetAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int profile_num)
-{
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;
- profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);
-
- if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Here one could free old profile-private data */
- free(vel->profile_private);
- vel->profile_private = NULL;
- /* Here one could init profile-private data */
- vel->Profile = profile;
- vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**********************************************
- * driver interaction
- **********************************************/
-
-
-/**
- * device-specific profile
- *
- * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver
- * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.
- * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead
- * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).
- * Users may override or choose it.
- */
-void
-SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)
-{
- if(vel)
- vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;
-}
-
-/**
- * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if
- * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.
- */
-DeviceVelocityPtr
-GetDevicePredictableAccelData(
- DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- /*sanity check*/
- if(!dev){
- ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");
- return NULL;
- }
- if( dev->valuator &&
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==
- acceleratePointerPredictable &&
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
-
- return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/********************************
- * acceleration schemes
- *******************************/
-
-/**
- * Modifies valuators in-place.
- * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to
- * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.
- */
-void
-acceleratePointerPredictable(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorMask* val,
- CARD32 evtime)
-{
- int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
- DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- Bool soften = TRUE;
-
- if (!velocitydata)
- return;
-
- if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&
- velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {
- return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
- dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
- dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
- }
-
- if (dx || dy){
- /* reset non-visible state? */
- if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {
- soften = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
- float mult;
-
- /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */
- mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,
- (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /
- (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
-
- if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {
- float fdx = dx,
- fdy = dy;
-
- if (mult > 1.0f && soften)
- ApplySoftening(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
- ApplyConstantDeceleration(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
-
- /* Calculate the new delta (with accel) and drop it back
- * into the valuator masks */
- if (dx) {
- float tmp;
- tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];
- /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer
- * strong statements about rounding; however because we
- * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger
- * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely
- * makes it faster on the average target. */
- tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
- valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
- }
- if (dy) {
- float tmp;
- tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];
- tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
- valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
- }
- DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",
- *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);
- }
- }
- }
- /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */
- velocitydata->last_dx = dx;
- velocitydata->last_dy = dy;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators
- * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.
- */
-void
-acceleratePointerLightweight(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorMask* val,
- CARD32 ignored)
-{
- float mult = 0.0, tmpf;
- int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
- dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
- dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
- }
-
- if (!dx && !dy)
- return;
-
- if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
- /* modeled from xf86Events.c */
- if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
- if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
- tmpf = ((float)dx *
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
- dev->last.remainder[0];
- if (dx) {
- tmpi = (int) tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
-
- tmpf = ((float)dy *
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
- dev->last.remainder[1];
- if (dy) {
- tmpi = (int) tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,
- ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /
- 2.0) / 2.0;
- if (dx) {
- tmpf = mult * (float)dx +
- dev->last.remainder[0];
- tmpi = (int) tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
- if (dy) {
- tmpf = mult * (float)dy +
- dev->last.remainder[1];
- tmpi = (int)tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
- }
- }
-}
+/* + * + * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES +#endif + +#include <math.h> +#include <ptrveloc.h> +#include <exevents.h> +#include <X11/Xatom.h> +#include <os.h> + +#include <xserver-properties.h> + +/***************************************************************************** + * Predictable pointer acceleration + * + * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de) + * + * Serves 3 complementary functions: + * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve + * the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration + * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible + * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled + * + * Important concepts are the + * + * - Scheme + * which selects the basic algorithm + * (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme) + * - Profile + * which returns an acceleration + * for a given velocity + * + * The profile can be selected by the user at runtime. + * The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style + * function selection (threshold =/!= 0) + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define inline __inline +#define lrintf(val) ((int)val) +#endif + +/* fwds */ +int +SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num); +static float +SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity, + float threshold, float acc); +static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc +GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num); +static BOOL +InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr, + DeviceVelocityPtr, + PredictableAccelSchemePtr); +static BOOL +DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr, + PredictableAccelSchemePtr); + +/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/ + +#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING +#define DebugAccelF ErrorF +#else +#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */ +#endif + +/******************************** + * Init/Uninit + *******************************/ + +/* some int which is not a profile number */ +#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100) + +/** + * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case + */ +void +InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel) +{ + memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec)); + + vel->corr_mul = 10.0; /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */ + vel->const_acceleration = 1.0; /* no acceleration/deceleration */ + vel->reset_time = 300; + vel->use_softening = 1; + vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */ + vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2; + vel->max_diff = 1.0; + vel->initial_range = 2; + vel->average_accel = TRUE; + SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic); + InitTrackers(vel, 16); +} + + +/** + * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec + */ +void +FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){ + free(vel->tracker); + SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE); +} + + +/** + * Init predictable scheme + */ +Bool +InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev, + ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) { + DeviceVelocityPtr vel; + ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme; + PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData; + scheme = *protoScheme; + vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec)); + schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec)); + if (!vel || !schemeData) + return FALSE; + InitVelocityData(vel); + schemeData->vel = vel; + scheme.accelData = schemeData; + if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData)) + return FALSE; + /* all fine, assign scheme to device */ + dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme; + return TRUE; +} + + +/** + * Uninit scheme + */ +void +AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + if (vel) { + /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of + * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get + * switched often anyway. + */ + OsBlockSignals(); + dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL; + FreeVelocityData(vel); + free(vel); + DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, + (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData); + free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData); + dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL; + OsReleaseSignals(); + } +} + + +/************************* + * Input property support + ************************/ + +/** + * choose profile + */ +static int +AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom, + XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly) +{ + DeviceVelocityPtr vel; + int profile, *ptr = &profile; + int rc; + int nelem = 1; + + if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER)) + return Success; + + vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + if (!vel) + return BadValue; + rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr); + + if(checkOnly) + { + if (rc) + return rc; + + if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL) + return BadValue; + } else + SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile); + + return Success; +} + +static long +AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel) +{ + int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number; + Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER); + + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32, + PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE); + XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE); + return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL); +} + +/** + * constant deceleration + */ +static int +AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom, + XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly) +{ + DeviceVelocityPtr vel; + float v, *ptr = &v; + int rc; + int nelem = 1; + + if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION)) + return Success; + + vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + if (!vel) + return BadValue; + rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr); + + if(checkOnly) + { + if (rc) + return rc; + return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue; + } + + if(v >= 1.0f) + vel->const_acceleration = 1/v; + + return Success; +} + +static long +AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel) +{ + float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration; + Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION); + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel, + XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32, + PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE); + XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE); + return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL); +} + + +/** + * adaptive deceleration + */ +static int +AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom, + XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly) +{ + DeviceVelocityPtr veloc; + float v, *ptr = &v; + int rc; + int nelem = 1; + + if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION)) + return Success; + + veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + if (!veloc) + return BadValue; + rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr); + + if(checkOnly) + { + if (rc) + return rc; + return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue; + } + + if(v >= 1.0f) + veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v; + + return Success; +} + +static long +AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel) +{ + float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration; + Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION); + + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32, + PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE); + XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE); + return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL); +} + + +/** + * velocity scaling + */ +static int +AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom, + XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly) +{ + DeviceVelocityPtr vel; + float v, *ptr = &v; + int rc; + int nelem = 1; + + if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING)) + return Success; + + vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + if (!vel) + return BadValue; + rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr); + + if (checkOnly) + { + if (rc) + return rc; + + return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue; + } + + if(v > 0) + vel->corr_mul = v; + + return Success; +} + +static long +AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel) +{ + float fval = vel->corr_mul; + Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING); + + XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32, + PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE); + XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE); + return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL); +} + +static BOOL +InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData) +{ + int num_handlers = 4; + if(!vel) + return FALSE; + + schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long)); + if (!schemeData->prop_handlers) + return FALSE; + schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers; + schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel); + schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel); + schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel); + schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel); + + return TRUE; +} + +BOOL +DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme) +{ + DeviceVelocityPtr vel; + Atom prop; + int i; + + prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING); + XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE); + prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION); + XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE); + prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION); + XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE); + prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER); + XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE); + + vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + if (vel) { + for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++) + if (scheme->prop_handlers[i]) + XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]); + } + + free(scheme->prop_handlers); + scheme->prop_handlers = NULL; + scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0; + return TRUE; +} + +/********************* + * Tracking logic + ********************/ + +void +InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker) +{ + if(ntracker < 1){ + ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n"); + return; + } + free(vel->tracker); + vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker)); + vel->num_tracker = ntracker; +} + +enum directions { + N = (1 << 0), + NE = (1 << 1), + E = (1 << 2), + SE = (1 << 3), + S = (1 << 4), + SW = (1 << 5), + W = (1 << 6), + NW = (1 << 7), + UNDEFINED = 0xFF +}; +/** + * return a bit field of possible directions. + * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees), + * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear + * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction + * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too + * often. + * + * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for + * this movement. + */ +static int +DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){ + int dir = 0; + + /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */ + if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy) < 2){ + /* first check diagonal cases */ + if(dx > 0 && dy > 0) + dir = E | SE | S; + else if(dx > 0 && dy < 0) + dir = N | NE | E; + else if(dx < 0 && dy < 0) + dir = W | NW | N; + else if(dx < 0 && dy > 0) + dir = W | SW | S; + /* check axis-aligned directions */ + else if(dx > 0) + dir = NE | E | SE; + else if(dx < 0) + dir = NW | W | SW; + else if(dy > 0) + dir = SE | S | SW; + else if(dy < 0) + dir = NE | N | NW; + else + dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */ + } else { /* compute angle and set appropriate flags */ + float r; + int i1, i2; + +#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE + r = atan2f(dy, dx); +#else + r = atan2(dy, dx); +#endif + /* find direction. + * + * Add 360° to avoid r become negative since C has no well-defined + * modulo for such cases. Then divide by 45° to get the octant + * number, e.g. + * 0 <= r <= 1 is [0-45]° + * 1 <= r <= 2 is [45-90]° + * etc. + * But we add extra 90° to match up with our N, S, etc. defines up + * there, rest stays the same. + */ + r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4); + /* this intends to flag 2 directions (45 degrees), + * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */ + i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8; + i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8; + if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7) + dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */ + else + dir = (1 << i1 | 1 << i2); + } + return dir; +} + +#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5 +#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1) + +/* cache DoGetDirection(). + * To avoid excessive use of direction calculation, cache the values for + * [-5..5] for both x/y. Anything outside of that is calcualted on the fly. + * + * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for + * this movement. + */ +static int +GetDirection(int dx, int dy){ + static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE]; + int dir; + if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE && + abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) { + /* cacheable */ + dir = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy]; + if(dir == 0) { + dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy); + cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = dir; + } + }else{ + /* non-cacheable */ + dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy); + } + + return dir; +} + +#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE +#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE + + +/* convert offset (age) to array index */ +#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker) +#define TRACKER(s, d) &(s)->tracker[TRACKER_INDEX(s,d)] + +/** + * Add the delta motion to each tracker, then reset the latest tracker to + * 0/0 and set it as the current one. + */ +static inline void +FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t) +{ + int n; + for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){ + vel->tracker[n].dx += dx; + vel->tracker[n].dy += dy; + } + n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker; + vel->tracker[n].dx = 0; + vel->tracker[n].dy = 0; + vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t; + vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy); + DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n", + dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir, + cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time); + vel->cur_tracker = n; +} + +/** + * calc velocity for given tracker, with + * velocity scaling. + * This assumes linear motion. + */ +static float +CalcTracker(const MotionTracker *tracker, int cur_t){ + float dist = sqrt(tracker->dx * tracker->dx + tracker->dy * tracker->dy); + int dtime = cur_t - tracker->time; + if(dtime > 0) + return dist / dtime; + else + return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */ +} + +/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant + * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, the movement vector was + * in the same octant, and where the velocity is within an + * acceptable range to the inital velocity. + * + * @return The tracker's velocity or 0 if the above conditions are unmet + */ +static float +QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){ + int offset, dir = UNDEFINED, used_offset = -1, age_ms; + /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */ + float initial_velocity = 0, result = 0, velocity_diff; + float velocity_factor = vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */ + /* loop from current to older data */ + for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){ + MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, offset); + float tracker_velocity; + + age_ms = cur_t - tracker->time; + + /* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */ + if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) { + DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n"); + break; + } + + /* + * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula + * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get + * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible + * non-linearities are accounted for. + */ + dir &= tracker->dir; + if(dir == 0){ /* we've changed octant of movement (e.g. NE → NW) */ + DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n"); + /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after, + * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */ + break; + } + + tracker_velocity = CalcTracker(tracker, cur_t) * velocity_factor; + + if ((initial_velocity == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tracker_velocity != 0) { + /* set initial velocity and result */ + result = initial_velocity = tracker_velocity; + used_offset = offset; + } else if (initial_velocity != 0 && tracker_velocity != 0) { + velocity_diff = fabs(initial_velocity - tracker_velocity); + + if (velocity_diff > vel->max_diff && + velocity_diff/(initial_velocity + tracker_velocity) >= vel->max_rel_diff) { + /* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */ + DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:" + " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n", + tracker_velocity, initial_velocity, velocity_diff); + break; + } + /* we're in range with the initial velocity, + * so this result is likely better + * (it contains more information). */ + result = tracker_velocity; + used_offset = offset; + } + } + if(offset == vel->num_tracker){ + DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n"); + used_offset = vel->num_tracker-1; + } +#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING + if(used_offset >= 0){ + MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, used_offset); + DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n", + used_offset, tracker->dx, tracker->dy, cur_t - tracker->time); + } +#endif + return result; +} + +#undef TRACKER_INDEX +#undef TRACKER + +/** + * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta). + * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested + */ +BOOL +ProcessVelocityData2D( + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + int dx, + int dy, + int time) +{ + float velocity; + + vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity; + + FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time); + + velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time); + + vel->velocity = velocity; + return velocity == 0; +} + +/** + * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady + * constant-velocity response + */ +static inline float +ApplySimpleSoftening(int prev_delta, int delta) +{ + float result = delta; + + if (delta < -1 || delta > 1) { + if (delta > prev_delta) + result -= 0.5; + else if (delta < prev_delta) + result += 0.5; + } + return result; +} + + +/** + * Soften the delta based on previous deltas stored in vel. + * + * @param[in,out] fdx Delta X, modified in-place. + * @param[in,out] fdx Delta Y, modified in-place. + */ +static void +ApplySoftening( + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float* fdx, + float* fdy) +{ + if (vel->use_softening) { + *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, *fdx); + *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, *fdy); + } +} + +static void +ApplyConstantDeceleration(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float *fdx, float *fdy) +{ + *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration; + *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration; +} + +/* + * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion + */ +float +BasicComputeAcceleration( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc){ + + float result; + result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc); + + /* enforce min_acceleration */ + if (result < vel->min_acceleration) + result = vel->min_acceleration; + return result; +} + +/** + * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc. + * If the velocity has changed, an average is taken of 6 velocity factors: + * current velocity, last velocity and 4 times the average between the two. + */ +static float +ComputeAcceleration( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float threshold, + float acc){ + float result; + + if(vel->velocity <= 0){ + DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n"); + /* + * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it. + */ + return 1; + } + + if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){ + /* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between + * current and previous velocity. + * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay + * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */ + result = BasicComputeAcceleration( + dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc); + result += BasicComputeAcceleration( + dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc); + result += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel, + (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2, + threshold, acc); + result /= 6.0f; + DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n", + vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, result); + }else{ + result = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel, + vel->velocity, threshold, acc); + DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n", + vel->velocity, res); + } + + return result; +} + + +/***************************************** + * Acceleration functions and profiles + ****************************************/ + +/** + * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1 + */ +static float +PolynomialAccelerationProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float ignored, + float acc) +{ + return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5); +} + + +/** + * returns acceleration for velocity. + * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did + */ +static float +ClassicProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + if (threshold > 0) { + return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev, + vel, + velocity, + threshold, + acc); + } else { + return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev, + vel, + velocity, + 0, + acc); + } +} + + +/** + * Power profile + * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the + * derivatives. + * + * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration. + * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile. + */ +static float +PowerProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + float vel_dist; + + acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */ + + if (velocity <= threshold) + return vel->min_acceleration; + vel_dist = velocity - threshold; + return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration; +} + + +/** + * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1] + * - point symmetry at 0.5 + * - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0 + * - starts faster than a sinoid + * - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints) + */ +static inline float +CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){ + x *= 2.0f; + x -= 1.0f; + return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI; +} + + +/** + * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated, + * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.). + */ +static float +SimpleSmoothProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + if(velocity < 1.0f) + return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f; + if(threshold < 1.0f) + threshold = 1.0f; + if (velocity <= threshold) + return 1; + velocity /= threshold; + if (velocity >= acc) + return acc; + else + return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f)); +} + + +/** + * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start + * and then scales linearly. + */ +static float +SmoothLinearProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + float res, nv; + + if(acc > 1.0f) + acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */ + else + return 1.0f; + + nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f; + + if(nv < 0){ + res = 0; + }else if(nv < 2){ + res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f; + }else{ + nv -= 2.0f; + res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */ + + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */ + } + res += vel->min_acceleration; + return res; +} + + +/** + * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to + * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration. + */ +static float +SmoothLimitedProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + float res; + + if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f) + return acc; + + velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */ + + res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration); + + return vel->min_acceleration + res; +} + + +static float +LinearProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + return acc * velocity; +} + +static float +NoProfile( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + float velocity, + float threshold, + float acc) +{ + return 1.0f; +} + +static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc +GetAccelerationProfile( + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + int profile_num) +{ + switch(profile_num){ + case AccelProfileClassic: + return ClassicProfile; + case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific: + return vel->deviceSpecificProfile; + case AccelProfilePolynomial: + return PolynomialAccelerationProfile; + case AccelProfileSmoothLinear: + return SmoothLinearProfile; + case AccelProfileSimple: + return SimpleSmoothProfile; + case AccelProfilePower: + return PowerProfile; + case AccelProfileLinear: + return LinearProfile; + case AccelProfileSmoothLimited: + return SmoothLimitedProfile; + case AccelProfileNone: + return NoProfile; + default: + return NULL; + } +} + +/** + * Set the profile by number. + * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime. + * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to + * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here + * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with + * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE. + * + * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise. + */ +int +SetAccelerationProfile( + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + int profile_num) +{ + PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile; + profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num); + + if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE) + return FALSE; + + /* Here one could free old profile-private data */ + free(vel->profile_private); + vel->profile_private = NULL; + /* Here one could init profile-private data */ + vel->Profile = profile; + vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num; + return TRUE; +} + +/********************************************** + * driver interaction + **********************************************/ + + +/** + * device-specific profile + * + * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver + * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile. + * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead + * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends). + * Users may override or choose it. + */ +void +SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile( + DeviceVelocityPtr vel, + PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile) +{ + if(vel) + vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile; +} + +/** + * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if + * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect. + */ +DeviceVelocityPtr +GetDevicePredictableAccelData( + DeviceIntPtr dev) +{ + /*sanity check*/ + if(!dev){ + ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL"); + return NULL; + } + if( dev->valuator && + dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc == + acceleratePointerPredictable && + dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){ + + return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr) + dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel; + } + return NULL; +} + +/******************************** + * acceleration schemes + *******************************/ + +/** + * Modifies valuators in-place. + * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to + * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles. + */ +void +acceleratePointerPredictable( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + ValuatorMask* val, + CARD32 evtime) +{ + int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi; + DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev); + Bool soften = TRUE; + + if (!velocitydata) + return; + + if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone && + velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) { + return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/ + } + + if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) { + dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0); + } + + if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) { + dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1); + } + + if (dx || dy){ + /* reset non-visible state? */ + if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) { + soften = FALSE; + } + + if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) { + float mult; + + /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */ + mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata, + dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold, + (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num / + (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den); + + if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) { + float fdx = dx, + fdy = dy; + + if (mult > 1.0f && soften) + ApplySoftening(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy); + ApplyConstantDeceleration(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy); + + /* Calculate the new delta (with accel) and drop it back + * into the valuator masks */ + if (dx) { + float tmp; + tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0]; + /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer + * strong statements about rounding; however because we + * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger + * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely + * makes it faster on the average target. */ + tmpi = lrintf(tmp); + valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi); + dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi; + } + if (dy) { + float tmp; + tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1]; + tmpi = lrintf(tmp); + valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi); + dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi; + } + DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n", + *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy); + } + } + } + /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */ + velocitydata->last_dx = dx; + velocitydata->last_dy = dy; +} + + + +/** + * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators + * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios. + */ +void +acceleratePointerLightweight( + DeviceIntPtr dev, + ValuatorMask* val, + CARD32 ignored) +{ + float mult = 0.0, tmpf; + int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi; + + if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) { + dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0); + } + + if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) { + dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1); + } + + if (!dx && !dy) + return; + + if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) { + /* modeled from xf86Events.c */ + if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) { + if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) { + tmpf = ((float)dx * + (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) / + (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) + + dev->last.remainder[0]; + if (dx) { + tmpi = (int) tmpf; + valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi); + dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi; + } + + tmpf = ((float)dy * + (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) / + (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) + + dev->last.remainder[1]; + if (dy) { + tmpi = (int) tmpf; + valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi); + dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi; + } + } + } + else { + mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy, + ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) / + (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) / + 2.0) / 2.0; + if (dx) { + tmpf = mult * (float)dx + + dev->last.remainder[0]; + tmpi = (int) tmpf; + valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi); + dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi; + } + if (dy) { + tmpf = mult * (float)dy + + dev->last.remainder[1]; + tmpi = (int)tmpf; + valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi); + dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/region.c b/xorg-server/dix/region.c index e5f14c1f7..6820c1eac 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/region.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/region.c @@ -1,1425 +1,1425 @@ -/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by
-Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "regionstr.h"
-#include <X11/Xprotostr.h>
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-#include "gc.h"
-#include <pixman.h>
-
-#undef assert
-#ifdef REGION_DEBUG
-#define assert(expr) { \
- CARD32 *foo = NULL; \
- if (!(expr)) { \
- ErrorF("Assertion failed file %s, line %d: %s\n", \
- __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \
- *foo = 0xdeadbeef; /* to get a backtrace */ \
- } \
- }
-#else
-#define assert(expr)
-#endif
-
-#define good(reg) assert(RegionIsValid(reg))
-
-/*
- * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction used extensively
- * throughout the X11 sample server. A Region is simply a set of disjoint
- * (non-overlapping) rectangles, plus an "extent" rectangle which is the
- * smallest single rectangle that contains all the non-overlapping rectangles.
- *
- * A Region is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles. This array
- * imposes two degrees of order. First, all rectangles are sorted by top side
- * y coordinate first (y1), and then by left side x coordinate (x1).
- *
- * Furthermore, the rectangles are grouped into "bands". Each rectangle in a
- * band has the same top y coordinate (y1), and each has the same bottom y
- * coordinate (y2). Thus all rectangles in a band differ only in their left
- * and right side (x1 and x2). Bands are implicit in the array of rectangles:
- * there is no separate list of band start pointers.
- *
- * The y-x band representation does not minimize rectangles. In particular,
- * if a rectangle vertically crosses a band (the rectangle has scanlines in
- * the y1 to y2 area spanned by the band), then the rectangle may be broken
- * down into two or more smaller rectangles stacked one atop the other.
- *
- * ----------- -----------
- * | | | | band 0
- * | | -------- ----------- --------
- * | | | | in y-x banded | | | | band 1
- * | | | | form is | | | |
- * ----------- | | ----------- --------
- * | | | | band 2
- * -------- --------
- *
- * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much
- * horizontal area as possible: no two rectangles within a band are allowed
- * to touch.
- *
- * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical
- * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged
- * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have
- * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course).
- *
- * Adam de Boor wrote most of the original region code. Joel McCormack
- * substantially modified or rewrote most of the core arithmetic routines,
- * and added RegionValidate in order to support several speed improvements
- * to miValidateTree. Bob Scheifler changed the representation to be more
- * compact when empty or a single rectangle, and did a bunch of gratuitous
- * reformatting.
- */
-
-/* true iff two Boxes overlap */
-#define EXTENTCHECK(r1,r2) \
- (!( ((r1)->x2 <= (r2)->x1) || \
- ((r1)->x1 >= (r2)->x2) || \
- ((r1)->y2 <= (r2)->y1) || \
- ((r1)->y1 >= (r2)->y2) ) )
-
-/* true iff (x,y) is in Box */
-#define INBOX(r,x,y) \
- ( ((r)->x2 > x) && \
- ((r)->x1 <= x) && \
- ((r)->y2 > y) && \
- ((r)->y1 <= y) )
-
-/* true iff Box r1 contains Box r2 */
-#define SUBSUMES(r1,r2) \
- ( ((r1)->x1 <= (r2)->x1) && \
- ((r1)->x2 >= (r2)->x2) && \
- ((r1)->y1 <= (r2)->y1) && \
- ((r1)->y2 >= (r2)->y2) )
-
-#define xallocData(n) malloc(RegionSizeof(n))
-#define xfreeData(reg) if ((reg)->data && (reg)->data->size) free((reg)->data)
-
-#define RECTALLOC_BAIL(pReg,n,bail) \
-if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { goto bail; }
-
-#define RECTALLOC(pReg,n) \
-if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { return FALSE; }
-
-#define ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \
-{ \
- pNextRect->x1 = nx1; \
- pNextRect->y1 = ny1; \
- pNextRect->x2 = nx2; \
- pNextRect->y2 = ny2; \
- pNextRect++; \
-}
-
-#define NEWRECT(pReg,pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \
-{ \
- if (!(pReg)->data || ((pReg)->data->numRects == (pReg)->data->size))\
- { \
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, 1)) \
- return FALSE; \
- pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg); \
- } \
- ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2); \
- pReg->data->numRects++; \
- assert(pReg->data->numRects<=pReg->data->size); \
-}
-
-
-#define DOWNSIZE(reg,numRects) \
-if (((numRects) < ((reg)->data->size >> 1)) && ((reg)->data->size > 50)) \
-{ \
- RegDataPtr NewData; \
- NewData = (RegDataPtr)realloc((reg)->data, RegionSizeof(numRects)); \
- if (NewData) \
- { \
- NewData->size = (numRects); \
- (reg)->data = NewData; \
- } \
-}
-
-
-BoxRec RegionEmptyBox = {0, 0, 0, 0};
-RegDataRec RegionEmptyData = {0, 0};
-
-RegDataRec RegionBrokenData = {0, 0};
-static RegionRec RegionBrokenRegion = { { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, &RegionBrokenData };
-
-void
-InitRegions (void)
-{
- pixman_region_set_static_pointers (&RegionEmptyBox, &RegionEmptyData, &RegionBrokenData);
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************
- * RegionCreate(rect, size)
- * This routine does a simple malloc to make a structure of
- * REGION of "size" number of rectangles.
- *****************************************************************/
-
-RegionPtr
-RegionCreate(BoxPtr rect, int size)
-{
- RegionPtr pReg;
-
- pReg = (RegionPtr)malloc(sizeof(RegionRec));
- if (!pReg)
- return &RegionBrokenRegion;
-
- RegionInit (pReg, rect, size);
-
- return pReg;
-}
-
-void
-RegionDestroy(RegionPtr pReg)
-{
- pixman_region_fini (pReg);
- if (pReg != &RegionBrokenRegion)
- free(pReg);
-}
-
-void
-RegionPrint(RegionPtr rgn)
-{
- int num, size;
- int i;
- BoxPtr rects;
-
- num = RegionNumRects(rgn);
- size = RegionSize(rgn);
- rects = RegionRects(rgn);
- ErrorF("[mi] num: %d size: %d\n", num, size);
- ErrorF("[mi] extents: %d %d %d %d\n",
- rgn->extents.x1, rgn->extents.y1, rgn->extents.x2, rgn->extents.y2);
- for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
- ErrorF("[mi] %d %d %d %d \n",
- rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
- ErrorF("[mi] \n");
-}
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-Bool
-RegionIsValid(RegionPtr reg)
-{
- int i, numRects;
-
- if ((reg->extents.x1 > reg->extents.x2) ||
- (reg->extents.y1 > reg->extents.y2))
- return FALSE;
- numRects = RegionNumRects(reg);
- if (!numRects)
- return ((reg->extents.x1 == reg->extents.x2) &&
- (reg->extents.y1 == reg->extents.y2) &&
- (reg->data->size || (reg->data == &RegionEmptyData)));
- else if (numRects == 1)
- return !reg->data;
- else
- {
- BoxPtr pboxP, pboxN;
- BoxRec box;
-
- pboxP = RegionRects(reg);
- box = *pboxP;
- box.y2 = pboxP[numRects-1].y2;
- pboxN = pboxP + 1;
- for (i = numRects; --i > 0; pboxP++, pboxN++)
- {
- if ((pboxN->x1 >= pboxN->x2) ||
- (pboxN->y1 >= pboxN->y2))
- return FALSE;
- if (pboxN->x1 < box.x1)
- box.x1 = pboxN->x1;
- if (pboxN->x2 > box.x2)
- box.x2 = pboxN->x2;
- if ((pboxN->y1 < pboxP->y1) ||
- ((pboxN->y1 == pboxP->y1) &&
- ((pboxN->x1 < pboxP->x2) || (pboxN->y2 != pboxP->y2))))
- return FALSE;
- }
- return ((box.x1 == reg->extents.x1) &&
- (box.x2 == reg->extents.x2) &&
- (box.y1 == reg->extents.y1) &&
- (box.y2 == reg->extents.y2));
- }
-}
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-Bool
-RegionBreak (RegionPtr pReg)
-{
- xfreeData (pReg);
- pReg->extents = RegionEmptyBox;
- pReg->data = &RegionBrokenData;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-Bool
-RegionRectAlloc(RegionPtr pRgn, int n)
-{
- RegDataPtr data;
-
- if (!pRgn->data)
- {
- n++;
- pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
- if (!pRgn->data)
- return RegionBreak (pRgn);
- pRgn->data->numRects = 1;
- *RegionBoxptr(pRgn) = pRgn->extents;
- }
- else if (!pRgn->data->size)
- {
- pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
- if (!pRgn->data)
- return RegionBreak (pRgn);
- pRgn->data->numRects = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (n == 1)
- {
- n = pRgn->data->numRects;
- if (n > 500) /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
- n = 250;
- }
- n += pRgn->data->numRects;
- data = (RegDataPtr)realloc(pRgn->data, RegionSizeof(n));
- if (!data)
- return RegionBreak (pRgn);
- pRgn->data = data;
- }
- pRgn->data->size = n;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Generic Region Operator
- *====================================================================*/
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionCoalesce --
- * Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
- * previous one. We are guaranteed that the current band extends to
- * the end of the rects array. Used only by RegionOp.
- *
- * Results:
- * The new index for the previous band.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If coalescing takes place:
- * - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
- * altered.
- * - pReg->data->numRects will be decreased.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-_X_INLINE static int
-RegionCoalesce (
- RegionPtr pReg, /* Region to coalesce */
- int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */
- int curStart) /* Index of start of current band */
-{
- BoxPtr pPrevBox; /* Current box in previous band */
- BoxPtr pCurBox; /* Current box in current band */
- int numRects; /* Number rectangles in both bands */
- int y2; /* Bottom of current band */
- /*
- * Figure out how many rectangles are in the band.
- */
- numRects = curStart - prevStart;
- assert(numRects == pReg->data->numRects - curStart);
-
- if (!numRects) return curStart;
-
- /*
- * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
- * matches the top scanline of the current.
- */
- pPrevBox = RegionBox(pReg, prevStart);
- pCurBox = RegionBox(pReg, curStart);
- if (pPrevBox->y2 != pCurBox->y1) return curStart;
-
- /*
- * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
- * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
- * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
- * have some horizontal space between them.
- */
- y2 = pCurBox->y2;
-
- do {
- if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) {
- return curStart;
- }
- pPrevBox++;
- pCurBox++;
- numRects--;
- } while (numRects);
-
- /*
- * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
- * in the previous band to the bottom y of the current band.
- */
- numRects = curStart - prevStart;
- pReg->data->numRects -= numRects;
- do {
- pPrevBox--;
- pPrevBox->y2 = y2;
- numRects--;
- } while (numRects);
- return prevStart;
-}
-
-
-/* Quicky macro to avoid trivial reject procedure calls to RegionCoalesce */
-
-#define Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand) \
- if (curBand - prevBand == newReg->data->numRects - curBand) { \
- prevBand = RegionCoalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); \
- } else { \
- prevBand = curBand; \
- }
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionAppendNonO --
- * Handle a non-overlapping band for the union and subtract operations.
- * Just adds the (top/bottom-clipped) rectangles into the region.
- * Doesn't have to check for subsumption or anything.
- *
- * Results:
- * None.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * pReg->data->numRects is incremented and the rectangles overwritten
- * with the rectangles we're passed.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-_X_INLINE static Bool
-RegionAppendNonO (
- RegionPtr pReg,
- BoxPtr r,
- BoxPtr rEnd,
- int y1,
- int y2)
-{
- BoxPtr pNextRect;
- int newRects;
-
- newRects = rEnd - r;
-
- assert(y1 < y2);
- assert(newRects != 0);
-
- /* Make sure we have enough space for all rectangles to be added */
- RECTALLOC(pReg, newRects);
- pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
- pReg->data->numRects += newRects;
- do {
- assert(r->x1 < r->x2);
- ADDRECT(pNextRect, r->x1, y1, r->x2, y2);
- r++;
- } while (r != rEnd);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-#define FindBand(r, rBandEnd, rEnd, ry1) \
-{ \
- ry1 = r->y1; \
- rBandEnd = r+1; \
- while ((rBandEnd != rEnd) && (rBandEnd->y1 == ry1)) { \
- rBandEnd++; \
- } \
-}
-
-#define AppendRegions(newReg, r, rEnd) \
-{ \
- int newRects; \
- if ((newRects = rEnd - r)) { \
- RECTALLOC(newReg, newRects); \
- memmove((char *)RegionTop(newReg),(char *)r, \
- newRects * sizeof(BoxRec)); \
- newReg->data->numRects += newRects; \
- } \
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionOp --
- * Apply an operation to two regions. Called by RegionUnion, RegionInverse,
- * RegionSubtract, RegionIntersect.... Both regions MUST have at least one
- * rectangle, and cannot be the same object.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The new region is overwritten.
- * pOverlap set to TRUE if overlapFunc ever returns TRUE.
- *
- * Notes:
- * The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
- * Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
- * into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
- * or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
- * each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
- * second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
- * is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
- * this function provides the boundaries.
- * At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
- * to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-typedef Bool (*OverlapProcPtr)(
- RegionPtr pReg,
- BoxPtr r1,
- BoxPtr r1End,
- BoxPtr r2,
- BoxPtr r2End,
- short y1,
- short y2,
- Bool *pOverlap);
-
-static Bool
-RegionOp(
- RegionPtr newReg, /* Place to store result */
- RegionPtr reg1, /* First region in operation */
- RegionPtr reg2, /* 2d region in operation */
- OverlapProcPtr overlapFunc, /* Function to call for over-
- * lapping bands */
- Bool appendNon1, /* Append non-overlapping bands */
- /* in region 1 ? */
- Bool appendNon2, /* Append non-overlapping bands */
- /* in region 2 ? */
- Bool *pOverlap)
-{
- BoxPtr r1; /* Pointer into first region */
- BoxPtr r2; /* Pointer into 2d region */
- BoxPtr r1End; /* End of 1st region */
- BoxPtr r2End; /* End of 2d region */
- short ybot; /* Bottom of intersection */
- short ytop; /* Top of intersection */
- RegDataPtr oldData; /* Old data for newReg */
- int prevBand; /* Index of start of
- * previous band in newReg */
- int curBand; /* Index of start of current
- * band in newReg */
- BoxPtr r1BandEnd; /* End of current band in r1 */
- BoxPtr r2BandEnd; /* End of current band in r2 */
- short top; /* Top of non-overlapping band */
- short bot; /* Bottom of non-overlapping band*/
- int r1y1; /* Temps for r1->y1 and r2->y1 */
- int r2y1;
- int newSize;
- int numRects;
-
- /*
- * Break any region computed from a broken region
- */
- if (RegionNar (reg1) || RegionNar(reg2))
- return RegionBreak (newReg);
-
- /*
- * Initialization:
- * set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, save the rectangles
- * of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
- * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
- * another array of rectangles for it to use.
- */
-
- r1 = RegionRects(reg1);
- newSize = RegionNumRects(reg1);
- r1End = r1 + newSize;
- numRects = RegionNumRects(reg2);
- r2 = RegionRects(reg2);
- r2End = r2 + numRects;
- assert(r1 != r1End);
- assert(r2 != r2End);
-
- oldData = NULL;
- if (((newReg == reg1) && (newSize > 1)) ||
- ((newReg == reg2) && (numRects > 1)))
- {
- oldData = newReg->data;
- newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
- }
- /* guess at new size */
- if (numRects > newSize)
- newSize = numRects;
- newSize <<= 1;
- if (!newReg->data)
- newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
- else if (newReg->data->size)
- newReg->data->numRects = 0;
- if (newSize > newReg->data->size)
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(newReg, newSize))
- return FALSE;
-
- /*
- * Initialize ybot.
- * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
- * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
- * band.
- * In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions
- * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
- * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
- * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
- * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.
- * For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips
- * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
- */
-
- ybot = min(r1->y1, r2->y1);
-
- /*
- * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
- * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. RegionCoalesce, above.
- * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand
- * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always
- * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of
- * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's
- * array of rectangles.
- */
- prevBand = 0;
-
- do {
- /*
- * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
- * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
- * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
- * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
- * respective regions.
- */
- assert(r1 != r1End);
- assert(r2 != r2End);
-
- FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
- FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
-
- /*
- * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
- *
- * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
- * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
- * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
- * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
- */
- if (r1y1 < r2y1) {
- if (appendNon1) {
- top = max(r1y1, ybot);
- bot = min(r1->y2, r2y1);
- if (top != bot) {
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- }
- }
- ytop = r2y1;
- } else if (r2y1 < r1y1) {
- if (appendNon2) {
- top = max(r2y1, ybot);
- bot = min(r2->y2, r1y1);
- if (top != bot) {
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- }
- }
- ytop = r1y1;
- } else {
- ytop = r1y1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
- * intersect if ybot > ytop
- */
- ybot = min(r1->y2, r2->y2);
- if (ybot > ytop) {
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- (* overlapFunc)(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot,
- pOverlap);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- }
-
- /*
- * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
- * in the region to the next band.
- */
- if (r1->y2 == ybot) r1 = r1BandEnd;
- if (r2->y2 == ybot) r2 = r2BandEnd;
-
- } while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
-
- /*
- * Deal with whichever region (if any) still has rectangles left.
- *
- * We only need to worry about banding and coalescing for the very first
- * band left. After that, we can just group all remaining boxes,
- * regardless of how many bands, into one final append to the list.
- */
-
- if ((r1 != r1End) && appendNon1) {
- /* Do first nonOverlap1Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
- FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, max(r1y1, ybot), r1->y2);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- /* Just append the rest of the boxes */
- AppendRegions(newReg, r1BandEnd, r1End);
-
- } else if ((r2 != r2End) && appendNon2) {
- /* Do first nonOverlap2Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
- FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, max(r2y1, ybot), r2->y2);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- /* Append rest of boxes */
- AppendRegions(newReg, r2BandEnd, r2End);
- }
-
- free(oldData);
-
- if (!(numRects = newReg->data->numRects))
- {
- xfreeData(newReg);
- newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
- }
- else if (numRects == 1)
- {
- newReg->extents = *RegionBoxptr(newReg);
- xfreeData(newReg);
- newReg->data = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- DOWNSIZE(newReg, numRects);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionSetExtents --
- * Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
- * Subtract and Intersect as they can't figure it out along the
- * way or do so easily, as Union can.
- *
- * Results:
- * None.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void
-RegionSetExtents (RegionPtr pReg)
-{
- BoxPtr pBox, pBoxEnd;
-
- if (!pReg->data)
- return;
- if (!pReg->data->size)
- {
- pReg->extents.x2 = pReg->extents.x1;
- pReg->extents.y2 = pReg->extents.y1;
- return;
- }
-
- pBox = RegionBoxptr(pReg);
- pBoxEnd = RegionEnd(pReg);
-
- /*
- * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the
- * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region,
- * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and
- * x2 from pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them
- * to...
- */
- pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
- pReg->extents.y1 = pBox->y1;
- pReg->extents.x2 = pBoxEnd->x2;
- pReg->extents.y2 = pBoxEnd->y2;
-
- assert(pReg->extents.y1 < pReg->extents.y2);
- while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) {
- if (pBox->x1 < pReg->extents.x1)
- pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
- if (pBox->x2 > pReg->extents.x2)
- pReg->extents.x2 = pBox->x2;
- pBox++;
- };
-
- assert(pReg->extents.x1 < pReg->extents.x2);
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Region Intersection
- *====================================================================*/
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionIntersectO --
- * Handle an overlapping band for RegionIntersect.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Rectangles may be added to the region.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-
-#define MERGERECT(r) \
-{ \
- if (r->x1 <= x2) { \
- /* Merge with current rectangle */ \
- if (r->x1 < x2) *pOverlap = TRUE; \
- if (x2 < r->x2) x2 = r->x2; \
- } else { \
- /* Add current rectangle, start new one */ \
- NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2); \
- x1 = r->x1; \
- x2 = r->x2; \
- } \
- r++; \
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Region Union
- *====================================================================*/
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionUnionO --
- * Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
- * left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * pReg is overwritten.
- * pOverlap is set to TRUE if any boxes overlap.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static Bool
-RegionUnionO (
- RegionPtr pReg,
- BoxPtr r1,
- BoxPtr r1End,
- BoxPtr r2,
- BoxPtr r2End,
- short y1,
- short y2,
- Bool *pOverlap)
-{
- BoxPtr pNextRect;
- int x1; /* left and right side of current union */
- int x2;
-
- assert (y1 < y2);
- assert(r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
-
- pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
-
- /* Start off current rectangle */
- if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)
- {
- x1 = r1->x1;
- x2 = r1->x2;
- r1++;
- }
- else
- {
- x1 = r2->x1;
- x2 = r2->x2;
- r2++;
- }
- while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End)
- {
- if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) MERGERECT(r1) else MERGERECT(r2);
- }
-
- /* Finish off whoever (if any) is left */
- if (r1 != r1End)
- {
- do
- {
- MERGERECT(r1);
- } while (r1 != r1End);
- }
- else if (r2 != r2End)
- {
- do
- {
- MERGERECT(r2);
- } while (r2 != r2End);
- }
-
- /* Add current rectangle */
- NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Batch Rectangle Union
- *====================================================================*/
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionAppend --
- *
- * "Append" the rgn rectangles onto the end of dstrgn, maintaining
- * knowledge of YX-banding when it's easy. Otherwise, dstrgn just
- * becomes a non-y-x-banded random collection of rectangles, and not
- * yet a true region. After a sequence of appends, the caller must
- * call RegionValidate to ensure that a valid region is constructed.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * dstrgn is modified if rgn has rectangles.
- *
- */
-Bool
-RegionAppend(RegionPtr dstrgn, RegionPtr rgn)
-{
- int numRects, dnumRects, size;
- BoxPtr new, old;
- Bool prepend;
-
- if (RegionNar(rgn))
- return RegionBreak (dstrgn);
-
- if (!rgn->data && (dstrgn->data == &RegionEmptyData))
- {
- dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
- dstrgn->data = NULL;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- numRects = RegionNumRects(rgn);
- if (!numRects)
- return TRUE;
- prepend = FALSE;
- size = numRects;
- dnumRects = RegionNumRects(dstrgn);
- if (!dnumRects && (size < 200))
- size = 200; /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
- RECTALLOC(dstrgn, size);
- old = RegionRects(rgn);
- if (!dnumRects)
- dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
- else if (dstrgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x1)
- {
- BoxPtr first, last;
-
- first = old;
- last = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + (dnumRects - 1);
- if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
- ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
- (first->x1 > last->x2)))
- {
- if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
- dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
- if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
- dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
- dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;
- }
- else
- {
- first = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
- last = old + (numRects - 1);
- if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
- ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
- (first->x1 > last->x2)))
- {
- prepend = TRUE;
- if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
- dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
- if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
- dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
- dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;
- }
- else
- dstrgn->extents.x2 = dstrgn->extents.x1;
- }
- }
- if (prepend)
- {
- new = RegionBox(dstrgn, numRects);
- if (dnumRects == 1)
- *new = *RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
- else
- memmove((char *)new,(char *)RegionBoxptr(dstrgn),
- dnumRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
- new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
- }
- else
- new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + dnumRects;
- if (numRects == 1)
- *new = *old;
- else
- memmove((char *)new, (char *)old, numRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
- dstrgn->data->numRects += numRects;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-#define ExchangeRects(a, b) \
-{ \
- BoxRec t; \
- t = rects[a]; \
- rects[a] = rects[b]; \
- rects[b] = t; \
-}
-
-static void
-QuickSortRects(
- BoxRec rects[],
- int numRects)
-{
- int y1;
- int x1;
- int i, j;
- BoxPtr r;
-
- /* Always called with numRects > 1 */
-
- do
- {
- if (numRects == 2)
- {
- if (rects[0].y1 > rects[1].y1 ||
- (rects[0].y1 == rects[1].y1 && rects[0].x1 > rects[1].x1))
- ExchangeRects(0, 1);
- return;
- }
-
- /* Choose partition element, stick in location 0 */
- ExchangeRects(0, numRects >> 1);
- y1 = rects[0].y1;
- x1 = rects[0].x1;
-
- /* Partition array */
- i = 0;
- j = numRects;
- do
- {
- r = &(rects[i]);
- do
- {
- r++;
- i++;
- } while (i != numRects &&
- (r->y1 < y1 || (r->y1 == y1 && r->x1 < x1)));
- r = &(rects[j]);
- do
- {
- r--;
- j--;
- } while (y1 < r->y1 || (y1 == r->y1 && x1 < r->x1));
- if (i < j)
- ExchangeRects(i, j);
- } while (i < j);
-
- /* Move partition element back to middle */
- ExchangeRects(0, j);
-
- /* Recurse */
- if (numRects-j-1 > 1)
- QuickSortRects(&rects[j+1], numRects-j-1);
- numRects = j;
- } while (numRects > 1);
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionValidate --
- *
- * Take a ``region'' which is a non-y-x-banded random collection of
- * rectangles, and compute a nice region which is the union of all the
- * rectangles.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The passed-in ``region'' may be modified.
- * pOverlap set to TRUE if any retangles overlapped, else FALSE;
- *
- * Strategy:
- * Step 1. Sort the rectangles into ascending order with primary key y1
- * and secondary key x1.
- *
- * Step 2. Split the rectangles into the minimum number of proper y-x
- * banded regions. This may require horizontally merging
- * rectangles, and vertically coalescing bands. With any luck,
- * this step in an identity tranformation (ala the Box widget),
- * or a coalescing into 1 box (ala Menus).
- *
- * Step 3. Merge the separate regions down to a single region by calling
- * Union. Maximize the work each Union call does by using
- * a binary merge.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Bool
-RegionValidate(RegionPtr badreg, Bool *pOverlap)
-{
- /* Descriptor for regions under construction in Step 2. */
- typedef struct {
- RegionRec reg;
- int prevBand;
- int curBand;
- } RegionInfo;
-
- int numRects; /* Original numRects for badreg */
- RegionInfo *ri; /* Array of current regions */
- int numRI; /* Number of entries used in ri */
- int sizeRI; /* Number of entries available in ri */
- int i; /* Index into rects */
- int j; /* Index into ri */
- RegionInfo *rit; /* &ri[j] */
- RegionPtr reg; /* ri[j].reg */
- BoxPtr box; /* Current box in rects */
- BoxPtr riBox; /* Last box in ri[j].reg */
- RegionPtr hreg; /* ri[j_half].reg */
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-
- *pOverlap = FALSE;
- if (!badreg->data)
- {
- good(badreg);
- return TRUE;
- }
- numRects = badreg->data->numRects;
- if (!numRects)
- {
- if (RegionNar(badreg))
- return FALSE;
- good(badreg);
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (badreg->extents.x1 < badreg->extents.x2)
- {
- if ((numRects) == 1)
- {
- xfreeData(badreg);
- badreg->data = (RegDataPtr) NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- DOWNSIZE(badreg, numRects);
- }
- good(badreg);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Step 1: Sort the rects array into ascending (y1, x1) order */
- QuickSortRects(RegionBoxptr(badreg), numRects);
-
- /* Step 2: Scatter the sorted array into the minimum number of regions */
-
- /* Set up the first region to be the first rectangle in badreg */
- /* Note that step 2 code will never overflow the ri[0].reg rects array */
- ri = (RegionInfo *) malloc(4 * sizeof(RegionInfo));
- if (!ri)
- return RegionBreak (badreg);
- sizeRI = 4;
- numRI = 1;
- ri[0].prevBand = 0;
- ri[0].curBand = 0;
- ri[0].reg = *badreg;
- box = RegionBoxptr(&ri[0].reg);
- ri[0].reg.extents = *box;
- ri[0].reg.data->numRects = 1;
-
- /* Now scatter rectangles into the minimum set of valid regions. If the
- next rectangle to be added to a region would force an existing rectangle
- in the region to be split up in order to maintain y-x banding, just
- forget it. Try the next region. If it doesn't fit cleanly into any
- region, make a new one. */
-
- for (i = numRects; --i > 0;)
- {
- box++;
- /* Look for a region to append box to */
- for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
- {
- reg = &rit->reg;
- riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
-
- if (box->y1 == riBox->y1 && box->y2 == riBox->y2)
- {
- /* box is in same band as riBox. Merge or append it */
- if (box->x1 <= riBox->x2)
- {
- /* Merge it with riBox */
- if (box->x1 < riBox->x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;
- if (box->x2 > riBox->x2) riBox->x2 = box->x2;
- }
- else
- {
- RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
- *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
- reg->data->numRects++;
- }
- goto NextRect; /* So sue me */
- }
- else if (box->y1 >= riBox->y2)
- {
- /* Put box into new band */
- if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
- if (reg->extents.x1 > box->x1) reg->extents.x1 = box->x1;
- Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
- rit->curBand = reg->data->numRects;
- RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
- *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
- reg->data->numRects++;
- goto NextRect;
- }
- /* Well, this region was inappropriate. Try the next one. */
- } /* for j */
-
- /* Uh-oh. No regions were appropriate. Create a new one. */
- if (sizeRI == numRI)
- {
- /* Oops, allocate space for new region information */
- sizeRI <<= 1;
- rit = (RegionInfo *) realloc(ri, sizeRI * sizeof(RegionInfo));
- if (!rit)
- goto bail;
- ri = rit;
- rit = &ri[numRI];
- }
- numRI++;
- rit->prevBand = 0;
- rit->curBand = 0;
- rit->reg.extents = *box;
- rit->reg.data = NULL;
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(&rit->reg, (i+numRI) / numRI)) /* MUST force allocation */
- goto bail;
-NextRect: ;
- } /* for i */
-
- /* Make a final pass over each region in order to Coalesce and set
- extents.x2 and extents.y2 */
-
- for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
- {
- reg = &rit->reg;
- riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
- reg->extents.y2 = riBox->y2;
- if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
- Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
- if (reg->data->numRects == 1) /* keep unions happy below */
- {
- xfreeData(reg);
- reg->data = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- /* Step 3: Union all regions into a single region */
- while (numRI > 1)
- {
- int half = numRI/2;
- for (j = numRI & 1; j < (half + (numRI & 1)); j++)
- {
- reg = &ri[j].reg;
- hreg = &ri[j+half].reg;
- if (!RegionOp(reg, reg, hreg, RegionUnionO, TRUE, TRUE, pOverlap))
- ret = FALSE;
- if (hreg->extents.x1 < reg->extents.x1)
- reg->extents.x1 = hreg->extents.x1;
- if (hreg->extents.y1 < reg->extents.y1)
- reg->extents.y1 = hreg->extents.y1;
- if (hreg->extents.x2 > reg->extents.x2)
- reg->extents.x2 = hreg->extents.x2;
- if (hreg->extents.y2 > reg->extents.y2)
- reg->extents.y2 = hreg->extents.y2;
- xfreeData(hreg);
- }
- numRI -= half;
- }
- *badreg = ri[0].reg;
- free(ri);
- good(badreg);
- return ret;
-bail:
- for (i = 0; i < numRI; i++)
- xfreeData(&ri[i].reg);
- free(ri);
- return RegionBreak (badreg);
-}
-
-RegionPtr
-RegionFromRects(int nrects, xRectangle *prect, int ctype)
-{
-
- RegionPtr pRgn;
- RegDataPtr pData;
- BoxPtr pBox;
- int i;
- int x1, y1, x2, y2;
-
- pRgn = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);
- if (RegionNar (pRgn))
- return pRgn;
- if (!nrects)
- return pRgn;
- if (nrects == 1)
- {
- x1 = prect->x;
- y1 = prect->y;
- if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
- x2 = MAXSHORT;
- if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
- y2 = MAXSHORT;
- if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
- {
- pRgn->extents.x1 = x1;
- pRgn->extents.y1 = y1;
- pRgn->extents.x2 = x2;
- pRgn->extents.y2 = y2;
- pRgn->data = NULL;
- }
- return pRgn;
- }
- pData = xallocData(nrects);
- if (!pData)
- {
- RegionBreak (pRgn);
- return pRgn;
- }
- pBox = (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
- for (i = nrects; --i >= 0; prect++)
- {
- x1 = prect->x;
- y1 = prect->y;
- if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
- x2 = MAXSHORT;
- if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
- y2 = MAXSHORT;
- if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
- {
- pBox->x1 = x1;
- pBox->y1 = y1;
- pBox->x2 = x2;
- pBox->y2 = y2;
- pBox++;
- }
- }
- if (pBox != (BoxPtr) (pData + 1))
- {
- pData->size = nrects;
- pData->numRects = pBox - (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
- pRgn->data = pData;
- if (ctype != CT_YXBANDED)
- {
- Bool overlap; /* result ignored */
- pRgn->extents.x1 = pRgn->extents.x2 = 0;
- RegionValidate(pRgn, &overlap);
- }
- else
- RegionSetExtents(pRgn);
- good(pRgn);
- }
- else
- {
- free(pData);
- }
- return pRgn;
-}
+/*********************************************************** + +Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by +Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +******************************************************************/ + +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/***************************************************************** + +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include "regionstr.h" +#include <X11/Xprotostr.h> +#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> +#include "gc.h" +#include <pixman.h> + +#undef assert +#ifdef REGION_DEBUG +#define assert(expr) { \ + CARD32 *foo = NULL; \ + if (!(expr)) { \ + ErrorF("Assertion failed file %s, line %d: %s\n", \ + __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \ + *foo = 0xdeadbeef; /* to get a backtrace */ \ + } \ + } +#else +#define assert(expr) +#endif + +#define good(reg) assert(RegionIsValid(reg)) + +/* + * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction used extensively + * throughout the X11 sample server. A Region is simply a set of disjoint + * (non-overlapping) rectangles, plus an "extent" rectangle which is the + * smallest single rectangle that contains all the non-overlapping rectangles. + * + * A Region is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles. This array + * imposes two degrees of order. First, all rectangles are sorted by top side + * y coordinate first (y1), and then by left side x coordinate (x1). + * + * Furthermore, the rectangles are grouped into "bands". Each rectangle in a + * band has the same top y coordinate (y1), and each has the same bottom y + * coordinate (y2). Thus all rectangles in a band differ only in their left + * and right side (x1 and x2). Bands are implicit in the array of rectangles: + * there is no separate list of band start pointers. + * + * The y-x band representation does not minimize rectangles. In particular, + * if a rectangle vertically crosses a band (the rectangle has scanlines in + * the y1 to y2 area spanned by the band), then the rectangle may be broken + * down into two or more smaller rectangles stacked one atop the other. + * + * ----------- ----------- + * | | | | band 0 + * | | -------- ----------- -------- + * | | | | in y-x banded | | | | band 1 + * | | | | form is | | | | + * ----------- | | ----------- -------- + * | | | | band 2 + * -------- -------- + * + * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much + * horizontal area as possible: no two rectangles within a band are allowed + * to touch. + * + * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical + * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged + * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have + * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course). + * + * Adam de Boor wrote most of the original region code. Joel McCormack + * substantially modified or rewrote most of the core arithmetic routines, + * and added RegionValidate in order to support several speed improvements + * to miValidateTree. Bob Scheifler changed the representation to be more + * compact when empty or a single rectangle, and did a bunch of gratuitous + * reformatting. + */ + +/* true iff two Boxes overlap */ +#define EXTENTCHECK(r1,r2) \ + (!( ((r1)->x2 <= (r2)->x1) || \ + ((r1)->x1 >= (r2)->x2) || \ + ((r1)->y2 <= (r2)->y1) || \ + ((r1)->y1 >= (r2)->y2) ) ) + +/* true iff (x,y) is in Box */ +#define INBOX(r,x,y) \ + ( ((r)->x2 > x) && \ + ((r)->x1 <= x) && \ + ((r)->y2 > y) && \ + ((r)->y1 <= y) ) + +/* true iff Box r1 contains Box r2 */ +#define SUBSUMES(r1,r2) \ + ( ((r1)->x1 <= (r2)->x1) && \ + ((r1)->x2 >= (r2)->x2) && \ + ((r1)->y1 <= (r2)->y1) && \ + ((r1)->y2 >= (r2)->y2) ) + +#define xallocData(n) malloc(RegionSizeof(n)) +#define xfreeData(reg) if ((reg)->data && (reg)->data->size) free((reg)->data) + +#define RECTALLOC_BAIL(pReg,n,bail) \ +if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \ + if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { goto bail; } + +#define RECTALLOC(pReg,n) \ +if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \ + if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { return FALSE; } + +#define ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \ +{ \ + pNextRect->x1 = nx1; \ + pNextRect->y1 = ny1; \ + pNextRect->x2 = nx2; \ + pNextRect->y2 = ny2; \ + pNextRect++; \ +} + +#define NEWRECT(pReg,pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \ +{ \ + if (!(pReg)->data || ((pReg)->data->numRects == (pReg)->data->size))\ + { \ + if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, 1)) \ + return FALSE; \ + pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg); \ + } \ + ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2); \ + pReg->data->numRects++; \ + assert(pReg->data->numRects<=pReg->data->size); \ +} + + +#define DOWNSIZE(reg,numRects) \ +if (((numRects) < ((reg)->data->size >> 1)) && ((reg)->data->size > 50)) \ +{ \ + RegDataPtr NewData; \ + NewData = (RegDataPtr)realloc((reg)->data, RegionSizeof(numRects)); \ + if (NewData) \ + { \ + NewData->size = (numRects); \ + (reg)->data = NewData; \ + } \ +} + + +BoxRec RegionEmptyBox = {0, 0, 0, 0}; +RegDataRec RegionEmptyData = {0, 0}; + +RegDataRec RegionBrokenData = {0, 0}; +static RegionRec RegionBrokenRegion = { { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, &RegionBrokenData }; + +void +InitRegions (void) +{ + pixman_region_set_static_pointers (&RegionEmptyBox, &RegionEmptyData, &RegionBrokenData); +} + +/***************************************************************** + * RegionCreate(rect, size) + * This routine does a simple malloc to make a structure of + * REGION of "size" number of rectangles. + *****************************************************************/ + +RegionPtr +RegionCreate(BoxPtr rect, int size) +{ + RegionPtr pReg; + + pReg = (RegionPtr)malloc(sizeof(RegionRec)); + if (!pReg) + return &RegionBrokenRegion; + + RegionInit (pReg, rect, size); + + return pReg; +} + +void +RegionDestroy(RegionPtr pReg) +{ + pixman_region_fini (pReg); + if (pReg != &RegionBrokenRegion) + free(pReg); +} + +void +RegionPrint(RegionPtr rgn) +{ + int num, size; + int i; + BoxPtr rects; + + num = RegionNumRects(rgn); + size = RegionSize(rgn); + rects = RegionRects(rgn); + ErrorF("[mi] num: %d size: %d\n", num, size); + ErrorF("[mi] extents: %d %d %d %d\n", + rgn->extents.x1, rgn->extents.y1, rgn->extents.x2, rgn->extents.y2); + for (i = 0; i < num; i++) + ErrorF("[mi] %d %d %d %d \n", + rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2); + ErrorF("[mi] \n"); +} + +#ifdef DEBUG +Bool +RegionIsValid(RegionPtr reg) +{ + int i, numRects; + + if ((reg->extents.x1 > reg->extents.x2) || + (reg->extents.y1 > reg->extents.y2)) + return FALSE; + numRects = RegionNumRects(reg); + if (!numRects) + return ((reg->extents.x1 == reg->extents.x2) && + (reg->extents.y1 == reg->extents.y2) && + (reg->data->size || (reg->data == &RegionEmptyData))); + else if (numRects == 1) + return !reg->data; + else + { + BoxPtr pboxP, pboxN; + BoxRec box; + + pboxP = RegionRects(reg); + box = *pboxP; + box.y2 = pboxP[numRects-1].y2; + pboxN = pboxP + 1; + for (i = numRects; --i > 0; pboxP++, pboxN++) + { + if ((pboxN->x1 >= pboxN->x2) || + (pboxN->y1 >= pboxN->y2)) + return FALSE; + if (pboxN->x1 < box.x1) + box.x1 = pboxN->x1; + if (pboxN->x2 > box.x2) + box.x2 = pboxN->x2; + if ((pboxN->y1 < pboxP->y1) || + ((pboxN->y1 == pboxP->y1) && + ((pboxN->x1 < pboxP->x2) || (pboxN->y2 != pboxP->y2)))) + return FALSE; + } + return ((box.x1 == reg->extents.x1) && + (box.x2 == reg->extents.x2) && + (box.y1 == reg->extents.y1) && + (box.y2 == reg->extents.y2)); + } +} +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +Bool +RegionBreak (RegionPtr pReg) +{ + xfreeData (pReg); + pReg->extents = RegionEmptyBox; + pReg->data = &RegionBrokenData; + return FALSE; +} + +Bool +RegionRectAlloc(RegionPtr pRgn, int n) +{ + RegDataPtr data; + + if (!pRgn->data) + { + n++; + pRgn->data = xallocData(n); + if (!pRgn->data) + return RegionBreak (pRgn); + pRgn->data->numRects = 1; + *RegionBoxptr(pRgn) = pRgn->extents; + } + else if (!pRgn->data->size) + { + pRgn->data = xallocData(n); + if (!pRgn->data) + return RegionBreak (pRgn); + pRgn->data->numRects = 0; + } + else + { + if (n == 1) + { + n = pRgn->data->numRects; + if (n > 500) /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */ + n = 250; + } + n += pRgn->data->numRects; + data = (RegDataPtr)realloc(pRgn->data, RegionSizeof(n)); + if (!data) + return RegionBreak (pRgn); + pRgn->data = data; + } + pRgn->data->size = n; + return TRUE; +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Generic Region Operator + *====================================================================*/ + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionCoalesce -- + * Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the + * previous one. We are guaranteed that the current band extends to + * the end of the rects array. Used only by RegionOp. + * + * Results: + * The new index for the previous band. + * + * Side Effects: + * If coalescing takes place: + * - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields + * altered. + * - pReg->data->numRects will be decreased. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +_X_INLINE static int +RegionCoalesce ( + RegionPtr pReg, /* Region to coalesce */ + int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */ + int curStart) /* Index of start of current band */ +{ + BoxPtr pPrevBox; /* Current box in previous band */ + BoxPtr pCurBox; /* Current box in current band */ + int numRects; /* Number rectangles in both bands */ + int y2; /* Bottom of current band */ + /* + * Figure out how many rectangles are in the band. + */ + numRects = curStart - prevStart; + assert(numRects == pReg->data->numRects - curStart); + + if (!numRects) return curStart; + + /* + * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous + * matches the top scanline of the current. + */ + pPrevBox = RegionBox(pReg, prevStart); + pCurBox = RegionBox(pReg, curStart); + if (pPrevBox->y2 != pCurBox->y1) return curStart; + + /* + * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This + * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they + * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must + * have some horizontal space between them. + */ + y2 = pCurBox->y2; + + do { + if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) { + return curStart; + } + pPrevBox++; + pCurBox++; + numRects--; + } while (numRects); + + /* + * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box + * in the previous band to the bottom y of the current band. + */ + numRects = curStart - prevStart; + pReg->data->numRects -= numRects; + do { + pPrevBox--; + pPrevBox->y2 = y2; + numRects--; + } while (numRects); + return prevStart; +} + + +/* Quicky macro to avoid trivial reject procedure calls to RegionCoalesce */ + +#define Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand) \ + if (curBand - prevBand == newReg->data->numRects - curBand) { \ + prevBand = RegionCoalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); \ + } else { \ + prevBand = curBand; \ + } + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionAppendNonO -- + * Handle a non-overlapping band for the union and subtract operations. + * Just adds the (top/bottom-clipped) rectangles into the region. + * Doesn't have to check for subsumption or anything. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * pReg->data->numRects is incremented and the rectangles overwritten + * with the rectangles we're passed. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +_X_INLINE static Bool +RegionAppendNonO ( + RegionPtr pReg, + BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + int y1, + int y2) +{ + BoxPtr pNextRect; + int newRects; + + newRects = rEnd - r; + + assert(y1 < y2); + assert(newRects != 0); + + /* Make sure we have enough space for all rectangles to be added */ + RECTALLOC(pReg, newRects); + pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg); + pReg->data->numRects += newRects; + do { + assert(r->x1 < r->x2); + ADDRECT(pNextRect, r->x1, y1, r->x2, y2); + r++; + } while (r != rEnd); + + return TRUE; +} + +#define FindBand(r, rBandEnd, rEnd, ry1) \ +{ \ + ry1 = r->y1; \ + rBandEnd = r+1; \ + while ((rBandEnd != rEnd) && (rBandEnd->y1 == ry1)) { \ + rBandEnd++; \ + } \ +} + +#define AppendRegions(newReg, r, rEnd) \ +{ \ + int newRects; \ + if ((newRects = rEnd - r)) { \ + RECTALLOC(newReg, newRects); \ + memmove((char *)RegionTop(newReg),(char *)r, \ + newRects * sizeof(BoxRec)); \ + newReg->data->numRects += newRects; \ + } \ +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionOp -- + * Apply an operation to two regions. Called by RegionUnion, RegionInverse, + * RegionSubtract, RegionIntersect.... Both regions MUST have at least one + * rectangle, and cannot be the same object. + * + * Results: + * TRUE if successful. + * + * Side Effects: + * The new region is overwritten. + * pOverlap set to TRUE if overlapFunc ever returns TRUE. + * + * Notes: + * The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets. + * Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides + * into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region + * or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with + * each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the + * second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It + * is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though + * this function provides the boundaries. + * At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible, + * to reduce the number of rectangles in the region. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +typedef Bool (*OverlapProcPtr)( + RegionPtr pReg, + BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + short y1, + short y2, + Bool *pOverlap); + +static Bool +RegionOp( + RegionPtr newReg, /* Place to store result */ + RegionPtr reg1, /* First region in operation */ + RegionPtr reg2, /* 2d region in operation */ + OverlapProcPtr overlapFunc, /* Function to call for over- + * lapping bands */ + Bool appendNon1, /* Append non-overlapping bands */ + /* in region 1 ? */ + Bool appendNon2, /* Append non-overlapping bands */ + /* in region 2 ? */ + Bool *pOverlap) +{ + BoxPtr r1; /* Pointer into first region */ + BoxPtr r2; /* Pointer into 2d region */ + BoxPtr r1End; /* End of 1st region */ + BoxPtr r2End; /* End of 2d region */ + short ybot; /* Bottom of intersection */ + short ytop; /* Top of intersection */ + RegDataPtr oldData; /* Old data for newReg */ + int prevBand; /* Index of start of + * previous band in newReg */ + int curBand; /* Index of start of current + * band in newReg */ + BoxPtr r1BandEnd; /* End of current band in r1 */ + BoxPtr r2BandEnd; /* End of current band in r2 */ + short top; /* Top of non-overlapping band */ + short bot; /* Bottom of non-overlapping band*/ + int r1y1; /* Temps for r1->y1 and r2->y1 */ + int r2y1; + int newSize; + int numRects; + + /* + * Break any region computed from a broken region + */ + if (RegionNar (reg1) || RegionNar(reg2)) + return RegionBreak (newReg); + + /* + * Initialization: + * set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, save the rectangles + * of the destination region until the end in case it's one of + * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating + * another array of rectangles for it to use. + */ + + r1 = RegionRects(reg1); + newSize = RegionNumRects(reg1); + r1End = r1 + newSize; + numRects = RegionNumRects(reg2); + r2 = RegionRects(reg2); + r2End = r2 + numRects; + assert(r1 != r1End); + assert(r2 != r2End); + + oldData = NULL; + if (((newReg == reg1) && (newSize > 1)) || + ((newReg == reg2) && (numRects > 1))) + { + oldData = newReg->data; + newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData; + } + /* guess at new size */ + if (numRects > newSize) + newSize = numRects; + newSize <<= 1; + if (!newReg->data) + newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData; + else if (newReg->data->size) + newReg->data->numRects = 0; + if (newSize > newReg->data->size) + if (!RegionRectAlloc(newReg, newSize)) + return FALSE; + + /* + * Initialize ybot. + * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending + * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping + * band. + * In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions + * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent + * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band. + * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and + * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band. + * For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips + * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms. + */ + + ybot = min(r1->y1, r2->y1); + + /* + * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles + * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. RegionCoalesce, above. + * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand + * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always + * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of + * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's + * array of rectangles. + */ + prevBand = 0; + + do { + /* + * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a + * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions + * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the + * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their + * respective regions. + */ + assert(r1 != r1End); + assert(r2 != r2End); + + FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1); + FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1); + + /* + * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any. + * + * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the + * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n + * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps + * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times. + */ + if (r1y1 < r2y1) { + if (appendNon1) { + top = max(r1y1, ybot); + bot = min(r1->y2, r2y1); + if (top != bot) { + curBand = newReg->data->numRects; + RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot); + Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); + } + } + ytop = r2y1; + } else if (r2y1 < r1y1) { + if (appendNon2) { + top = max(r2y1, ybot); + bot = min(r2->y2, r1y1); + if (top != bot) { + curBand = newReg->data->numRects; + RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot); + Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); + } + } + ytop = r1y1; + } else { + ytop = r1y1; + } + + /* + * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only + * intersect if ybot > ytop + */ + ybot = min(r1->y2, r2->y2); + if (ybot > ytop) { + curBand = newReg->data->numRects; + (* overlapFunc)(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot, + pOverlap); + Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); + } + + /* + * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward + * in the region to the next band. + */ + if (r1->y2 == ybot) r1 = r1BandEnd; + if (r2->y2 == ybot) r2 = r2BandEnd; + + } while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End); + + /* + * Deal with whichever region (if any) still has rectangles left. + * + * We only need to worry about banding and coalescing for the very first + * band left. After that, we can just group all remaining boxes, + * regardless of how many bands, into one final append to the list. + */ + + if ((r1 != r1End) && appendNon1) { + /* Do first nonOverlap1Func call, which may be able to coalesce */ + FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1); + curBand = newReg->data->numRects; + RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, max(r1y1, ybot), r1->y2); + Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); + /* Just append the rest of the boxes */ + AppendRegions(newReg, r1BandEnd, r1End); + + } else if ((r2 != r2End) && appendNon2) { + /* Do first nonOverlap2Func call, which may be able to coalesce */ + FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1); + curBand = newReg->data->numRects; + RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, max(r2y1, ybot), r2->y2); + Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); + /* Append rest of boxes */ + AppendRegions(newReg, r2BandEnd, r2End); + } + + free(oldData); + + if (!(numRects = newReg->data->numRects)) + { + xfreeData(newReg); + newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData; + } + else if (numRects == 1) + { + newReg->extents = *RegionBoxptr(newReg); + xfreeData(newReg); + newReg->data = NULL; + } + else + { + DOWNSIZE(newReg, numRects); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionSetExtents -- + * Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by + * Subtract and Intersect as they can't figure it out along the + * way or do so easily, as Union can. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void +RegionSetExtents (RegionPtr pReg) +{ + BoxPtr pBox, pBoxEnd; + + if (!pReg->data) + return; + if (!pReg->data->size) + { + pReg->extents.x2 = pReg->extents.x1; + pReg->extents.y2 = pReg->extents.y1; + return; + } + + pBox = RegionBoxptr(pReg); + pBoxEnd = RegionEnd(pReg); + + /* + * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the + * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region, + * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and + * x2 from pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them + * to... + */ + pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1; + pReg->extents.y1 = pBox->y1; + pReg->extents.x2 = pBoxEnd->x2; + pReg->extents.y2 = pBoxEnd->y2; + + assert(pReg->extents.y1 < pReg->extents.y2); + while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) { + if (pBox->x1 < pReg->extents.x1) + pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1; + if (pBox->x2 > pReg->extents.x2) + pReg->extents.x2 = pBox->x2; + pBox++; + }; + + assert(pReg->extents.x1 < pReg->extents.x2); +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Region Intersection + *====================================================================*/ +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionIntersectO -- + * Handle an overlapping band for RegionIntersect. + * + * Results: + * TRUE if successful. + * + * Side Effects: + * Rectangles may be added to the region. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/*ARGSUSED*/ + +#define MERGERECT(r) \ +{ \ + if (r->x1 <= x2) { \ + /* Merge with current rectangle */ \ + if (r->x1 < x2) *pOverlap = TRUE; \ + if (x2 < r->x2) x2 = r->x2; \ + } else { \ + /* Add current rectangle, start new one */ \ + NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2); \ + x1 = r->x1; \ + x2 = r->x2; \ + } \ + r++; \ +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Region Union + *====================================================================*/ + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionUnionO -- + * Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the + * left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region. + * + * Results: + * TRUE if successful. + * + * Side Effects: + * pReg is overwritten. + * pOverlap is set to TRUE if any boxes overlap. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static Bool +RegionUnionO ( + RegionPtr pReg, + BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + short y1, + short y2, + Bool *pOverlap) +{ + BoxPtr pNextRect; + int x1; /* left and right side of current union */ + int x2; + + assert (y1 < y2); + assert(r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End); + + pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg); + + /* Start off current rectangle */ + if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) + { + x1 = r1->x1; + x2 = r1->x2; + r1++; + } + else + { + x1 = r2->x1; + x2 = r2->x2; + r2++; + } + while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End) + { + if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) MERGERECT(r1) else MERGERECT(r2); + } + + /* Finish off whoever (if any) is left */ + if (r1 != r1End) + { + do + { + MERGERECT(r1); + } while (r1 != r1End); + } + else if (r2 != r2End) + { + do + { + MERGERECT(r2); + } while (r2 != r2End); + } + + /* Add current rectangle */ + NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2); + + return TRUE; +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Batch Rectangle Union + *====================================================================*/ + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionAppend -- + * + * "Append" the rgn rectangles onto the end of dstrgn, maintaining + * knowledge of YX-banding when it's easy. Otherwise, dstrgn just + * becomes a non-y-x-banded random collection of rectangles, and not + * yet a true region. After a sequence of appends, the caller must + * call RegionValidate to ensure that a valid region is constructed. + * + * Results: + * TRUE if successful. + * + * Side Effects: + * dstrgn is modified if rgn has rectangles. + * + */ +Bool +RegionAppend(RegionPtr dstrgn, RegionPtr rgn) +{ + int numRects, dnumRects, size; + BoxPtr new, old; + Bool prepend; + + if (RegionNar(rgn)) + return RegionBreak (dstrgn); + + if (!rgn->data && (dstrgn->data == &RegionEmptyData)) + { + dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents; + dstrgn->data = NULL; + return TRUE; + } + + numRects = RegionNumRects(rgn); + if (!numRects) + return TRUE; + prepend = FALSE; + size = numRects; + dnumRects = RegionNumRects(dstrgn); + if (!dnumRects && (size < 200)) + size = 200; /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */ + RECTALLOC(dstrgn, size); + old = RegionRects(rgn); + if (!dnumRects) + dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents; + else if (dstrgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x1) + { + BoxPtr first, last; + + first = old; + last = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + (dnumRects - 1); + if ((first->y1 > last->y2) || + ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) && + (first->x1 > last->x2))) + { + if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1) + dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1; + if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2) + dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2; + dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2; + } + else + { + first = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn); + last = old + (numRects - 1); + if ((first->y1 > last->y2) || + ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) && + (first->x1 > last->x2))) + { + prepend = TRUE; + if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1) + dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1; + if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2) + dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2; + dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1; + } + else + dstrgn->extents.x2 = dstrgn->extents.x1; + } + } + if (prepend) + { + new = RegionBox(dstrgn, numRects); + if (dnumRects == 1) + *new = *RegionBoxptr(dstrgn); + else + memmove((char *)new,(char *)RegionBoxptr(dstrgn), + dnumRects * sizeof(BoxRec)); + new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn); + } + else + new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + dnumRects; + if (numRects == 1) + *new = *old; + else + memmove((char *)new, (char *)old, numRects * sizeof(BoxRec)); + dstrgn->data->numRects += numRects; + return TRUE; +} + + +#define ExchangeRects(a, b) \ +{ \ + BoxRec t; \ + t = rects[a]; \ + rects[a] = rects[b]; \ + rects[b] = t; \ +} + +static void +QuickSortRects( + BoxRec rects[], + int numRects) +{ + int y1; + int x1; + int i, j; + BoxPtr r; + + /* Always called with numRects > 1 */ + + do + { + if (numRects == 2) + { + if (rects[0].y1 > rects[1].y1 || + (rects[0].y1 == rects[1].y1 && rects[0].x1 > rects[1].x1)) + ExchangeRects(0, 1); + return; + } + + /* Choose partition element, stick in location 0 */ + ExchangeRects(0, numRects >> 1); + y1 = rects[0].y1; + x1 = rects[0].x1; + + /* Partition array */ + i = 0; + j = numRects; + do + { + r = &(rects[i]); + do + { + r++; + i++; + } while (i != numRects && + (r->y1 < y1 || (r->y1 == y1 && r->x1 < x1))); + r = &(rects[j]); + do + { + r--; + j--; + } while (y1 < r->y1 || (y1 == r->y1 && x1 < r->x1)); + if (i < j) + ExchangeRects(i, j); + } while (i < j); + + /* Move partition element back to middle */ + ExchangeRects(0, j); + + /* Recurse */ + if (numRects-j-1 > 1) + QuickSortRects(&rects[j+1], numRects-j-1); + numRects = j; + } while (numRects > 1); +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * RegionValidate -- + * + * Take a ``region'' which is a non-y-x-banded random collection of + * rectangles, and compute a nice region which is the union of all the + * rectangles. + * + * Results: + * TRUE if successful. + * + * Side Effects: + * The passed-in ``region'' may be modified. + * pOverlap set to TRUE if any retangles overlapped, else FALSE; + * + * Strategy: + * Step 1. Sort the rectangles into ascending order with primary key y1 + * and secondary key x1. + * + * Step 2. Split the rectangles into the minimum number of proper y-x + * banded regions. This may require horizontally merging + * rectangles, and vertically coalescing bands. With any luck, + * this step in an identity tranformation (ala the Box widget), + * or a coalescing into 1 box (ala Menus). + * + * Step 3. Merge the separate regions down to a single region by calling + * Union. Maximize the work each Union call does by using + * a binary merge. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +Bool +RegionValidate(RegionPtr badreg, Bool *pOverlap) +{ + /* Descriptor for regions under construction in Step 2. */ + typedef struct { + RegionRec reg; + int prevBand; + int curBand; + } RegionInfo; + + int numRects; /* Original numRects for badreg */ + RegionInfo *ri; /* Array of current regions */ + int numRI; /* Number of entries used in ri */ + int sizeRI; /* Number of entries available in ri */ + int i; /* Index into rects */ + int j; /* Index into ri */ + RegionInfo *rit; /* &ri[j] */ + RegionPtr reg; /* ri[j].reg */ + BoxPtr box; /* Current box in rects */ + BoxPtr riBox; /* Last box in ri[j].reg */ + RegionPtr hreg; /* ri[j_half].reg */ + Bool ret = TRUE; + + *pOverlap = FALSE; + if (!badreg->data) + { + good(badreg); + return TRUE; + } + numRects = badreg->data->numRects; + if (!numRects) + { + if (RegionNar(badreg)) + return FALSE; + good(badreg); + return TRUE; + } + if (badreg->extents.x1 < badreg->extents.x2) + { + if ((numRects) == 1) + { + xfreeData(badreg); + badreg->data = (RegDataPtr) NULL; + } + else + { + DOWNSIZE(badreg, numRects); + } + good(badreg); + return TRUE; + } + + /* Step 1: Sort the rects array into ascending (y1, x1) order */ + QuickSortRects(RegionBoxptr(badreg), numRects); + + /* Step 2: Scatter the sorted array into the minimum number of regions */ + + /* Set up the first region to be the first rectangle in badreg */ + /* Note that step 2 code will never overflow the ri[0].reg rects array */ + ri = (RegionInfo *) malloc(4 * sizeof(RegionInfo)); + if (!ri) + return RegionBreak (badreg); + sizeRI = 4; + numRI = 1; + ri[0].prevBand = 0; + ri[0].curBand = 0; + ri[0].reg = *badreg; + box = RegionBoxptr(&ri[0].reg); + ri[0].reg.extents = *box; + ri[0].reg.data->numRects = 1; + + /* Now scatter rectangles into the minimum set of valid regions. If the + next rectangle to be added to a region would force an existing rectangle + in the region to be split up in order to maintain y-x banding, just + forget it. Try the next region. If it doesn't fit cleanly into any + region, make a new one. */ + + for (i = numRects; --i > 0;) + { + box++; + /* Look for a region to append box to */ + for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++) + { + reg = &rit->reg; + riBox = RegionEnd(reg); + + if (box->y1 == riBox->y1 && box->y2 == riBox->y2) + { + /* box is in same band as riBox. Merge or append it */ + if (box->x1 <= riBox->x2) + { + /* Merge it with riBox */ + if (box->x1 < riBox->x2) *pOverlap = TRUE; + if (box->x2 > riBox->x2) riBox->x2 = box->x2; + } + else + { + RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail); + *RegionTop(reg) = *box; + reg->data->numRects++; + } + goto NextRect; /* So sue me */ + } + else if (box->y1 >= riBox->y2) + { + /* Put box into new band */ + if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2; + if (reg->extents.x1 > box->x1) reg->extents.x1 = box->x1; + Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand); + rit->curBand = reg->data->numRects; + RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail); + *RegionTop(reg) = *box; + reg->data->numRects++; + goto NextRect; + } + /* Well, this region was inappropriate. Try the next one. */ + } /* for j */ + + /* Uh-oh. No regions were appropriate. Create a new one. */ + if (sizeRI == numRI) + { + /* Oops, allocate space for new region information */ + sizeRI <<= 1; + rit = (RegionInfo *) realloc(ri, sizeRI * sizeof(RegionInfo)); + if (!rit) + goto bail; + ri = rit; + rit = &ri[numRI]; + } + numRI++; + rit->prevBand = 0; + rit->curBand = 0; + rit->reg.extents = *box; + rit->reg.data = NULL; + if (!RegionRectAlloc(&rit->reg, (i+numRI) / numRI)) /* MUST force allocation */ + goto bail; +NextRect: ; + } /* for i */ + + /* Make a final pass over each region in order to Coalesce and set + extents.x2 and extents.y2 */ + + for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++) + { + reg = &rit->reg; + riBox = RegionEnd(reg); + reg->extents.y2 = riBox->y2; + if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2; + Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand); + if (reg->data->numRects == 1) /* keep unions happy below */ + { + xfreeData(reg); + reg->data = NULL; + } + } + + /* Step 3: Union all regions into a single region */ + while (numRI > 1) + { + int half = numRI/2; + for (j = numRI & 1; j < (half + (numRI & 1)); j++) + { + reg = &ri[j].reg; + hreg = &ri[j+half].reg; + if (!RegionOp(reg, reg, hreg, RegionUnionO, TRUE, TRUE, pOverlap)) + ret = FALSE; + if (hreg->extents.x1 < reg->extents.x1) + reg->extents.x1 = hreg->extents.x1; + if (hreg->extents.y1 < reg->extents.y1) + reg->extents.y1 = hreg->extents.y1; + if (hreg->extents.x2 > reg->extents.x2) + reg->extents.x2 = hreg->extents.x2; + if (hreg->extents.y2 > reg->extents.y2) + reg->extents.y2 = hreg->extents.y2; + xfreeData(hreg); + } + numRI -= half; + } + *badreg = ri[0].reg; + free(ri); + good(badreg); + return ret; +bail: + for (i = 0; i < numRI; i++) + xfreeData(&ri[i].reg); + free(ri); + return RegionBreak (badreg); +} + +RegionPtr +RegionFromRects(int nrects, xRectangle *prect, int ctype) +{ + + RegionPtr pRgn; + RegDataPtr pData; + BoxPtr pBox; + int i; + int x1, y1, x2, y2; + + pRgn = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0); + if (RegionNar (pRgn)) + return pRgn; + if (!nrects) + return pRgn; + if (nrects == 1) + { + x1 = prect->x; + y1 = prect->y; + if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT) + x2 = MAXSHORT; + if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT) + y2 = MAXSHORT; + if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2) + { + pRgn->extents.x1 = x1; + pRgn->extents.y1 = y1; + pRgn->extents.x2 = x2; + pRgn->extents.y2 = y2; + pRgn->data = NULL; + } + return pRgn; + } + pData = xallocData(nrects); + if (!pData) + { + RegionBreak (pRgn); + return pRgn; + } + pBox = (BoxPtr) (pData + 1); + for (i = nrects; --i >= 0; prect++) + { + x1 = prect->x; + y1 = prect->y; + if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT) + x2 = MAXSHORT; + if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT) + y2 = MAXSHORT; + if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2) + { + pBox->x1 = x1; + pBox->y1 = y1; + pBox->x2 = x2; + pBox->y2 = y2; + pBox++; + } + } + if (pBox != (BoxPtr) (pData + 1)) + { + pData->size = nrects; + pData->numRects = pBox - (BoxPtr) (pData + 1); + pRgn->data = pData; + if (ctype != CT_YXBANDED) + { + Bool overlap; /* result ignored */ + pRgn->extents.x1 = pRgn->extents.x2 = 0; + RegionValidate(pRgn, &overlap); + } + else + RegionSetExtents(pRgn); + good(pRgn); + } + else + { + free(pData); + } + return pRgn; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c index 8950fe2f6..ac76f1d11 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c @@ -1,964 +1,964 @@ -/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
- * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/* Routines to manage various kinds of resources:
- *
- * CreateNewResourceType, CreateNewResourceClass, InitClientResources,
- * FakeClientID, AddResource, FreeResource, FreeClientResources,
- * FreeAllResources, LookupIDByType, LookupIDByClass, GetXIDRange
- */
-
-/*
- * A resource ID is a 32 bit quantity, the upper 2 bits of which are
- * off-limits for client-visible resources. The next 8 bits are
- * used as client ID, and the low 22 bits come from the client.
- * A resource ID is "hashed" by extracting and xoring subfields
- * (varying with the size of the hash table).
- *
- * It is sometimes necessary for the server to create an ID that looks
- * like it belongs to a client. This ID, however, must not be one
- * the client actually can create, or we have the potential for conflict.
- * The 31st bit of the ID is reserved for the server's use for this
- * purpose. By setting CLIENT_ID(id) to the client, the SERVER_BIT to
- * 1, and an otherwise arbitrary ID in the low 22 bits, we can create a
- * resource "owned" by the client.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "colormap.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "dixgrabs.h"
-#include "cursor.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-#include "xace.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "registry.h"
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
-#include <sys/types.h>
-typedef const char *string;
-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
-
-#define TypeNameString(t) LookupResourceName(t)
-#endif
-
-static void RebuildTable(
- int /*client*/
-);
-
-#define SERVER_MINID 32
-
-#define INITBUCKETS 64
-#define INITHASHSIZE 6
-#define MAXHASHSIZE 11
-
-typedef struct _Resource {
- struct _Resource *next;
- XID id;
- RESTYPE type;
- pointer value;
-} ResourceRec, *ResourcePtr;
-
-typedef struct _ClientResource {
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- int elements;
- int buckets;
- int hashsize; /* log(2)(buckets) */
- XID fakeID;
- XID endFakeID;
-} ClientResourceRec;
-
-RESTYPE lastResourceType;
-static RESTYPE lastResourceClass;
-RESTYPE TypeMask;
-
-struct ResourceType {
- DeleteType deleteFunc;
- int errorValue;
-};
-
-static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes;
-
-static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = {
- /* [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */(DeleteType)NoopDDA,
- /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
- },
- /* [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */DeleteWindow,
- /*.errorValue = */BadWindow,
- },
- /* [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */dixDestroyPixmap,
- /*.errorValue = */BadPixmap,
- },
- /* [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeGC,
- /*.errorValue = */BadGC,
- },
- /* [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */CloseFont,
- /*.errorValue = */BadFont,
- },
- /* [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeCursor,
- /*.errorValue = */BadCursor,
- },
- /* [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeColormap,
- /*.errorValue = */BadColor,
- },
- /* [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeClientPixels,
- /*.errorValue = */BadColor,
- },
- /* [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */OtherClientGone,
- /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
- },
- /* [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */DeletePassiveGrab,
- /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
- },
-};
-
-CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
-
-static _X_INLINE void
-CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceState state, ResourceRec *res)
-{
- if (ResourceStateCallback) {
- ResourceStateInfoRec rsi = { state, res->id, res->type, res->value };
- CallCallbacks(&ResourceStateCallback, &rsi);
- }
-}
-
-RESTYPE
-CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name)
-{
- RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1;
- struct ResourceType *types;
-
- if (next & lastResourceClass)
- return 0;
- types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes));
- if (!types)
- return 0;
-
- lastResourceType = next;
- resourceTypes = types;
- resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc;
- resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue;
-
- /* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */
- RegisterResourceName(next, name);
-
- return next;
-}
-
-void
-SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue)
-{
- resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue;
-}
-
-RESTYPE
-CreateNewResourceClass(void)
-{
- RESTYPE next = lastResourceClass >> 1;
-
- if (next & lastResourceType)
- return 0;
- lastResourceClass = next;
- TypeMask = next - 1;
- return next;
-}
-
-static ClientResourceRec clientTable[MAXCLIENTS];
-
-/*****************
- * InitClientResources
- * When a new client is created, call this to allocate space
- * in resource table
- *****************/
-
-Bool
-InitClientResources(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- if (client == serverClient)
- {
- lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF;
- lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF;
- TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1;
- free(resourceTypes);
- resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes));
- if (!resourceTypes)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes));
- }
- clientTable[i = client->index].resources =
- malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr));
- if (!clientTable[i].resources)
- return FALSE;
- clientTable[i].buckets = INITBUCKETS;
- clientTable[i].elements = 0;
- clientTable[i].hashsize = INITHASHSIZE;
- /* Many IDs allocated from the server client are visible to clients,
- * so we don't use the SERVER_BIT for them, but we have to start
- * past the magic value constants used in the protocol. For normal
- * clients, we can start from zero, with SERVER_BIT set.
- */
- clientTable[i].fakeID = client->clientAsMask |
- (client->index ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
- clientTable[i].endFakeID = (clientTable[i].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
- for (j=0; j<INITBUCKETS; j++)
- {
- clientTable[i].resources[j] = NULL;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static int
-Hash(int client, XID id)
-{
- id &= RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- switch (clientTable[client].hashsize)
- {
- case 6:
- return ((int)(0x03F & (id ^ (id>>6) ^ (id>>12))));
- case 7:
- return ((int)(0x07F & (id ^ (id>>7) ^ (id>>13))));
- case 8:
- return ((int)(0x0FF & (id ^ (id>>8) ^ (id>>16))));
- case 9:
- return ((int)(0x1FF & (id ^ (id>>9))));
- case 10:
- return ((int)(0x3FF & (id ^ (id>>10))));
- case 11:
- return ((int)(0x7FF & (id ^ (id>>11))));
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-static XID
-AvailableID(
- int client,
- XID id,
- XID maxid,
- XID goodid)
-{
- ResourcePtr res;
-
- if ((goodid >= id) && (goodid <= maxid))
- return goodid;
- for (; id <= maxid; id++)
- {
- res = clientTable[client].resources[Hash(client, id)];
- while (res && (res->id != id))
- res = res->next;
- if (!res)
- return id;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-GetXIDRange(int client, Bool server, XID *minp, XID *maxp)
-{
- XID id, maxid;
- ResourcePtr *resp;
- ResourcePtr res;
- int i;
- XID goodid;
-
- id = (Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET;
- if (server)
- id |= client ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID;
- maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- goodid = 0;
- for (resp = clientTable[client].resources, i = clientTable[client].buckets;
- --i >= 0;)
- {
- for (res = *resp++; res; res = res->next)
- {
- if ((res->id < id) || (res->id > maxid))
- continue;
- if (((res->id - id) >= (maxid - res->id)) ?
- (goodid = AvailableID(client, id, res->id - 1, goodid)) :
- !(goodid = AvailableID(client, res->id + 1, maxid, goodid)))
- maxid = res->id - 1;
- else
- id = res->id + 1;
- }
- }
- if (id > maxid)
- id = maxid = 0;
- *minp = id;
- *maxp = maxid;
-}
-
-/**
- * GetXIDList is called by the XC-MISC extension's MiscGetXIDList function.
- * This function tries to find count unused XIDs for the given client. It
- * puts the IDs in the array pids and returns the number found, which should
- * almost always be the number requested.
- *
- * The circumstances that lead to a call to this function are very rare.
- * Xlib must run out of IDs while trying to generate a request that wants
- * multiple ID's, like the Multi-buffering CreateImageBuffers request.
- *
- * No rocket science in the implementation; just iterate over all
- * possible IDs for the given client and pick the first count IDs
- * that aren't in use. A more efficient algorithm could probably be
- * invented, but this will be used so rarely that this should suffice.
- */
-
-unsigned int
-GetXIDList(ClientPtr pClient, unsigned count, XID *pids)
-{
- unsigned int found = 0;
- XID rc, id = pClient->clientAsMask;
- XID maxid;
- pointer val;
-
- maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- while ( (found < count) && (id <= maxid) )
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc == BadValue)
- {
- pids[found++] = id;
- }
- id++;
- }
- return found;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the next usable fake client ID.
- *
- * Normally this is just the next one in line, but if we've used the last
- * in the range, we need to find a new range of safe IDs to avoid
- * over-running another client.
- */
-
-XID
-FakeClientID(int client)
-{
- XID id, maxid;
-
- id = clientTable[client].fakeID++;
- if (id != clientTable[client].endFakeID)
- return id;
- GetXIDRange(client, TRUE, &id, &maxid);
- if (!id) {
- if (!client)
- FatalError("FakeClientID: server internal ids exhausted\n");
- MarkClientException(clients[client]);
- id = ((Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET) | (SERVER_BIT * 3);
- maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- }
- clientTable[client].fakeID = id + 1;
- clientTable[client].endFakeID = maxid + 1;
- return id;
-}
-
-Bool
-AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value)
-{
- int client;
- ClientResourceRec *rrec;
- ResourcePtr res, *head;
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(id, type, value, TypeNameString(type));
-#endif
- client = CLIENT_ID(id);
- rrec = &clientTable[client];
- if (!rrec->buckets)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] AddResource(%lx, %x, %lx), client=%d \n",
- (unsigned long)id, type, (unsigned long)value, client);
- FatalError("client not in use\n");
- }
- if ((rrec->elements >= 4*rrec->buckets) &&
- (rrec->hashsize < MAXHASHSIZE))
- RebuildTable(client);
- head = &rrec->resources[Hash(client, id)];
- res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec));
- if (!res)
- {
- (*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id);
- return FALSE;
- }
- res->next = *head;
- res->id = id;
- res->type = type;
- res->value = value;
- *head = res;
- rrec->elements++;
- CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateAdding, res);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-RebuildTable(int client)
-{
- int j;
- ResourcePtr res, next;
- ResourcePtr **tails, *resources;
- ResourcePtr **tptr, *rptr;
-
- /*
- * For now, preserve insertion order, since some ddx layers depend
- * on resources being free in the opposite order they are added.
- */
-
- j = 2 * clientTable[client].buckets;
- tails = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr *));
- if (!tails)
- return;
- resources = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr));
- if (!resources)
- {
- free(tails);
- return;
- }
- for (rptr = resources, tptr = tails; --j >= 0; rptr++, tptr++)
- {
- *rptr = NULL;
- *tptr = rptr;
- }
- clientTable[client].hashsize++;
- for (j = clientTable[client].buckets,
- rptr = clientTable[client].resources;
- --j >= 0;
- rptr++)
- {
- for (res = *rptr; res; res = next)
- {
- next = res->next;
- res->next = NULL;
- tptr = &tails[Hash(client, res->id)];
- **tptr = res;
- *tptr = &res->next;
- }
- }
- free(tails);
- clientTable[client].buckets *= 2;
- free(clientTable[client].resources);
- clientTable[client].resources = resources;
-}
-
-static void
-doFreeResource(ResourcePtr res, Bool skip)
-{
- CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);
-
- if (!skip)
- resourceTypes[res->type & TypeMask].deleteFunc(res->value, res->id);
-
- free(res);
-}
-
-void
-FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType)
-{
- int cid;
- ResourcePtr res;
- ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
- int *eltptr;
- int elements;
-
- if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
- {
- head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
- eltptr = &clientTable[cid].elements;
-
- prev = head;
- while ( (res = *prev) )
- {
- if (res->id == id)
- {
- RESTYPE rtype = res->type;
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
- res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
-#endif
- *prev = res->next;
- elements = --*eltptr;
-
- doFreeResource(res, rtype == skipDeleteFuncType);
-
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */
- }
- else
- prev = &res->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree)
-{
- int cid;
- ResourcePtr res;
- ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
- if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
- {
- head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- prev = head;
- while ( (res = *prev) )
- {
- if (res->id == id && res->type == type)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
- res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
-#endif
- *prev = res->next;
- clientTable[cid].elements--;
-
- doFreeResource(res, skipFree);
-
- break;
- }
- else
- prev = &res->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Change the value associated with a resource id. Caller
- * is responsible for "doing the right thing" with the old
- * data
- */
-
-Bool
-ChangeResourceValue (XID id, RESTYPE rtype, pointer value)
-{
- int cid;
- ResourcePtr res;
-
- if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
- {
- res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- for (; res; res = res->next)
- if ((res->id == id) && (res->type == rtype))
- {
- res->value = value;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Note: if func adds or deletes resources, then func can get called
- * more than once for some resources. If func adds new resources,
- * func might or might not get called for them. func cannot both
- * add and delete an equal number of resources!
- */
-
-void
-FindClientResourcesByType(
- ClientPtr client,
- RESTYPE type,
- FindResType func,
- pointer cdata
-){
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this, next;
- int i, elements;
- int *eltptr;
-
- if (!client)
- client = serverClient;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
- for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
- {
- for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
- {
- next = this->next;
- if (!type || this->type == type) {
- elements = *eltptr;
- (*func)(this->value, this->id, cdata);
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- next = resources[i]; /* start over */
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FindAllClientResources(
- ClientPtr client,
- FindAllRes func,
- pointer cdata
-){
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this, next;
- int i, elements;
- int *eltptr;
-
- if (!client)
- client = serverClient;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
- for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
- {
- for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
- {
- next = this->next;
- elements = *eltptr;
- (*func)(this->value, this->id, this->type, cdata);
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- next = resources[i]; /* start over */
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-pointer
-LookupClientResourceComplex(
- ClientPtr client,
- RESTYPE type,
- FindComplexResType func,
- pointer cdata
-){
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this, next;
- pointer value;
- int i;
-
- if (!client)
- client = serverClient;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) {
- for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) {
- next = this->next;
- if (!type || this->type == type) {
- /* workaround func freeing the type as DRI1 does */
- value = this->value;
- if((*func)(value, this->id, cdata))
- return value;
- }
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-void
-FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this;
- ResourcePtr *prev;
- int j, elements;
- int *eltptr;
-
- if (!client)
- return;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
- for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++)
- {
- prev = &resources[j];
- while ( (this = *prev) )
- {
- RESTYPE rtype = this->type;
- if (rtype & RC_NEVERRETAIN)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
- this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
-#endif
- *prev = this->next;
- clientTable[client->index].elements--;
- elements = *eltptr;
-
- doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
-
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */
- }
- else
- prev = &this->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this;
- int j;
-
- /* This routine shouldn't be called with a null client, but just in
- case ... */
-
- if (!client)
- return;
-
- HandleSaveSet(client);
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++)
- {
- /* It may seem silly to update the head of this resource list as
- we delete the members, since the entire list will be deleted any way,
- but there are some resource deletion functions "FreeClientPixels" for
- one which do a LookupID on another resource id (a Colormap id in this
- case), so the resource list must be kept valid up to the point that
- it is deleted, so every time we delete a resource, we must update the
- head, just like in FreeResource. I hope that this doesn't slow down
- mass deletion appreciably. PRH */
-
- ResourcePtr *head;
-
- head = &resources[j];
-
- for (this = *head; this; this = *head)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
- this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
-#endif
- *head = this->next;
- clientTable[client->index].elements--;
-
- doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
- }
- }
- free(clientTable[client->index].resources);
- clientTable[client->index].resources = NULL;
- clientTable[client->index].buckets = 0;
-}
-
-void
-FreeAllResources(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = currentMaxClients; --i >= 0; )
- {
- if (clientTable[i].buckets)
- FreeClientResources(clients[i]);
- }
-}
-
-Bool
-LegalNewID(XID id, ClientPtr client)
-{
- pointer val;
- int rc;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- XID minid, maxid;
-
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- minid = client->clientAsMask | (client->index ?
- SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
- maxid = (clientTable[client->index].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
- if ((id >= minid) && (id <= maxid))
- return TRUE;
- }
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
- if (client->clientAsMask == (id & ~RESOURCE_ID_MASK))
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- return rc == BadValue;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype,
- ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
-{
- int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
- ResourcePtr res = NULL;
-
- *result = NULL;
- if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
- res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- for (; res; res = res->next)
- if (res->id == id && res->type == rtype)
- break;
- }
- if (!res)
- return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
-
- if (client) {
- client->errorValue = id;
- cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
- res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
- if (cid == BadValue)
- return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
- if (cid != Success)
- return cid;
- }
-
- *result = res->value;
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupResourceByClass(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rclass,
- ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
-{
- int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
- ResourcePtr res = NULL;
-
- *result = NULL;
-
- if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
- res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- for (; res; res = res->next)
- if (res->id == id && (res->type & rclass))
- break;
- }
- if (!res)
- return BadValue;
-
- if (client) {
- client->errorValue = id;
- cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
- res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
- if (cid != Success)
- return cid;
- }
-
- *result = res->value;
- return Success;
-}
+/************************************************************ + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +********************************************************/ +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/***************************************************************** + +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ +/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions: + * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* Routines to manage various kinds of resources: + * + * CreateNewResourceType, CreateNewResourceClass, InitClientResources, + * FakeClientID, AddResource, FreeResource, FreeClientResources, + * FreeAllResources, LookupIDByType, LookupIDByClass, GetXIDRange + */ + +/* + * A resource ID is a 32 bit quantity, the upper 2 bits of which are + * off-limits for client-visible resources. The next 8 bits are + * used as client ID, and the low 22 bits come from the client. + * A resource ID is "hashed" by extracting and xoring subfields + * (varying with the size of the hash table). + * + * It is sometimes necessary for the server to create an ID that looks + * like it belongs to a client. This ID, however, must not be one + * the client actually can create, or we have the potential for conflict. + * The 31st bit of the ID is reserved for the server's use for this + * purpose. By setting CLIENT_ID(id) to the client, the SERVER_BIT to + * 1, and an otherwise arbitrary ID in the low 22 bits, we can create a + * resource "owned" by the client. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include <X11/X.h> +#include "misc.h" +#include "os.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "opaque.h" +#include "windowstr.h" +#include "dixfont.h" +#include "colormap.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "dixevents.h" +#include "dixgrabs.h" +#include "cursor.h" +#ifdef PANORAMIX +#include "panoramiX.h" +#include "panoramiXsrv.h" +#endif +#include "xace.h" +#include <assert.h> +#include "registry.h" + +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE +#include <sys/types.h> +typedef const char *string; +#include "Xserver-dtrace.h" + +#define TypeNameString(t) LookupResourceName(t) +#endif + +static void RebuildTable( + int /*client*/ +); + +#define SERVER_MINID 32 + +#define INITBUCKETS 64 +#define INITHASHSIZE 6 +#define MAXHASHSIZE 11 + +typedef struct _Resource { + struct _Resource *next; + XID id; + RESTYPE type; + pointer value; +} ResourceRec, *ResourcePtr; + +typedef struct _ClientResource { + ResourcePtr *resources; + int elements; + int buckets; + int hashsize; /* log(2)(buckets) */ + XID fakeID; + XID endFakeID; +} ClientResourceRec; + +RESTYPE lastResourceType; +static RESTYPE lastResourceClass; +RESTYPE TypeMask; + +struct ResourceType { + DeleteType deleteFunc; + int errorValue; +}; + +static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes; + +static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = { + /* [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */(DeleteType)NoopDDA, + /*.errorValue = */BadValue, + }, + /* [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */DeleteWindow, + /*.errorValue = */BadWindow, + }, + /* [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */dixDestroyPixmap, + /*.errorValue = */BadPixmap, + }, + /* [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */FreeGC, + /*.errorValue = */BadGC, + }, + /* [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */CloseFont, + /*.errorValue = */BadFont, + }, + /* [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */FreeCursor, + /*.errorValue = */BadCursor, + }, + /* [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */FreeColormap, + /*.errorValue = */BadColor, + }, + /* [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */FreeClientPixels, + /*.errorValue = */BadColor, + }, + /* [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */OtherClientGone, + /*.errorValue = */BadValue, + }, + /* [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ { + /*.deleteFunc = */DeletePassiveGrab, + /*.errorValue = */BadValue, + }, +}; + +CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback; + +static _X_INLINE void +CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceState state, ResourceRec *res) +{ + if (ResourceStateCallback) { + ResourceStateInfoRec rsi = { state, res->id, res->type, res->value }; + CallCallbacks(&ResourceStateCallback, &rsi); + } +} + +RESTYPE +CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name) +{ + RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1; + struct ResourceType *types; + + if (next & lastResourceClass) + return 0; + types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes)); + if (!types) + return 0; + + lastResourceType = next; + resourceTypes = types; + resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc; + resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue; + + /* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */ + RegisterResourceName(next, name); + + return next; +} + +void +SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue) +{ + resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue; +} + +RESTYPE +CreateNewResourceClass(void) +{ + RESTYPE next = lastResourceClass >> 1; + + if (next & lastResourceType) + return 0; + lastResourceClass = next; + TypeMask = next - 1; + return next; +} + +static ClientResourceRec clientTable[MAXCLIENTS]; + +/***************** + * InitClientResources + * When a new client is created, call this to allocate space + * in resource table + *****************/ + +Bool +InitClientResources(ClientPtr client) +{ + int i, j; + + if (client == serverClient) + { + lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF; + lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF; + TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1; + free(resourceTypes); + resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes)); + if (!resourceTypes) + return FALSE; + memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes)); + } + clientTable[i = client->index].resources = + malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr)); + if (!clientTable[i].resources) + return FALSE; + clientTable[i].buckets = INITBUCKETS; + clientTable[i].elements = 0; + clientTable[i].hashsize = INITHASHSIZE; + /* Many IDs allocated from the server client are visible to clients, + * so we don't use the SERVER_BIT for them, but we have to start + * past the magic value constants used in the protocol. For normal + * clients, we can start from zero, with SERVER_BIT set. + */ + clientTable[i].fakeID = client->clientAsMask | + (client->index ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID); + clientTable[i].endFakeID = (clientTable[i].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1; + for (j=0; j<INITBUCKETS; j++) + { + clientTable[i].resources[j] = NULL; + } + return TRUE; +} + + +static int +Hash(int client, XID id) +{ + id &= RESOURCE_ID_MASK; + switch (clientTable[client].hashsize) + { + case 6: + return ((int)(0x03F & (id ^ (id>>6) ^ (id>>12)))); + case 7: + return ((int)(0x07F & (id ^ (id>>7) ^ (id>>13)))); + case 8: + return ((int)(0x0FF & (id ^ (id>>8) ^ (id>>16)))); + case 9: + return ((int)(0x1FF & (id ^ (id>>9)))); + case 10: + return ((int)(0x3FF & (id ^ (id>>10)))); + case 11: + return ((int)(0x7FF & (id ^ (id>>11)))); + } + return -1; +} + +static XID +AvailableID( + int client, + XID id, + XID maxid, + XID goodid) +{ + ResourcePtr res; + + if ((goodid >= id) && (goodid <= maxid)) + return goodid; + for (; id <= maxid; id++) + { + res = clientTable[client].resources[Hash(client, id)]; + while (res && (res->id != id)) + res = res->next; + if (!res) + return id; + } + return 0; +} + +void +GetXIDRange(int client, Bool server, XID *minp, XID *maxp) +{ + XID id, maxid; + ResourcePtr *resp; + ResourcePtr res; + int i; + XID goodid; + + id = (Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET; + if (server) + id |= client ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID; + maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK; + goodid = 0; + for (resp = clientTable[client].resources, i = clientTable[client].buckets; + --i >= 0;) + { + for (res = *resp++; res; res = res->next) + { + if ((res->id < id) || (res->id > maxid)) + continue; + if (((res->id - id) >= (maxid - res->id)) ? + (goodid = AvailableID(client, id, res->id - 1, goodid)) : + !(goodid = AvailableID(client, res->id + 1, maxid, goodid))) + maxid = res->id - 1; + else + id = res->id + 1; + } + } + if (id > maxid) + id = maxid = 0; + *minp = id; + *maxp = maxid; +} + +/** + * GetXIDList is called by the XC-MISC extension's MiscGetXIDList function. + * This function tries to find count unused XIDs for the given client. It + * puts the IDs in the array pids and returns the number found, which should + * almost always be the number requested. + * + * The circumstances that lead to a call to this function are very rare. + * Xlib must run out of IDs while trying to generate a request that wants + * multiple ID's, like the Multi-buffering CreateImageBuffers request. + * + * No rocket science in the implementation; just iterate over all + * possible IDs for the given client and pick the first count IDs + * that aren't in use. A more efficient algorithm could probably be + * invented, but this will be used so rarely that this should suffice. + */ + +unsigned int +GetXIDList(ClientPtr pClient, unsigned count, XID *pids) +{ + unsigned int found = 0; + XID rc, id = pClient->clientAsMask; + XID maxid; + pointer val; + + maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK; + while ( (found < count) && (id <= maxid) ) + { + rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient, + DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc == BadValue) + { + pids[found++] = id; + } + id++; + } + return found; +} + +/* + * Return the next usable fake client ID. + * + * Normally this is just the next one in line, but if we've used the last + * in the range, we need to find a new range of safe IDs to avoid + * over-running another client. + */ + +XID +FakeClientID(int client) +{ + XID id, maxid; + + id = clientTable[client].fakeID++; + if (id != clientTable[client].endFakeID) + return id; + GetXIDRange(client, TRUE, &id, &maxid); + if (!id) { + if (!client) + FatalError("FakeClientID: server internal ids exhausted\n"); + MarkClientException(clients[client]); + id = ((Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET) | (SERVER_BIT * 3); + maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK; + } + clientTable[client].fakeID = id + 1; + clientTable[client].endFakeID = maxid + 1; + return id; +} + +Bool +AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value) +{ + int client; + ClientResourceRec *rrec; + ResourcePtr res, *head; + +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(id, type, value, TypeNameString(type)); +#endif + client = CLIENT_ID(id); + rrec = &clientTable[client]; + if (!rrec->buckets) + { + ErrorF("[dix] AddResource(%lx, %x, %lx), client=%d \n", + (unsigned long)id, type, (unsigned long)value, client); + FatalError("client not in use\n"); + } + if ((rrec->elements >= 4*rrec->buckets) && + (rrec->hashsize < MAXHASHSIZE)) + RebuildTable(client); + head = &rrec->resources[Hash(client, id)]; + res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec)); + if (!res) + { + (*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id); + return FALSE; + } + res->next = *head; + res->id = id; + res->type = type; + res->value = value; + *head = res; + rrec->elements++; + CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateAdding, res); + return TRUE; +} + +static void +RebuildTable(int client) +{ + int j; + ResourcePtr res, next; + ResourcePtr **tails, *resources; + ResourcePtr **tptr, *rptr; + + /* + * For now, preserve insertion order, since some ddx layers depend + * on resources being free in the opposite order they are added. + */ + + j = 2 * clientTable[client].buckets; + tails = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr *)); + if (!tails) + return; + resources = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr)); + if (!resources) + { + free(tails); + return; + } + for (rptr = resources, tptr = tails; --j >= 0; rptr++, tptr++) + { + *rptr = NULL; + *tptr = rptr; + } + clientTable[client].hashsize++; + for (j = clientTable[client].buckets, + rptr = clientTable[client].resources; + --j >= 0; + rptr++) + { + for (res = *rptr; res; res = next) + { + next = res->next; + res->next = NULL; + tptr = &tails[Hash(client, res->id)]; + **tptr = res; + *tptr = &res->next; + } + } + free(tails); + clientTable[client].buckets *= 2; + free(clientTable[client].resources); + clientTable[client].resources = resources; +} + +static void +doFreeResource(ResourcePtr res, Bool skip) +{ + CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res); + + if (!skip) + resourceTypes[res->type & TypeMask].deleteFunc(res->value, res->id); + + free(res); +} + +void +FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType) +{ + int cid; + ResourcePtr res; + ResourcePtr *prev, *head; + int *eltptr; + int elements; + + if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) + { + head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)]; + eltptr = &clientTable[cid].elements; + + prev = head; + while ( (res = *prev) ) + { + if (res->id == id) + { + RESTYPE rtype = res->type; + +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type, + res->value, TypeNameString(res->type)); +#endif + *prev = res->next; + elements = --*eltptr; + + doFreeResource(res, rtype == skipDeleteFuncType); + + if (*eltptr != elements) + prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */ + } + else + prev = &res->next; + } + } +} + +void +FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree) +{ + int cid; + ResourcePtr res; + ResourcePtr *prev, *head; + if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) + { + head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)]; + + prev = head; + while ( (res = *prev) ) + { + if (res->id == id && res->type == type) + { +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type, + res->value, TypeNameString(res->type)); +#endif + *prev = res->next; + clientTable[cid].elements--; + + doFreeResource(res, skipFree); + + break; + } + else + prev = &res->next; + } + } +} + +/* + * Change the value associated with a resource id. Caller + * is responsible for "doing the right thing" with the old + * data + */ + +Bool +ChangeResourceValue (XID id, RESTYPE rtype, pointer value) +{ + int cid; + ResourcePtr res; + + if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) + { + res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)]; + + for (; res; res = res->next) + if ((res->id == id) && (res->type == rtype)) + { + res->value = value; + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +/* Note: if func adds or deletes resources, then func can get called + * more than once for some resources. If func adds new resources, + * func might or might not get called for them. func cannot both + * add and delete an equal number of resources! + */ + +void +FindClientResourcesByType( + ClientPtr client, + RESTYPE type, + FindResType func, + pointer cdata +){ + ResourcePtr *resources; + ResourcePtr this, next; + int i, elements; + int *eltptr; + + if (!client) + client = serverClient; + + resources = clientTable[client->index].resources; + eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements; + for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) + { + for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) + { + next = this->next; + if (!type || this->type == type) { + elements = *eltptr; + (*func)(this->value, this->id, cdata); + if (*eltptr != elements) + next = resources[i]; /* start over */ + } + } + } +} + +void +FindAllClientResources( + ClientPtr client, + FindAllRes func, + pointer cdata +){ + ResourcePtr *resources; + ResourcePtr this, next; + int i, elements; + int *eltptr; + + if (!client) + client = serverClient; + + resources = clientTable[client->index].resources; + eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements; + for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) + { + for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) + { + next = this->next; + elements = *eltptr; + (*func)(this->value, this->id, this->type, cdata); + if (*eltptr != elements) + next = resources[i]; /* start over */ + } + } +} + + +pointer +LookupClientResourceComplex( + ClientPtr client, + RESTYPE type, + FindComplexResType func, + pointer cdata +){ + ResourcePtr *resources; + ResourcePtr this, next; + pointer value; + int i; + + if (!client) + client = serverClient; + + resources = clientTable[client->index].resources; + for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) { + for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) { + next = this->next; + if (!type || this->type == type) { + /* workaround func freeing the type as DRI1 does */ + value = this->value; + if((*func)(value, this->id, cdata)) + return value; + } + } + } + return NULL; +} + + +void +FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client) +{ + ResourcePtr *resources; + ResourcePtr this; + ResourcePtr *prev; + int j, elements; + int *eltptr; + + if (!client) + return; + + resources = clientTable[client->index].resources; + eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements; + for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++) + { + prev = &resources[j]; + while ( (this = *prev) ) + { + RESTYPE rtype = this->type; + if (rtype & RC_NEVERRETAIN) + { +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type, + this->value, TypeNameString(this->type)); +#endif + *prev = this->next; + clientTable[client->index].elements--; + elements = *eltptr; + + doFreeResource(this, FALSE); + + if (*eltptr != elements) + prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */ + } + else + prev = &this->next; + } + } +} + +void +FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client) +{ + ResourcePtr *resources; + ResourcePtr this; + int j; + + /* This routine shouldn't be called with a null client, but just in + case ... */ + + if (!client) + return; + + HandleSaveSet(client); + + resources = clientTable[client->index].resources; + for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++) + { + /* It may seem silly to update the head of this resource list as + we delete the members, since the entire list will be deleted any way, + but there are some resource deletion functions "FreeClientPixels" for + one which do a LookupID on another resource id (a Colormap id in this + case), so the resource list must be kept valid up to the point that + it is deleted, so every time we delete a resource, we must update the + head, just like in FreeResource. I hope that this doesn't slow down + mass deletion appreciably. PRH */ + + ResourcePtr *head; + + head = &resources[j]; + + for (this = *head; this; this = *head) + { +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type, + this->value, TypeNameString(this->type)); +#endif + *head = this->next; + clientTable[client->index].elements--; + + doFreeResource(this, FALSE); + } + } + free(clientTable[client->index].resources); + clientTable[client->index].resources = NULL; + clientTable[client->index].buckets = 0; +} + +void +FreeAllResources(void) +{ + int i; + + for (i = currentMaxClients; --i >= 0; ) + { + if (clientTable[i].buckets) + FreeClientResources(clients[i]); + } +} + +Bool +LegalNewID(XID id, ClientPtr client) +{ + pointer val; + int rc; + +#ifdef PANORAMIX + XID minid, maxid; + + if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { + minid = client->clientAsMask | (client->index ? + SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID); + maxid = (clientTable[client->index].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1; + if ((id >= minid) && (id <= maxid)) + return TRUE; + } +#endif /* PANORAMIX */ + if (client->clientAsMask == (id & ~RESOURCE_ID_MASK)) + { + rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient, + DixGetAttrAccess); + return rc == BadValue; + } + return FALSE; +} + +int +dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype, + ClientPtr client, Mask mode) +{ + int cid = CLIENT_ID(id); + ResourcePtr res = NULL; + + *result = NULL; + if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType) + return BadImplementation; + + if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) { + res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)]; + + for (; res; res = res->next) + if (res->id == id && res->type == rtype) + break; + } + if (!res) + return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue; + + if (client) { + client->errorValue = id; + cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type, + res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode); + if (cid == BadValue) + return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue; + if (cid != Success) + return cid; + } + + *result = res->value; + return Success; +} + +int +dixLookupResourceByClass(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rclass, + ClientPtr client, Mask mode) +{ + int cid = CLIENT_ID(id); + ResourcePtr res = NULL; + + *result = NULL; + + if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) { + res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)]; + + for (; res; res = res->next) + if (res->id == id && (res->type & rclass)) + break; + } + if (!res) + return BadValue; + + if (client) { + client->errorValue = id; + cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type, + res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode); + if (cid != Success) + return cid; + } + + *result = res->value; + return Success; +} diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/window.c b/xorg-server/dix/window.c index e74630ca4..1953f025b 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/window.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/window.c @@ -1,3886 +1,3886 @@ -/*
-
-Copyright (c) 2006, Red Hat, Inc.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-*/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "regionstr.h"
-#include "validate.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "propertyst.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "mivalidate.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "mi.h" /* miPaintWindow */
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
-#include "compint.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#include <X11/Xatom.h> /* must come after server includes */
-
-/******
- * Window stuff for server
- *
- * CreateRootWindow, CreateWindow, ChangeWindowAttributes,
- * GetWindowAttributes, DeleteWindow, DestroySubWindows,
- * HandleSaveSet, ReparentWindow, MapWindow, MapSubWindows,
- * UnmapWindow, UnmapSubWindows, ConfigureWindow, CirculateWindow,
- * ChangeWindowDeviceCursor
- ******/
-
-Bool bgNoneRoot = FALSE;
-
-static unsigned char _back_lsb[4] = {0x88, 0x22, 0x44, 0x11};
-static unsigned char _back_msb[4] = {0x11, 0x44, 0x22, 0x88};
-
-static Bool WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr pCurs);
-static Bool
-WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- DevCursNodePtr* pNode,
- DevCursNodePtr* pPrev);
-
-int screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
-
-static Bool TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind);
-
-#define INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK (CWWinGravity | CWEventMask | \
- CWDontPropagate | CWOverrideRedirect | CWCursor )
-
-#define BOXES_OVERLAP(b1, b2) \
- (!( ((b1)->x2 <= (b2)->x1) || \
- ( ((b1)->x1 >= (b2)->x2)) || \
- ( ((b1)->y2 <= (b2)->y1)) || \
- ( ((b1)->y1 >= (b2)->y2)) ) )
-
-#define RedirectSend(pWin) \
- ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureRedirectMask)
-
-#define SubSend(pWin) \
- ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureNotifyMask)
-
-#define StrSend(pWin) \
- ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & StructureNotifyMask)
-
-#define SubStrSend(pWin,pParent) (StrSend(pWin) || SubSend(pParent))
-
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
-static const char *overlay_win_name = "<composite overlay>";
-#endif
-
-static const char *
-get_window_name(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-#define WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN 512
- PropertyPtr prop;
- static char buf[WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN];
- int len;
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- CompScreenPtr comp_screen = GetCompScreen(pWin->drawable.pScreen);
-
- if (comp_screen && pWin == comp_screen->pOverlayWin)
- return overlay_win_name;
-#endif
-
- for (prop = wUserProps(pWin); prop; prop = prop->next)
- {
- if (prop->propertyName == XA_WM_NAME && prop->type == XA_STRING &&
- prop->data)
- {
- len = min(prop->size, WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN - 1);
- memcpy(buf, prop->data, len);
- buf[len] = '\0';
- return buf;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-#undef WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN
-}
-
-static void log_window_info(WindowPtr pWin, int depth)
-{
- int i;
- const char *win_name, *visibility;
- BoxPtr rects;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- for (i = 0; i < (depth << 2); i++)
- ErrorF(" ");
-
- win_name = get_window_name(pWin);
- ErrorF("win 0x%.8x (%s), [%d, %d] to [%d, %d]",
- pWin->drawable.id,
- win_name ? win_name : "no name",
- pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
- pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width,
- pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height);
-
- if (pWin->overrideRedirect)
- ErrorF(" (override redirect)");
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- if (pWin->redirectDraw)
- ErrorF(" (%s compositing: pixmap %x)",
- (pWin->redirectDraw == RedirectDrawAutomatic) ?
- "automatic" : "manual",
- pScreen->GetWindowPixmap(pWin)->drawable.id);
-#endif
-
- switch (pWin->visibility)
- {
- case VisibilityUnobscured:
- visibility = "unobscured";
- break;
- case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
- visibility = "partially obscured";
- break;
- case VisibilityFullyObscured:
- visibility = "fully obscured";
- break;
- case VisibilityNotViewable:
- visibility = "unviewable";
- break;
- }
- ErrorF(", %s", visibility);
-
- if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pScreen, &pWin->clipList))
- {
- ErrorF(", clip list:");
- rects = REGION_RECTS(&pWin->clipList);
- for (i = 0; i < REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); i++)
- ErrorF(" [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
- rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1,
- rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
- ErrorF("; extents [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
- pWin->clipList.extents.x1, pWin->clipList.extents.y1,
- pWin->clipList.extents.x2, pWin->clipList.extents.y2);
- }
-
- ErrorF("\n");
-}
-
-void
-PrintWindowTree(void)
-{
- int scrnum, depth;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- WindowPtr pWin;
-
- for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < screenInfo.numScreens; scrnum++)
- {
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnum];
- ErrorF("[dix] Dumping windows for screen %d (pixmap %x):\n", scrnum,
- pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable.id);
- pWin = pScreen->root;
- depth = 1;
- while (pWin)
- {
- log_window_info(pWin, depth);
- if (pWin->firstChild)
- {
- pWin = pWin->firstChild;
- depth++;
- continue;
- }
- while (pWin && !pWin->nextSib)
- {
- pWin = pWin->parent;
- depth--;
- }
- if (!pWin)
- break;
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- }
-}
-
-int
-TraverseTree(WindowPtr pWin, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
-{
- int result;
- WindowPtr pChild;
-
- if (!(pChild = pWin))
- return WT_NOMATCH;
- while (1)
- {
- result = (* func)(pChild, data);
- if (result == WT_STOPWALKING)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
- if ((result == WT_WALKCHILDREN) && pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- break;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
- return WT_NOMATCH;
-}
-
-/*****
- * WalkTree
- * Walk the window tree, for SCREEN, preforming FUNC(pWin, data) on
- * each window. If FUNC returns WT_WALKCHILDREN, traverse the children,
- * if it returns WT_DONTWALKCHILDREN, dont. If it returns WT_STOPWALKING
- * exit WalkTree. Does depth-first traverse.
- *****/
-
-int
-WalkTree(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
-{
- return(TraverseTree(pScreen->root, func, data));
-}
-
-/* hack for forcing backing store on all windows */
-int defaultBackingStore = NotUseful;
-/* hack to force no backing store */
-Bool disableBackingStore = FALSE;
-Bool enableBackingStore = FALSE;
-
-static void
-SetWindowToDefaults(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
- pWin->firstChild = NullWindow;
- pWin->lastChild = NullWindow;
-
- pWin->valdata = (ValidatePtr)NULL;
- pWin->optional = (WindowOptPtr)NULL;
- pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
-
- pWin->backingStore = NotUseful;
- pWin->DIXsaveUnder = FALSE;
- pWin->backStorage = (pointer) NULL;
-
- pWin->mapped = FALSE; /* off */
- pWin->realized = FALSE; /* off */
- pWin->viewable = FALSE;
- pWin->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
- pWin->overrideRedirect = FALSE;
- pWin->saveUnder = FALSE;
-
- pWin->bitGravity = ForgetGravity;
- pWin->winGravity = NorthWestGravity;
-
- pWin->eventMask = 0;
- pWin->deliverableEvents = 0;
- pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
- pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
- pWin->redirectDraw = RedirectDrawNone;
- pWin->forcedBG = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef ROOTLESS
- pWin->rootlessUnhittable = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- pWin->damagedDescendants = FALSE;
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-MakeRootTile(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- GCPtr pGC;
- unsigned char back[128];
- int len = BitmapBytePad(sizeof(long));
- unsigned char *from, *to;
- int i, j;
-
- pWin->background.pixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, 4, 4,
- pScreen->rootDepth, 0);
-
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
- pGC = GetScratchGC(pScreen->rootDepth, pScreen);
- if (!pWin->background.pixmap || !pGC)
- FatalError("could not create root tile");
-
- {
- ChangeGCVal attributes[2];
-
- attributes[0].val = pScreen->whitePixel;
- attributes[1].val = pScreen->blackPixel;
-
- (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, GCForeground | GCBackground, attributes);
- }
-
- ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC);
-
- from = (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? _back_lsb : _back_msb;
- to = back;
-
- for (i = 4; i > 0; i--, from++)
- for (j = len; j > 0; j--)
- *to++ = *from;
-
- (*pGC->ops->PutImage)((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC, 1,
- 0, 0, len, 4, 0, XYBitmap, (char *)back);
-
- FreeScratchGC(pGC);
-
-}
-
-/*****
- * CreateRootWindow
- * Makes a window at initialization time for specified screen
- *****/
-
-Bool
-CreateRootWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- BoxRec box;
- PixmapFormatRec *format;
-
- pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- if (!pWin)
- return FALSE;
-
- pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NULL;
- pScreen->screensaver.wid = FakeClientID(0);
- pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver = NULL;
- screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
-
- pScreen->root = pWin;
-
- pWin->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
- pWin->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_WINDOW;
-
- pWin->drawable.depth = pScreen->rootDepth;
- for (format = screenInfo.formats;
- format->depth != pScreen->rootDepth;
- format++)
- ;
- pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
-
- pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
-
- pWin->parent = NullWindow;
- SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
-
- pWin->optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
- if (!pWin->optional)
- return FALSE;
-
- pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = 0;
- pWin->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
- pWin->optional->otherClients = NULL;
- pWin->optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
- pWin->optional->userProps = NULL;
- pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
- pWin->optional->backingPixel = 0;
- pWin->optional->boundingShape = NULL;
- pWin->optional->clipShape = NULL;
- pWin->optional->inputShape = NULL;
- pWin->optional->inputMasks = NULL;
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
- pWin->optional->colormap = pScreen->defColormap;
- pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
-
- pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
-
- pWin->drawable.id = FakeClientID(0);
-
- pWin->origin.x = pWin->origin.y = 0;
- pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
- pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
- pWin->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.y = 0;
-
- box.x1 = 0;
- box.y1 = 0;
- box.x2 = pScreen->width;
- box.y2 = pScreen->height;
- RegionInit(&pWin->clipList, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->borderClip, &box, 1);
-
- pWin->drawable.class = InputOutput;
- pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
-
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
-
- pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
- pWin->border.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- pWin->borderWidth = 0;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, serverClient, pWin->drawable.id,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (disableBackingStore)
- pScreen->backingStoreSupport = NotUseful;
- if (enableBackingStore)
- pScreen->backingStoreSupport = Always;
-
- pScreen->saveUnderSupport = NotUseful;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-InitRootWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- int backFlag = CWBorderPixel | CWCursor | CWBackingStore;
-
- if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
- return; /* XXX */
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, 0, 0);
-
- pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
- pWin->optional->cursor = rootCursor;
- rootCursor->refcnt++;
-
-
- if (party_like_its_1989) {
- MakeRootTile(pWin);
- backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
- } else if (pScreen->canDoBGNoneRoot && bgNoneRoot) {
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
- } else {
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- if (whiteRoot)
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- else
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- backFlag |= CWBackPixel;
- }
-
- pWin->backingStore = defaultBackingStore;
- pWin->forcedBS = (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful);
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, backFlag);
-
- MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
-}
-
-/* Set the region to the intersection of the rectangle and the
- * window's winSize. The window is typically the parent of the
- * window from which the region came.
- */
-
-static void
-ClippedRegionFromBox(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr Rgn,
- int x, int y,
- int w, int h)
-{
- BoxRec box = *RegionExtents(&pWin->winSize);
-
- /* we do these calculations to avoid overflows */
- if (x > box.x1)
- box.x1 = x;
- if (y > box.y1)
- box.y1 = y;
- x += w;
- if (x < box.x2)
- box.x2 = x;
- y += h;
- if (y < box.y2)
- box.y2 = y;
- if (box.x1 > box.x2)
- box.x2 = box.x1;
- if (box.y1 > box.y2)
- box.y2 = box.y1;
- RegionReset(Rgn, &box);
- RegionIntersect(Rgn, Rgn, &pWin->winSize);
-}
-
-static RealChildHeadProc realChildHeadProc = NULL;
-
-void
-RegisterRealChildHeadProc (RealChildHeadProc proc)
-{
- realChildHeadProc = proc;
-}
-
-
-WindowPtr
-RealChildHead(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- if (realChildHeadProc) {
- return realChildHeadProc (pWin);
- }
-
- if (!pWin->parent &&
- (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) &&
- (HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen)))
- return pWin->firstChild;
- else
- return NullWindow;
-}
-
-/*****
- * CreateWindow
- * Makes a window in response to client request
- *****/
-
-WindowPtr
-CreateWindow(Window wid, WindowPtr pParent, int x, int y, unsigned w,
- unsigned h, unsigned bw, unsigned class, Mask vmask, XID *vlist,
- int depth, ClientPtr client, VisualID visual, int *error)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- WindowPtr pHead;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- xEvent event;
- int idepth, ivisual;
- Bool fOK;
- DepthPtr pDepth;
- PixmapFormatRec *format;
- WindowOptPtr ancwopt;
-
- if (class == CopyFromParent)
- class = pParent->drawable.class;
-
- if ((class != InputOutput) && (class != InputOnly))
- {
- *error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = class;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- if ((class != InputOnly) && (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- if ((class == InputOnly) && ((bw != 0) || (depth != 0)))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
- if ((class == InputOutput) && (depth == 0))
- depth = pParent->drawable.depth;
- ancwopt = pParent->optional;
- if (!ancwopt)
- ancwopt = FindWindowWithOptional(pParent)->optional;
- if (visual == CopyFromParent) {
- visual = ancwopt->visual;
- }
-
- /* Find out if the depth and visual are acceptable for this Screen */
- if ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
- {
- fOK = FALSE;
- for(idepth = 0; idepth < pScreen->numDepths; idepth++)
- {
- pDepth = (DepthPtr) &pScreen->allowedDepths[idepth];
- if ((depth == pDepth->depth) || (depth == 0))
- {
- for (ivisual = 0; ivisual < pDepth->numVids; ivisual++)
- {
- if (visual == pDepth->vids[ivisual])
- {
- fOK = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (fOK == FALSE)
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
- }
-
- if (((vmask & (CWBorderPixmap | CWBorderPixel)) == 0) &&
- (class != InputOnly) &&
- (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- if (((vmask & CWColormap) == 0) &&
- (class != InputOnly) &&
- ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (ancwopt->colormap == None)))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- if (!pWin)
- {
- *error = BadAlloc;
- return NullWindow;
- }
- pWin->drawable = pParent->drawable;
- pWin->drawable.depth = depth;
- if (depth == pParent->drawable.depth)
- pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = pParent->drawable.bitsPerPixel;
- else
- {
- for (format = screenInfo.formats; format->depth != depth; format++)
- ;
- pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
- }
- if (class == InputOnly)
- pWin->drawable.type = (short) UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW;
- pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
-
- pWin->drawable.id = wid;
- pWin->drawable.class = class;
-
- pWin->parent = pParent;
- SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
-
- if (visual != ancwopt->visual)
- {
- if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- *error = BadAlloc;
- return NullWindow;
- }
- pWin->optional->visual = visual;
- pWin->optional->colormap = None;
- }
-
- pWin->borderWidth = bw;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- *error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, wid, RT_WINDOW, pWin,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin->parent, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (*error != Success) {
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
-
- pWin->borderIsPixel = pParent->borderIsPixel;
- pWin->border = pParent->border;
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- pWin->border.pixmap->refcnt++;
-
- pWin->origin.x = x + (int)bw;
- pWin->origin.y = y + (int)bw;
- pWin->drawable.width = w;
- pWin->drawable.height = h;
- pWin->drawable.x = pParent->drawable.x + x + (int)bw;
- pWin->drawable.y = pParent->drawable.y + y + (int)bw;
-
- /* set up clip list correctly for unobscured WindowPtr */
- RegionNull(&pWin->clipList);
- RegionNull(&pWin->borderClip);
- RegionNull(&pWin->winSize);
- RegionNull(&pWin->borderSize);
-
- pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
- if (pHead)
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pHead->nextSib;
- if (pHead->nextSib)
- pHead->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pHead->nextSib = pWin;
- pWin->prevSib = pHead;
- }
- else
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
- if (pParent->firstChild)
- pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pParent->firstChild = pWin;
- }
-
- SetWinSize (pWin);
- SetBorderSize (pWin);
-
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
- {
- *error = BadAlloc;
- DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
- return NullWindow;
- }
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
-
- if (!(vmask & CWEventMask))
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
-
- if (vmask)
- *error = ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, vmask, vlist, wClient (pWin));
- else
- *error = Success;
-
- if (*error != Success)
- {
- DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
- return NullWindow;
- }
- if (!(vmask & CWBackingStore) && (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful))
- {
- XID value = defaultBackingStore;
- (void)ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, CWBackingStore, &value, wClient (pWin));
- pWin->forcedBS = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (SubSend(pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = CreateNotify;
- event.u.createNotify.window = wid;
- event.u.createNotify.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- event.u.createNotify.x = x;
- event.u.createNotify.y = y;
- event.u.createNotify.width = w;
- event.u.createNotify.height = h;
- event.u.createNotify.borderWidth = bw;
- event.u.createNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pParent, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- return pWin;
-}
-
-static void
-DisposeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- if (!pWin->optional)
- return;
- /*
- * everything is peachy. Delete the optional record
- * and clean up
- */
- if (pWin->optional->cursor)
- {
- FreeCursor (pWin->optional->cursor, (Cursor)0);
- pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
-
- if (pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
- {
- DevCursorList pList;
- DevCursorList pPrev;
- pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
- while(pList)
- {
- if (pList->cursor)
- FreeCursor(pList->cursor, (XID)0);
- pPrev = pList;
- pList = pList->next;
- free(pPrev);
- }
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
- }
-
- free(pWin->optional);
- pWin->optional = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeWindowResources(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- DeleteWindowFromAnySaveSet(pWin);
- DeleteWindowFromAnySelections(pWin);
- DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pWin, TRUE);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->clipList);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->winSize);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->borderClip);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->borderSize);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
- RegionDestroy(wBoundingShape (pWin));
- if (wClipShape (pWin))
- RegionDestroy(wClipShape (pWin));
- if (wInputShape (pWin))
- RegionDestroy(wInputShape (pWin));
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
-
- DeleteAllWindowProperties(pWin);
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
- DisposeWindowOptional (pWin);
-}
-
-static void
-CrushTree(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild, pSib, pParent;
- UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow;
- xEvent event;
-
- if (!(pChild = pWin->firstChild))
- return;
- UnrealizeWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (1)
- {
- pParent = pChild->parent;
- if (SubStrSend(pChild, pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
- event.u.destroyNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
- DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- FreeResource(pChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW);
- pSib = pChild->nextSib;
- pChild->viewable = FALSE;
- if (pChild->realized)
- {
- pChild->realized = FALSE;
- (*UnrealizeWindow)(pChild);
- }
- FreeWindowResources(pChild);
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pChild, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- if ( (pChild = pSib) )
- break;
- pChild = pParent;
- pChild->firstChild = NullWindow;
- pChild->lastChild = NullWindow;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*****
- * DeleteWindow
- * Deletes child of window then window itself
- * If wid is None, don't send any events
- *****/
-
-int
-DeleteWindow(pointer value, XID wid)
- {
- WindowPtr pParent;
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
- xEvent event;
-
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
-
- CrushTree(pWin);
-
- pParent = pWin->parent;
- if (wid && pParent && SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
- event.u.destroyNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
-
- FreeWindowResources(pWin);
- if (pParent)
- {
- if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
- pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
- pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else
- pWin->drawable.pScreen->root = NULL;
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-DestroySubwindows(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
-{
- /* XXX
- * The protocol is quite clear that each window should be
- * destroyed in turn, however, unmapping all of the first
- * eliminates most of the calls to ValidateTree. So,
- * this implementation is incorrect in that all of the
- * UnmapNotifies occur before all of the DestroyNotifies.
- * If you care, simply delete the call to UnmapSubwindows.
- */
- UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
- while (pWin->lastChild) {
- int rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client,
- pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
- pWin->lastChild, RT_NONE, NULL, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- FreeResource(pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_NONE);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-SetRootWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen, Mask *index2)
-{
- /* following the protocol: "Changing the background of a root window to
- * None or ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap" */
- if (bgNoneRoot) {
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- }
- else if (party_like_its_1989)
- MakeRootTile(pWin);
- else {
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- if (whiteRoot)
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- else
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- *index2 = CWBackPixel;
- }
-}
-
-/*****
- * ChangeWindowAttributes
- *
- * The value-mask specifies which attributes are to be changed; the
- * value-list contains one value for each one bit in the mask, from least
- * to most significant bit in the mask.
- *****/
-
-int
-ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
-{
- XID *pVlist;
- PixmapPtr pPixmap;
- Pixmap pixID;
- CursorPtr pCursor, pOldCursor;
- Cursor cursorID;
- WindowPtr pChild;
- Colormap cmap;
- ColormapPtr pCmap;
- xEvent xE;
- int error, rc;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- Mask index2, tmask, vmaskCopy = 0;
- unsigned int val;
- Bool checkOptional = FALSE, borderRelative = FALSE;
-
- if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (vmask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK)))
- return BadMatch;
-
- error = Success;
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- pVlist = vlist;
- tmask = vmask;
- while (tmask)
- {
- index2 = (Mask) lowbit (tmask);
- tmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2)
- {
- case CWBackPixmap:
- pixID = (Pixmap )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
- borderRelative = TRUE;
- if (pixID == None)
- {
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- if (!pWin->parent)
- SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
- else {
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- }
- }
- else if (pixID == ParentRelative)
- {
- if (pWin->parent &&
- pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth)
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- if (!pWin->parent)
- SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
- else
- pWin->backgroundState = ParentRelative;
- borderRelative = TRUE;
- /* Note that the parent's backgroundTile's refcnt is NOT
- * incremented. */
- }
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
- client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
- (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
- pWin->background.pixmap = pPixmap;
- pPixmap->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = pixID;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- break;
- case CWBackPixel:
- if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
- borderRelative = TRUE;
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- pWin->background.pixel = (CARD32 ) *pVlist;
- /* background pixel overrides background pixmap,
- so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
- vmaskCopy &= ~CWBackPixmap;
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWBorderPixmap:
- pixID = (Pixmap ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (pixID == CopyFromParent)
- {
- if (!pWin->parent ||
- (pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth))
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->parent->borderIsPixel == TRUE) {
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- pWin->border = pWin->parent->border;
- pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
- index2 = CWBorderPixel;
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- pixID = pWin->parent->border.pixmap->drawable.id;
- }
- }
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
- client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
- (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- pWin->borderIsPixel = FALSE;
- pWin->border.pixmap = pPixmap;
- pPixmap->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = pixID;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- break;
- case CWBorderPixel:
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
- pWin->border.pixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
- /* border pixel overrides border pixmap,
- so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
- vmaskCopy &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWBitGravity:
- val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (val > StaticGravity)
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->bitGravity = val;
- break;
- case CWWinGravity:
- val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (val > StaticGravity)
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->winGravity = val;
- break;
- case CWBackingStore:
- val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if ((val != NotUseful) && (val != WhenMapped) && (val != Always))
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->backingStore = val;
- pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
- break;
- case CWBackingPlanes:
- if (pWin->optional || ((CARD32)*pVlist != (CARD32)~0L)) {
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = (CARD32) *pVlist;
- if ((CARD32)*pVlist == (CARD32)~0L)
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWBackingPixel:
- if (pWin->optional || (CARD32) *pVlist) {
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->optional->backingPixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
- if (!*pVlist)
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWSaveUnder:
- val = (BOOL) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->saveUnder = val;
- break;
- case CWEventMask:
- rc = EventSelectForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist);
- if (rc)
- {
- error = rc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWDontPropagate:
- rc = EventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist,
- &checkOptional);
- if (rc)
- {
- error = rc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWOverrideRedirect:
- val = (BOOL ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (val == xTrue) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixGrabAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = pWin->drawable.id;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- pWin->overrideRedirect = val;
- break;
- case CWColormap:
- cmap = (Colormap) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (cmap == CopyFromParent)
- {
- if (pWin->parent &&
- (!pWin->optional ||
- pWin->optional->visual == wVisual (pWin->parent)))
- {
- cmap = wColormap (pWin->parent);
- }
- else
- cmap = None;
- }
- if (cmap == None)
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCmap, cmap, RT_COLORMAP,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = cmap;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pCmap->pVisual->vid != wVisual (pWin) ||
- pCmap->pScreen != pScreen)
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (cmap != wColormap (pWin))
- {
- if (!pWin->optional)
- {
- if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- else if (pWin->parent && cmap == wColormap (pWin->parent))
- checkOptional = TRUE;
-
- /*
- * propagate the original colormap to any children
- * inheriting it
- */
-
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (!pChild->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
-
- pWin->optional->colormap = cmap;
-
- /*
- * check on any children now matching the new colormap
- */
-
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (pChild->optional->colormap == cmap)
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
- }
-
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = cmap;
- xE.u.colormap.new = xTrue;
- xE.u.colormap.state = IsMapInstalled(cmap, pWin);
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &xE, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- break;
- case CWCursor:
- cursorID = (Cursor ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- /*
- * install the new
- */
- if ( cursorID == None)
- {
- if (pWin == pWin->drawable.pScreen->root)
- pCursor = rootCursor;
- else
- pCursor = (CursorPtr) None;
- }
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, cursorID,
- RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = cursorID;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
-
- if (pCursor != wCursor (pWin))
- {
- /*
- * patch up child windows so they don't lose cursors.
- */
-
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (!pChild->optional && !pChild->cursorIsNone &&
- !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
-
- pOldCursor = 0;
- if (pCursor == (CursorPtr) None)
- {
- pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
- if (pWin->optional)
- {
- pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
- pWin->optional->cursor = (CursorPtr) None;
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- if (!pWin->optional)
- {
- if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- else if (pWin->parent && pCursor == wCursor (pWin->parent))
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
- pWin->optional->cursor = pCursor;
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
- /*
- * check on any children now matching the new cursor
- */
-
- for (pChild=pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (pChild->optional &&
- (pChild->optional->cursor == pCursor))
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
- }
- }
-
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowHasNewCursor( pWin);
-
- /* Can't free cursor until here - old cursor
- * is needed in WindowHasNewCursor
- */
- if (pOldCursor)
- FreeCursor (pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
- }
- break;
- default:
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = vmask;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- vmaskCopy |= index2;
- }
-PatchUp:
- if (checkOptional)
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
-
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, vmaskCopy);
-
- /*
- If the border contents have changed, redraw the border.
- Note that this has to be done AFTER pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes
- for the tile to be rotated, and the correct function selected.
- */
- if (((vmaskCopy & (CWBorderPixel | CWBorderPixmap)) || borderRelative)
- && pWin->viewable && HasBorder (pWin))
- {
- RegionRec exposed;
-
- RegionNull(&exposed);
- RegionSubtract(&exposed, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
- miPaintWindow(pWin, &exposed, PW_BORDER);
- RegionUninit(&exposed);
- }
- return error;
-}
-
-
-/*****
- * GetWindowAttributes
- * Notice that this is different than ChangeWindowAttributes
- *****/
-
-void
-GetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, xGetWindowAttributesReply *wa)
-{
- wa->type = X_Reply;
- wa->bitGravity = pWin->bitGravity;
- wa->winGravity = pWin->winGravity;
- if (pWin->forcedBS && pWin->backingStore != Always)
- wa->backingStore = NotUseful;
- else
- wa->backingStore = pWin->backingStore;
- wa->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply) -
- sizeof(xGenericReply));
- wa->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- wa->backingBitPlanes = wBackingBitPlanes (pWin);
- wa->backingPixel = wBackingPixel (pWin);
- wa->saveUnder = (BOOL)pWin->saveUnder;
- wa->override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- if (!pWin->mapped)
- wa->mapState = IsUnmapped;
- else if (pWin->realized)
- wa->mapState = IsViewable;
- else
- wa->mapState = IsUnviewable;
-
- wa->colormap = wColormap (pWin);
- wa->mapInstalled = (wa->colormap == None) ? xFalse
- : IsMapInstalled(wa->colormap, pWin);
-
- wa->yourEventMask = EventMaskForClient(pWin, client);
- wa->allEventMasks = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks (pWin);
- wa->doNotPropagateMask = wDontPropagateMask (pWin);
- wa->class = pWin->drawable.class;
- wa->visualID = wVisual (pWin);
-}
-
-
-WindowPtr
-MoveWindowInStack(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pNextSib)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
- WindowPtr pFirstChange = pWin; /* highest window where list changes */
-
- if (pWin->nextSib != pNextSib)
- {
- WindowPtr pOldNextSib = pWin->nextSib;
-
- if (!pNextSib) /* move to bottom */
- {
- if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
- pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- /* if (pWin->nextSib) */ /* is always True: pNextSib == NULL
- * and pWin->nextSib != pNextSib
- * therefore pWin->nextSib != NULL */
- pFirstChange = pWin->nextSib;
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- pParent->lastChild->nextSib = pWin;
- pWin->prevSib = pParent->lastChild;
- pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- }
- else if (pParent->firstChild == pNextSib) /* move to top */
- {
- pFirstChange = pWin;
- if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
- pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
- pWin->prevSib = (WindowPtr ) NULL;
- pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- pParent->firstChild = pWin;
- }
- else /* move in middle of list */
- {
- WindowPtr pOldNext = pWin->nextSib;
-
- pFirstChange = NullWindow;
- if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
- pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) {
- pFirstChange = pWin;
- pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
- }
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- pWin->nextSib = pNextSib;
- pWin->prevSib = pNextSib->prevSib;
- if (pNextSib->prevSib)
- pNextSib->prevSib->nextSib = pWin;
- pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- if (!pFirstChange) { /* do we know it yet? */
- pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild; /* no, search from top */
- while ((pFirstChange != pWin) && (pFirstChange != pOldNext))
- pFirstChange = pFirstChange->nextSib;
- }
- }
- if(pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pOldNextSib);
- }
-
-#ifdef ROOTLESS
- /*
- * In rootless mode we can't optimize away window restacks.
- * There may be non-X windows around, so even if the window
- * is in the correct position from X's point of view,
- * the underlying window system may want to reorder it.
- */
- else if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pWin->nextSib);
-#endif
-
- return pFirstChange;
-}
-
-void
-SetWinSize (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
- {
- BoxRec box;
-
- /*
- * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
- * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
- */
- box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x;
- box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y;
- box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width;
- box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height;
- RegionReset(&pWin->winSize, &box);
- }
- else
-#endif
- ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->winSize,
- pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
- (int)pWin->drawable.width,
- (int)pWin->drawable.height);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin) || wClipShape (pWin)) {
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
- - pWin->drawable.y);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
- RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
- wBoundingShape (pWin));
- if (wClipShape (pWin))
- RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
- wClipShape (pWin));
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, pWin->drawable.x,
- pWin->drawable.y);
- }
-}
-
-void
-SetBorderSize (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- int bw;
-
- if (HasBorder (pWin)) {
- bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
- {
- BoxRec box;
-
- /*
- * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
- * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
- */
- box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x - bw;
- box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y - bw;
- box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width + bw;
- box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height + bw;
- RegionReset(&pWin->borderSize, &box);
- }
- else
-#endif
- ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->borderSize,
- pWin->drawable.x - bw, pWin->drawable.y - bw,
- (int)(pWin->drawable.width + (bw<<1)),
- (int)(pWin->drawable.height + (bw<<1)));
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
- - pWin->drawable.y);
- RegionIntersect(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
- wBoundingShape (pWin));
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, pWin->drawable.x,
- pWin->drawable.y);
- RegionUnion(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
- &pWin->winSize);
- }
- } else {
- RegionCopy(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->winSize);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param x,y new window position
- * \param oldx,oldy old window position
- * \param destx,desty position relative to gravity
- */
-
-void
-GravityTranslate (int x, int y, int oldx, int oldy,
- int dw, int dh, unsigned gravity,
- int *destx, int *desty)
-{
- switch (gravity) {
- case NorthGravity:
- *destx = x + dw / 2;
- *desty = y;
- break;
- case NorthEastGravity:
- *destx = x + dw;
- *desty = y;
- break;
- case WestGravity:
- *destx = x;
- *desty = y + dh / 2;
- break;
- case CenterGravity:
- *destx = x + dw / 2;
- *desty = y + dh / 2;
- break;
- case EastGravity:
- *destx = x + dw;
- *desty = y + dh / 2;
- break;
- case SouthWestGravity:
- *destx = x;
- *desty = y + dh;
- break;
- case SouthGravity:
- *destx = x + dw / 2;
- *desty = y + dh;
- break;
- case SouthEastGravity:
- *destx = x + dw;
- *desty = y + dh;
- break;
- case StaticGravity:
- *destx = oldx;
- *desty = oldy;
- break;
- default:
- *destx = x;
- *desty = y;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* XXX need to retile border on each window with ParentRelative origin */
-void
-ResizeChildrenWinSize(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy, int dw, int dh)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- WindowPtr pSib, pChild;
- Bool resized = (dw || dh);
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- for (pSib = pWin->firstChild; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
- {
- if (resized && (pSib->winGravity > NorthWestGravity))
- {
- int cwsx, cwsy;
-
- cwsx = pSib->origin.x;
- cwsy = pSib->origin.y;
- GravityTranslate (cwsx, cwsy, cwsx - dx, cwsy - dy, dw, dh,
- pSib->winGravity, &cwsx, &cwsy);
- if (cwsx != pSib->origin.x || cwsy != pSib->origin.y)
- {
- xEvent event;
-
- event.u.u.type = GravityNotify;
- event.u.gravity.window = pSib->drawable.id;
- event.u.gravity.x = cwsx - wBorderWidth (pSib);
- event.u.gravity.y = cwsy - wBorderWidth (pSib);
- DeliverEvents (pSib, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- pSib->origin.x = cwsx;
- pSib->origin.y = cwsy;
- }
- }
- pSib->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.x + pSib->origin.x;
- pSib->drawable.y = pWin->drawable.y + pSib->origin.y;
- SetWinSize (pSib);
- SetBorderSize (pSib);
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pSib, pSib->drawable.x, pSib->drawable.y);
-
- if ( (pChild = pSib->firstChild) )
- {
- while (1)
- {
- pChild->drawable.x = pChild->parent->drawable.x +
- pChild->origin.x;
- pChild->drawable.y = pChild->parent->drawable.y +
- pChild->origin.y;
- SetWinSize (pChild);
- SetBorderSize (pChild);
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pChild,
- pChild->drawable.x, pChild->drawable.y);
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pSib))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pSib)
- break;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define GET_INT16(m, f) \
- if (m & mask) \
- { \
- f = (INT16) *pVlist;\
- pVlist++; \
- }
-#define GET_CARD16(m, f) \
- if (m & mask) \
- { \
- f = (CARD16) *pVlist;\
- pVlist++;\
- }
-
-#define GET_CARD8(m, f) \
- if (m & mask) \
- { \
- f = (CARD8) *pVlist;\
- pVlist++;\
- }
-
-#define ChangeMask ((Mask)(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
-
-#define IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask (CWBorderWidth)
-
-/*
- * IsSiblingAboveMe
- * returns Above if pSib above pMe in stack or Below otherwise
- */
-
-static int
-IsSiblingAboveMe(
- WindowPtr pMe,
- WindowPtr pSib)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
-
- pWin = pMe->parent->firstChild;
- while (pWin)
- {
- if (pWin == pSib)
- return Above;
- else if (pWin == pMe)
- return Below;
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- return Below;
-}
-
-static BoxPtr
-WindowExtents(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr pBox)
-{
- pBox->x1 = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- pBox->y1 = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- pBox->x2 = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width
- + wBorderWidth (pWin);
- pBox->y2 = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height
- + wBorderWidth (pWin);
- return pBox;
-}
-
-#define IS_SHAPED(pWin) (wBoundingShape (pWin) != (RegionPtr) NULL)
-
-static RegionPtr
-MakeBoundingRegion (
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr pBox)
-{
- RegionPtr pRgn = RegionCreate(pBox, 1);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
- RegionTranslate(pRgn, -pWin->origin.x, -pWin->origin.y);
- RegionIntersect(pRgn, pRgn, wBoundingShape (pWin));
- RegionTranslate(pRgn, pWin->origin.x, pWin->origin.y);
- }
- return pRgn;
-}
-
-static Bool
-ShapeOverlap (
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr pWinBox,
- WindowPtr pSib,
- BoxPtr pSibBox)
-{
- RegionPtr pWinRgn, pSibRgn;
- Bool ret;
-
- if (!IS_SHAPED(pWin) && !IS_SHAPED(pSib))
- return TRUE;
- pWinRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pWin, pWinBox);
- pSibRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pSib, pSibBox);
- RegionIntersect(pWinRgn, pWinRgn, pSibRgn);
- ret = RegionNotEmpty(pWinRgn);
- RegionDestroy(pWinRgn);
- RegionDestroy(pSibRgn);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-AnyWindowOverlapsMe(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- WindowPtr pHead,
- BoxPtr box)
-{
- WindowPtr pSib;
- BoxRec sboxrec;
- BoxPtr sbox;
-
- for (pSib = pWin->prevSib; pSib != pHead; pSib = pSib->prevSib)
- {
- if (pSib->mapped)
- {
- sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
- if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
- && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
- )
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-IOverlapAnyWindow(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr box)
-{
- WindowPtr pSib;
- BoxRec sboxrec;
- BoxPtr sbox;
-
- for (pSib = pWin->nextSib; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
- {
- if (pSib->mapped)
- {
- sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
- if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
- && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
- )
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * WhereDoIGoInTheStack()
- * Given pWin and pSib and the relationshipe smode, return
- * the window that pWin should go ABOVE.
- * If a pSib is specified:
- * Above: pWin is placed just above pSib
- * Below: pWin is placed just below pSib
- * TopIf: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed
- * at the top of the stack
- * BottomIf: if pWin occludes pSib, then pWin is
- * placed at the bottom of the stack
- * Opposite: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at the
- * top of the stack, else if pWin occludes pSib, then
- * pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
- *
- * If pSib is NULL:
- * Above: pWin is placed at the top of the stack
- * Below: pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
- * TopIf: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
- * the top of the stack
- * BottomIf: if pWin occludes any sibline, then pWin is placed at
- * the bottom of the stack
- * Opposite: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
- * the top of the stack, else if pWin occludes any
- * sibling, then pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
- *
- */
-
-static WindowPtr
-WhereDoIGoInTheStack(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- WindowPtr pSib,
- short x,
- short y,
- unsigned short w,
- unsigned short h,
- int smode)
-{
- BoxRec box;
- WindowPtr pHead, pFirst;
-
- if ((pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) &&
- (pWin == pWin->parent->lastChild))
- return((WindowPtr ) NULL);
- pHead = RealChildHead(pWin->parent);
- pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pWin->parent->firstChild;
- box.x1 = x;
- box.y1 = y;
- box.x2 = x + (int)w;
- box.y2 = y + (int)h;
- switch (smode)
- {
- case Above:
- if (pSib)
- return pSib;
- else if (pWin == pFirst)
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else
- return pFirst;
- case Below:
- if (pSib)
- if (pSib->nextSib != pWin)
- return pSib->nextSib;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else
- return NullWindow;
- case TopIf:
- if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else if (pSib)
- {
- if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) &&
- (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
- return pFirst;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
- return pFirst;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- case BottomIf:
- if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else if (pSib)
- {
- if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Below) &&
- (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
- return NullWindow;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
- return NullWindow;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- case Opposite:
- if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else if (pSib)
- {
- if (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)
- {
- if (IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above)
- return pFirst;
- else
- return NullWindow;
- }
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
- {
- /* If I'm occluded, I can't possibly be the first child
- * if (pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild)
- * return pWin->nextSib;
- */
- return pFirst;
- }
- else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
- return NullWindow;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- default:
- {
- /* should never happen; make something up. */
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void
-ReflectStackChange(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- WindowPtr pSib,
- VTKind kind)
-{
-/* Note that pSib might be NULL */
-
- Bool WasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
- Bool anyMarked;
- WindowPtr pFirstChange;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- /* if this is a root window, can't be restacked */
- if (!pWin->parent)
- return;
-
- pFirstChange = MoveWindowInStack(pWin, pSib);
-
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pFirstChange,
- &pLayerWin);
- if (pLayerWin != pWin) pFirstChange = pLayerWin;
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pWin->drawable.pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
- }
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowsRestructured ();
-}
-
-/*****
- * ConfigureWindow
- *****/
-
-int
-ConfigureWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Mask mask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
-{
-#define RESTACK_WIN 0
-#define MOVE_WIN 1
-#define RESIZE_WIN 2
-#define REBORDER_WIN 3
- WindowPtr pSib = NullWindow;
- WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
- Window sibwid = 0;
- Mask index2, tmask;
- XID *pVlist;
- short x, y, beforeX, beforeY;
- unsigned short w = pWin->drawable.width,
- h = pWin->drawable.height,
- bw = pWin->borderWidth;
- int rc, action, smode = Above;
- xEvent event;
-
- if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (mask & IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask))
- return BadMatch;
-
- if ((mask & CWSibling) && !(mask & CWStackMode))
- return BadMatch;
-
- pVlist = vlist;
-
- if (pParent)
- {
- x = pWin->drawable.x - pParent->drawable.x - (int)bw;
- y = pWin->drawable.y - pParent->drawable.y - (int)bw;
- }
- else
- {
- x = pWin->drawable.x;
- y = pWin->drawable.y;
- }
- beforeX = x;
- beforeY = y;
- action = RESTACK_WIN;
- if ((mask & (CWX | CWY)) && (!(mask & (CWHeight | CWWidth))))
- {
- GET_INT16(CWX, x);
- GET_INT16(CWY, y);
- action = MOVE_WIN;
- }
- /* or should be resized */
- else if (mask & (CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
- {
- GET_INT16(CWX, x);
- GET_INT16(CWY, y);
- GET_CARD16(CWWidth, w);
- GET_CARD16 (CWHeight, h);
- if (!w || !h)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
- action = RESIZE_WIN;
- }
- tmask = mask & ~ChangeMask;
- while (tmask)
- {
- index2 = (Mask)lowbit (tmask);
- tmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2)
- {
- case CWBorderWidth:
- GET_CARD16(CWBorderWidth, bw);
- break;
- case CWSibling:
- sibwid = (Window ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pSib, sibwid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = sibwid;
- return rc;
- }
- if (pSib->parent != pParent)
- return BadMatch;
- if (pSib == pWin)
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case CWStackMode:
- GET_CARD8(CWStackMode, smode);
- if ((smode != TopIf) && (smode != BottomIf) &&
- (smode != Opposite) && (smode != Above) && (smode != Below))
- {
- client->errorValue = smode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- /* root really can't be reconfigured, so just return */
- if (!pParent)
- return Success;
-
- /* Figure out if the window should be moved. Doesnt
- make the changes to the window if event sent */
-
- if (mask & CWStackMode)
- pSib = WhereDoIGoInTheStack(pWin, pSib, pParent->drawable.x + x,
- pParent->drawable.y + y,
- w + (bw << 1), h + (bw << 1), smode);
- else
- pSib = pWin->nextSib;
-
-
- if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) &&
- (RedirectSend(pParent)
- ))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = ConfigureRequest;
- event.u.configureRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (mask & CWSibling)
- event.u.configureRequest.sibling = sibwid;
- else
- event.u.configureRequest.sibling = None;
- if (mask & CWStackMode)
- event.u.u.detail = smode;
- else
- event.u.u.detail = Above;
- event.u.configureRequest.x = x;
- event.u.configureRequest.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
- event.u.configureRequest.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event.u.configureRequest.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- event.u.configureRequest.width = w;
- event.u.configureRequest.height = h;
- event.u.configureRequest.borderWidth = bw;
- event.u.configureRequest.valueMask = mask;
- event.u.configureRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- return Success;
- }
- if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
- {
- Bool size_change = (w != pWin->drawable.width)
- || (h != pWin->drawable.height);
- if (size_change && ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & ResizeRedirectMask))
- {
- xEvent eventT;
- memset(&eventT, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- eventT.u.u.type = ResizeRequest;
- eventT.u.resizeRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- eventT.u.resizeRequest.width = w;
- eventT.u.resizeRequest.height = h;
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pWin, &eventT, 1,
- ResizeRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- {
- /* if event is delivered, leave the actual size alone. */
- w = pWin->drawable.width;
- h = pWin->drawable.height;
- size_change = FALSE;
- }
- }
- if (!size_change)
- {
- if (mask & (CWX | CWY))
- action = MOVE_WIN;
- else if (mask & (CWStackMode | CWBorderWidth))
- action = RESTACK_WIN;
- else /* really nothing to do */
- return(Success) ;
- }
- }
-
- if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
- /* we've already checked whether there's really a size change */
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if ((mask & CWX) && (x != beforeX))
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if ((mask & CWY) && (y != beforeY))
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if ((mask & CWBorderWidth) && (bw != wBorderWidth (pWin)))
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if (mask & CWStackMode)
- {
-#ifndef ROOTLESS
- /* See above for why we always reorder in rootless mode. */
- if (pWin->nextSib != pSib)
-#endif
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- }
- return Success;
-
-ActuallyDoSomething:
- if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)
- {
- int ret;
- ret = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)(pWin, x, y, w, h, bw, pSib);
- if (ret) {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;
- event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (pSib)
- event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = pSib->drawable.id;
- else
- event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;
- event.u.configureNotify.x = x;
- event.u.configureNotify.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
- event.u.configureNotify.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event.u.configureNotify.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- event.u.configureNotify.width = w;
- event.u.configureNotify.height = h;
- event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = bw;
- event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- if (mask & CWBorderWidth)
- {
- if (action == RESTACK_WIN)
- {
- action = MOVE_WIN;
- pWin->borderWidth = bw;
- }
- else if ((action == MOVE_WIN) &&
- (beforeX + wBorderWidth (pWin) == x + (int)bw) &&
- (beforeY + wBorderWidth (pWin) == y + (int)bw))
- {
- action = REBORDER_WIN;
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)(pWin, bw);
- }
- else
- pWin->borderWidth = bw;
- }
- if (action == MOVE_WIN)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, x, y, pSib,
- (mask & CWBorderWidth) ? VTOther : VTMove);
- else if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ResizeWindow)(pWin, x, y, w, h, pSib);
- else if (mask & CWStackMode)
- ReflectStackChange(pWin, pSib, VTOther);
-
- if (action != RESTACK_WIN)
- CheckCursorConfinement(pWin);
- return Success;
-#undef RESTACK_WIN
-#undef MOVE_WIN
-#undef RESIZE_WIN
-#undef REBORDER_WIN
-}
-
-
-/******
- *
- * CirculateWindow
- * For RaiseLowest, raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is
- * obscured by another child to the top of the stack. For LowerHighest,
- * lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that is obscuring another
- * child to the bottom of the stack. Exposure processing is performed
- *
- ******/
-
-int
-CirculateWindow(WindowPtr pParent, int direction, ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, pHead, pFirst;
- xEvent event;
- BoxRec box;
-
- pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
- pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pParent->firstChild;
- if (direction == RaiseLowest)
- {
- for (pWin = pParent->lastChild;
- (pWin != pHead) &&
- !(pWin->mapped &&
- AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
- pWin = pWin->prevSib) ;
- if (pWin == pHead)
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- for (pWin = pFirst;
- pWin &&
- !(pWin->mapped &&
- IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
- pWin = pWin->nextSib) ;
- if (!pWin)
- return Success;
- }
-
- event.u.circulate.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.circulate.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- event.u.circulate.event = pParent->drawable.id;
- if (direction == RaiseLowest)
- event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnTop;
- else
- event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnBottom;
-
- if (RedirectSend(pParent))
- {
- event.u.u.type = CirculateRequest;
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- return Success;
- }
-
- event.u.u.type = CirculateNotify;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- ReflectStackChange(pWin,
- (direction == RaiseLowest) ? pFirst : NullWindow,
- VTStack);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-CompareWIDs(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- pointer value) /* must conform to VisitWindowProcPtr */
-{
- Window *wid = (Window *)value;
-
- if (pWin->drawable.id == *wid)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
- else
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/*****
- * ReparentWindow
- *****/
-
-int
-ReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pParent,
- int x, int y, ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pPrev, pPriorParent;
- Bool WasMapped = (Bool)(pWin->mapped);
- xEvent event;
- int bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- if (TraverseTree(pWin, CompareWIDs, (pointer)&pParent->drawable.id) == WT_STOPWALKING)
- return BadMatch;
- if (!MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- if (WasMapped)
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = ReparentNotify;
- event.u.reparent.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.reparent.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- event.u.reparent.x = x;
- event.u.reparent.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pParent->parent) {
- event.u.reparent.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event.u.reparent.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- event.u.reparent.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, pParent);
-
- /* take out of sibling chain */
-
- pPriorParent = pPrev = pWin->parent;
- if (pPrev->firstChild == pWin)
- pPrev->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- if (pPrev->lastChild == pWin)
- pPrev->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
-
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
-
- /* insert at begining of pParent */
- pWin->parent = pParent;
- pPrev = RealChildHead(pParent);
- if (pPrev)
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pPrev->nextSib;
- if (pPrev->nextSib)
- pPrev->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pPrev->nextSib = pWin;
- pWin->prevSib = pPrev;
- }
- else
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
- pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
- if (pParent->firstChild)
- pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pParent->firstChild = pWin;
- }
-
- pWin->origin.x = x + bw;
- pWin->origin.y = y + bw;
- pWin->drawable.x = x + bw + pParent->drawable.x;
- pWin->drawable.y = y + bw + pParent->drawable.y;
-
- /* clip to parent */
- SetWinSize (pWin);
- SetBorderSize (pWin);
-
- if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
- (*pScreen->ReparentWindow)(pWin, pPriorParent);
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
- ResizeChildrenWinSize(pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed(pWin);
-
- if (WasMapped)
- MapWindow(pWin, client);
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-RealizeTree(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild;
- RealizeWindowProcPtr Realize;
-
- Realize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->RealizeWindow;
- pChild = pWin;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->mapped)
- {
- pChild->realized = TRUE;
- pChild->viewable = (pChild->drawable.class == InputOutput);
- (* Realize)(pChild);
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- return;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
-}
-
-static WindowPtr windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
-
-void
-DisableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents == NULL);
-
- windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = pWin;
-}
-
-void
-EnableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents != NULL);
-
- windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = NULL;
-}
-
-static Bool
-MapUnmapEventsEnabled(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- return pWin != windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
-}
-
-/*****
- * MapWindow
- * If some other client has selected SubStructureReDirect on the parent
- * and override-redirect is xFalse, then a MapRequest event is generated,
- * but the window remains unmapped. Otherwise, the window is mapped and a
- * MapNotify event is generated.
- *****/
-
-int
-MapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- WindowPtr pParent;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
-
- if (pWin->mapped)
- return Success;
-
- /* general check for permission to map window */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
- pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixShowAccess) != Success)
- return Success;
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- if ( (pParent = pWin->parent) )
- {
- xEvent event;
- Bool anyMarked;
-
- if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) &&
- (RedirectSend(pParent)
- ))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
- event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
-
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- return Success;
- }
-
- pWin->mapped = TRUE;
- if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
- event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
-
- if (!pParent->realized)
- return Success;
- RealizeTree(pWin);
- if (pWin->viewable)
- {
- anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
- &pLayerWin);
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
- }
- WindowsRestructured ();
- }
- else
- {
- RegionRec temp;
-
- pWin->mapped = TRUE;
- pWin->realized = TRUE; /* for roots */
- pWin->viewable = pWin->drawable.class == InputOutput;
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->RealizeWindow)(pWin);
- if (pScreen->ClipNotify)
- (*pScreen->ClipNotify) (pWin, 0, 0);
- if (pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(NullWindow, pWin, VTMap);
- RegionNull(&temp);
- RegionCopy(&temp, &pWin->clipList);
- (*pScreen->WindowExposures) (pWin, &temp, NullRegion);
- RegionUninit(&temp);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/*****
- * MapSubwindows
- * Performs a MapWindow all unmapped children of the window, in top
- * to bottom stacking order.
- *****/
-
-void
-MapSubwindows(WindowPtr pParent, ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- WindowPtr pFirstMapped = NullWindow;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- Mask parentRedirect;
- Mask parentNotify;
- xEvent event;
- Bool anyMarked;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
-
- pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
- parentRedirect = RedirectSend(pParent);
- parentNotify = SubSend(pParent);
- anyMarked = FALSE;
- for (pWin = pParent->firstChild; pWin; pWin = pWin->nextSib)
- {
- if (!pWin->mapped)
- {
- if (parentRedirect && !pWin->overrideRedirect)
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
- event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
-
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- continue;
- }
-
- pWin->mapped = TRUE;
- if (parentNotify || StrSend(pWin))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
- event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
-
- if (!pFirstMapped)
- pFirstMapped = pWin;
- if (pParent->realized)
- {
- RealizeTree(pWin);
- if (pWin->viewable)
- {
- anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (pFirstMapped)
- {
- pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pParent);
- if (pLayerWin->parent != pParent) {
- anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pLayerWin,
- pLayerWin,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- pFirstMapped = pLayerWin;
- }
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, VTMap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped,
- VTMap);
- WindowsRestructured ();
- }
-}
-
-static void
-UnrealizeTree(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Bool fromConfigure)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild;
- UnrealizeWindowProcPtr Unrealize;
- MarkUnrealizedWindowProcPtr MarkUnrealizedWindow;
-
- Unrealize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
- MarkUnrealizedWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->MarkUnrealizedWindow;
- pChild = pWin;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->realized)
- {
- pChild->realized = FALSE;
- pChild->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pChild->drawable.pScreen->myNum) {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win,
- pChild->drawable.id, XRT_WINDOW,
- serverClient, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- win->u.win.visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
- }
-#endif
- (* Unrealize)(pChild);
- if (MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pChild, FALSE);
- if (pChild->viewable)
- {
- pChild->viewable = FALSE;
- (* MarkUnrealizedWindow)(pChild, pWin, fromConfigure);
- pChild->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
- }
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- return;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
-}
-
-/*****
- * UnmapWindow
- * If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect.
- * Otherwise, the window is unmapped and an UnMapNotify event is
- * generated. Cannot unmap a root window.
- *****/
-
-int
-UnmapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Bool fromConfigure)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent;
- xEvent event;
- Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
- Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin = pWin;
-
- if ((!pWin->mapped) || (!(pParent = pWin->parent)))
- return Success;
- if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
- event.u.unmapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = fromConfigure;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- if (wasViewable && !fromConfigure)
- {
- pWin->valdata = UnmapValData;
- (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin->nextSib, &pLayerWin);
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- pWin->mapped = FALSE;
- if (wasRealized)
- UnrealizeTree(pWin, fromConfigure);
- if (wasViewable)
- {
- if (!fromConfigure)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (!fromConfigure && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
- }
- if (wasRealized && !fromConfigure)
- WindowsRestructured ();
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*****
- * UnmapSubwindows
- * Performs an UnmapWindow request with the specified mode on all mapped
- * children of the window, in bottom to top stacking order.
- *****/
-
-void
-UnmapSubwindows(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild, pHead;
- xEvent event;
- Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
- Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
- Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
- Mask parentNotify;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin = NULL;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- if (!pWin->firstChild)
- return;
- parentNotify = SubSend(pWin);
- pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
-
- if (wasViewable)
- pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pWin);
-
- for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
- {
- if (pChild->mapped)
- {
- if (parentNotify || StrSend(pChild))
- {
- event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
- event.u.unmapNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
- event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = xFalse;
- DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- if (pChild->viewable)
- {
- pChild->valdata = UnmapValData;
- anyMarked = TRUE;
- }
- pChild->mapped = FALSE;
- if (pChild->realized)
- UnrealizeTree(pChild, FALSE);
- if (wasViewable)
- {
- }
- }
- }
- if (wasViewable)
- {
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- if (pLayerWin->parent == pWin)
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pWin);
- else
- {
- WindowPtr ptmp;
- (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pLayerWin,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
-
- /* Windows between pWin and pLayerWin may not have been marked */
- ptmp = pWin;
-
- while (ptmp != pLayerWin->parent)
- {
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(ptmp);
- ptmp = ptmp->parent;
- }
- pHead = pWin->firstChild;
- }
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
- }
- if (wasRealized)
- WindowsRestructured ();
-}
-
-
-void
-HandleSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
- int j;
-
- for (j=0; j<client->numSaved; j++)
- {
- pWin = SaveSetWindow(client->saveSet[j]);
-#ifdef XFIXES
- if (SaveSetToRoot(client->saveSet[j]))
- pParent = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root;
- else
-#endif
- {
- pParent = pWin->parent;
- while (pParent && (wClient (pParent) == client))
- pParent = pParent->parent;
- }
- if (pParent)
- {
- if (pParent != pWin->parent)
- {
-#ifdef XFIXES
- /* unmap first so that ReparentWindow doesn't remap */
- if (!SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
-#endif
- ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
- pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.x,
- pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.y,
- client);
- if(!pWin->realized && pWin->mapped)
- pWin->mapped = FALSE;
- }
-#ifdef XFIXES
- if (SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
-#endif
- MapWindow(pWin, client);
- }
- }
- free(client->saveSet);
- client->numSaved = 0;
- client->saveSet = (SaveSetElt *)NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param x,y in root
- */
-Bool
-PointInWindowIsVisible(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
-{
- BoxRec box;
-
- if (!pWin->realized)
- return FALSE;
- if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip,
- x, y, &box)
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
- return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-RegionPtr
-NotClippedByChildren(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- RegionPtr pReg = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
- if (pWin->parent ||
- screenIsSaved != SCREEN_SAVER_ON ||
- !HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen))
- {
- RegionIntersect(pReg, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
- }
- return pReg;
-}
-
-void
-SendVisibilityNotify(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- xEvent event;
- unsigned int visibility = pWin->visibility;
-
- if (!MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- return;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* This is not quite correct yet, but it's close */
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- WindowPtr pWin2;
- int rc, i, Scrnum;
-
- Scrnum = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
- win = PanoramiXFindIDByScrnum(XRT_WINDOW, pWin->drawable.id, Scrnum);
-
- if(!win || (win->u.win.visibility == visibility))
- return;
-
- switch(visibility) {
- case VisibilityUnobscured:
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if(i == Scrnum) continue;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
- DixWriteAccess);
-
- if (rc == Success) {
- if(pWin2->visibility == VisibilityPartiallyObscured)
- return;
-
- if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
- }
- }
- break;
- case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
- if(Scrnum) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[0].id, serverClient,
- DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success) pWin = pWin2;
- }
- break;
- case VisibilityFullyObscured:
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if(i == Scrnum) continue;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
- DixWriteAccess);
-
- if (rc == Success) {
- if(pWin2->visibility != VisibilityFullyObscured)
- return;
-
- if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- win->u.win.visibility = visibility;
- }
-#endif
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = VisibilityNotify;
- event.u.visibility.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.visibility.state = visibility;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
-}
-
-#define RANDOM_WIDTH 32
-int
-dixSaveScreens(ClientPtr client, int on, int mode)
-{
- int rc, i, what, type;
-
- if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
- {
- if (mode == ScreenSaverReset)
- what = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
- else
- what = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
- type = what;
- }
- else
- {
- what = on;
- type = what;
- if (what == screenIsSaved)
- type = SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
- DixShowAccess | DixHideAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
- (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, on);
- if (pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
- {
- if ((*pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
- (pScreen, type, on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER))
- continue;
- }
- if (type == screenIsSaved)
- continue;
- switch (type) {
- case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
- if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
- {
- (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what);
- }
- else if (HasSaverWindow (pScreen))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NullWindow;
- FreeResource(pScreen->screensaver.wid, RT_NONE);
- }
- break;
- case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
- if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_TILED)
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow;
- /* make it look like screen saver is off, so that
- * NotClippedByChildren will compute a clip list
- * for the root window, so miPaintWindow works
- */
- screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin,
- (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
- (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
- pWin->nextSib, VTMove);
- screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
- }
- /*
- * Call the DDX saver in case it wants to do something
- * at cycle time
- */
- else if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
- {
- (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, type);
- }
- break;
- case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
- if (ScreenSaverBlanking != DontPreferBlanking)
- {
- if ((* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLANKED;
- continue;
- }
- if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
- TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_BLACK))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLACK;
- continue;
- }
- }
- if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
- TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_TILED))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_TILED;
- }
- else
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_ISNT_SAVED;
- break;
- }
- }
- screenIsSaved = what;
- if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) {
- if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) {
- UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
- lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
- }
- SetScreenSaverTimer();
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-SaveScreens(int on, int mode)
-{
- return dixSaveScreens(serverClient, on, mode);
-}
-
-static Bool
-TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind)
-{
- int j;
- int result;
- XID attributes[3];
- Mask mask;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- CursorMetricRec cm;
- unsigned char *srcbits, *mskbits;
- CursorPtr cursor;
- XID cursorID = 0;
- int attri;
-
- mask = 0;
- attri = 0;
- switch (kind) {
- case SCREEN_IS_TILED:
- switch (pScreen->root->backgroundState) {
- case BackgroundPixel:
- attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->background.pixel;
- mask |= CWBackPixel;
- break;
- case BackgroundPixmap:
- attributes[attri++] = None;
- mask |= CWBackPixmap;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
- case SCREEN_IS_BLACK:
- attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->drawable.pScreen->blackPixel;
- mask |= CWBackPixel;
- break;
- }
- mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
- attributes[attri++] = xTrue;
-
- /*
- * create a blank cursor
- */
-
- cm.width=16;
- cm.height=16;
- cm.xhot=8;
- cm.yhot=8;
- srcbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
- mskbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
- if (!srcbits || !mskbits)
- {
- free(srcbits);
- free(mskbits);
- cursor = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- for (j=0; j<BitmapBytePad(32)*16; j++)
- srcbits[j] = mskbits[j] = 0x0;
- result = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- &cursor, serverClient, (XID)0);
- if (cursor)
- {
- cursorID = FakeClientID(0);
- if (AddResource (cursorID, RT_CURSOR, (pointer) cursor))
- {
- attributes[attri] = cursorID;
- mask |= CWCursor;
- }
- else
- cursor = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- free(srcbits);
- free(mskbits);
- }
- }
-
- pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow =
- CreateWindow(pScreen->screensaver.wid,
- pScreen->root,
- -RANDOM_WIDTH, -RANDOM_WIDTH,
- (unsigned short)pScreen->width + RANDOM_WIDTH,
- (unsigned short)pScreen->height + RANDOM_WIDTH,
- 0, InputOutput, mask, attributes, 0, serverClient,
- wVisual (pScreen->root), &result);
-
- if (cursor)
- FreeResource (cursorID, RT_NONE);
-
- if (!pWin)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
- (pointer)pScreen->screensaver.pWindow))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (mask & CWBackPixmap)
- {
- MakeRootTile (pWin);
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWBackPixmap);
- }
- MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * FindWindowWithOptional
- *
- * search ancestors of the given window for an entry containing
- * a WindowOpt structure. Assumptions: some parent will
- * contain the structure.
- */
-
-WindowPtr
-FindWindowWithOptional (WindowPtr w)
-{
- do
- w = w->parent;
- while (!w->optional);
- return w;
-}
-
-/*
- * CheckWindowOptionalNeed
- *
- * check each optional entry in the given window to see if
- * the value is satisfied by the default rules. If so,
- * release the optional record
- */
-
-void
-CheckWindowOptionalNeed (WindowPtr w)
-{
- WindowOptPtr optional;
- WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
-
- if (!w->parent || !w->optional)
- return;
- optional = w->optional;
- if (optional->dontPropagateMask != DontPropagateMasks[w->dontPropagate])
- return;
- if (optional->otherEventMasks != 0)
- return;
- if (optional->otherClients != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->passiveGrabs != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->userProps != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->backingBitPlanes != ~0L)
- return;
- if (optional->backingPixel != 0)
- return;
- if (optional->boundingShape != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->clipShape != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->inputShape != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->inputMasks != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->deviceCursors != NULL)
- {
- DevCursNodePtr pNode = optional->deviceCursors;
- while(pNode)
- {
- if (pNode->cursor != None)
- return;
- pNode = pNode->next;
- }
- }
-
- parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(w)->optional;
- if (optional->visual != parentOptional->visual)
- return;
- if (optional->cursor != None &&
- (optional->cursor != parentOptional->cursor ||
- w->parent->cursorIsNone))
- return;
- if (optional->colormap != parentOptional->colormap)
- return;
- DisposeWindowOptional (w);
-}
-
-/*
- * MakeWindowOptional
- *
- * create an optional record and initialize it with the default
- * values.
- */
-
-Bool
-MakeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowOptPtr optional;
- WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
-
- if (pWin->optional)
- return TRUE;
- optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
- if (!optional)
- return FALSE;
- optional->dontPropagateMask = DontPropagateMasks[pWin->dontPropagate];
- optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
- optional->otherClients = NULL;
- optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
- optional->userProps = NULL;
- optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
- optional->backingPixel = 0;
- optional->boundingShape = NULL;
- optional->clipShape = NULL;
- optional->inputShape = NULL;
- optional->inputMasks = NULL;
- optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
-
- parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(pWin)->optional;
- optional->visual = parentOptional->visual;
- if (!pWin->cursorIsNone)
- {
- optional->cursor = parentOptional->cursor;
- optional->cursor->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- optional->cursor = None;
- }
- optional->colormap = parentOptional->colormap;
- pWin->optional = optional;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Changes the cursor struct for the given device and the given window.
- * A cursor that does not have a device cursor set will use whatever the
- * standard cursor is for the window. If all devices have a cursor set,
- * changing the window cursor (e.g. using XDefineCursor()) will not have any
- * visible effect. Only when one of the device cursors is set to None again,
- * this device's cursor will display the changed standard cursor.
- *
- * CursorIsNone of the window struct is NOT modified if you set a device
- * cursor.
- *
- * Assumption: If there is a node for a device in the list, the device has a
- * cursor. If the cursor is set to None, it is inherited by the parent.
- */
-int
-ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DevCursNodePtr pNode, pPrev;
- CursorPtr pOldCursor = NULL;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- WindowPtr pChild;
-
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* 1) Check if window has device cursor set
- * Yes: 1.1) swap cursor with given cursor if parent does not have same
- * cursor, free old cursor
- * 1.2) free old cursor, use parent cursor
- * No: 1.1) add node to beginning of list.
- * 1.2) add cursor to node if parent does not have same cursor
- * 1.3) use parent cursor if parent does not have same cursor
- * 2) Patch up children if child has a devcursor
- * 2.1) if child has cursor None, it inherited from parent, set to old
- * cursor
- * 2.2) if child has same cursor as new cursor, remove and set to None
- */
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
- {
- /* has device cursor */
-
- if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
- return Success;
-
- pOldCursor = pNode->cursor;
-
- if (!pCursor) /* remove from list */
- {
- if(pPrev)
- pPrev->next = pNode->next;
- else
- /* first item in list */
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNode->next;
-
- free(pNode);
- goto out;
- }
-
- } else
- {
- /* no device cursor yet */
- DevCursNodePtr pNewNode;
-
- if (!pCursor)
- return Success;
-
- pNewNode = malloc(sizeof(DevCursNodeRec));
- pNewNode->dev = pDev;
- pNewNode->next = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNewNode;
- pNode = pNewNode;
-
- }
-
- if (pCursor && WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor))
- pNode->cursor = None;
- else
- {
- pNode->cursor = pCursor;
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- }
-
- pNode = pPrev = NULL;
- /* fix up children */
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pChild, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
- {
- if (pNode->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
- {
- pNode->cursor = pOldCursor;
- pOldCursor->refcnt++;
- } else if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
- {
- pNode->cursor = None;
- FreeCursor(pCursor, (Cursor)0); /* fix up refcnt */
- }
- }
- }
-
-out:
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowHasNewCursor(pWin);
-
- if (pOldCursor)
- FreeCursor(pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
-
- /* FIXME: We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX
- (comment taken from ChangeWindowAttributes) */
- (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWCursor);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Get device cursor for given device or None if none is set */
-CursorPtr
-WindowGetDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- DevCursorList pList;
-
- if (!pWin->optional || !pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
- return NULL;
-
- pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
-
- while(pList)
- {
- if (pList->dev == pDev)
- {
- if (pList->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
- return WindowGetDeviceCursor(pWin->parent, pDev);
- else
- return pList->cursor;
- }
- pList = pList->next;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Searches for a DevCursorNode for the given window and device. If one is
- * found, return True and set pNode and pPrev to the node and to the node
- * before the node respectively. Otherwise return False.
- * If the device is the first in list, pPrev is set to NULL.
- */
-static Bool
-WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- DevCursNodePtr* pNode,
- DevCursNodePtr* pPrev)
-{
- DevCursorList pList;
-
- if (!pWin->optional)
- return FALSE;
-
- pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
-
- if (pList && pList->dev == pDev)
- {
- *pNode = pList;
- *pPrev = NULL;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- while(pList)
- {
- if (pList->next)
- {
- if (pList->next->dev == pDev)
- {
- *pNode = pList->next;
- *pPrev = pList;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- pList = pList->next;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return True if a parent has the same device cursor set or False if
- * otherwise
- */
-static Bool
-WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent;
- DevCursNodePtr pParentNode, pParentPrev;
-
- pParent = pWin->parent;
- while(pParent)
- {
- if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pParent, pDev,
- &pParentNode, &pParentPrev))
- {
- /* if there is a node in the list, the win has a dev cursor */
- if (!pParentNode->cursor) /* inherited. */
- pParent = pParent->parent;
- else if (pParentNode->cursor == pCursor) /* inherit */
- return TRUE;
- else /* different cursor */
- return FALSE;
- }
- else
- /* parent does not have a device cursor for our device */
- return FALSE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * SetRootClip --
- * Enable or disable rendering to the screen by
- * setting the root clip list and revalidating
- * all of the windows
- */
-void
-SetRootClip(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool enable)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->root;
- WindowPtr pChild;
- Bool WasViewable;
- Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
- BoxRec box;
-
- if (!pWin)
- return;
- WasViewable = (Bool)(pWin->viewable);
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
- {
- (void) (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pChild,
- pChild,
- &pLayerWin);
- }
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
- anyMarked = TRUE;
- if (pWin->valdata)
- {
- if (HasBorder (pWin))
- {
- RegionPtr borderVisible;
-
- borderVisible = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
- RegionSubtract(borderVisible,
- &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
- pWin->valdata->before.borderVisible = borderVisible;
- }
- pWin->valdata->before.resized = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Use REGION_BREAK to avoid optimizations in ValidateTree
- * that assume the root borderClip can't change well, normally
- * it doesn't...)
- */
- if (enable)
- {
- box.x1 = 0;
- box.y1 = 0;
- box.x2 = pScreen->width;
- box.y2 = pScreen->height;
- RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
- if (WasViewable)
- RegionReset(&pWin->borderClip, &box);
- pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
- pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
- RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
- }
- else
- {
- RegionEmpty(&pWin->borderClip);
- RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
- }
-
- ResizeChildrenWinSize (pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- if (pWin->firstChild)
- {
- anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin->firstChild,
- pWin->firstChild,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
- anyMarked = TRUE;
- }
-
-
- if (anyMarked)
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
- }
-
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- if (anyMarked)
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pWin);
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
- }
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowsRestructured ();
- FlushAllOutput();
-}
+/* + +Copyright (c) 2006, Red Hat, Inc. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next +paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the +Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall +not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts, + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +*/ + +/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ +/***************************************************************** + +Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, +BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR +IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation +shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital +Equipment Corporation. + +******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H +#include <dix-config.h> +#endif + +#include "misc.h" +#include "scrnintstr.h" +#include "os.h" +#include "regionstr.h" +#include "validate.h" +#include "windowstr.h" +#include "propertyst.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "inputstr.h" +#include "resource.h" +#include "colormapst.h" +#include "cursorstr.h" +#include "dixstruct.h" +#include "gcstruct.h" +#include "servermd.h" +#include "mivalidate.h" +#ifdef PANORAMIX +#include "panoramiX.h" +#include "panoramiXsrv.h" +#endif +#include "dixevents.h" +#include "globals.h" +#include "mi.h" /* miPaintWindow */ +#ifdef COMPOSITE +#include "compint.h" +#endif + +#include "privates.h" +#include "xace.h" + +#include <X11/Xatom.h> /* must come after server includes */ + +/****** + * Window stuff for server + * + * CreateRootWindow, CreateWindow, ChangeWindowAttributes, + * GetWindowAttributes, DeleteWindow, DestroySubWindows, + * HandleSaveSet, ReparentWindow, MapWindow, MapSubWindows, + * UnmapWindow, UnmapSubWindows, ConfigureWindow, CirculateWindow, + * ChangeWindowDeviceCursor + ******/ + +Bool bgNoneRoot = FALSE; + +static unsigned char _back_lsb[4] = {0x88, 0x22, 0x44, 0x11}; +static unsigned char _back_msb[4] = {0x11, 0x44, 0x22, 0x88}; + +static Bool WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + CursorPtr pCurs); +static Bool +WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + DevCursNodePtr* pNode, + DevCursNodePtr* pPrev); + +int screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF; + +static Bool TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind); + +#define INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK (CWWinGravity | CWEventMask | \ + CWDontPropagate | CWOverrideRedirect | CWCursor ) + +#define BOXES_OVERLAP(b1, b2) \ + (!( ((b1)->x2 <= (b2)->x1) || \ + ( ((b1)->x1 >= (b2)->x2)) || \ + ( ((b1)->y2 <= (b2)->y1)) || \ + ( ((b1)->y1 >= (b2)->y2)) ) ) + +#define RedirectSend(pWin) \ + ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureRedirectMask) + +#define SubSend(pWin) \ + ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureNotifyMask) + +#define StrSend(pWin) \ + ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & StructureNotifyMask) + +#define SubStrSend(pWin,pParent) (StrSend(pWin) || SubSend(pParent)) + +#ifdef COMPOSITE +static const char *overlay_win_name = "<composite overlay>"; +#endif + +static const char * +get_window_name(WindowPtr pWin) +{ +#define WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN 512 + PropertyPtr prop; + static char buf[WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN]; + int len; +#ifdef COMPOSITE + CompScreenPtr comp_screen = GetCompScreen(pWin->drawable.pScreen); + + if (comp_screen && pWin == comp_screen->pOverlayWin) + return overlay_win_name; +#endif + + for (prop = wUserProps(pWin); prop; prop = prop->next) + { + if (prop->propertyName == XA_WM_NAME && prop->type == XA_STRING && + prop->data) + { + len = min(prop->size, WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN - 1); + memcpy(buf, prop->data, len); + buf[len] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + + return NULL; +#undef WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN +} + +static void log_window_info(WindowPtr pWin, int depth) +{ + int i; + const char *win_name, *visibility; + BoxPtr rects; + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + + for (i = 0; i < (depth << 2); i++) + ErrorF(" "); + + win_name = get_window_name(pWin); + ErrorF("win 0x%.8x (%s), [%d, %d] to [%d, %d]", + pWin->drawable.id, + win_name ? win_name : "no name", + pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y, + pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width, + pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height); + + if (pWin->overrideRedirect) + ErrorF(" (override redirect)"); +#ifdef COMPOSITE + if (pWin->redirectDraw) + ErrorF(" (%s compositing: pixmap %x)", + (pWin->redirectDraw == RedirectDrawAutomatic) ? + "automatic" : "manual", + pScreen->GetWindowPixmap(pWin)->drawable.id); +#endif + + switch (pWin->visibility) + { + case VisibilityUnobscured: + visibility = "unobscured"; + break; + case VisibilityPartiallyObscured: + visibility = "partially obscured"; + break; + case VisibilityFullyObscured: + visibility = "fully obscured"; + break; + case VisibilityNotViewable: + visibility = "unviewable"; + break; + } + ErrorF(", %s", visibility); + + if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pScreen, &pWin->clipList)) + { + ErrorF(", clip list:"); + rects = REGION_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); + for (i = 0; i < REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); i++) + ErrorF(" [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]", + rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, + rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2); + ErrorF("; extents [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]", + pWin->clipList.extents.x1, pWin->clipList.extents.y1, + pWin->clipList.extents.x2, pWin->clipList.extents.y2); + } + + ErrorF("\n"); +} + +void +PrintWindowTree(void) +{ + int scrnum, depth; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + WindowPtr pWin; + + for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < screenInfo.numScreens; scrnum++) + { + pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnum]; + ErrorF("[dix] Dumping windows for screen %d (pixmap %x):\n", scrnum, + pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable.id); + pWin = pScreen->root; + depth = 1; + while (pWin) + { + log_window_info(pWin, depth); + if (pWin->firstChild) + { + pWin = pWin->firstChild; + depth++; + continue; + } + while (pWin && !pWin->nextSib) + { + pWin = pWin->parent; + depth--; + } + if (!pWin) + break; + pWin = pWin->nextSib; + } + } +} + +int +TraverseTree(WindowPtr pWin, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data) +{ + int result; + WindowPtr pChild; + + if (!(pChild = pWin)) + return WT_NOMATCH; + while (1) + { + result = (* func)(pChild, data); + if (result == WT_STOPWALKING) + return WT_STOPWALKING; + if ((result == WT_WALKCHILDREN) && pChild->firstChild) + { + pChild = pChild->firstChild; + continue; + } + while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin)) + pChild = pChild->parent; + if (pChild == pWin) + break; + pChild = pChild->nextSib; + } + return WT_NOMATCH; +} + +/***** + * WalkTree + * Walk the window tree, for SCREEN, preforming FUNC(pWin, data) on + * each window. If FUNC returns WT_WALKCHILDREN, traverse the children, + * if it returns WT_DONTWALKCHILDREN, dont. If it returns WT_STOPWALKING + * exit WalkTree. Does depth-first traverse. + *****/ + +int +WalkTree(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data) +{ + return(TraverseTree(pScreen->root, func, data)); +} + +/* hack for forcing backing store on all windows */ +int defaultBackingStore = NotUseful; +/* hack to force no backing store */ +Bool disableBackingStore = FALSE; +Bool enableBackingStore = FALSE; + +static void +SetWindowToDefaults(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + pWin->prevSib = NullWindow; + pWin->firstChild = NullWindow; + pWin->lastChild = NullWindow; + + pWin->valdata = (ValidatePtr)NULL; + pWin->optional = (WindowOptPtr)NULL; + pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE; + + pWin->backingStore = NotUseful; + pWin->DIXsaveUnder = FALSE; + pWin->backStorage = (pointer) NULL; + + pWin->mapped = FALSE; /* off */ + pWin->realized = FALSE; /* off */ + pWin->viewable = FALSE; + pWin->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable; + pWin->overrideRedirect = FALSE; + pWin->saveUnder = FALSE; + + pWin->bitGravity = ForgetGravity; + pWin->winGravity = NorthWestGravity; + + pWin->eventMask = 0; + pWin->deliverableEvents = 0; + pWin->dontPropagate = 0; + pWin->forcedBS = FALSE; + pWin->redirectDraw = RedirectDrawNone; + pWin->forcedBG = FALSE; + +#ifdef ROOTLESS + pWin->rootlessUnhittable = FALSE; +#endif + +#ifdef COMPOSITE + pWin->damagedDescendants = FALSE; +#endif +} + +static void +MakeRootTile(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + GCPtr pGC; + unsigned char back[128]; + int len = BitmapBytePad(sizeof(long)); + unsigned char *from, *to; + int i, j; + + pWin->background.pixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, 4, 4, + pScreen->rootDepth, 0); + + pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap; + pGC = GetScratchGC(pScreen->rootDepth, pScreen); + if (!pWin->background.pixmap || !pGC) + FatalError("could not create root tile"); + + { + ChangeGCVal attributes[2]; + + attributes[0].val = pScreen->whitePixel; + attributes[1].val = pScreen->blackPixel; + + (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, GCForeground | GCBackground, attributes); + } + + ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC); + + from = (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? _back_lsb : _back_msb; + to = back; + + for (i = 4; i > 0; i--, from++) + for (j = len; j > 0; j--) + *to++ = *from; + + (*pGC->ops->PutImage)((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC, 1, + 0, 0, len, 4, 0, XYBitmap, (char *)back); + + FreeScratchGC(pGC); + +} + +/***** + * CreateRootWindow + * Makes a window at initialization time for specified screen + *****/ + +Bool +CreateRootWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + BoxRec box; + PixmapFormatRec *format; + + pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW); + if (!pWin) + return FALSE; + + pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NULL; + pScreen->screensaver.wid = FakeClientID(0); + pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver = NULL; + screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF; + + pScreen->root = pWin; + + pWin->drawable.pScreen = pScreen; + pWin->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_WINDOW; + + pWin->drawable.depth = pScreen->rootDepth; + for (format = screenInfo.formats; + format->depth != pScreen->rootDepth; + format++) + ; + pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel; + + pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER; + + pWin->parent = NullWindow; + SetWindowToDefaults(pWin); + + pWin->optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec)); + if (!pWin->optional) + return FALSE; + + pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = 0; + pWin->optional->otherEventMasks = 0; + pWin->optional->otherClients = NULL; + pWin->optional->passiveGrabs = NULL; + pWin->optional->userProps = NULL; + pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L; + pWin->optional->backingPixel = 0; + pWin->optional->boundingShape = NULL; + pWin->optional->clipShape = NULL; + pWin->optional->inputShape = NULL; + pWin->optional->inputMasks = NULL; + pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL; + pWin->optional->colormap = pScreen->defColormap; + pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual; + + pWin->nextSib = NullWindow; + + pWin->drawable.id = FakeClientID(0); + + pWin->origin.x = pWin->origin.y = 0; + pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height; + pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width; + pWin->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.y = 0; + + box.x1 = 0; + box.y1 = 0; + box.x2 = pScreen->width; + box.y2 = pScreen->height; + RegionInit(&pWin->clipList, &box, 1); + RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1); + RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1); + RegionInit(&pWin->borderClip, &box, 1); + + pWin->drawable.class = InputOutput; + pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual; + + pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel; + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + + pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE; + pWin->border.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel; + pWin->borderWidth = 0; + + /* security creation/labeling check + */ + if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, serverClient, pWin->drawable.id, + RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess)) + return FALSE; + + if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin)) + return FALSE; + + if (disableBackingStore) + pScreen->backingStoreSupport = NotUseful; + if (enableBackingStore) + pScreen->backingStoreSupport = Always; + + pScreen->saveUnderSupport = NotUseful; + + return TRUE; +} + +void +InitRootWindow(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + int backFlag = CWBorderPixel | CWCursor | CWBackingStore; + + if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin)) + return; /* XXX */ + (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, 0, 0); + + pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE; + pWin->optional->cursor = rootCursor; + rootCursor->refcnt++; + + + if (party_like_its_1989) { + MakeRootTile(pWin); + backFlag |= CWBackPixmap; + } else if (pScreen->canDoBGNoneRoot && bgNoneRoot) { + pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin); + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + backFlag |= CWBackPixmap; + } else { + pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel; + if (whiteRoot) + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + else + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel; + backFlag |= CWBackPixel; + } + + pWin->backingStore = defaultBackingStore; + pWin->forcedBS = (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful); + /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */ + (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, backFlag); + + MapWindow(pWin, serverClient); +} + +/* Set the region to the intersection of the rectangle and the + * window's winSize. The window is typically the parent of the + * window from which the region came. + */ + +static void +ClippedRegionFromBox(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr Rgn, + int x, int y, + int w, int h) +{ + BoxRec box = *RegionExtents(&pWin->winSize); + + /* we do these calculations to avoid overflows */ + if (x > box.x1) + box.x1 = x; + if (y > box.y1) + box.y1 = y; + x += w; + if (x < box.x2) + box.x2 = x; + y += h; + if (y < box.y2) + box.y2 = y; + if (box.x1 > box.x2) + box.x2 = box.x1; + if (box.y1 > box.y2) + box.y2 = box.y1; + RegionReset(Rgn, &box); + RegionIntersect(Rgn, Rgn, &pWin->winSize); +} + +static RealChildHeadProc realChildHeadProc = NULL; + +void +RegisterRealChildHeadProc (RealChildHeadProc proc) +{ + realChildHeadProc = proc; +} + + +WindowPtr +RealChildHead(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + if (realChildHeadProc) { + return realChildHeadProc (pWin); + } + + if (!pWin->parent && + (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) && + (HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen))) + return pWin->firstChild; + else + return NullWindow; +} + +/***** + * CreateWindow + * Makes a window in response to client request + *****/ + +WindowPtr +CreateWindow(Window wid, WindowPtr pParent, int x, int y, unsigned w, + unsigned h, unsigned bw, unsigned class, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, + int depth, ClientPtr client, VisualID visual, int *error) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + WindowPtr pHead; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + xEvent event; + int idepth, ivisual; + Bool fOK; + DepthPtr pDepth; + PixmapFormatRec *format; + WindowOptPtr ancwopt; + + if (class == CopyFromParent) + class = pParent->drawable.class; + + if ((class != InputOutput) && (class != InputOnly)) + { + *error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = class; + return NullWindow; + } + + if ((class != InputOnly) && (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly)) + { + *error = BadMatch; + return NullWindow; + } + + if ((class == InputOnly) && ((bw != 0) || (depth != 0))) + { + *error = BadMatch; + return NullWindow; + } + + pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen; + if ((class == InputOutput) && (depth == 0)) + depth = pParent->drawable.depth; + ancwopt = pParent->optional; + if (!ancwopt) + ancwopt = FindWindowWithOptional(pParent)->optional; + if (visual == CopyFromParent) { + visual = ancwopt->visual; + } + + /* Find out if the depth and visual are acceptable for this Screen */ + if ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (depth != pParent->drawable.depth)) + { + fOK = FALSE; + for(idepth = 0; idepth < pScreen->numDepths; idepth++) + { + pDepth = (DepthPtr) &pScreen->allowedDepths[idepth]; + if ((depth == pDepth->depth) || (depth == 0)) + { + for (ivisual = 0; ivisual < pDepth->numVids; ivisual++) + { + if (visual == pDepth->vids[ivisual]) + { + fOK = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + } + if (fOK == FALSE) + { + *error = BadMatch; + return NullWindow; + } + } + + if (((vmask & (CWBorderPixmap | CWBorderPixel)) == 0) && + (class != InputOnly) && + (depth != pParent->drawable.depth)) + { + *error = BadMatch; + return NullWindow; + } + + if (((vmask & CWColormap) == 0) && + (class != InputOnly) && + ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (ancwopt->colormap == None))) + { + *error = BadMatch; + return NullWindow; + } + + pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW); + if (!pWin) + { + *error = BadAlloc; + return NullWindow; + } + pWin->drawable = pParent->drawable; + pWin->drawable.depth = depth; + if (depth == pParent->drawable.depth) + pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = pParent->drawable.bitsPerPixel; + else + { + for (format = screenInfo.formats; format->depth != depth; format++) + ; + pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel; + } + if (class == InputOnly) + pWin->drawable.type = (short) UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW; + pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER; + + pWin->drawable.id = wid; + pWin->drawable.class = class; + + pWin->parent = pParent; + SetWindowToDefaults(pWin); + + if (visual != ancwopt->visual) + { + if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + { + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW); + *error = BadAlloc; + return NullWindow; + } + pWin->optional->visual = visual; + pWin->optional->colormap = None; + } + + pWin->borderWidth = bw; + + /* security creation/labeling check + */ + *error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, wid, RT_WINDOW, pWin, + RT_WINDOW, pWin->parent, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess); + if (*error != Success) { + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW); + return NullWindow; + } + + pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin); + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + + pWin->borderIsPixel = pParent->borderIsPixel; + pWin->border = pParent->border; + if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE) + pWin->border.pixmap->refcnt++; + + pWin->origin.x = x + (int)bw; + pWin->origin.y = y + (int)bw; + pWin->drawable.width = w; + pWin->drawable.height = h; + pWin->drawable.x = pParent->drawable.x + x + (int)bw; + pWin->drawable.y = pParent->drawable.y + y + (int)bw; + + /* set up clip list correctly for unobscured WindowPtr */ + RegionNull(&pWin->clipList); + RegionNull(&pWin->borderClip); + RegionNull(&pWin->winSize); + RegionNull(&pWin->borderSize); + + pHead = RealChildHead(pParent); + if (pHead) + { + pWin->nextSib = pHead->nextSib; + if (pHead->nextSib) + pHead->nextSib->prevSib = pWin; + else + pParent->lastChild = pWin; + pHead->nextSib = pWin; + pWin->prevSib = pHead; + } + else + { + pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild; + if (pParent->firstChild) + pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin; + else + pParent->lastChild = pWin; + pParent->firstChild = pWin; + } + + SetWinSize (pWin); + SetBorderSize (pWin); + + /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */ + if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin)) + { + *error = BadAlloc; + DeleteWindow(pWin, None); + return NullWindow; + } + /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */ + (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y); + + if (!(vmask & CWEventMask)) + RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); + + if (vmask) + *error = ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, vmask, vlist, wClient (pWin)); + else + *error = Success; + + if (*error != Success) + { + DeleteWindow(pWin, None); + return NullWindow; + } + if (!(vmask & CWBackingStore) && (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful)) + { + XID value = defaultBackingStore; + (void)ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, CWBackingStore, &value, wClient (pWin)); + pWin->forcedBS = TRUE; + } + + if (SubSend(pParent)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = CreateNotify; + event.u.createNotify.window = wid; + event.u.createNotify.parent = pParent->drawable.id; + event.u.createNotify.x = x; + event.u.createNotify.y = y; + event.u.createNotify.width = w; + event.u.createNotify.height = h; + event.u.createNotify.borderWidth = bw; + event.u.createNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect; + DeliverEvents(pParent, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + return pWin; +} + +static void +DisposeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin) +{ + if (!pWin->optional) + return; + /* + * everything is peachy. Delete the optional record + * and clean up + */ + if (pWin->optional->cursor) + { + FreeCursor (pWin->optional->cursor, (Cursor)0); + pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE; + } + else + pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE; + + if (pWin->optional->deviceCursors) + { + DevCursorList pList; + DevCursorList pPrev; + pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors; + while(pList) + { + if (pList->cursor) + FreeCursor(pList->cursor, (XID)0); + pPrev = pList; + pList = pList->next; + free(pPrev); + } + pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL; + } + + free(pWin->optional); + pWin->optional = NULL; +} + +static void +FreeWindowResources(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + + DeleteWindowFromAnySaveSet(pWin); + DeleteWindowFromAnySelections(pWin); + DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pWin, TRUE); + RegionUninit(&pWin->clipList); + RegionUninit(&pWin->winSize); + RegionUninit(&pWin->borderClip); + RegionUninit(&pWin->borderSize); + if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) + RegionDestroy(wBoundingShape (pWin)); + if (wClipShape (pWin)) + RegionDestroy(wClipShape (pWin)); + if (wInputShape (pWin)) + RegionDestroy(wInputShape (pWin)); + if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap); + if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap); + + DeleteAllWindowProperties(pWin); + /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */ + (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin); + DisposeWindowOptional (pWin); +} + +static void +CrushTree(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + WindowPtr pChild, pSib, pParent; + UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow; + xEvent event; + + if (!(pChild = pWin->firstChild)) + return; + UnrealizeWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow; + while (1) + { + if (pChild->firstChild) + { + pChild = pChild->firstChild; + continue; + } + while (1) + { + pParent = pChild->parent; + if (SubStrSend(pChild, pParent)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify; + event.u.destroyNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id; + DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + FreeResource(pChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW); + pSib = pChild->nextSib; + pChild->viewable = FALSE; + if (pChild->realized) + { + pChild->realized = FALSE; + (*UnrealizeWindow)(pChild); + } + FreeWindowResources(pChild); + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pChild, PRIVATE_WINDOW); + if ( (pChild = pSib) ) + break; + pChild = pParent; + pChild->firstChild = NullWindow; + pChild->lastChild = NullWindow; + if (pChild == pWin) + return; + } + } +} + +/***** + * DeleteWindow + * Deletes child of window then window itself + * If wid is None, don't send any events + *****/ + +int +DeleteWindow(pointer value, XID wid) + { + WindowPtr pParent; + WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value; + xEvent event; + + UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE); + + CrushTree(pWin); + + pParent = pWin->parent; + if (wid && pParent && SubStrSend(pWin, pParent)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify; + event.u.destroyNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + + FreeWindowResources(pWin); + if (pParent) + { + if (pParent->firstChild == pWin) + pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib; + if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) + pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->nextSib) + pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->prevSib) + pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib; + } + else + pWin->drawable.pScreen->root = NULL; + dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW); + return Success; +} + +int +DestroySubwindows(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client) +{ + /* XXX + * The protocol is quite clear that each window should be + * destroyed in turn, however, unmapping all of the first + * eliminates most of the calls to ValidateTree. So, + * this implementation is incorrect in that all of the + * UnmapNotifies occur before all of the DestroyNotifies. + * If you care, simply delete the call to UnmapSubwindows. + */ + UnmapSubwindows(pWin); + while (pWin->lastChild) { + int rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, + pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, + pWin->lastChild, RT_NONE, NULL, DixDestroyAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + FreeResource(pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_NONE); + } + return Success; +} + +static void +SetRootWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen, Mask *index2) +{ + /* following the protocol: "Changing the background of a root window to + * None or ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap" */ + if (bgNoneRoot) { + pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin); + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + } + else if (party_like_its_1989) + MakeRootTile(pWin); + else { + pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel; + if (whiteRoot) + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + else + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel; + *index2 = CWBackPixel; + } +} + +/***** + * ChangeWindowAttributes + * + * The value-mask specifies which attributes are to be changed; the + * value-list contains one value for each one bit in the mask, from least + * to most significant bit in the mask. + *****/ + +int +ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client) +{ + XID *pVlist; + PixmapPtr pPixmap; + Pixmap pixID; + CursorPtr pCursor, pOldCursor; + Cursor cursorID; + WindowPtr pChild; + Colormap cmap; + ColormapPtr pCmap; + xEvent xE; + int error, rc; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + Mask index2, tmask, vmaskCopy = 0; + unsigned int val; + Bool checkOptional = FALSE, borderRelative = FALSE; + + if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (vmask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK))) + return BadMatch; + + error = Success; + pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + pVlist = vlist; + tmask = vmask; + while (tmask) + { + index2 = (Mask) lowbit (tmask); + tmask &= ~index2; + switch (index2) + { + case CWBackPixmap: + pixID = (Pixmap )*pVlist; + pVlist++; + if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) + borderRelative = TRUE; + if (pixID == None) + { + if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap); + if (!pWin->parent) + SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2); + else { + pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin); + pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel; + } + } + else if (pixID == ParentRelative) + { + if (pWin->parent && + pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth) + { + error = BadMatch; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap); + if (!pWin->parent) + SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2); + else + pWin->backgroundState = ParentRelative; + borderRelative = TRUE; + /* Note that the parent's backgroundTile's refcnt is NOT + * incremented. */ + } + else + { + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP, + client, DixReadAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) || + (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen)) + { + error = BadMatch; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap); + pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap; + pWin->background.pixmap = pPixmap; + pPixmap->refcnt++; + } + else + { + error = rc; + client->errorValue = pixID; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + break; + case CWBackPixel: + if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) + borderRelative = TRUE; + if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap); + pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel; + pWin->background.pixel = (CARD32 ) *pVlist; + /* background pixel overrides background pixmap, + so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */ + vmaskCopy &= ~CWBackPixmap; + pVlist++; + break; + case CWBorderPixmap: + pixID = (Pixmap ) *pVlist; + pVlist++; + if (pixID == CopyFromParent) + { + if (!pWin->parent || + (pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth)) + { + error = BadMatch; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (pWin->parent->borderIsPixel == TRUE) { + if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap); + pWin->border = pWin->parent->border; + pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE; + index2 = CWBorderPixel; + break; + } + else + { + pixID = pWin->parent->border.pixmap->drawable.id; + } + } + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP, + client, DixReadAccess); + if (rc == Success) + { + if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) || + (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen)) + { + error = BadMatch; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap); + pWin->borderIsPixel = FALSE; + pWin->border.pixmap = pPixmap; + pPixmap->refcnt++; + } + else + { + error = rc; + client->errorValue = pixID; + goto PatchUp; + } + break; + case CWBorderPixel: + if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE) + (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap); + pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE; + pWin->border.pixel = (CARD32) *pVlist; + /* border pixel overrides border pixmap, + so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */ + vmaskCopy &= ~CWBorderPixmap; + pVlist++; + break; + case CWBitGravity: + val = (CARD8 )*pVlist; + pVlist++; + if (val > StaticGravity) + { + error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = val; + goto PatchUp; + } + pWin->bitGravity = val; + break; + case CWWinGravity: + val = (CARD8 )*pVlist; + pVlist++; + if (val > StaticGravity) + { + error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = val; + goto PatchUp; + } + pWin->winGravity = val; + break; + case CWBackingStore: + val = (CARD8 )*pVlist; + pVlist++; + if ((val != NotUseful) && (val != WhenMapped) && (val != Always)) + { + error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = val; + goto PatchUp; + } + pWin->backingStore = val; + pWin->forcedBS = FALSE; + break; + case CWBackingPlanes: + if (pWin->optional || ((CARD32)*pVlist != (CARD32)~0L)) { + if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + { + error = BadAlloc; + goto PatchUp; + } + pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = (CARD32) *pVlist; + if ((CARD32)*pVlist == (CARD32)~0L) + checkOptional = TRUE; + } + pVlist++; + break; + case CWBackingPixel: + if (pWin->optional || (CARD32) *pVlist) { + if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + { + error = BadAlloc; + goto PatchUp; + } + pWin->optional->backingPixel = (CARD32) *pVlist; + if (!*pVlist) + checkOptional = TRUE; + } + pVlist++; + break; + case CWSaveUnder: + val = (BOOL) *pVlist; + pVlist++; + if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse)) + { + error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = val; + goto PatchUp; + } + pWin->saveUnder = val; + break; + case CWEventMask: + rc = EventSelectForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist); + if (rc) + { + error = rc; + goto PatchUp; + } + pVlist++; + break; + case CWDontPropagate: + rc = EventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist, + &checkOptional); + if (rc) + { + error = rc; + goto PatchUp; + } + pVlist++; + break; + case CWOverrideRedirect: + val = (BOOL ) *pVlist; + pVlist++; + if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse)) + { + error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = val; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (val == xTrue) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, + RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixGrabAccess); + if (rc != Success) { + error = rc; + client->errorValue = pWin->drawable.id; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + pWin->overrideRedirect = val; + break; + case CWColormap: + cmap = (Colormap) *pVlist; + pVlist++; + if (cmap == CopyFromParent) + { + if (pWin->parent && + (!pWin->optional || + pWin->optional->visual == wVisual (pWin->parent))) + { + cmap = wColormap (pWin->parent); + } + else + cmap = None; + } + if (cmap == None) + { + error = BadMatch; + goto PatchUp; + } + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCmap, cmap, RT_COLORMAP, + client, DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + error = rc; + client->errorValue = cmap; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (pCmap->pVisual->vid != wVisual (pWin) || + pCmap->pScreen != pScreen) + { + error = BadMatch; + goto PatchUp; + } + if (cmap != wColormap (pWin)) + { + if (!pWin->optional) + { + if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + { + error = BadAlloc; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + else if (pWin->parent && cmap == wColormap (pWin->parent)) + checkOptional = TRUE; + + /* + * propagate the original colormap to any children + * inheriting it + */ + + for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib) + { + if (!pChild->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pChild)) + { + error = BadAlloc; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + + pWin->optional->colormap = cmap; + + /* + * check on any children now matching the new colormap + */ + + for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib) + { + if (pChild->optional->colormap == cmap) + CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild); + } + + xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; + xE.u.colormap.window = pWin->drawable.id; + xE.u.colormap.colormap = cmap; + xE.u.colormap.new = xTrue; + xE.u.colormap.state = IsMapInstalled(cmap, pWin); + DeliverEvents(pWin, &xE, 1, NullWindow); + } + break; + case CWCursor: + cursorID = (Cursor ) *pVlist; + pVlist++; + /* + * install the new + */ + if ( cursorID == None) + { + if (pWin == pWin->drawable.pScreen->root) + pCursor = rootCursor; + else + pCursor = (CursorPtr) None; + } + else + { + rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, cursorID, + RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + error = rc; + client->errorValue = cursorID; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + + if (pCursor != wCursor (pWin)) + { + /* + * patch up child windows so they don't lose cursors. + */ + + for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib) + { + if (!pChild->optional && !pChild->cursorIsNone && + !MakeWindowOptional (pChild)) + { + error = BadAlloc; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + + pOldCursor = 0; + if (pCursor == (CursorPtr) None) + { + pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE; + if (pWin->optional) + { + pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor; + pWin->optional->cursor = (CursorPtr) None; + checkOptional = TRUE; + } + } else { + if (!pWin->optional) + { + if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) + { + error = BadAlloc; + goto PatchUp; + } + } + else if (pWin->parent && pCursor == wCursor (pWin->parent)) + checkOptional = TRUE; + pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor; + pWin->optional->cursor = pCursor; + pCursor->refcnt++; + pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE; + /* + * check on any children now matching the new cursor + */ + + for (pChild=pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib) + { + if (pChild->optional && + (pChild->optional->cursor == pCursor)) + CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild); + } + } + + if (pWin->realized) + WindowHasNewCursor( pWin); + + /* Can't free cursor until here - old cursor + * is needed in WindowHasNewCursor + */ + if (pOldCursor) + FreeCursor (pOldCursor, (Cursor)0); + } + break; + default: + error = BadValue; + client->errorValue = vmask; + goto PatchUp; + } + vmaskCopy |= index2; + } +PatchUp: + if (checkOptional) + CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin); + + /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */ + (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, vmaskCopy); + + /* + If the border contents have changed, redraw the border. + Note that this has to be done AFTER pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes + for the tile to be rotated, and the correct function selected. + */ + if (((vmaskCopy & (CWBorderPixel | CWBorderPixmap)) || borderRelative) + && pWin->viewable && HasBorder (pWin)) + { + RegionRec exposed; + + RegionNull(&exposed); + RegionSubtract(&exposed, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize); + miPaintWindow(pWin, &exposed, PW_BORDER); + RegionUninit(&exposed); + } + return error; +} + + +/***** + * GetWindowAttributes + * Notice that this is different than ChangeWindowAttributes + *****/ + +void +GetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, xGetWindowAttributesReply *wa) +{ + wa->type = X_Reply; + wa->bitGravity = pWin->bitGravity; + wa->winGravity = pWin->winGravity; + if (pWin->forcedBS && pWin->backingStore != Always) + wa->backingStore = NotUseful; + else + wa->backingStore = pWin->backingStore; + wa->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply) - + sizeof(xGenericReply)); + wa->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; + wa->backingBitPlanes = wBackingBitPlanes (pWin); + wa->backingPixel = wBackingPixel (pWin); + wa->saveUnder = (BOOL)pWin->saveUnder; + wa->override = pWin->overrideRedirect; + if (!pWin->mapped) + wa->mapState = IsUnmapped; + else if (pWin->realized) + wa->mapState = IsViewable; + else + wa->mapState = IsUnviewable; + + wa->colormap = wColormap (pWin); + wa->mapInstalled = (wa->colormap == None) ? xFalse + : IsMapInstalled(wa->colormap, pWin); + + wa->yourEventMask = EventMaskForClient(pWin, client); + wa->allEventMasks = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks (pWin); + wa->doNotPropagateMask = wDontPropagateMask (pWin); + wa->class = pWin->drawable.class; + wa->visualID = wVisual (pWin); +} + + +WindowPtr +MoveWindowInStack(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pNextSib) +{ + WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent; + WindowPtr pFirstChange = pWin; /* highest window where list changes */ + + if (pWin->nextSib != pNextSib) + { + WindowPtr pOldNextSib = pWin->nextSib; + + if (!pNextSib) /* move to bottom */ + { + if (pParent->firstChild == pWin) + pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib; + /* if (pWin->nextSib) */ /* is always True: pNextSib == NULL + * and pWin->nextSib != pNextSib + * therefore pWin->nextSib != NULL */ + pFirstChange = pWin->nextSib; + pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->prevSib) + pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib; + pParent->lastChild->nextSib = pWin; + pWin->prevSib = pParent->lastChild; + pWin->nextSib = NullWindow; + pParent->lastChild = pWin; + } + else if (pParent->firstChild == pNextSib) /* move to top */ + { + pFirstChange = pWin; + if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) + pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->nextSib) + pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->prevSib) + pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib; + pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild; + pWin->prevSib = (WindowPtr ) NULL; + pNextSib->prevSib = pWin; + pParent->firstChild = pWin; + } + else /* move in middle of list */ + { + WindowPtr pOldNext = pWin->nextSib; + + pFirstChange = NullWindow; + if (pParent->firstChild == pWin) + pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib; + if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) { + pFirstChange = pWin; + pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib; + } + if (pWin->nextSib) + pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->prevSib) + pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib; + pWin->nextSib = pNextSib; + pWin->prevSib = pNextSib->prevSib; + if (pNextSib->prevSib) + pNextSib->prevSib->nextSib = pWin; + pNextSib->prevSib = pWin; + if (!pFirstChange) { /* do we know it yet? */ + pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild; /* no, search from top */ + while ((pFirstChange != pWin) && (pFirstChange != pOldNext)) + pFirstChange = pFirstChange->nextSib; + } + } + if(pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow) + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pOldNextSib); + } + +#ifdef ROOTLESS + /* + * In rootless mode we can't optimize away window restacks. + * There may be non-X windows around, so even if the window + * is in the correct position from X's point of view, + * the underlying window system may want to reorder it. + */ + else if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow) + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pWin->nextSib); +#endif + + return pFirstChange; +} + +void +SetWinSize (WindowPtr pWin) +{ +#ifdef COMPOSITE + if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone) + { + BoxRec box; + + /* + * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their + * own geometry, not clipped to their parent + */ + box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x; + box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y; + box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width; + box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height; + RegionReset(&pWin->winSize, &box); + } + else +#endif + ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->winSize, + pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y, + (int)pWin->drawable.width, + (int)pWin->drawable.height); + if (wBoundingShape (pWin) || wClipShape (pWin)) { + RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, - pWin->drawable.x, + - pWin->drawable.y); + if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) + RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize, + wBoundingShape (pWin)); + if (wClipShape (pWin)) + RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize, + wClipShape (pWin)); + RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, pWin->drawable.x, + pWin->drawable.y); + } +} + +void +SetBorderSize (WindowPtr pWin) +{ + int bw; + + if (HasBorder (pWin)) { + bw = wBorderWidth (pWin); +#ifdef COMPOSITE + if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone) + { + BoxRec box; + + /* + * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their + * own geometry, not clipped to their parent + */ + box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x - bw; + box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y - bw; + box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width + bw; + box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height + bw; + RegionReset(&pWin->borderSize, &box); + } + else +#endif + ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->borderSize, + pWin->drawable.x - bw, pWin->drawable.y - bw, + (int)(pWin->drawable.width + (bw<<1)), + (int)(pWin->drawable.height + (bw<<1))); + if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) { + RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, - pWin->drawable.x, + - pWin->drawable.y); + RegionIntersect(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize, + wBoundingShape (pWin)); + RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, pWin->drawable.x, + pWin->drawable.y); + RegionUnion(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize, + &pWin->winSize); + } + } else { + RegionCopy(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->winSize); + } +} + +/** + * + * \param x,y new window position + * \param oldx,oldy old window position + * \param destx,desty position relative to gravity + */ + +void +GravityTranslate (int x, int y, int oldx, int oldy, + int dw, int dh, unsigned gravity, + int *destx, int *desty) +{ + switch (gravity) { + case NorthGravity: + *destx = x + dw / 2; + *desty = y; + break; + case NorthEastGravity: + *destx = x + dw; + *desty = y; + break; + case WestGravity: + *destx = x; + *desty = y + dh / 2; + break; + case CenterGravity: + *destx = x + dw / 2; + *desty = y + dh / 2; + break; + case EastGravity: + *destx = x + dw; + *desty = y + dh / 2; + break; + case SouthWestGravity: + *destx = x; + *desty = y + dh; + break; + case SouthGravity: + *destx = x + dw / 2; + *desty = y + dh; + break; + case SouthEastGravity: + *destx = x + dw; + *desty = y + dh; + break; + case StaticGravity: + *destx = oldx; + *desty = oldy; + break; + default: + *destx = x; + *desty = y; + break; + } +} + +/* XXX need to retile border on each window with ParentRelative origin */ +void +ResizeChildrenWinSize(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy, int dw, int dh) +{ + ScreenPtr pScreen; + WindowPtr pSib, pChild; + Bool resized = (dw || dh); + + pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + + for (pSib = pWin->firstChild; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib) + { + if (resized && (pSib->winGravity > NorthWestGravity)) + { + int cwsx, cwsy; + + cwsx = pSib->origin.x; + cwsy = pSib->origin.y; + GravityTranslate (cwsx, cwsy, cwsx - dx, cwsy - dy, dw, dh, + pSib->winGravity, &cwsx, &cwsy); + if (cwsx != pSib->origin.x || cwsy != pSib->origin.y) + { + xEvent event; + + event.u.u.type = GravityNotify; + event.u.gravity.window = pSib->drawable.id; + event.u.gravity.x = cwsx - wBorderWidth (pSib); + event.u.gravity.y = cwsy - wBorderWidth (pSib); + DeliverEvents (pSib, &event, 1, NullWindow); + pSib->origin.x = cwsx; + pSib->origin.y = cwsy; + } + } + pSib->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.x + pSib->origin.x; + pSib->drawable.y = pWin->drawable.y + pSib->origin.y; + SetWinSize (pSib); + SetBorderSize (pSib); + (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pSib, pSib->drawable.x, pSib->drawable.y); + + if ( (pChild = pSib->firstChild) ) + { + while (1) + { + pChild->drawable.x = pChild->parent->drawable.x + + pChild->origin.x; + pChild->drawable.y = pChild->parent->drawable.y + + pChild->origin.y; + SetWinSize (pChild); + SetBorderSize (pChild); + (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pChild, + pChild->drawable.x, pChild->drawable.y); + if (pChild->firstChild) + { + pChild = pChild->firstChild; + continue; + } + while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pSib)) + pChild = pChild->parent; + if (pChild == pSib) + break; + pChild = pChild->nextSib; + } + } + } +} + +#define GET_INT16(m, f) \ + if (m & mask) \ + { \ + f = (INT16) *pVlist;\ + pVlist++; \ + } +#define GET_CARD16(m, f) \ + if (m & mask) \ + { \ + f = (CARD16) *pVlist;\ + pVlist++;\ + } + +#define GET_CARD8(m, f) \ + if (m & mask) \ + { \ + f = (CARD8) *pVlist;\ + pVlist++;\ + } + +#define ChangeMask ((Mask)(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight)) + +#define IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask (CWBorderWidth) + +/* + * IsSiblingAboveMe + * returns Above if pSib above pMe in stack or Below otherwise + */ + +static int +IsSiblingAboveMe( + WindowPtr pMe, + WindowPtr pSib) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + + pWin = pMe->parent->firstChild; + while (pWin) + { + if (pWin == pSib) + return Above; + else if (pWin == pMe) + return Below; + pWin = pWin->nextSib; + } + return Below; +} + +static BoxPtr +WindowExtents( + WindowPtr pWin, + BoxPtr pBox) +{ + pBox->x1 = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin); + pBox->y1 = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin); + pBox->x2 = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width + + wBorderWidth (pWin); + pBox->y2 = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height + + wBorderWidth (pWin); + return pBox; +} + +#define IS_SHAPED(pWin) (wBoundingShape (pWin) != (RegionPtr) NULL) + +static RegionPtr +MakeBoundingRegion ( + WindowPtr pWin, + BoxPtr pBox) +{ + RegionPtr pRgn = RegionCreate(pBox, 1); + if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) { + RegionTranslate(pRgn, -pWin->origin.x, -pWin->origin.y); + RegionIntersect(pRgn, pRgn, wBoundingShape (pWin)); + RegionTranslate(pRgn, pWin->origin.x, pWin->origin.y); + } + return pRgn; +} + +static Bool +ShapeOverlap ( + WindowPtr pWin, + BoxPtr pWinBox, + WindowPtr pSib, + BoxPtr pSibBox) +{ + RegionPtr pWinRgn, pSibRgn; + Bool ret; + + if (!IS_SHAPED(pWin) && !IS_SHAPED(pSib)) + return TRUE; + pWinRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pWin, pWinBox); + pSibRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pSib, pSibBox); + RegionIntersect(pWinRgn, pWinRgn, pSibRgn); + ret = RegionNotEmpty(pWinRgn); + RegionDestroy(pWinRgn); + RegionDestroy(pSibRgn); + return ret; +} + +static Bool +AnyWindowOverlapsMe( + WindowPtr pWin, + WindowPtr pHead, + BoxPtr box) +{ + WindowPtr pSib; + BoxRec sboxrec; + BoxPtr sbox; + + for (pSib = pWin->prevSib; pSib != pHead; pSib = pSib->prevSib) + { + if (pSib->mapped) + { + sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec); + if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box) + && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox) + ) + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +static Bool +IOverlapAnyWindow( + WindowPtr pWin, + BoxPtr box) +{ + WindowPtr pSib; + BoxRec sboxrec; + BoxPtr sbox; + + for (pSib = pWin->nextSib; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib) + { + if (pSib->mapped) + { + sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec); + if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box) + && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox) + ) + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +/* + * WhereDoIGoInTheStack() + * Given pWin and pSib and the relationshipe smode, return + * the window that pWin should go ABOVE. + * If a pSib is specified: + * Above: pWin is placed just above pSib + * Below: pWin is placed just below pSib + * TopIf: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed + * at the top of the stack + * BottomIf: if pWin occludes pSib, then pWin is + * placed at the bottom of the stack + * Opposite: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at the + * top of the stack, else if pWin occludes pSib, then + * pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack + * + * If pSib is NULL: + * Above: pWin is placed at the top of the stack + * Below: pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack + * TopIf: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at + * the top of the stack + * BottomIf: if pWin occludes any sibline, then pWin is placed at + * the bottom of the stack + * Opposite: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at + * the top of the stack, else if pWin occludes any + * sibling, then pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack + * + */ + +static WindowPtr +WhereDoIGoInTheStack( + WindowPtr pWin, + WindowPtr pSib, + short x, + short y, + unsigned short w, + unsigned short h, + int smode) +{ + BoxRec box; + WindowPtr pHead, pFirst; + + if ((pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) && + (pWin == pWin->parent->lastChild)) + return((WindowPtr ) NULL); + pHead = RealChildHead(pWin->parent); + pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pWin->parent->firstChild; + box.x1 = x; + box.y1 = y; + box.x2 = x + (int)w; + box.y2 = y + (int)h; + switch (smode) + { + case Above: + if (pSib) + return pSib; + else if (pWin == pFirst) + return pWin->nextSib; + else + return pFirst; + case Below: + if (pSib) + if (pSib->nextSib != pWin) + return pSib->nextSib; + else + return pWin->nextSib; + else + return NullWindow; + case TopIf: + if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped))) + return pWin->nextSib; + else if (pSib) + { + if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) && + (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)) + return pFirst; + else + return pWin->nextSib; + } + else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box)) + return pFirst; + else + return pWin->nextSib; + case BottomIf: + if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped))) + return pWin->nextSib; + else if (pSib) + { + if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Below) && + (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)) + return NullWindow; + else + return pWin->nextSib; + } + else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box)) + return NullWindow; + else + return pWin->nextSib; + case Opposite: + if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped))) + return pWin->nextSib; + else if (pSib) + { + if (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT) + { + if (IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) + return pFirst; + else + return NullWindow; + } + else + return pWin->nextSib; + } + else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box)) + { + /* If I'm occluded, I can't possibly be the first child + * if (pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) + * return pWin->nextSib; + */ + return pFirst; + } + else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box)) + return NullWindow; + else + return pWin->nextSib; + default: + { + /* should never happen; make something up. */ + return pWin->nextSib; + } + } +} + +static void +ReflectStackChange( + WindowPtr pWin, + WindowPtr pSib, + VTKind kind) +{ +/* Note that pSib might be NULL */ + + Bool WasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable; + Bool anyMarked; + WindowPtr pFirstChange; + WindowPtr pLayerWin; + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + + /* if this is a root window, can't be restacked */ + if (!pWin->parent) + return; + + pFirstChange = MoveWindowInStack(pWin, pSib); + + if (WasViewable) + { + anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pFirstChange, + &pLayerWin); + if (pLayerWin != pWin) pFirstChange = pLayerWin; + if (anyMarked) + { + (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind); + (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent); + } + if (anyMarked && pWin->drawable.pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind); + } + if (pWin->realized) + WindowsRestructured (); +} + +/***** + * ConfigureWindow + *****/ + +int +ConfigureWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Mask mask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client) +{ +#define RESTACK_WIN 0 +#define MOVE_WIN 1 +#define RESIZE_WIN 2 +#define REBORDER_WIN 3 + WindowPtr pSib = NullWindow; + WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent; + Window sibwid = 0; + Mask index2, tmask; + XID *pVlist; + short x, y, beforeX, beforeY; + unsigned short w = pWin->drawable.width, + h = pWin->drawable.height, + bw = pWin->borderWidth; + int rc, action, smode = Above; + xEvent event; + + if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (mask & IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask)) + return BadMatch; + + if ((mask & CWSibling) && !(mask & CWStackMode)) + return BadMatch; + + pVlist = vlist; + + if (pParent) + { + x = pWin->drawable.x - pParent->drawable.x - (int)bw; + y = pWin->drawable.y - pParent->drawable.y - (int)bw; + } + else + { + x = pWin->drawable.x; + y = pWin->drawable.y; + } + beforeX = x; + beforeY = y; + action = RESTACK_WIN; + if ((mask & (CWX | CWY)) && (!(mask & (CWHeight | CWWidth)))) + { + GET_INT16(CWX, x); + GET_INT16(CWY, y); + action = MOVE_WIN; + } + /* or should be resized */ + else if (mask & (CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight)) + { + GET_INT16(CWX, x); + GET_INT16(CWY, y); + GET_CARD16(CWWidth, w); + GET_CARD16 (CWHeight, h); + if (!w || !h) + { + client->errorValue = 0; + return BadValue; + } + action = RESIZE_WIN; + } + tmask = mask & ~ChangeMask; + while (tmask) + { + index2 = (Mask)lowbit (tmask); + tmask &= ~index2; + switch (index2) + { + case CWBorderWidth: + GET_CARD16(CWBorderWidth, bw); + break; + case CWSibling: + sibwid = (Window ) *pVlist; + pVlist++; + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pSib, sibwid, client, DixGetAttrAccess); + if (rc != Success) + { + client->errorValue = sibwid; + return rc; + } + if (pSib->parent != pParent) + return BadMatch; + if (pSib == pWin) + return BadMatch; + break; + case CWStackMode: + GET_CARD8(CWStackMode, smode); + if ((smode != TopIf) && (smode != BottomIf) && + (smode != Opposite) && (smode != Above) && (smode != Below)) + { + client->errorValue = smode; + return BadValue; + } + break; + default: + client->errorValue = mask; + return BadValue; + } + } + /* root really can't be reconfigured, so just return */ + if (!pParent) + return Success; + + /* Figure out if the window should be moved. Doesnt + make the changes to the window if event sent */ + + if (mask & CWStackMode) + pSib = WhereDoIGoInTheStack(pWin, pSib, pParent->drawable.x + x, + pParent->drawable.y + y, + w + (bw << 1), h + (bw << 1), smode); + else + pSib = pWin->nextSib; + + + if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) && + (RedirectSend(pParent) + )) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = ConfigureRequest; + event.u.configureRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id; + if (mask & CWSibling) + event.u.configureRequest.sibling = sibwid; + else + event.u.configureRequest.sibling = None; + if (mask & CWStackMode) + event.u.u.detail = smode; + else + event.u.u.detail = Above; + event.u.configureRequest.x = x; + event.u.configureRequest.y = y; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) { + event.u.configureRequest.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + event.u.configureRequest.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } +#endif + event.u.configureRequest.width = w; + event.u.configureRequest.height = h; + event.u.configureRequest.borderWidth = bw; + event.u.configureRequest.valueMask = mask; + event.u.configureRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id; + if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1, + SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1) + return Success; + } + if (action == RESIZE_WIN) + { + Bool size_change = (w != pWin->drawable.width) + || (h != pWin->drawable.height); + if (size_change && ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & ResizeRedirectMask)) + { + xEvent eventT; + memset(&eventT, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + eventT.u.u.type = ResizeRequest; + eventT.u.resizeRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id; + eventT.u.resizeRequest.width = w; + eventT.u.resizeRequest.height = h; + if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pWin, &eventT, 1, + ResizeRedirectMask, client) == 1) + { + /* if event is delivered, leave the actual size alone. */ + w = pWin->drawable.width; + h = pWin->drawable.height; + size_change = FALSE; + } + } + if (!size_change) + { + if (mask & (CWX | CWY)) + action = MOVE_WIN; + else if (mask & (CWStackMode | CWBorderWidth)) + action = RESTACK_WIN; + else /* really nothing to do */ + return(Success) ; + } + } + + if (action == RESIZE_WIN) + /* we've already checked whether there's really a size change */ + goto ActuallyDoSomething; + if ((mask & CWX) && (x != beforeX)) + goto ActuallyDoSomething; + if ((mask & CWY) && (y != beforeY)) + goto ActuallyDoSomething; + if ((mask & CWBorderWidth) && (bw != wBorderWidth (pWin))) + goto ActuallyDoSomething; + if (mask & CWStackMode) + { +#ifndef ROOTLESS + /* See above for why we always reorder in rootless mode. */ + if (pWin->nextSib != pSib) +#endif + goto ActuallyDoSomething; + } + return Success; + +ActuallyDoSomething: + if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify) + { + int ret; + ret = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)(pWin, x, y, w, h, bw, pSib); + if (ret) { + client->errorValue = 0; + return ret; + } + } + + if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify; + event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id; + if (pSib) + event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = pSib->drawable.id; + else + event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None; + event.u.configureNotify.x = x; + event.u.configureNotify.y = y; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) { + event.u.configureNotify.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + event.u.configureNotify.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } +#endif + event.u.configureNotify.width = w; + event.u.configureNotify.height = h; + event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = bw; + event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + if (mask & CWBorderWidth) + { + if (action == RESTACK_WIN) + { + action = MOVE_WIN; + pWin->borderWidth = bw; + } + else if ((action == MOVE_WIN) && + (beforeX + wBorderWidth (pWin) == x + (int)bw) && + (beforeY + wBorderWidth (pWin) == y + (int)bw)) + { + action = REBORDER_WIN; + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)(pWin, bw); + } + else + pWin->borderWidth = bw; + } + if (action == MOVE_WIN) + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, x, y, pSib, + (mask & CWBorderWidth) ? VTOther : VTMove); + else if (action == RESIZE_WIN) + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ResizeWindow)(pWin, x, y, w, h, pSib); + else if (mask & CWStackMode) + ReflectStackChange(pWin, pSib, VTOther); + + if (action != RESTACK_WIN) + CheckCursorConfinement(pWin); + return Success; +#undef RESTACK_WIN +#undef MOVE_WIN +#undef RESIZE_WIN +#undef REBORDER_WIN +} + + +/****** + * + * CirculateWindow + * For RaiseLowest, raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is + * obscured by another child to the top of the stack. For LowerHighest, + * lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that is obscuring another + * child to the bottom of the stack. Exposure processing is performed + * + ******/ + +int +CirculateWindow(WindowPtr pParent, int direction, ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin, pHead, pFirst; + xEvent event; + BoxRec box; + + pHead = RealChildHead(pParent); + pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pParent->firstChild; + if (direction == RaiseLowest) + { + for (pWin = pParent->lastChild; + (pWin != pHead) && + !(pWin->mapped && + AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, WindowExtents(pWin, &box))); + pWin = pWin->prevSib) ; + if (pWin == pHead) + return Success; + } + else + { + for (pWin = pFirst; + pWin && + !(pWin->mapped && + IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, WindowExtents(pWin, &box))); + pWin = pWin->nextSib) ; + if (!pWin) + return Success; + } + + event.u.circulate.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.circulate.parent = pParent->drawable.id; + event.u.circulate.event = pParent->drawable.id; + if (direction == RaiseLowest) + event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnTop; + else + event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnBottom; + + if (RedirectSend(pParent)) + { + event.u.u.type = CirculateRequest; + if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1, + SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1) + return Success; + } + + event.u.u.type = CirculateNotify; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); + ReflectStackChange(pWin, + (direction == RaiseLowest) ? pFirst : NullWindow, + VTStack); + + return Success; +} + +static int +CompareWIDs( + WindowPtr pWin, + pointer value) /* must conform to VisitWindowProcPtr */ +{ + Window *wid = (Window *)value; + + if (pWin->drawable.id == *wid) + return WT_STOPWALKING; + else + return WT_WALKCHILDREN; +} + +/***** + * ReparentWindow + *****/ + +int +ReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pParent, + int x, int y, ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pPrev, pPriorParent; + Bool WasMapped = (Bool)(pWin->mapped); + xEvent event; + int bw = wBorderWidth (pWin); + ScreenPtr pScreen; + + pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + if (TraverseTree(pWin, CompareWIDs, (pointer)&pParent->drawable.id) == WT_STOPWALKING) + return BadMatch; + if (!MakeWindowOptional(pWin)) + return BadAlloc; + + if (WasMapped) + UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE); + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = ReparentNotify; + event.u.reparent.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.reparent.parent = pParent->drawable.id; + event.u.reparent.x = x; + event.u.reparent.y = y; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pParent->parent) { + event.u.reparent.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x; + event.u.reparent.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y; + } +#endif + event.u.reparent.override = pWin->overrideRedirect; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, pParent); + + /* take out of sibling chain */ + + pPriorParent = pPrev = pWin->parent; + if (pPrev->firstChild == pWin) + pPrev->firstChild = pWin->nextSib; + if (pPrev->lastChild == pWin) + pPrev->lastChild = pWin->prevSib; + + if (pWin->nextSib) + pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib; + if (pWin->prevSib) + pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib; + + /* insert at begining of pParent */ + pWin->parent = pParent; + pPrev = RealChildHead(pParent); + if (pPrev) + { + pWin->nextSib = pPrev->nextSib; + if (pPrev->nextSib) + pPrev->nextSib->prevSib = pWin; + else + pParent->lastChild = pWin; + pPrev->nextSib = pWin; + pWin->prevSib = pPrev; + } + else + { + pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild; + pWin->prevSib = NullWindow; + if (pParent->firstChild) + pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin; + else + pParent->lastChild = pWin; + pParent->firstChild = pWin; + } + + pWin->origin.x = x + bw; + pWin->origin.y = y + bw; + pWin->drawable.x = x + bw + pParent->drawable.x; + pWin->drawable.y = y + bw + pParent->drawable.y; + + /* clip to parent */ + SetWinSize (pWin); + SetBorderSize (pWin); + + if (pScreen->ReparentWindow) + (*pScreen->ReparentWindow)(pWin, pPriorParent); + (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y); + ResizeChildrenWinSize(pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0); + + CheckWindowOptionalNeed(pWin); + + if (WasMapped) + MapWindow(pWin, client); + RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); + return Success; +} + +static void +RealizeTree(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + WindowPtr pChild; + RealizeWindowProcPtr Realize; + + Realize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->RealizeWindow; + pChild = pWin; + while (1) + { + if (pChild->mapped) + { + pChild->realized = TRUE; + pChild->viewable = (pChild->drawable.class == InputOutput); + (* Realize)(pChild); + if (pChild->firstChild) + { + pChild = pChild->firstChild; + continue; + } + } + while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin)) + pChild = pChild->parent; + if (pChild == pWin) + return; + pChild = pChild->nextSib; + } +} + +static WindowPtr windowDisableMapUnmapEvents; + +void +DisableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents == NULL); + + windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = pWin; +} + +void +EnableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents != NULL); + + windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = NULL; +} + +static Bool +MapUnmapEventsEnabled(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + return pWin != windowDisableMapUnmapEvents; +} + +/***** + * MapWindow + * If some other client has selected SubStructureReDirect on the parent + * and override-redirect is xFalse, then a MapRequest event is generated, + * but the window remains unmapped. Otherwise, the window is mapped and a + * MapNotify event is generated. + *****/ + +int +MapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client) +{ + ScreenPtr pScreen; + + WindowPtr pParent; + WindowPtr pLayerWin; + + if (pWin->mapped) + return Success; + + /* general check for permission to map window */ + if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, + pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixShowAccess) != Success) + return Success; + + pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + if ( (pParent = pWin->parent) ) + { + xEvent event; + Bool anyMarked; + + if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) && + (RedirectSend(pParent) + )) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = MapRequest; + event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id; + + if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1, + SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1) + return Success; + } + + pWin->mapped = TRUE; + if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = MapNotify; + event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + + if (!pParent->realized) + return Success; + RealizeTree(pWin); + if (pWin->viewable) + { + anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin, + &pLayerWin); + if (anyMarked) + { + (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap); + (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent); + } + if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap); + } + WindowsRestructured (); + } + else + { + RegionRec temp; + + pWin->mapped = TRUE; + pWin->realized = TRUE; /* for roots */ + pWin->viewable = pWin->drawable.class == InputOutput; + /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */ + (*pScreen->RealizeWindow)(pWin); + if (pScreen->ClipNotify) + (*pScreen->ClipNotify) (pWin, 0, 0); + if (pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(NullWindow, pWin, VTMap); + RegionNull(&temp); + RegionCopy(&temp, &pWin->clipList); + (*pScreen->WindowExposures) (pWin, &temp, NullRegion); + RegionUninit(&temp); + } + + return Success; +} + + +/***** + * MapSubwindows + * Performs a MapWindow all unmapped children of the window, in top + * to bottom stacking order. + *****/ + +void +MapSubwindows(WindowPtr pParent, ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pWin; + WindowPtr pFirstMapped = NullWindow; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + Mask parentRedirect; + Mask parentNotify; + xEvent event; + Bool anyMarked; + WindowPtr pLayerWin; + + pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen; + parentRedirect = RedirectSend(pParent); + parentNotify = SubSend(pParent); + anyMarked = FALSE; + for (pWin = pParent->firstChild; pWin; pWin = pWin->nextSib) + { + if (!pWin->mapped) + { + if (parentRedirect && !pWin->overrideRedirect) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = MapRequest; + event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id; + + if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1, + SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1) + continue; + } + + pWin->mapped = TRUE; + if (parentNotify || StrSend(pWin)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = MapNotify; + event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + + if (!pFirstMapped) + pFirstMapped = pWin; + if (pParent->realized) + { + RealizeTree(pWin); + if (pWin->viewable) + { + anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin, + (WindowPtr *)NULL); + } + } + } + } + + if (pFirstMapped) + { + pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pParent); + if (pLayerWin->parent != pParent) { + anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pLayerWin, + pLayerWin, + (WindowPtr *)NULL); + pFirstMapped = pLayerWin; + } + if (anyMarked) + { + (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, VTMap); + (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent); + } + if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, + VTMap); + WindowsRestructured (); + } +} + +static void +UnrealizeTree( + WindowPtr pWin, + Bool fromConfigure) +{ + WindowPtr pChild; + UnrealizeWindowProcPtr Unrealize; + MarkUnrealizedWindowProcPtr MarkUnrealizedWindow; + + Unrealize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow; + MarkUnrealizedWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->MarkUnrealizedWindow; + pChild = pWin; + while (1) + { + if (pChild->realized) + { + pChild->realized = FALSE; + pChild->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pChild->drawable.pScreen->myNum) { + PanoramiXRes *win; + int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, + pChild->drawable.id, XRT_WINDOW, + serverClient, DixWriteAccess); + if (rc == Success) + win->u.win.visibility = VisibilityNotViewable; + } +#endif + (* Unrealize)(pChild); + if (MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin)) + DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pChild, FALSE); + if (pChild->viewable) + { + pChild->viewable = FALSE; + (* MarkUnrealizedWindow)(pChild, pWin, fromConfigure); + pChild->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER; + } + if (pChild->firstChild) + { + pChild = pChild->firstChild; + continue; + } + } + while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin)) + pChild = pChild->parent; + if (pChild == pWin) + return; + pChild = pChild->nextSib; + } +} + +/***** + * UnmapWindow + * If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect. + * Otherwise, the window is unmapped and an UnMapNotify event is + * generated. Cannot unmap a root window. + *****/ + +int +UnmapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Bool fromConfigure) +{ + WindowPtr pParent; + xEvent event; + Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized; + Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable; + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + WindowPtr pLayerWin = pWin; + + if ((!pWin->mapped) || (!(pParent = pWin->parent))) + return Success; + if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin)) + { + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify; + event.u.unmapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = fromConfigure; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + if (wasViewable && !fromConfigure) + { + pWin->valdata = UnmapValData; + (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin->nextSib, &pLayerWin); + (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent); + } + pWin->mapped = FALSE; + if (wasRealized) + UnrealizeTree(pWin, fromConfigure); + if (wasViewable) + { + if (!fromConfigure) + { + (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap); + (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent); + } + if (!fromConfigure && pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap); + } + if (wasRealized && !fromConfigure) + WindowsRestructured (); + return Success; +} + +/***** + * UnmapSubwindows + * Performs an UnmapWindow request with the specified mode on all mapped + * children of the window, in bottom to top stacking order. + *****/ + +void +UnmapSubwindows(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + WindowPtr pChild, pHead; + xEvent event; + Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized; + Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable; + Bool anyMarked = FALSE; + Mask parentNotify; + WindowPtr pLayerWin = NULL; + ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + + if (!pWin->firstChild) + return; + parentNotify = SubSend(pWin); + pHead = RealChildHead(pWin); + + if (wasViewable) + pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pWin); + + for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib) + { + if (pChild->mapped) + { + if (parentNotify || StrSend(pChild)) + { + event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify; + event.u.unmapNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id; + event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = xFalse; + DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow); + } + if (pChild->viewable) + { + pChild->valdata = UnmapValData; + anyMarked = TRUE; + } + pChild->mapped = FALSE; + if (pChild->realized) + UnrealizeTree(pChild, FALSE); + if (wasViewable) + { + } + } + } + if (wasViewable) + { + if (anyMarked) + { + if (pLayerWin->parent == pWin) + (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pWin); + else + { + WindowPtr ptmp; + (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pLayerWin, + (WindowPtr *)NULL); + (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent); + + /* Windows between pWin and pLayerWin may not have been marked */ + ptmp = pWin; + + while (ptmp != pLayerWin->parent) + { + (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(ptmp); + ptmp = ptmp->parent; + } + pHead = pWin->firstChild; + } + (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap); + (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent); + } + if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap); + } + if (wasRealized) + WindowsRestructured (); +} + + +void +HandleSaveSet(ClientPtr client) +{ + WindowPtr pParent, pWin; + int j; + + for (j=0; j<client->numSaved; j++) + { + pWin = SaveSetWindow(client->saveSet[j]); +#ifdef XFIXES + if (SaveSetToRoot(client->saveSet[j])) + pParent = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root; + else +#endif + { + pParent = pWin->parent; + while (pParent && (wClient (pParent) == client)) + pParent = pParent->parent; + } + if (pParent) + { + if (pParent != pWin->parent) + { +#ifdef XFIXES + /* unmap first so that ReparentWindow doesn't remap */ + if (!SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j])) + UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE); +#endif + ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent, + pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.x, + pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.y, + client); + if(!pWin->realized && pWin->mapped) + pWin->mapped = FALSE; + } +#ifdef XFIXES + if (SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j])) +#endif + MapWindow(pWin, client); + } + } + free(client->saveSet); + client->numSaved = 0; + client->saveSet = (SaveSetElt *)NULL; +} + +/** + * + * \param x,y in root + */ +Bool +PointInWindowIsVisible(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y) +{ + BoxRec box; + + if (!pWin->realized) + return FALSE; + if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, + x, y, &box) + && (!wInputShape(pWin) || + RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin), + x - pWin->drawable.x, + y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))) + return TRUE; + return FALSE; +} + + +RegionPtr +NotClippedByChildren(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + RegionPtr pReg = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1); + if (pWin->parent || + screenIsSaved != SCREEN_SAVER_ON || + !HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen)) + { + RegionIntersect(pReg, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize); + } + return pReg; +} + +void +SendVisibilityNotify(WindowPtr pWin) +{ + xEvent event; + unsigned int visibility = pWin->visibility; + + if (!MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin)) + return; +#ifdef PANORAMIX + /* This is not quite correct yet, but it's close */ + if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { + PanoramiXRes *win; + WindowPtr pWin2; + int rc, i, Scrnum; + + Scrnum = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum; + + win = PanoramiXFindIDByScrnum(XRT_WINDOW, pWin->drawable.id, Scrnum); + + if(!win || (win->u.win.visibility == visibility)) + return; + + switch(visibility) { + case VisibilityUnobscured: + FOR_NSCREENS(i) { + if(i == Scrnum) continue; + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient, + DixWriteAccess); + + if (rc == Success) { + if(pWin2->visibility == VisibilityPartiallyObscured) + return; + + if(!i) pWin = pWin2; + } + } + break; + case VisibilityPartiallyObscured: + if(Scrnum) { + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[0].id, serverClient, + DixWriteAccess); + if (rc == Success) pWin = pWin2; + } + break; + case VisibilityFullyObscured: + FOR_NSCREENS(i) { + if(i == Scrnum) continue; + + rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient, + DixWriteAccess); + + if (rc == Success) { + if(pWin2->visibility != VisibilityFullyObscured) + return; + + if(!i) pWin = pWin2; + } + } + break; + } + + win->u.win.visibility = visibility; + } +#endif + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); + event.u.u.type = VisibilityNotify; + event.u.visibility.window = pWin->drawable.id; + event.u.visibility.state = visibility; + DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow); +} + +#define RANDOM_WIDTH 32 +int +dixSaveScreens(ClientPtr client, int on, int mode) +{ + int rc, i, what, type; + + if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) + { + if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) + what = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF; + else + what = SCREEN_SAVER_ON; + type = what; + } + else + { + what = on; + type = what; + if (what == screenIsSaved) + type = SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE; + } + + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { + rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i], + DixShowAccess | DixHideAccess); + if (rc != Success) + return rc; + } + for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) + { + ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; + if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) + (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, on); + if (pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver) + { + if ((*pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver) + (pScreen, type, on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)) + continue; + } + if (type == screenIsSaved) + continue; + switch (type) { + case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF: + if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED) + { + (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what); + } + else if (HasSaverWindow (pScreen)) + { + pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NullWindow; + FreeResource(pScreen->screensaver.wid, RT_NONE); + } + break; + case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE: + if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_TILED) + { + WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow; + /* make it look like screen saver is off, so that + * NotClippedByChildren will compute a clip list + * for the root window, so miPaintWindow works + */ + screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF; + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, + (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)), + (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)), + pWin->nextSib, VTMove); + screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_ON; + } + /* + * Call the DDX saver in case it wants to do something + * at cycle time + */ + else if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED) + { + (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, type); + } + break; + case SCREEN_SAVER_ON: + if (ScreenSaverBlanking != DontPreferBlanking) + { + if ((* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what)) + { + pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLANKED; + continue; + } + if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) && + TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_BLACK)) + { + pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLACK; + continue; + } + } + if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) && + TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_TILED)) + { + pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_TILED; + } + else + pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_ISNT_SAVED; + break; + } + } + screenIsSaved = what; + if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) { + if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) { + UpdateCurrentTimeIf(); + lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime; + } + SetScreenSaverTimer(); + } + return Success; +} + +int +SaveScreens(int on, int mode) +{ + return dixSaveScreens(serverClient, on, mode); +} + +static Bool +TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind) +{ + int j; + int result; + XID attributes[3]; + Mask mask; + WindowPtr pWin; + CursorMetricRec cm; + unsigned char *srcbits, *mskbits; + CursorPtr cursor; + XID cursorID = 0; + int attri; + + mask = 0; + attri = 0; + switch (kind) { + case SCREEN_IS_TILED: + switch (pScreen->root->backgroundState) { + case BackgroundPixel: + attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->background.pixel; + mask |= CWBackPixel; + break; + case BackgroundPixmap: + attributes[attri++] = None; + mask |= CWBackPixmap; + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case SCREEN_IS_BLACK: + attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->drawable.pScreen->blackPixel; + mask |= CWBackPixel; + break; + } + mask |= CWOverrideRedirect; + attributes[attri++] = xTrue; + + /* + * create a blank cursor + */ + + cm.width=16; + cm.height=16; + cm.xhot=8; + cm.yhot=8; + srcbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16); + mskbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16); + if (!srcbits || !mskbits) + { + free(srcbits); + free(mskbits); + cursor = 0; + } + else + { + for (j=0; j<BitmapBytePad(32)*16; j++) + srcbits[j] = mskbits[j] = 0x0; + result = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + &cursor, serverClient, (XID)0); + if (cursor) + { + cursorID = FakeClientID(0); + if (AddResource (cursorID, RT_CURSOR, (pointer) cursor)) + { + attributes[attri] = cursorID; + mask |= CWCursor; + } + else + cursor = 0; + } + else + { + free(srcbits); + free(mskbits); + } + } + + pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = + CreateWindow(pScreen->screensaver.wid, + pScreen->root, + -RANDOM_WIDTH, -RANDOM_WIDTH, + (unsigned short)pScreen->width + RANDOM_WIDTH, + (unsigned short)pScreen->height + RANDOM_WIDTH, + 0, InputOutput, mask, attributes, 0, serverClient, + wVisual (pScreen->root), &result); + + if (cursor) + FreeResource (cursorID, RT_NONE); + + if (!pWin) + return FALSE; + + if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, + (pointer)pScreen->screensaver.pWindow)) + return FALSE; + + if (mask & CWBackPixmap) + { + MakeRootTile (pWin); + (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWBackPixmap); + } + MapWindow(pWin, serverClient); + return TRUE; +} + +/* + * FindWindowWithOptional + * + * search ancestors of the given window for an entry containing + * a WindowOpt structure. Assumptions: some parent will + * contain the structure. + */ + +WindowPtr +FindWindowWithOptional (WindowPtr w) +{ + do + w = w->parent; + while (!w->optional); + return w; +} + +/* + * CheckWindowOptionalNeed + * + * check each optional entry in the given window to see if + * the value is satisfied by the default rules. If so, + * release the optional record + */ + +void +CheckWindowOptionalNeed (WindowPtr w) +{ + WindowOptPtr optional; + WindowOptPtr parentOptional; + + if (!w->parent || !w->optional) + return; + optional = w->optional; + if (optional->dontPropagateMask != DontPropagateMasks[w->dontPropagate]) + return; + if (optional->otherEventMasks != 0) + return; + if (optional->otherClients != NULL) + return; + if (optional->passiveGrabs != NULL) + return; + if (optional->userProps != NULL) + return; + if (optional->backingBitPlanes != ~0L) + return; + if (optional->backingPixel != 0) + return; + if (optional->boundingShape != NULL) + return; + if (optional->clipShape != NULL) + return; + if (optional->inputShape != NULL) + return; + if (optional->inputMasks != NULL) + return; + if (optional->deviceCursors != NULL) + { + DevCursNodePtr pNode = optional->deviceCursors; + while(pNode) + { + if (pNode->cursor != None) + return; + pNode = pNode->next; + } + } + + parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(w)->optional; + if (optional->visual != parentOptional->visual) + return; + if (optional->cursor != None && + (optional->cursor != parentOptional->cursor || + w->parent->cursorIsNone)) + return; + if (optional->colormap != parentOptional->colormap) + return; + DisposeWindowOptional (w); +} + +/* + * MakeWindowOptional + * + * create an optional record and initialize it with the default + * values. + */ + +Bool +MakeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin) +{ + WindowOptPtr optional; + WindowOptPtr parentOptional; + + if (pWin->optional) + return TRUE; + optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec)); + if (!optional) + return FALSE; + optional->dontPropagateMask = DontPropagateMasks[pWin->dontPropagate]; + optional->otherEventMasks = 0; + optional->otherClients = NULL; + optional->passiveGrabs = NULL; + optional->userProps = NULL; + optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L; + optional->backingPixel = 0; + optional->boundingShape = NULL; + optional->clipShape = NULL; + optional->inputShape = NULL; + optional->inputMasks = NULL; + optional->deviceCursors = NULL; + + parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(pWin)->optional; + optional->visual = parentOptional->visual; + if (!pWin->cursorIsNone) + { + optional->cursor = parentOptional->cursor; + optional->cursor->refcnt++; + } + else + { + optional->cursor = None; + } + optional->colormap = parentOptional->colormap; + pWin->optional = optional; + return TRUE; +} + +/* + * Changes the cursor struct for the given device and the given window. + * A cursor that does not have a device cursor set will use whatever the + * standard cursor is for the window. If all devices have a cursor set, + * changing the window cursor (e.g. using XDefineCursor()) will not have any + * visible effect. Only when one of the device cursors is set to None again, + * this device's cursor will display the changed standard cursor. + * + * CursorIsNone of the window struct is NOT modified if you set a device + * cursor. + * + * Assumption: If there is a node for a device in the list, the device has a + * cursor. If the cursor is set to None, it is inherited by the parent. + */ +int +ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + CursorPtr pCursor) +{ + DevCursNodePtr pNode, pPrev; + CursorPtr pOldCursor = NULL; + ScreenPtr pScreen; + WindowPtr pChild; + + if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional(pWin)) + return BadAlloc; + + /* 1) Check if window has device cursor set + * Yes: 1.1) swap cursor with given cursor if parent does not have same + * cursor, free old cursor + * 1.2) free old cursor, use parent cursor + * No: 1.1) add node to beginning of list. + * 1.2) add cursor to node if parent does not have same cursor + * 1.3) use parent cursor if parent does not have same cursor + * 2) Patch up children if child has a devcursor + * 2.1) if child has cursor None, it inherited from parent, set to old + * cursor + * 2.2) if child has same cursor as new cursor, remove and set to None + */ + + pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; + + if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev)) + { + /* has device cursor */ + + if (pNode->cursor == pCursor) + return Success; + + pOldCursor = pNode->cursor; + + if (!pCursor) /* remove from list */ + { + if(pPrev) + pPrev->next = pNode->next; + else + /* first item in list */ + pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNode->next; + + free(pNode); + goto out; + } + + } else + { + /* no device cursor yet */ + DevCursNodePtr pNewNode; + + if (!pCursor) + return Success; + + pNewNode = malloc(sizeof(DevCursNodeRec)); + pNewNode->dev = pDev; + pNewNode->next = pWin->optional->deviceCursors; + pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNewNode; + pNode = pNewNode; + + } + + if (pCursor && WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor)) + pNode->cursor = None; + else + { + pNode->cursor = pCursor; + pCursor->refcnt++; + } + + pNode = pPrev = NULL; + /* fix up children */ + for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib) + { + if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pChild, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev)) + { + if (pNode->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */ + { + pNode->cursor = pOldCursor; + pOldCursor->refcnt++; + } else if (pNode->cursor == pCursor) + { + pNode->cursor = None; + FreeCursor(pCursor, (Cursor)0); /* fix up refcnt */ + } + } + } + +out: + if (pWin->realized) + WindowHasNewCursor(pWin); + + if (pOldCursor) + FreeCursor(pOldCursor, (Cursor)0); + + /* FIXME: We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX + (comment taken from ChangeWindowAttributes) */ + (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWCursor); + + return Success; +} + +/* Get device cursor for given device or None if none is set */ +CursorPtr +WindowGetDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, DeviceIntPtr pDev) +{ + DevCursorList pList; + + if (!pWin->optional || !pWin->optional->deviceCursors) + return NULL; + + pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors; + + while(pList) + { + if (pList->dev == pDev) + { + if (pList->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */ + return WindowGetDeviceCursor(pWin->parent, pDev); + else + return pList->cursor; + } + pList = pList->next; + } + return NULL; +} + +/* Searches for a DevCursorNode for the given window and device. If one is + * found, return True and set pNode and pPrev to the node and to the node + * before the node respectively. Otherwise return False. + * If the device is the first in list, pPrev is set to NULL. + */ +static Bool +WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + DevCursNodePtr* pNode, + DevCursNodePtr* pPrev) +{ + DevCursorList pList; + + if (!pWin->optional) + return FALSE; + + pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors; + + if (pList && pList->dev == pDev) + { + *pNode = pList; + *pPrev = NULL; + return TRUE; + } + + while(pList) + { + if (pList->next) + { + if (pList->next->dev == pDev) + { + *pNode = pList->next; + *pPrev = pList; + return TRUE; + } + } + pList = pList->next; + } + return FALSE; +} + +/* Return True if a parent has the same device cursor set or False if + * otherwise + */ +static Bool +WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, + DeviceIntPtr pDev, + CursorPtr pCursor) +{ + WindowPtr pParent; + DevCursNodePtr pParentNode, pParentPrev; + + pParent = pWin->parent; + while(pParent) + { + if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pParent, pDev, + &pParentNode, &pParentPrev)) + { + /* if there is a node in the list, the win has a dev cursor */ + if (!pParentNode->cursor) /* inherited. */ + pParent = pParent->parent; + else if (pParentNode->cursor == pCursor) /* inherit */ + return TRUE; + else /* different cursor */ + return FALSE; + } + else + /* parent does not have a device cursor for our device */ + return FALSE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +/* + * SetRootClip -- + * Enable or disable rendering to the screen by + * setting the root clip list and revalidating + * all of the windows + */ +void +SetRootClip(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool enable) +{ + WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->root; + WindowPtr pChild; + Bool WasViewable; + Bool anyMarked = FALSE; + WindowPtr pLayerWin; + BoxRec box; + + if (!pWin) + return; + WasViewable = (Bool)(pWin->viewable); + if (WasViewable) + { + for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib) + { + (void) (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pChild, + pChild, + &pLayerWin); + } + (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin); + anyMarked = TRUE; + if (pWin->valdata) + { + if (HasBorder (pWin)) + { + RegionPtr borderVisible; + + borderVisible = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1); + RegionSubtract(borderVisible, + &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize); + pWin->valdata->before.borderVisible = borderVisible; + } + pWin->valdata->before.resized = TRUE; + } + } + + /* + * Use REGION_BREAK to avoid optimizations in ValidateTree + * that assume the root borderClip can't change well, normally + * it doesn't...) + */ + if (enable) + { + box.x1 = 0; + box.y1 = 0; + box.x2 = pScreen->width; + box.y2 = pScreen->height; + RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1); + RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1); + if (WasViewable) + RegionReset(&pWin->borderClip, &box); + pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width; + pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height; + RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList); + } + else + { + RegionEmpty(&pWin->borderClip); + RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList); + } + + ResizeChildrenWinSize (pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0); + + if (WasViewable) + { + if (pWin->firstChild) + { + anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin->firstChild, + pWin->firstChild, + (WindowPtr *)NULL); + } + else + { + (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin); + anyMarked = TRUE; + } + + + if (anyMarked) + (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther); + } + + if (WasViewable) + { + if (anyMarked) + (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pWin); + if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree) + (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther); + } + if (pWin->realized) + WindowsRestructured (); + FlushAllOutput(); +} |